Skip to main content

Full text of "The Count of Monte-Cristo"

See other formats


Presented  to  the 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 
LIBRARY 

by  the 

ONTARIO  LEGISLATIVE 
LIBRARY 

1980 


- 


**jft 


THE  COUNT  OF  MONTE-CRISTO 


THE 

COUNTOF  MONTE-CRISTO 


BY 


ALEXANDRE  DUMAS 


WITH  NEARLY  FlYE  HUNDRED  ILLUSTRATIONS  FROM  DESIGNS  BY  G.  STAAL, 
J.  A.  BEAUCE,  AND  OTHER  EMINENT  FRENCH  ARTISTS 


IN  FIVE  VOLUMES 


VOL. 


GEORGE  ROUTLEDGE  AND  SONS 

LONDON  AND   NEW-YORK 
1888 


\ 

v-\ 


Copyright,  1887. 
By  JOSEPH   L.  HI.AMIKK. 


PAGE 

CHAP.    I.  MARSEILLES  —  THE  ARRIVAL 1 

II.  FATHER  AND  SON 13 

III.  THE  CATALANS 23 

IV.  CONSPIRACY 34 

V.  THE  MARRIAGE  FEAST 43 

VI.  THE  DEPUTY  PROCUREUR  DU  Roi 63 

VII.  THE  EXAMINATION 75 

VIII.  THE  CHATEAU  D'!F 89 

IX.  THE  EVENING  OF  THE  BETROTHAL 102 

X.  THE  SMALL  CABINET  OF  THE  TUILERIES 109 

XI.  THE  OGRE  OF  CORSICA 119 

XII.  FATHER  AND  SON 130 

XIII.  THE  HUNDRED  DAYS 138 

XIV.  THE  Two  PRISONERS 149 

XV.  NUMBER  34  AND  NUMBER  27 162 

XVI.  A  LEARNED  ITALIAN 180 

XVII.  THE  ABBE'S  CHAMBER 192 

XVIII.  THE  TREASURE 215 

XIX.  THE  THIRD  ATTACK 230 

XX.  THE  CEMETERY  OF  THE  CHATEAU  D'!F 241 

XXI.  THE  ISLE  OF  TIBOULEN 249 

XXII.  THE  SMUGGLERS     261 

XXIII.  THE  ISLE  OF  MONTE-CRISTO 271 

XXIV.  THE  SECRET   CAVE 279 

XXV.  THE  UNKNOWN 290 

XXVI.  THE  AUBERGE  OF  PONT  DU  GARD       301 

XXVII.  THE  RECITAL 317 

ix 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTKATIONS 


PAGE 

DANTES   CAST  INTO  THE   SEA Frontispiece 

MY  NAME  is  EDMOND  DANTES xv 

EDMOND   DANTES 3 

THE  "  PHARAON  " 5 

DANTES  AND  MORREL 7 

MERCEDES     9 

FATHER  AND   SON , 15 

CADEROUSSE 17 

DANTES'  FATHER 19 

DANTES  AND  MERCEDES 21 

FERNAND  AND  MERCEDES 25 

DANGLARS 31 

THE  CONSPIRACY s.  36 

FERNAND  AND  DANTES 37 

FERNAND  AND  THE  LETTER 39 

BY  HER  SIDE  WALKED  DANTES'  FATHER  ...       45 

THE  MARRIAGE  BREAKFAST 49 

THE  PROCUREUR  DU  Roi 51 

FERNAND 53 

THE  ARREST  OF  EDMOND  DANTES 55 

WHAT  NEWS? 59 

MERCEDES  AND  DANTE'S  FATHER 61 

M.    DE   VlLLEFORT 65 

THE  MARQUISE  DE  SAINT-MERAN 67 

RENEE  DE  SAINT-MERAN 71 

THE  DINNER 73 

VlLLEFORT  AND  MORREL 77 

VlLLEFORT  AND  DANTES 79 

THE  ISLE  OF  ELBA 

BURNING   THE  LETTER 

THE  CHATEAU  D'!F 

TAKEN  TO  THE  CHATEAU  D'!F     

xl 


xii  LIST    OF   ILLUSTRATIONS. 

i- 

DANTES  IN  THE  DUNGEON  .... 
TlIK  AUKIVAL  AT  THE  PRISON  . 

DANTES  AND  THE  JAILER 

VlLLEFORT  AND  8AINT-MERAN  . 

MERCEDES  AND  VILLEFORT 

MERCEDES  AND  FERNAND WW 

HARON  DANDRE 

KING  Louis  XVIII.  AND  M.  DE  VILLEPORT 
M.  DE  BLACAS    ..... 

THE  CABINET  MEETING 

THE  KING  CONFERRING  THE  CROSS  ...  127 

VlLLEFORT  AND   His   FATHER 

NOIRTIER 

THE  CHANGED  CLOTHES  

NAPOLEON'S  RETURN  FROM  ELBA  .... 

VlLLEFORT  AND  MORREL 

"  BE  CAREFUL  OF  YOURSELF,  FOR  IF  You  ARE  KILLED  I  SHALL  BE  ALONE  "  145 

DANTES  AND  THE  INSPECTOR 153 

THE  ABBE  FARIA •  155 

*'  You  WILL  NOT  ACCEPT  MY  GOLD  ;    I  WILL  KEEP  IT  FOR  MYSELF  r'       .  157 

EXAMINING  THE  REGISTER 159 

DANTES  THROWING  HIS  MEALS  INTO  THE  SEA  165 

DANTES  AND  THE  JAILER 169 

THE  BROKEN  JUG 171 

DANTES  UNDERMINING  THE  CELL •  173 

FARIA  ENTERS  DANTES'  CELL 177 

DANTES  AND  FARIA 181 

FARIA  DISHEARTENED 187 

FARIA  ABANDONS  HOPE 189 

FARIA  IN  His  CHAMBER 193 

THE  NEEDLE 195 

FARIA  CRIES  FOR  HELP 209 

FARIA'S  PARALYZED  ARM 213 

MARCO  SPADA 219 

FARIA  GIVES  DANTES  THE  LETTER 223 

THE  CARDINAL'S  SECRETARY  .    .    . 225 

FARIA'S  FAREWELL  TO  DANTES 235 

FARIA'S  DEATH 237 

THE  DEATH  TEST 239 

DANTES  ENTERS  THE  SACK 243 

THE  SEA  is  THE  CEMETERY  OF  THE  CHATEAU  D'IF 247 

THE  FAINT  REPORT  OP  A  GUN  WAS  HEARD 257 

JACOPO .   . 259 

DANTES  VIEWS  HIMSELF 263 

JEUNE  AMELJE .  265 

THE  ISLE  OF  MONTE-CRISTO  269 


LIST    OF   ILLUSTRATIONS.  jdii 

PAGE 

DANTES  ON  THE  ISLE  OF  MONTE-CRISTO 275 

THE  CAVE  AT  MONTE-CRISTO 281 

BLASTING  THE  ROCK 283 

ALONE  WITH  THE  COUNTLESS,  THESE  UNHEARD-OF  FABULOUS  TREASURES  287 

DANTES  SELLING  THE  DIAMONDS 291 

DANTES'  YACHT 293 

REMOVING  THE  TREASURE 295 

DANTES  REVISITS  His  FATHER'S  ROOM 297 

"  You  ARE  WELCOME,  SIR,"  SAID  CADEROUSSE 299 

CADEROUSSE  AND  His  WIFE 303 

THE  ABBE   BUSONI 305 

BUSONI  AND  CADEROUSSE 307 

LA  CARCONTE     . 309 

CADEROUSSE  TELLS  THE  STORY 315 

THE  DEATH  OF  DANTES'  FATHER 321 

FERNAND  ENLISTS 325 

"SUPPOSE  IT  is  FALSE!" 329 

MERCEDES  MARRIES  FERNAND .  331 


THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE  -CRISTO 


CHAPTEE  I 


MARSEILLES  —  THE    AEEIVAL 

N  the  24th  of  February,  1815,  the  watch-tower  of 
Notre-Dame  de  la  Garde  signaled  the  three-master, 
the  Pharaon,  from  Smyrna,  Trieste,  and  Naples. 

As  usual,  a  pilot  put  off  immediately,  and,  round 
ing  the  Chateau  d'lf ,  got  on  board  the  vessel  between 
Cape  Morgion  and  the  Isle  of  Eion.  Immediately, 
and  as  usual,  the  platform  of  Fort  Saint  Jean"  was 
covered  with  lookers-on ;  it  is  always  a  great  event 
at  Marseilles  for  a  ship  to  come  into  port,  especially 
when  this  ship,  like  the  Pharaon,  had  been  built, 
rigged,  and  laden  on  the  stocks  of  the  old  Phoccea,  and  belonged  to  an 
owner  of  the  city. 

The  ship  drew  on;  she  had  safely  passed  the  strait  which  some  volcanic 
shock  has  made  between  the  Isle  of  Calasareigne  and  the  Isle  of  Jaros ; 
had  doubled  Pomegue,  and  approached  th.e  harbor  under  topsails,  jib, 
and  foresail,  but  so  slowly,  and  in  so  cheerless  a  manner,  that  the  idlers, 
with  that  instinct  which  foresees  misfortune,  asked  one  another  what 
accident  could  have  happened  on  board.  However,  those  experienced 
in  navigation  saw  plainly  that  if  any  accident  had  occurred,  it  was  not 
to  the  vessel  herself,  for  she  bore  down  with  all  the  evidence  of  being 
skillfully  handled,  the  anchor  ready  to  be  dropped,  the  bowsprit-shrouds 
loose,  and  beside  the  pilot  who  was  steering  the  Pharaon  through  the 


2  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

narrow  entrance  of  the  port  of  Marseilles,  was  a  young  man,  with  rapid 
gestures  and  vigilant  eye,  who  superintended  every  motion  of  the  ship, 
and  repeated  each  order  of  the  pilot. 

The  vague  disquietude  which  prevailed  amongst  the  spectators  had 
so  much  affected  one  of  the  crowd  on  the  terrace  of  Saint  Jean,  that  he 
did  not  await  the  arrival  of  the  vessel  in  harbor,  but,  jumping  into  a 
small  skiff,  desired  to  be  pulled  alongside  the  Pharaon,  which  he  reached 
as  she  rounded  the  creek  of  La  Reserve. 

When  the  young  sailor  saw  this  man  approach,  he  left  his  station 
by  the  pilot,  and  came,  hat  in  hand,  to  the  side  of  the  ship's  bulwarks. 
He  was  a  fine,  tall,  slim  young  fellow,  of  from  eighteen  to  twenty 
years,  with  beautiful  black  eyes,  and  hair  like  ebony ;  and  his  whole 
appearance  bespoke  that  calmness  and  resolution  peculiar  to  men  accus 
tomed  from  their  cradle  to  contend  with  danger. 

"  Ah !  is  it  you,  Dantes  ? "  cried  the  man  in  the  skiff.  "  What's  the 
matter  ?  and  why  have  you  such  an  air  of  sadness  aboard  ?  " 

"  A  great  misfortune,  M.  Morrel ! "  replied  the  young  man, — "  a  great 
misfortune,  for  me  especially !  Off  Civita  Vecchia  we  lost  our  brave 
Captain  Let-lore." 

"  And  the  cargo ! "  inquired  the  owner,  eagerly. 

"  Is  all  safe,  M.  Morrel ;  and  I  think  you  will  be  satisfied  on  that 
head.  But  poor  Captain  Leclere " 

"  What  happened  to  him  f "  asked  the  owner,  with  an  air  of  consider 
able  relief.  "  What  happened  to  the  worthy  captain  ?  " 

"  He  died." 

"Fell  into  the  sea  I" 

"  No,  sir ;  he  died  of  the  brain-fever,  in  dreadful  agony." 
Then,  turning  to  the  crew,  he  said: 

"  Look  out  there !  all  ready  to  drop  anchor  I " 

All  hands  obeyed.  At  the  same  moment  eight  or  ten  seamen 
sprang  some  to  the  main-sheets,  others  to  the  braces,  others  to  the 
halliards,  others  to  the  jib-ropes,  and  others  to  the  topsail-brails. 

The  young  sailor  gave  a  look  to  see  that  his  orders  were  promptly 
and  accurately  obeyed,  and  then  turned  again  to  the  owner. 

"And  how  did  this  misfortune  occur?"  inquired  he,  resuming  the 
conversation  suspended  for  a  moment. 

"  Alas !  sir,  in  the  most  unexpected  manner.  After  a  long  conver 
sation  with  the  harbor-master,  Captain  Leclere  left  Naples  greatly 
disturbed  in  his  mind.  At  the  end  of  twenty-four  hours  he  was 
attacked  by  a  fever,  and  died  three  days  afterward.  We  performed  the 
usual  burial  service,  and  he  is  at  his  rest,  sewn  up  in  his  hammock 
with  two  balls  of  thirty-six  pounds  each  at  his  head  and  feet,  off  the 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  3 

island  of  El  Griglio.  We  bring  to  his  widow  his  sword  and  cross  of 
honor.  It  was  worth  while,  truly,"  added  the  young  man  with  a 
melancholy  smile,  "  to  make  war  against  the  English  for  ten  years,  and 
to  die  at  last,  like  everybody  else,  in  his  bed." 


Edmond  Dantes. 


"Why,  you  see,  Edmond,"  replied  the  owner,  who  appeared  more 
comforted  at  every  moment,  "  we  are  all  mortal,  and  the  old  must  make 
way  for  the  young.  If  not,  why,  there  would  be  no  promotion ;  and  as 
you  have  assured  me  that  the  cargo " 


4  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRI8TO. 

"  Is  all  safe  and  sound,  M.  Morrel,  take  my  word  for  it ;  and  I  advise 
you  not  to  take  100,000  francs  for  the  profits  of  the  voyage." 

Then,  as  they  were  just  passing  the  Round  Tower,  the  young  man 
shouted  out: 

"  Ready,  there,  to  lower  topsails,  foresail,  and  jib ! " 
The  order  was  executed  as  promptly  as  if  on  board  a  man-of-war. 

"  Let  go !  and  brail  all ! "  At  this  last  word  all  the  sails  were  lowered, 
and  the  bark  moved  almost  imperceptibly  onward,  advancing  only 
under  the  impulse  already  given. 

"  Now,  if  you  will  come  on  board,  M.  Morrel,"  said  Dantes,  observing 
the  owner's  impatience,  "  here  is  your  supercargo,  M.  Danglars,  coming 
out  of  his  cabin,  who  will  furnish  you  with  every  particular.  As  for 
me,  I  must  look  after  the  anchoring,  and  dress  the  ship  in  mourning." 

The  owner  did  not  wait  to  be  twice  invited.  He  seized  a  rope  which 
Dantes  flung  to  him,  and,  with  an  activity  that  would  have  done  credit 
to  a  sailor,  climbed  up  the  side  of  the  ship,  whilst  the  young  man, 
going  to  his  task,  left  the  conversation  to  the  individual  whom  he  had 
announced  under  the  name  of  Danglars,  who  now  coming  out  of  the 
cabin  advanced  toward  the  owner.  He  was  a  man  of  twenty-five  or 
twenty-six  years  of  age,  of  unprepossessing  countenance,  obsequious  to 
his  superiors,  insolent  to  his  inferiors ;  and  then,  besides  his  position  as 
responsible  agent  on  board,  which  is  always  obnoxious  to  the  sailors, 
he  was  as  much  disliked  by  the  crew  as  Edniond  Dant&s  was  beloved 
by  them. 

"  Well,  M.  Morrel,"  said  Danglars,  "  you  have  heard  of  the  misfortune 
that  has  befallen  us  I " 

"  Yes  —  yes !  poor  Captain  Leclere !  He  was  a  brave  and  an  honest 
man ! " 

"  And  a  first-rate  seaman,  above  all,  grown  old  between  sky  and  ocean, 
as  should  a  man  charged  with  the  interests  of  a  house  so  important 
as  that  of  Morrel  and  Son,"  replied  Danglars. 

"  But,"  replied  the  owner,  following  with  his  look  Dantes,  who  was 
watching  the  anchoring  of  his  vessel,  "it  seems  to  me  that  a  sailor 
needs  not  to  be  so  old  as  you  say,  Danglars,  to  understand  his  business ; 
for  our  friend  Edmond  there  does  his,  it  seems  to  me,  like  a  man  who 
has  no  need  to  ask  instruction  from  any  one." 

"  Yes,"  said  Danglars,  casting  toward  Edmond  a  look  in  which  a 
feeling  of  hate  was  strongly  visible.  "  Yes,  he  is  young,  and  youth  is 
invariably  self-confident.  Scarcely  was  the  captain's  breath  out  of  his 
body  than  he  assumed  the  command  without  consulting  any  one,  and 
he  caused  us  to  lose  a  day  and  a  half  at  the  Isle  of  Elba,  instead  of 
making  for  Marseilles  direct." 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  r 

o 

"  As  to  taking  the  command  of  the  vessel,"  replied  Morrel,  "  that 
was  his  duty  as  first  mate ;  as  to  losing  a  day  and  a  half  off  the  Isle  of 
Elba,  he  was  wrong,  unless  the  ship  wanted  some  repair." 


The  Pharaon. 


"  The  ship  was  as  well  as  I  am,  and  as,  I  hope,  you  are,  M.  Morrel, 
and  this  day  and  a  half  was  lost  from  pure  whim,  for  the  pleasure  of 
going  ashore,  and  nothing  else." 

"Dantes!"  said  the  shipowner,  turning  toward  the  young  man, 
"  come  this  way ! " 


6  TUI:  <-ur\T  <n-   MOXTE-CRISTO. 

v 
"  In  a  moment,  sir,"  answered  Dantes,  "  and  I'm  with»you ! ' 

Then,  railing  to  the  crew,  he  said,  "Let  go!" 

The  anchor  \vas  instantly  dropped,  and  the  chain  ran  rattling 
through  the  port-hole.  Dantes  continued  at  his  post,  in  spite  of  the 
presence  of  the  pilot,  until  this  mano?uvre  was  completed,  and  then  he 
added : 

"Lower  the  pennant  half-mast  high;  put  the  ensign  in  a  weft,  and 
slope  the  yards! " 

"  You  see,"  said  Danglars,  "  he  fancies  himself  captain  already,  upon 
my  word." 

"And  so,  in  fact,  he  is,"  said  the  owner. 

"  Except  your  signature  and  your  partner's,  M.  Morrel." 

"  And  why  should  he  not  have  this?"  asked  the  owner;  "he  is  young, 
it  is  true,  but  he  seems  to  me  a  thorough  seaman,  and  of  full  experience." 
A  cloud  passed  over  Danglars's  brow. 

"  Your  pardon,  M.  Morrel,"  said  Dantes  approaching ;  "  the  ship  now 
rides  at  anchor,  and  I  am  at  your  service.    You  called  me,  I  think?" 
Danglars  retreated  a  step  or  two. 

"  I  wished  to  inquire  why  you  stopped  at  the  Isle  of  Elba." 

"  I  do  not  know,  sir ;  it  was  to  fulfill  a  last  instruction  of  Captain 
L«  <•!<  -re,  who,  when  dying,  gave  me  a  packet  for  the  Marechal  Bertrand." 

"  Then,  did  you  see  him,  Edmond  I " 

"Who!" 

"  The  marechal." 

"Yes." 

Morrel  looked  around  him,  and  then,  drawing  Dantes  on  one  side, 
he  said  suddenly — 

"  And  how  is  the  Emperor  ?  " 

"Very  well,  as  far  as  I  could  judge  from  my  eyes." 

"  You  saw  the  Emperor,  then  f  " 

"  He  entered  the  marechal's  apartment  whilst  I  was  there." 

"  And  you  spoke  to  him  ? " 

"  Why,  it  was  he  who  spoke  to  me,  sir,"  said  Dantes,  with  a  smile. 

"And  what  did  he  say  to  you?" 

"Asked  me  questions  about  the  ship, — the  time  she  left  Marseilles, 
the  course  she  had  taken,  and  what  was  her  cargo.  I  believe,  if  she  had 
been  in  ballast,  and  I  had  been  her  master,  he  would  have  bought  her. 
But  I  told  him  I  was  only  mate,  and  that  she  belonged  to  the  firm 
of  Morrel  and  Son.  'All !  ah  !'  he  said,  'I  know  them !  The  Morrels 
have  been  shipowners  from  father  to  son ;  and  there  was  a  Morrel 
who  served  in  the  same  regiment  with  me  when  I  was  in  garrison  a 
Valence.' " 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO.  J 

"Pardieu!  and  that  is  true!"  cried  the  owner,  greatly  delighted. 
"  And  that  was  Policar  Morrel,  my  uncle,  who  was  afterward  a  captain. 
Dantes,  you  must  tell  my  uncle  that  the  Emperor  remembered  him,  and 
you  will  see  it  will  bring  tears  into  the  old  soldier's  eyes.  Come,  come ! " 


continued  he,  patting  Edmond's  shoulder  kindly,  "  you  did  very  right, 
Dantes,  to  follow  Captain  Leclere's  instruction,  and  touch  at  the  Isle  of 
Elba,  although  if  it  were  known  that  you  had  conveyed  a  packet  to  the 
marechal,  and  had  conversed  with  the  Emperor,  it  might  bring  you  into 
trouble." 


8  I  HE   COUNT   OF  M01TTB-CRI8TO. 

"  How  could  that  bring  me  into  trouble,  sir  f "  asked  Daiites ;  "  for  I 
<li«l  not  even  know  of  what  I  was  the  bearer;  and  the  Emperor  merely 
made  such  inquiries  as  he  would  of  the  first-comer.  But,  your  pardon, 
heiv  Jin-  the  officers  of  health  and  the  customs  coming  alongside.  You 
will  excuse  met" 

"  Certainly,  certainly,  my  dear  Dantes ! " 

The  young   man   went  to  the    gangway,   and,   as  he    departed, 
Danglars  approached,  and  said  — 

"  \Vell,  it  appears  that  he  has  given  you  satisfactory  reasons  for  his 
landing  at  Porto-Ferrajo  ?  " 

"  Yes,  most  satisfactory,  my  dear  Danglars." 

"  Well,  so  much  the  better,"  said  the  supercargo ;  "  for  it  is  always 
painful  to  see  a  comrade  who  does  not  do  his  duty." 

"  Dantes  has  done  his,"  replied  the  owner,  "  and  there  is  nothing  to 
say  about  it.  It  was  Captain  Leclere  who  gave  orders  for  this  delay." 

"  Talking  of  Captain  Leclere,  has  not  Dantes  given  you  a  letter  from 
him  ? " 

"  To  me  ?  —  no  —  was  there  one  f  " 

"  I  believe  that,  besides  the  packet,  Captain  Leclere  had  confided  a 
letter  to  his  care." 

"  Of  what  packet  are  you  speaking,  Danglars  ? " 

"Why,  that  which  Dantes  left  at  Porto-Ferrajo." 

"How  do  you  know  he  had  a  packet  to  leave  at  Porto-Ferrajo?" 
Danglars  turned  very  red. 

"  I  was  passing  close  to  the  door  of  the  captain's  cabin,  which  was 
half-open,  and  I  saw  him  give  the  paeket  and  letter  to  Dantes." 

"  He  did  not  speak  to  me  of  it," replied  the  shipowner;  "but  if  there 
be  any  letter  he  will  give  it  to  me." 
I  )anglars  reflected  for  a  moment. 

"  Then,  M.  Morrel,  I  beg  of  you,"  said  he,  "  not  to  say  a  word  to 
Dantes  on  the  subject;  I  may  have  been  mistaken." 

At  this  moment  the  young  man  returned,  and  Danglars  retreated. 

•  \\ell,  my  dear  Dantes,  are  you  now  free?"  inquired  the  owner. 

"Yes,  sir." 

"  Y<>u  have  not  been  long  detained." 

'No.  I  gave  the  custom-house  officers  a  copy  of  our  manifest ;  and 
a-  to  the  consignment,  they  sent  a  man  off  with  the  pilot,  to  whom  I 
•rave  our  papers." 

;t  Then  you  have  nothing  more  to  do  here  f  " 
Dantes  cast  a  glance  around. 

"  N" ;  all  is  arranged  now." 

"Then  y..u  can  come  and  dim-  with  me?" 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  9 

a  Excuse  me,  M.  Morrel,  excuse  me,  if  you  please ;  but  my  first  visit 
is  due  to  my  father,  though  I  am  not  the  less  grateful  for  the  honor  you 
have  done  me." 

"  Eight,  Dantes,  quite  right.    I  always  knew  you  were  a  good  son." 


Mercedes. 


"  And,"  inquired  Dantes,  with  some  hesitation,  "  he  is  well,  as  far  as 
you  know  I  My  father  is  well  1 " 

"  Well,  I  believe,  my  dear  Edmond,  though  I  have  not  seen  him 
lately." 


10  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 

"  Yes,  he  likes  to  keep  himself  shut  up  in  his  little  room." 

"  That  proves,  at  least,  that  he  has  wanted  for  nothing  during  your 
absence.'1 

Dantes  smiled. 

"  My  father  is  proud,  sir ;  and  if  he  had  not  a  meal  left,  I  doubt  if  he 
would  have  asked  anything  from  any  one  in  the  world,  except  God." 

"  Well,  then,  after  this  first  visit  has  been  made  we  rely  on  you." 

"  I  must  again  excuse  myself,  M.  Morrel ;  for  after  this  first  visit  has 
been  paid  I  have  another,  which  I  am  no  less  anxious  to  pay." 

"  True,  Dantes,  I  forgot  that  there  was  at  the  Catalans  some  one  who 
expects  you  no  less  impatiently  than  your  father — the  lovely  Mercedes." 
Dantes  blushed. 

"  Ah  !  ah  ! "  said  the  shipowner,  "  that  does  not  astonish  me,  for  she 
lias  been  to  me  three  times,  inquiring  if  there  were  any  news  of  the 
Pharaoii.  Peste  !  Edmond,  you  are  a  lucky  fellow,  you  have  a  very 
handsome  mistress ! " 

"  She  is  not  my  mistress,"  replied  the  young  sailor,  gravely  ;  "  she  is 
my  betrothed." 

"  Sometimes  one  and  the  same  thing,"  said  Morrel,  with  a  smile. 

"  Not  with  us,  sir,"  replied  Dantes. 

"  Well,  well,  my  dear  Edmond,"  continued  the  owner,  "  do  not  let  me 
detain  you.  You  have  managed  my  affairs  so  well  that  I  ought  to  allow 
you  all  the  time  you  require  for  your  own.  Do  you  want  any  money  f  " 

"  No,  sir ;  I  have  all  my  pay  to  take  —  nearly  three  months'  wages." 

"  You  are  a  careful  fellow,  Edmond." 

"  Say  I  have  a  poor  father,  sir." 

"  Yes,  yes,  I  know  how  good  a  son  you  are,  so  now  haste  away  to  see 
your  father.  I  have  a  son  too,  and  I  should  be  very  wroth  with  those 
who  detained  him  from  me  after  a  three  months'  voyage." 

'*  Then  I  have  your  leave,  sir  ?  "  said  the  young  man,  with  a  salute. 

"  Yes,  if  you  have  nothing  more  to  say  to  me." 

"  Nothing." 

"  Captain  Leclere  did  not,  before  he  died,  give  you  a  letter  for  me  ?  " 

"  He  was  unable  to  write,  sir.  But  that  reminds  me  that  I  must  ask 
your  leave  of  absence  for  some  days." 

"  To  get  married  I " 

"  Yes,  first,  and  then  to  go  to  Paris." 

"  Very  good ;  have  what  time  you  require,  Dantes.  It  will  take  quite 
six  weeks  to  unload  the  cargo,  and  we  cannot  get  you  ready  for  sea  until 
three  months  after  that ;  only  be  back  again  in  three  months,  for  the 
PkaraoHj"  added  the  owner,  patting  the  young  sailor  on  the  back,  "  can 
not  sail  without  her  captain." 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CHI8TO.  H 

"  Without  her  captain  1 "  cried  Dantes,  his  eyes  sparkling  with  anima 
tion  ;  "  pray  mind  what  you  say,  for  you  are  touching  on  the  most  secret 
wishes  of  my  heart.  Is  it  really  your  intention  to  nominate  me  captain 
of  the  Pharaon  ?  " 

"  If  I  were  sole  owner  I  would  give  you  my  hand,  my  dear  Dantes, 
and  say,  l  It  is  settled ' ;  but  I  have  a  partner,  and  you  know  the  Italian 
proverb  —  Chi  ha  compagno  ha  padrone  — '  He  who  has  a.  partner  has 
a  master.'  But  the  thing  is  at  least  half  done,  as  you  have  one  out  of 
two  voices.  Rely  on  me  to  procure  you  the  other ;  I  will  do  my  best." 

"  Ah !  M.  Morrel,"  exclaimed  the  young  seaman,  with  tears  in  his 
eyes,  and  grasping  the  owner's  hand,  "  M.  Morrel,  I  thank  you  in  the 
name  of  my  father  and  of  Mercedes." 

"Good,  good!  Edmond.  There's  a  sweet  little  cherub  that  sits  up 
aloft  that  keeps  a  good  watch  for  good  fellows !  Go  and  see  your 
father ;  go  and  see  Mercedes,  and  come  to  me  afterward." 

"  Shall  I  row  you  on  shore ! " 

"  No,  I  thank  you ;  I  shall  remain  and  look  over  the  accounts  with 
Danglars.  Have  you  been  satisfied  with  him  this  voyage  ? " 

"  That  is  according  to  the  sense  you  attach  to  the  question,  sir.  Do 
you  mean,  he  is  a  good  comrade  1  No,  for  I  think  he  never  liked  me 
since  the  day  when  I  was  silly  enough,  after  a  little  quarrel  we  had,  to 
propose  to  him  to  stop  for  ten  minutes  at  the  isle  of  Monte-Cristo  to  set 
tle  the  dispute  —  a  proposition  which  I  was  wrong  to  suggest,  and  he 
quite  right  to  refuse.  If  you  mean  as  supercargo  that  you  ask  me  the 
question,  I  believe  there  is  nothing  to  say  against  him,  and  that  you 
will  be  content  with  the  way  in  which  he  has  performed  his  duty." 

"  But  tell  me,  Dantes,  if  you  had  the  command  of  the  Pharaon,  should 
you  be  glad  to  retain  Danglars  ?" 

"  Captain  or  mate,  M.  Morrel,"  replied  Dantes,  "  I  shall  always  have 
the  greatest  respect  for  those  who  possess  our  owners'  confidence." 

"  Good !  good !  Dantes.  I  see  you  are  a  thorough  good  fellow,  and 
will  detain  you  no  longer.  Go,  for  I  see  how  impatient  you  are." 

"  Then  I  have  leave  ? " 

"  Go,  I  tell  you." 

"  May  I  have  the  use  of  your  skiff  ? " 

"  Certainly." 

"  Then,  for  the  present,  M.  Morrel,  farewell,  and  a  thousand  thanks  ! " 

"  I  hope  soon  to  see  you  again,  my  dear  Edmond.  Good  luck  to 
you ! " 

The  young  sailor  jumped  into  the  skiff,  and  sat  down  in  the  stern, 
desiring  to  be  put  ashore  at  the  Cannebiere.  The  two  rowers  bent  to 
their  work,  and  the  little  boat  glided  away  as  rapidly  as  possible  in  the 


12  THE   COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRI8TO. 

inidst  of  the  thousand  vessels  which  choke  up  the  kind  of  narrow  street 
which  leads  between  the  two  rows  of  ships  from  the  mouth  of  the 
harbor  to  the  Quai  d'Orleans. 

The  shipowner,  smiling,  followed  him  with  his  eyes  until  he  saw 
him  spring  out  on  the  quay  and  disappear  in  the  midst  of  the  motley 
throng,  which,  from  five  o'clock  in  the  morning  until  nine  o'clock  at 
night,  choke  up  this  famous  street  of  La  Cannebiere,  of  which  the 
modern  Phoceens  are  so  proud,  and  say  with  all  the  gravity  in  the 
world,  and  with  that  accent  which  gives  so  much  character  to  what  is 
said,  "  If  Paris  had  La  Cannebiere,  Paris  would  be  a  little  Marseilles." 
On  turning  round,  the  owner  saw  Danglars  behind  him,  who  apparently 
attended  his  orders,  but  in  reality  followed,  as  he  did,  the  young  sailor 
with  his  eyes. 

Only  there  was  a  great  difference  in  the  expression  of  the  looks  of 
the  two  who  thus  watched  the  movements  of  the  same  man. 


CHAPTER  II 

FATHEK   AND    SON 

E  will  leave  Danglars  struggling  with  the  feelings  of  hatred, 
and  endeavoring  to  insinuate  in  the  ear  of  the  shipowner 
some  evil  suspicions  against  his  comrade,  and  follow 
Dantes,  who,  after  having  traversed  the  Cannebiere,  took 
the  Eue  de  Noailles,  and  entering  into  a  small  house  situated  on  the  left 
side  of  the  Alices  de  Meilhan,  rapidly  ascended  four  stories  of  a  dark 
staircase,  holding  the  baluster  in  one  hand,  whilst  with  the  other  he 
repressed  the  beatings  of  his  heart,  and  paused  before  a  half-opened 
door,  which  revealed  all  the  interior  of  a  small  apartment. 
This  apartment  was  occupied  by  Dantes'  father. 
The  news  of  the  arrival  of  the  Pharaon  had  not  yet  reached  the  old 
man,  who,  mounted  on  a  chair,  was  amusing  himself  with  staking,  with 
tremulous  hand,  some  nasturtiums  which,  mingled  with  clematis, 
formed  a  kind  of  trellis  at  his  window. 

Suddenly,  he  felt  an  arm  thrown  round  his  body,  and  a  well-known 
voice  behind  him  exclaimed,  "  Father  !  dear  father  !  " 

The  old  man  uttered  a  cry,  and  turned  round ;  then,  seeing  his  son, 
he  fell  into  his  arms,  pale  and  trembling. 

"  What  ails  you,  my  dearest  father  f "  inquired  the  young  man,  much 
alarmed,  "Are  you  ih1?" 

"  No,  no,  my  dear  Edmond  —  my  boy  —  my  son !  —  no  ;    but  I  did 
not  expect  you;  and  joy,  the  surprise  of  seeing  you  so  suddenly— 
Ah !  I  really  seem  as  if  I  were  going  to  die." 

"  Come,  come,  cheer  up,  my  dear  father !  'Tis  I  —  really  I !  They 
Sa7  joy  never  hurts,  and  so  I  come  to  you  without  any  warning.  Come 
now,  look  cheerfully  at  me,  instead  of  gazing  as  you  do  with  your  eyes 
so  wide.  Here  I  am  back  again,  and  we  will  now  be  happy." 

13 


I 
14  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-VRI8TO. 

"  Yea,  yet,  my  boy,  so  we  will  —  so  we  will,"  replied  the  old  man ; 
'*  but  how  shull  we  l>e  happy  f  Will  you  never  leave  me  again  f  Come, 
tell  me  all  the  good  fortune  that  has  befallen  you." 

"<;<M|  1'i.ririvf  in.'."  -sii'l  1  In-  VOIIIIL:  nuiii,  "  f»r  ivj<.i<-iim  ;it  l:;i|»]»iiM->s 
derived  from  the  grief  of  others ;  but,  Heaven  knows,  I  did  not  desire 
this  good  fortune :  it  has  happened,  and  I  really  cannot  affect  to  lament 
it.  The  good  Captain  Leclere  is  dead,  father,  and  it  is  probable  that, 
with  the  aid  of  M.  Morrel,  I  shall  have  his  place.  Do  you  understand, 
father  T  Only  imagine  me  a  captain  at  twenty,  with  a  hundred  louis 
pay,  and  a  share  in  the  profits!  Is  this  not  more  than  a  poor  sailor  like 
me  could  have  hoped  for  ?" 

"  Yes,  my  dear  boy,"  replied  the  old  man.    "It  is  great  good  fortune." 

"  Well,  then,  with  the  first  money  I  touch,  I  mean  you  to  have  a 
small  house,  with  a  garden  to  plant  your  clematis,  your  nasturtiums, 
and  your  honeysuckles.  But  what  ails  you,  father?  Are  not  you  well  ?" 

"  'Tis  nothing,  nothing ;  it  will  soon  pass  away." 

And  as  he  said  so  the  old  man's  strength  failed  him,  and  he  fell 
backward. 

"Come,  come,"  said  the  young  man,  "a  glass  of  wine,  father,  will 
revive  you.  Where  do  you  keep  your  wine  ?  " 

"  No,  no ;  thank  ye.  You  need  not  look  for  it ;  I  do  not  want  it," 
said  the  old  man. 

"  Yes,  yes,  father,  tell  me  where  it  is,"  and  he  opened  two  or  three 
cupboards. 

"  It  is  no  use,"  said  the  old  man,  "  there  is  no  more  wine." 

"  What !  no  more  wine  ? "  said  Dantes,  turning  pale  and  looking  alter 
nately  at  the  hollow  and  pallid  cheeks  of  the  old  man  and  the  empty 
cupboards.  "  What !  no  wine  ?  Have  you  wanted  money,  father  ? " 

"  I  want  nothing  since  I  see  you,"  said  the  old  man. 

*  Yet,"  stammerejl  Dantes,  wiping,  the  perspiration  from  his  brow, — 
"  yet  I  gave  you  two  hundred  francs  when  I  left,  three  months  ago." 

;<  Yes,  yes,  Edmond,  that  is  true,  but  you  forgot  at  that  time  a  little 
debt  to  our  neighbor,  Caderousse.  He  reminded  me  of  it,  telling  me  if 
I  did  not  pay  for  you,  he  would  go  and  get  paid  by  M.  Morrel ;  and  so, 
you  see,  lest  he  might  do  you  an  injury " 

"Well  —  " 

"  Why,  I  paid  him." 

"But,"  cried  Dantes,  "it  was  a  hundred  and  forty  francs  I  owed 
Caderousse.* 

"  Yes,"  stammered  the  old  man. 

'  And  you  paid  him  out  of  the  two  hundred  francs  I  left  you ! " 
The  old  man  made  a  sign  in  the  affirmative. 


THE    COUNT    OF    MON  TE-CRItiTO. 


15 


"  So  that  you  have  lived  for  three  months  on  sixty  francs?"  muttered 
the  young  man. 

"  You  know  how  little  I  require,"  said  the  old  man. 

"  Heaven  pardon  me,"  cried  Edmond,  going  on  his  knees  before  the 
old  man. 


"  What  are  you  doing  ? " 

''  You  have  wounded  my  very  heart." 

"  Never  mind  it,  for  I  see  you  once  more,"  said  the  old  man ;  "  and 
now  all  is  forgotten — all  is  well  again." 

"  Yes,  here  I  am,"  said  the  young  man,  "  with  a  happy  future  and  a 
little  money.  Here,  father !  here ! "  he  said,  "  take  this  —  take  it,  and 
send  for  something  immediately." 


16  THE    COUNT   OF   MOXTE-CRI8TO. 

And  ho  emptied  his  pockets  on  the  table,  whose  contents  consisted 
of  a  dozen  pieces  of  gold,  five  or  six  crowns,  and  some  smaller  coin. 
The  countenance  of  old  Dantes  brightened. 

"  Whom  does  this  l>elong  to  f "  he  inquired. 

"  To  me !  to  you !  to  us ! "  Take  it ;  buy  some  provisions ;  be  happy, 
and  to-morrow  we  shall  have  more." 

"Gently,  gently,"  said  the  old  man,  with  a  smile;  "and  by  your 
leave  I  will  use  your  puree  moderately,  for  they  would  say,  if  they  saw 
me  buy  too  many  things  at  a  time,  that  I  had  been  obliged  to  await  your 
return,  in  order  to  be,  able  to  purchase  them." 

"  Do  as  you  please ;  but,  first  of  all,  pray  have  a  servant,  father.  I 
will  not  have  you  left  alone  so  long.  I  have  some  smuggled  coffee  and 
most  capital  tobacco,  in  a  small  chest  in  the  hold,  which  you  shall  have 
to-morrow.  But,  hush  !  here  comes  somebody." 

"  'Tis  Caderousse,  who  has  heard  of  your  arrival,  and  no  doubt  comes 
to  congratulate  you  on  your  fortunate  return." 

"  Ah !  lips  that  say  one  thing,  whilst  the  heart  thinks  another,"  mur 
mured  Edmond.  "  But,  never  mind,  he  is  a  neighbor  who  has  done  us 
a  service  on  a  time,  so  he's  welcome." 

As  Edmond  finished  his  sentence  in  a  low  voice,  there  appeared, 
framed  by  the  door  of  the  landing,  the  black  and  bearded  head  of 
Caderousse.  He  was  a  man  of  twenty-five  or  twenty-six  years  of  age, 
and  held  in  his  hand  a  morsel  of  cloth,  which,  in  his  capacity  as  a  tailor, 
he  was  about  to  turn  into  the  lining  of  a  coat. 

"  What!  is  it  you,  Edmond,  returned  f"  said  he,  with  a  broad  Marseil 
laise  accent,  and  a  broad  grin  that  displayed  his  teeth  as  white  as  ivory. 

"Yes,  as  you  see,  neighbor  Caderousse;  and  ready  to  be  agreeable  to 
you  in  any  and  eveiy  way,"  replied  Dantes,  but  ill-concealing  his  cold 
ness  under  this  appearance  of  civility. 

"Thanks  —  thanks;  but,  fortunately,  I  do  not  want  for  anything; 
and  it  chances  that  at  times  there  are  others  who  have  need  of  me." 
Dantes  made  a  gesture.  "  I  do  not  allude  to  you,  my  boy.  No !  —  no ! 
I  lent  you  money,  and  you  returned  it ;  that's  like  good  neighbors,  and 
we  are  quits." 

14  We  are  never  quits  with  those  who  oblige  us,"  was  Dantes'  reply ; 
"  for  when  we  do  not  owe  them  money,  we  owe  them  gratitude." 

14  What's  the  use  of  mentioning  that  ?  What  is  done  is  done.  Let  us 
talk  of  your  happy  return,  my  boy.  I  had  gone  on  the  quay  to  match 
a  piece  of  mulberry  cloth,  when  I  met  friend  Danglars. 

"  *  What  I  you  at  Marseilles  ? '  — '  Yes,'  says  he. 
4 1  thought  you  were  at  Smyrna.' — 4 1  was ;  but  am  now  back  again.' 

44  4  And  where  is  the  dear  boy,  our  little  Edmond  ? ' 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


17 


"  '  Why,  with  his  father,  no  doubt,'  replied  Danglars.  And  so  I  came," 
added  Caderousse,  "  as  fast  as  I  could  to  have  the  pleasure  of  shaking 
hands  with  a  friend." 

"  Worthy  Caderousse ! "  said  the  old  man,  "  he  is  so  much  attached  to 


us! 


Caderousse. 

"  Yes,  to  be  sure  I  am.  I  love  and  esteem  you,  because  honest  folks 
are  so  rare !  But  it  seems  you  have  come  back  rich,  my  boy,"  continued 
the  tailor,  looking  askance  at  the  handful  of  gold  and  silver  which 
Dantes  had  thrown  on  the  table. 

The  young  man  remarked  the  greedy  glance  which  shone  in  the  dark 
eyes  of  his  neighbor. 


THE    COUXT   OF  MOXTE-CRI8TO. 

u  Eh  !"  he  said,  negligently,  "this  money  is  not  mine:  I  was  express 
ing  to  my  father  my  fears  that  he  had  wanted  many  things  in  my 
•l^awri  and  to  convince  me  he  emptied  his  purse  on  the  table.  Come, 
father,"  added  Dantes,  uput  this  money  back  in  your  box  —  unless 
neighbor  Caderousse  wants  anything,  and  in  that  case  it  is  at  his 
>,-r\  , -. 

u  No,  my  boy,  no,"  said  Caderousse.  - 1  am  not  in  any  want,  thank 
God!  the  trade  keeps  me.  Keep  your  money— keep  it,  I  say;— one 
never  has  too  much ; —  but,  at  the  same  time,  my  boy,  I  am  as  much 
obliged  by  your  offer  as  if  I  took  advantage  of  it." 

u  It  was  offered  with  good-will"  said  Dantes. 

u  No  doubt,  my  boy ;  no  doubt.  Well,  you  stand  well  with  M.  Morrel, 
I  hear. —  you  insinuating  dog,  you ! 1 

44  M.  Morrel  has  always  been  exceedingly  kind  to  me,"  replied  Dantes. 

u  Then  you  were  wrong  to  refuse  to  dine  with  him." 

u  What !  did  you  refuse  to  dine  with  him  !"  said  old  Dantes;  -  and 
did  he  invite  you  to  dine  f  " 

44  Yes,  my  dear  father,"  replied  Edmund,  smiling  at  his  father's  aston 
ishment  at  the  excessive  honor  paid  to  his  son. 

44  And  why  did  you  refuse,  my  son  f "  inquired  the  old  man. 

'•  That  I  might  the  sooner  be  with  you  again,  my  dear  father,"  replied 
tlu-  young  man.  u  I  was  most  anxious  to  see  you." 

u  But  it  must  have  vexed  M.  Morrel,  good,  worthy  man,"  said  Cade 
rousse.  u  And  when  you  are  looking  forward  to  be  captain,  it  was  wrong 
to  vex  the  owner." 

44  But  I  explained  to  him  the  cause  of  my  refusal,"  replied  Dantes ; 
"  and  I  hope  he  fully  understood  it." 

tt  Yes,  but  to  be  captain  one  must  give  way  a  little  to  one's  patron  >." 

44  I  hope  to  be  captain  without  that,"  said  Dantes. 

44  So  much  the  better — so  much  the  better !  Nothing  will  give  greater 
pleasure  to  all  your  old  friends ;  and  I  know  one  down  there  behind  the 
citadel  of  Saint  Nicolas  who  will  not  be  sorry  to  hear  it." 

44  Mercedes  ? "  said  the  old  man. 

44  Yes,  my  dear  father,  and  with  your  permission,  now  I  have  seen  you, 
and  know  you  are  well,  and  have  all  you  require,  I  will  ask  your  consent 
to  go  and  pay  a  visit  to  the  Catalans." 

44  Go,  my  dear  boy,"  said  old  Dantes ;  **  and  Heaven  bless  you  in  your 
wife,  as  it  has  blessed  me  in  my  son ! " 

44  His  wife!"  said  Caderousse;  "why,  how  fast  you  go  on,  father 
Dantes ;  she  is  not  his  wife  yet,  I  fancy." 

44  No,  but  according  to  all  probability  she  soon  will  be,"  replied 
Umond. 


THE    COUXT    OF   MOXTE-CRI8TO. 


19 


«  Yes— yes,"  said  Caderousse ;  "  but  you  were  right  to  be  in  a  hurry, 
ruy  boy." 

•  Aiid  why?" 


Dantes5  father. 


14  Because  Mercedes  is  a  very  fine  girl,  and  fine  girls  never  lack  lovers; 
she,  particularly,  has  them  by  dozens." 

"Really!"  answered  Edmond,  with  a  smile  which  had  in  it  traces  of 
slight  uneasiness. 


20  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  Ah,  yes,"  continued  Caderousse,  "  and  capital  offers,  too ;  but,  you 
know,  you  will  be  captain,  and  who  could  refuse  you  then  ?  " 

"  Mi-ailing  t<>  say,"  iv|>li»-<l  Dantrs,  with  a  >milr  wliidi  l>ut  ill-cnu- 
cealed  his  trouble,  "  that  if  I  were  not  a  captain 

"  Eh  —  eh ! "  said  Caderousse,  shaking  liis  head. 

"  Come,  come,"  said  the  sailor,  "  I  have  a  better  opinion  than  you  of 
women  in  general,  and  of  Mercedes  in  particular;  and  I  am  certain 
that,  captain  or  not,  she  will  remain  ever  faithful  to  me." 

"  So  much  the  better — so  much  the  better,"  said  Caderousse.  "Wln-n 
one  is  going  to  be  married,  there  is  nothing  like  implicit  confidence; 
but  never  mind  that,  my  boy, —  but  go  and  announce  your  arrival,  and 
let  her  know  all  your  hopes  and  prospects." 

"  I  will  go  directly,"  was  Edmond's  reply. 

Then,  embracing  his  father,  and  saluting  Caderousse,  he  left  the 
apartment. 

Caderousse  lingered  fora  moment ;  then,  taking  leave  of  old  Daiit«-s, 
he  went  downstairs  to  rejoin  Danglars,  who  awaited  him  at  the  corner 
of  the  Rue  Senac. 

"Well,"  said  Danglars,  " did  you  see  him  .' " 

"  I  have  just  left  him,"  answered  Caderousse. 

"  Did  he  allude  to  his  hope  of  being  captain  ? " 

"  He  spoke  of  it  as  a  thing  already  decided." 

"  Patience !"  said  Danglars;  "  he  is  in  too  much  hurry,  it  appears  to  me." 

"  Why,  it  seems  M.  Morrel  has  promised  him  the  thing." 

"  So  that  he  is  quite  elate  about  it ! " 

"  That  is  to  say,  he  is  actually  insolent  on  the  matter  —  has  already 
offered  me  his  patronage,  as  if  he  were  a  grand  personage,  and  proffered 
me  a  loan  of  money,  as  though  he  were  a  banker." 

"  Which  you  refused  I " 

"Most  assuredly;  although  I  might  easily  have  accepted  it,  for  it  was 
I  who  put  into  his  hands  the  first  silver  he  ever  earned;  but  now 
M.  Dantes  has  no  longer  any  occasion  for  assistance  —  he  is  about  to 
become  a  captain." 

"  Pooh ! "  said  Danglars ;  "  he  is  not  one  yet." 

"  M<i  foi !  —  and  it  will  be  as  well  he  never  should  be,"  answered 
Caderousse ;  "  for,  if  he  should  be,  there  will  be  really  no  speaking  to 
him." 

"  If  we  choose,"  replied  Danglars,  a  he  will  remain  what  he  is ;  and 
perhaps  become  even  less  than  he  is." 

"  What  do  you  mean  ? " 

"  Nothing  —  I  was  speaking  to  myself.  And  is  he  still  in  love  with 
the  fair  Catalane  ? " 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


21 


"  Over  head  and  ears ;  but,  unless  I  am  much  mistaken,  there  will  be 
a  storm  in  that  quarter." 
"  Explain  yourself." 
"Why  should  I?" 


"It  is  more  important  than  you  think,  perhaps.  You  do  not  like 
Dantes?" 

"  I  never  like  upstarts." 

"  Then  tell  me  all  you  know  relative  to  the  Catalane." 

"  I  know  nothing  for  certain ;  only  I  have  seen  things  which  induce 
me  to  believe,  as  I  told  you,  that  the  future  captain  will  find  some 
annoyance  in  the  environs  of  the  road  of  the  Vieilles  Infirmeries." 


22  THK    COUVT   OF   MONTB-ORI8TO. 

"  What  have  you  seen ! —  come,  tell  me ! " 

"  Well,  every  time  I  have  seen  Mercedes  come  into  the  city,  she  has 
been  accompanied  by  a  tall,  strapping,  black-eyed  Catalan,  with  a  red 
complexion,  brown  skin,  and  fierce  air,  whom  she  calls  cousin." 

"  Really ;  and  you  think  this  cousin  pays  her  attentions  ? " 

"  I  suppose  so.  What  else  can  a  strapping  chap  of  twenty-one  mean 
with  a  fine  lass  of  seventeen  ?  " 

"  And  you  say  Dantes  has  gone  to  the  Catalans  ? " 

"  He  went  before  I  came  down." 

"  Let  us  go  the  same  way ;  we  will  stop  at  La  Reserve,  and  we  can. 
drink  a  glass  of  La  Malgue,  whilst  we  wait  for  news." 

"  Come  along,"  said  Caderousse ;  "  but  mind  you  pay  the  shot." 

"  Certainly,"  replied  Danglars. 

The  two  walked  quickly  to  the  spot  alluded  to;  on  their  reaching  it, 
they  called  for  a  bottle  of  wine  and  two  glasses. 

Pere  Pamphile  had  seen  Dantes  pass  not  ten  minutes  before. 
Assured  that  Dantes  was  at  the  Catalans,  they  sat  down  under  the 
biidding  foliage  of  the  planes  and  sycamores,  in  the  branches  of  which 
the  birds  were  joyously  singing  on  one  of  the  first  fair  days  in  spring. 


I 


CHAPTEE  III 

THE  CATALANS 

BOUT  a  hundred  paces  from  the  spot  where  the  two  friends 
were,  with  their  looks  fixed  on  the  distance,  and  their  ears 
attentive,  whilst  they  imbibed  the  sparkling  wine  of  La 
Malgue,  behind  a  bare  wall,  torn  and  worn  by  sun  and 
storm,  was  the  small  village  of  the  Catalans. 

One  day  a  mysterious  colony  quitted  Spain  and  settled  on  the 
tongue  of  land  on  which  it  is  to  this  day.  It  arrived  from  no  one  knew 
where,  and  spoke  an  unknown  tongue.  One  of  its  chiefs,  who  understood 
Provencal,  begged  the  commune  of  Marseilles  to  give  them  this  bare 
and  barren  promontory,  on  which,  like  the  sailors  of  the  ancient  times, 
they  had  run  their  boats  ashore.  The  request  was  granted ;  and  three 
months  afterward,  around  the  twelve  or  fifteen  small  vessels  which  had 
brought  these  gypsies  of  the  sea,  a  small  village  sprang  up. 

This  village,  constructed  in  a  singular  and  picturesque  manner,  half 
Moorish,  half  Spanish,  is  the  one  we  behold  at  the  present  day  inhabited 
by  the  descendants  of  those  men  who  speak  the  language  of  their 
fathers.  For  three  or  four  centuries  they  remained  faithful  to  this 
small  promontory  on  which  they  had  settled  like  a  flight  of  sea-birds, 
without  mixing  with  the  Marseillaise  population,  intermarrying  and 
preserving  their  original  customs  and  the  costume  of  their  mother- 
country,  as  they  have  preserved  its  language. 

Our  readers  will  follow  us  along  the  only  street  of  this  little  village, 
and  enter  with  us  into  one  of  the  houses,  on  the  outside  of  which  the 
sun  had  stamped  that  beautiful  dead-leaf  color  peculiar  to  the  buildings 
of  the  country,  and  within,  a  coat  of  limewash,  of  that  white  tint  which 
forms  the  only  ornament  of  Spanish  posadas.  A  young  and  beautiful 
girl,  with  hair  as  black  as  jet,  her  eyes  as  velvety  as  the  gazelle's,  was 
leaning  with  her  back  against  a  partition,  rubbing  in  her  slender  fingers, 

23 


24  THE    COUNT    OF   MOXTE-CRISTO. 

molded  after  the  antique,  an  innocent  spray  of  heath,  the  flowers  of 
which  she  was  picking  off  and  strewing  on  the  floor ;  her  arms,  bare  t « . 
the  elbow,  embrowned,  but  which  seemed  modeled  after  those  of  the 
Venus  at  Aries,  moved  with  a  kind  of  restless  impatience,  and  she 
tapped  the  earth  with  her  pliant  and  well-formed  foot,  so  as  to  display 
the  pure  and  full  shape  of  her  well-turned  leg,  in  its  red  cotton  stock 
ing  with  gray  and  blue  clocks. 

At  three  paces  from  her,  seated  in  a  chair  which  he  balanced  on  two 
legs,  leaning  his  elbow  on  an  old  worm-eaten  table,  was  a  tall  young 
man  of  twenty  or  two-and-twenty,  who  was  looking  at  her  with  an  air 
in  which  vexation  and  uneasiness  were  mingled.  He  questioned  her  \v  i  1 1 1 
his  eyes,  but  the  firm  and  steady  gaze  of  the  young  girl  controlled  his  look. 

"You  see,  Mercedes,"  said  the  young  man,  "here  is  Easter  come 
round  again ;  it  is  the  time  for  a  wedding ;  what  do  you  say  ?  " 

"I  have  answered  you  a  hundred  times,  Fernand;  and  really  you 
must  be  your  own  enemy  to  ask  me  again." 

"  Well,  repeat  it, —  repeat  it,  I  beg  of  you,  that  I  may  at  last  believe 
it !  Tell  me  for  the  hundredth  time  that  you  refuse  my  love,  which  had 
your  mother's  sanction.  Make  me  fully  comprehend  that  you  are  tri 
fling  with  my  happiness,  that  my  life  or  death  is  immaterial  to  you. 
Ah !  to  have  dreamed  for  ten  years  of  being  your  husband,  Mercedes, 
and  to  lose  that  hope,  which  was  the  only  object  of  my  existence ! " 

"At  least  it  was  not  I  who  ever  encouraged  you  in  that  hope,  Fer 
nand,"  replied  Mercedes;  "you  cannot  reproach  me  with  the  slightest 
coquetry.  I  have  always  said  to  you,  'I  love  you  as  a  brother;  but  do 
not  ask  from  me  more  than  sisterly  affection,  for  my  heart  is  another's.' 
Is  not  this  true,  Fernand  f  " 

"  Yes,  I  know  it  well,  Mercedes,"  replied  the  young  man.  "  Yes,  you 
have  been  cruelly  frank  with  me ;  but  do  you  forget  that  it  is  among 
the  Catalans  a  sacred  law  to  intermarry  f  " 

"  You  mistake,  Fernand,  it  is  not  a  law,  but  merely  a  custom ;  and,  I 
pray  of  you,  do  not  cite  this  custom  in  your  favor.  You  are  included  in 
the  conscription,  Fernand,  and  are  only  at  liberty  on  sufferance,  liable 
at  any  moment  to  be  called  upon  to  take  up  arms.  Once  a  soldier, 
what  would  you  do  with  me,  a  poor  orphan,  forlorn,  without  fortune, 
with  nothing  but  a  hut,  half  in  ruins,  containing  some  ragged  nets,  a 
miserable  inheritance  left  by  my  father  to  my  mother,  and  by  my 
mother  to  me  ?  She  has  been  dead  a  year,  and  you  know,  Fernand,  I 
have  been  living  almost  on  public  charity.  Sometimes  you  pretend  I  am 
useful  to  you,  and  that  is  an  excuse  to  share  with  me  the  produce  of  your 
fishing,  and  I  accept  it,  Feruand,  because  you  are  the  son  of  my  father's 
brother,  because  we  were  brought  up  together,  and  stiU  more  because  it 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CKISTO. 


25 


would  give  you  so  much  pain  if  I  refuse.  But  I  feel  very  deeply  that 
this  fish  which  I  go  and  sell,  and  with  the  produce  of  which  I  buy  the 
flax  I  spin, —  I  feel  very  keenly,  Fernand,  that  this  is  charity." 


Fernand  and  Mercedes. 


"  And  if  it  were,  Mercedes,  poor  and  lone  as  you  are,  you  suit  me  as 
well  as  the  daughter  of  the  first  shipowner,  or  the  richest  banker  of 
Marseilles !  What  do  such  as  we  desire  but  a  good  wife  and  careful 
housekeeper,  and  where  can  I  look  for  these  better  than  in  you  ? " 


26  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CR1STO. 

"Fernand,"  answered  Mercedes,  shaking  her  head,  "a  woman  becoin 
a  bad  manager,  and  who  shall  say  she  will  remain  an  honest  woman 
when  she  loves  another  man  better  than  her  husband?    Rest  content 
with  my  friendship,  for  I  repeat  to  you  that  is  all  I  can  promise,  and  I 
will  promise  no  more  than  I  can  bestow." 

"I  understand,"  replied  Fernand,  "you  can  endure  your  own  wretched 
ness  patiently,  but  you  are  afraid  of  mine.  Well,  Mercedes,  beloved  1  > y 
you,  I  would  tempt  fortune ;  you  would  bring  me  good  luck.  I  might 
get  a  place  as  clerk  in  a  warehouse,  and  become  myself  a  merchant  in 
time." 

"You  could  do  no  such  thing,  Fernand;  you  are  a  soldier,  and  if 
you  remain  at  the  Catalans  it  is  because  there  is  not  a  war;  so  remain 
a  fisherman,  cherish  no  dreams  that  will  make  the  reality  still  more  ter 
rible  ;  be  contented  with  my  friendship,  as  I  cannot  give  you  more." 

"  Well,  you  are  right,  Mercedes.  I  will  be  a  sailor ;  instead  of  the 
costume  of  our  fathers,  which  you  despise,  I  will  wear  a  varnished  hat, 
a  striped  shirt,  and  a  blue  jacket  with  an  anchor  on  the  buttons. 
Would  not  that  dress  please  you  ?  " 

"  What  do  you  mean  ? "  asked  Mercedes,  darting  at  him  an  imperious 
glance, — "  what  do  you  mean  ?  I  do  not  understand  you." 

"  I  mean,  Mercedes,  that  you  are  thus  harsh  and  cruel  with  me, 
because  you  are  expecting  some  one  who  is  thus  attired ;  but,  perhaps, 
he  whom  you  await  is  inconstant,  or,  if  he  is  not,  the  sea  is  so  to  him." 

"  Fernand ! "  cried  Mercedes,  "  I  believed  you  were  good-hearted,  and  I 
was  mistaken !  Fernand,  you  are  wicked  to  call  to  the  aid  of  your  jeal 
ousy  the  anger  of  God !  Yes,  I  will  not  deny  it,  I  do  await,  and  I  do 
love  him  to  whom  you  allude ;  and,  if  he  does  not  return,  instead  of 
accusing  him  of  the  inconstancy  which  you  insinuate,  I  will  tell  you 
that  he  died  loving  me,  and  me  only." 

The  young  Catalan  made  a  gesture  of  rage. 

"  I  understand  you,  Fernand ;  you  would  be  revenged  on  him  because 
I  do  not  love  you ;  you  would  cross  your  Catalan  knife  with  his  dirk. 
What  end  would  that  answer  ?  To  lose  you  my  friendship  if  you  were 
conquered,  and  see  that  friendship  changed  into  hate  if  you  were  con 
queror.  Believe  me,  to  seek  a  quarrel  with  a  man  is  a  bad  method  of 
pleasing  the  woman  who  loves  that  man.  No,  Fernand,  you  will  not 
thus  give  way  to  evil  thoughts.  Unable  to  have  me  for  your  wife,  you 
will  content  yourself  with  having  me  for  your  friend  and  sister ;  and 
besides,"  she  added,  her  eyes  troubled  and  moistened  with  tears,  "wnit, 
wait,  Fernand ;  you  said  just  now  that  the  sea  was  treacherous,  and  he 
has  been  gone  four  months,  and  during  these  four  months  I  have 
counted  many,  many  storms." 


THE    COUNT    OF    M ONTE-CRISTO.  27 

Fernand  made  no  reply,  nor  did  he  attempt  to  check  the  tears  which 
flowed  down  the  cheeks  of  Mercedes,  although  for  each  of  these  tears  he 
would  have  given  a  cupful  of  his  heart's  blood ;  but  these  tears  flowed 
for  another.  He  arose,  paced  awhile  up  and  down  the  hut,  and  then, 
suddenly  stopping  before  Mercedes,  with  his  eyes  stern  and  his  hands 
clenched, 

"  Say,  Mercedes,"  he  said,  "  once  for  all,  is  this  your  final  determina 
tion?" 

"I  love  Edmond  Dantes,"  the  young  girl  calmly  replied,  "and  none 
but  Edmond  shall  ever  be  my  husband." 

"  And  you  will  always  love  him  ?  " 

"  As  long  as  I  live." 

Fernand  let  fall  his  head  like  a  defeated  man,  heaved  a  sigh  which 
resembled  a  groan,  and  then  suddenly  looking  her  full  in  the  face,  with 
clenched  teeth  and  expanded  nostrils,  said : 

"But  if  he  is  dead-    -?" 

"  If  he  is  dead,  I  shall  die  too." 

"  If  he  has  forgotten  you ?  " 

"  Mercedes !"  cried  a  voice,  joyously,  outside  the  house, — "  Mercedes ! " 

"  Ah ! "  exclaimed  the  young  girl,  blushing  with  delight,  and  springing 
up  with  love,  "  you  see  he  has  not  forgotten  me,  for  here  he  is ! "  And 
rushing  toward  the  door,  she  opened  it,  saying, 

"  Here,  Edmond,  here  I  am ! " 

'  Fernand,  pale  and  trembling,  receded  like  a  traveler  at  the  sight  of 
a  serpent,  and  fell  into  a  chair  beside  him. 

Edmond  and  Mercedes  were  clasped  in  each  other's  arms.  The 
burning  sun  of  Marseilles,  which  penetrated  the  room  by  the  open  door, 
covered  them  with  a  flood  of  light.  At  first  they  saw  nothing  around 
them.  Their  intense  happiness  isolated  them  from  all  the  rest  of  the 
world,  and  they  only  spoke  in  broken  words,  which  are  the  tokens  of 
a  joy  so  extreme  that  they  seem  rather  the  expression  of  sorrow.  Sud 
denly  Edmond  saw  the  gloomy  countenance  of  Fernand,  as  it  was 
defined  in  the  shadow,  pale  and  threatening,  and  by  a  movement,  for 
which  he  could  scarcely  account  to  himself,  the  young  Catalan  placed 
his  hand  on  the  knife  at  his  belt. 

"  Ah !  your  pardon,"  said  Dantes,  frowning  in  his  turn ;  "  I  did  not 
perceive  that  there  were  three  of  us."  Then,  turning  to  Mercedes,  he 
inquired,  "  Who  is  this  gentleman  ?  " 

"  One  who  will  be  your  best  friend,  Dantes,  for  he  is  my  friend,  my 
cousin,  my  brother ;  it  is  Fernand — the  man  whom,  after  you,  Edmond, 
I  love  the  best  in  the  world.  Do  you  not  remember  him  ?  " 

"  Yes ! "  said  Edmond,  and  without  relinquishing  Mercedes'  hand 


28  THE    COUNT   OF    MONTE-CRItiTO. 

clasped  in  one  of  his  own,  he  extended  the  other  to  the  Catalan  with 
a  cordial  air.  But  Fernand,  instead  of  responding  to  this  amiable  gest 
ure,  remained  mute  and  motionless  as  a  statue.  Edmond  then  cast  his 
eyes  scrutinizingly  at  Mercedes,  agitated  and  embarrassed,  and  then 
again  on  Fernand,  gloomy  and  menacing.  This  look  told  him  all,  and 
his  brow  became  suffused  and  angry. 

"  I  did  not  know,  when  I  came  with  such  haste  to  you,  that  I  was  to 
meet  an  enemy  here." 

"  An  enemy ! "  cried  Mercedes,  with  an  angry  look  at  her  cousin. » 
"  An  enemy  in  my  house,  do  you  say,  Edmond !    If  I  believed  that,  I ' 
would  place  my  arm  under  yours  and  go  with  you  to  Marseilles,  leaving 
the  house  to  return  to  it  no  more." 

Fernand's  eye  darted  lightning.  "  And  should  any  misfortune 
occur  to  you,  dear  Edmond,"  she  continued,  with  the  same  implaca 
ble  calmness  which  proved  to  Fernand  that  the  young  girl  had  read  the 
very  innermost  depths  of  his  sinister  thought,  "  if  misfortune  should 
occur  to  you,  I  would  ascend  the  highest  point  of  the  Cape  de  Morgion, 
and  cast  myself  headlong  from  it  on  the  rocks  below." 
Fernand  became  deadly  pale. 

"  But  you  are  deceived,  Edmond,"  she  continued.  "  You  have  no 
enemy  here  —  there  is  no  one  but  Fernand,  my  brother,  who  will  grasp 
your  hand  as  a  devoted  friend." 

And  at  these  words  the  young  girl  fixed  her  imperious  look  on  the 
Catalan,  who,  as  if  fascinated  by  it,  came  slowly  toward  Edmond,  and 
offered  him  his  hand.  His  hatred,  like  a  powerless  though  furious  wave, 
was  broken  against  the  strong  ascendency  which  Mercedes  exercised  over 
him.  Scarcely,  however,  had  he  touched  Edmond's  hand  than  he  felt  he 
had  done  all  he  could  do,  and  rushed  hastily  out  of  the  house. 

"  Oh ! "  he  exclaimed,  running  furiously  and  plunging  his  hands  in  his 
hair — "  Oh  !  who  will  deliver  me  from  this  man!  Wretched — wretched 
that  I  am ! " 

"  Halloo,  Catalan !  Halloo,  Fernand !  where  are  you  running  to  ? ff 
exclaimed  a  voice. 

The  young  man  stopped  suddenly,  looked  around  him,  and  per 
ceived  Caderousse  sitting  at  table  with  Danglars  under  an  arbor. 

"  Well,"  said  Caderousse,  "  why  don't  you  come  f  Are  you  really  in 
such  a  hurry  that  you  have  no  time  to  say  '  how  do '  to  your  friends  ? " 

"  Particularly  when  they  have  still  a  full  bottle  before  them,"  added 
Danglars.  Fernand  looked  at  them  both  with  a  stupefied  air,  but  did 
not  say  a  word. 

"  He  looks  sheepish,"  said  Danglars,  pushing  Caderousse  with  his 
knee.  "  Are  we  mistaken,  and  is  Dantes  triumphant  in  spite  of  all  we 
have  believed  ? " 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  29 

"  Why,  we  must  inquire  into  that,"  was  Caderousse's  reply ;  and, 
turning  toward  the  young  man,  said,  "  Well,  Catalan,  can't  you  make 
up  your  mind  ? " 

Fernand  wiped  away  the  perspiration  steaming  from  his  brow,  and 
slowly  entered  the  arbor,  whose  shade  seemed  to  restore  somewhat  of 
calmness  to  his  senses,  and  whose  coolness  somewhat  of  refreshment  to 
his  exhausted  body. 

"  Good-day,"  said  he.  "  You  called  me,  didn't  you  1 "  And  he  fell, 
rather  than  sat  down,  on  one  of  the  seats  which  surrounded  the  table. 

"  I  called  you  because  you  were  running  like  a  madman,  and  I  was 
afraid  you  would  throw  yourself  into  the  sea,"  said  Caderousse,  laugh 
ing.  "  Why !  when  a  man  has  friends,  they  are  not  only  to  offer  him  a 
glass  of  wine,  but,  moreover,  to  prevent  his  swallowing  three  or  four 
pints  of  water  unnecessarily ! " 

Fernand  gave  a  groan,  which  resembled  a  sob,  and  dropped  his  head 
into  his  hands,  crossed  over  each  other,  on  the  table. 

"  Well,  Fernand,  I  must  say,"  said  Caderousse,  beginning  the  conver 
sation,  with  that  brutality  of  the  common  people  in  which  curiosity 
destroys  all  diplomacy,  "  you  look  uncommonly  like  a  rejected  lover  " ; 
and  he  accompained  this  joke  with  a  hoarse  laugh. 

"  Bah ! "  said  Danglars,  "  a  lad  of  his  make  was  not  born  to  be  unhappy 
in  love.  You  are  laughing  at  him,  Caderousse ! " 

"  No,"  he  replied ;  "  only  hark  how  he  sighs !  Come,  come,  Fernand ! " 
said  Caderousse,  "  hold  up  your  head,  and  answer  us.  It's  not  polite  not 
to  reply  to  friends  who  ask  news  of  your  health." 

"  My  health  is  well  enough,"  said  Fernand,  clenching  his  hands  with 
out  raising  his  head. 

"  Ah !  you  see,  Danglars,"  said  Caderousse,  winking  at  his  friend, 
"  this  is  how  it  is :  Fernand,  whom  you  see  here,  is  a  good  and  brave 
Catalan,  one  of  the  best  fishermen  in  Marseilles,  and  he  is  in  love  with  a 
very  fine  girl,  named  Mercedes ;  but  it  appears,  unfortunately,  that  the 
fine  girl  is  in  love  with  the  second  in  command  on  board  the  Pharaon ; 
and,  as  the  Pharaon  arrived  to-day  —  why,  you  understand  ! " 

"  No,  I  do  not  understand,"  said  Danglars. 

"  Poor  Fernand  has  been  dismissed,"  continued  Caderousse. 

"  Well,  and  what  then  ?  "  said  Fernand,  lifting  up  his  head,  and  look 
ing  at  Caderousse  like  a  man  who  looks  for  some  one  on  whom  to  vent 
his  anger ;  "  Mercedes  is  not  accountable  to  any  person,  is  she  ?  Is  she 
not  free  to  love  whomsoever  she  will  1 " 

"  Oh !  if  you  take  it  in  that  sense,"  said  Caderousse,  "  it  is  another 
thing !  But  I  thought  you  were  a  Catalan,  and  they  told  me  the  Catalans 
were  not  men  to  allow  themselves  to  be  supplanted  by  a  rival.  It  was 
even  told  me  that  Fernand,  especially,  was  terrible  in  his  vengeance." 


30  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRI8TO. 

Fernand  smiled  piteously.    "  A  lover  is  never  terrible,*  he  said. 

"  Poor  fellow ! n  remarked  Danglars,  affecting  to  pity  the  young  man 
from  the  bottom  of  his  heart.  "  Why,  you  see,  he  did  not  expect  to  see 
Dantes  return  so  suddenly !  he  thought  lie  was  dead,  perhaps ;  or  per 
chance  faithless!  These  things  always  come  on  us  more  severely  when 
they  come  suddenly." 

"  Ah,  ma  foi,  under  any  circumstances ! "  said  Caderousse,  who  drank 
a-  h<>  spoke,  and  on  whom  the  fumes  of  the  wine  of  L;i  Malirue  IM-^JMI  to 
take  effect, —  "  under  any  circumstances  Feruand  is  not  the  only  person 
put  out  by  the  fortunate  arrival  of  Daiites ;  is  he,  Danglars  ? " 

"No,  you  are  right  —  and  I  should  say  that  would  bring  him  ill-luck." 

"  Well,  never  mind,"  answered  Caderousse,  pouring  out  a  glass  of  wine 
for  Fernand,  and  filling  his  own  for  the  eighth  or  ninth  time,  whilst 
Danglars  had  merely  sipped  his.  "  Never  mind  —  in  the  meantime  he 
marries  Mercedes  —  the  lovely  Mercedes  —  at  least,  he  returns  to  do 
that." 

During  this  time  Danglars  fixed  his  piercing  glance  on  the  young 
man,  on  whoso  heart  Caderousse's  words  fell  like  molten  lead. 

"  And  when  is  the  wedding  to  be  ? "  he  asked. 

"  Oh,  it  is  not  yet  fixed ! "  mill-mured  Fernand. 

•'  No,  but  it  will  be,"  said  Caderousse,  "  as  surely  as  Dant£s  will  be 
captain  of  the  J'haraon  —  eh,  Danglars  ?  " 

Danglars  shuddered  at  this  unexpected  attack,  and  turned  to  Cade 
rousse,  whose  countenance  he  scrutinized,  to  try  and  detect  whether  the 
blow  was  premeditated ;  but  he  read  nothing  but  envy  in  a  countenance 
already  rendered  almost  stupid  by  drunkenness. 

4  Well,"  said  he,  filling  the  glasses,  "  let  us  drink  to  Captain  Edinond 
Dantes,  husband  of  the  beautiful  Catalane ! " 

Caderousse  raised  his  glass  to  his  mouth  with  unsteady  hand,  and 
swallowed  the  contents  at  a  gulp.  Fernand  dashed  his  on  the  ground. 

"  Eh !  eh !  eh ! "  stammered  Caderousse.  "  What  do  I  see  down  there 
by  the  wall,  in  the  direction  of  the  Catalans  ?  Look,  Fernaud !  your 
eyes  are  better  than  mine.  I  believe  I  see  double.  You  know  wine  is  a 
deceiver ;  but  I  should  say  it  was  two  lovers  walking  side  by  side,  and 
hand  in  hand.  Heaven  forgive  me !  they  do  not  know  that  we  can  see 
them,  and  they  are  actually  embracing ! " 

Danglars  did  not  lose  one  pang  that  Fernand  endured. 

"  Do  you  know  them,  M.  Fernand  f "  he  said. 

4  Yes,"  was  the  reply,  in  a  low  voice.  "  It  is  M.  Edmond  and  Made 
moiselle  Mercedes ! " 

'Ah!  see  there,  now! "said  Caderousse;  "and  I  did  not  recognize 
them !  Halloo,  Dantes !  halloo,  lovely  damsel !  Come  this  way,  and  let 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-C  KItiTO. 


31 


us  know  when  the  wedding  is  to  be,  for  M.  Fernand  here  is  so  obstinate 
he  will  not  tell  us ! " 

"  Hold  your  tongue,  will  you  ?  "  said  Danglars,  pretending  to  restrain 
Caderousse,  who,  with  the  tenacity  of  drunkards,  leaned  out  of  the 


Danglars. 

arbor.  "  Try  to  stand  upright,  and  let  the  lovers  make  love  without 
interruption.  See,  look  at  M.  Fernand,  and  follow  his  example ;  he  is 
well-behaved ! " 

Fernand,  probably  excited  beyond  bearing,  pricked  by  Danglars,  as 
the  bull  is  by  the  bandilleros,  was  about  to  rush  out ;  for  he  had  risen 


32  THE    COUNT   OF   MOXTE-CRI8TO. 

from  his  seat,  and  seemed  to  be  collecting  himself  to  dash  headlong 
u|>oii  his  rival,  when  Mercedes,  smiling  and  graceful,  lifted  up  her 
lovely  head,  and  showed  her  clear  and  bright  eye.  At  this  Fernand 
recollected  her  threat  of  dying  if  Edmond  died,  and  dropped  again 
despairingly  on  his  seat.  Danglars  looked  at  the  two  men,  one  after 
the  other,  the  one  brutalized  by  liquor,  the  other  overwhelmed  with  love. 

"I  shall  extract  nothing  from  these  fools,"  he  muttered;  "and  I  am 
very  much  afraid  of  being  here  between  a  drunkard  and  a  coward. 
Here  is  a  man  deservedly  crazy,  who  fuddles  himself  with  wine,  while  he 
ought  to  intoxicate  himself  with  gall ;  there  is  a  great  idiot  whose  mis 
tress  is  taken  from  under  his  very  eyes,  and  who  does  nothing  but  weep 
ami  whine  like  a  baby.  Yet  this  Catalan  has  eyes  that  glisten,  like  the 
Spaniards,  Sicilians,  and  Calabrians,  who  practice  revenge  so  well;  he 
has  fists  that  would  crush  the  skull  of  an  ox  as  surely  as  the  butcher's 
ax.  Unquestionably,  Edmond's  star  is  in  the  ascendant,  and  he  will 
marry  the  splendid  girl  —  he  will  be  captain,  too,  and  laugh  at  us  all, 
unless  —  "  a  sinister  smile  passed  over  Danglars'  lips  —  "  unless  I  mingle 
in  the  affair,"  he  added. 

"  Halloo ! "  continued  Caderousse,  half  rising,  and  with  his  fist  on  the 
table,  "  halloo,  Edmond !  do  you  not  see  your  friends,  or  are  you  too 
proud  to  speak  to  them  f " 

"  No,  my  dear  fellow ! "  replied  Dantes,  "  I  am  not  proud,  but  I  am 
happy;  and  happiness  blinds,  I  think,  more  than  pride." 

"Ah!  very  well,  that's  an  explanation!"  said  Caderousse.  "Well, 
good-day,  Madame  Dantes!" 

Mercedes  courtesied  gravely,  and  said  — "  That  is  not  my  name,  and 
in  my  country  it  bodes  ill-fortune,  they  say,  to  call  young  girls  by  the 
name  of  their  betrothed  before  he  becomes  their  husband.  Call  me, 
then,  Mercedes,  if  you  please." 

"We  must  excuse  our  worthy  neighbor,  Caderousse,"  said  Dantes, 
"  he  is  so  easily  mistaken." 

"  So,  then,  the  wedding  is  to  take  place  immediately,  M.  Dantes?"  said 
Danglars,  bowing  to  the  young  couple. 

"  As  soon  as  possible,  M.  Danglars ;  to-day  all  preliminaries  will  be 
arranged  at  my  father's,  and  to-morrow,  or  next  day  at  latest,  the  wed 
ding  festival  here  at  La  Reserve.  My  friends  will  be  there,  I  hope ;  that 
is  to  say,  you  are  invited,  M.  Danglars,  and  you,  Caderousse." 

'  And  Fernand,"  said  Caderousse  with  a  chuckle ;  "  Fernand,  too,  is 
invited ! " 

"  My  wife's  brother  is -my  brother,"  said  Edmond ;  "  and  we,  Mercedes 
and  I,  should  be  very  sorry  if  he  were  absent  at  such  a  time." 

Fernand  opened  his  mouth  to  reply,  but  his  voice  died  on  his  lips, 
and  he  could  not  utter  a  word. 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  33 

"  To-day  the  preliminaries,  to-morrow  or  next  day  the  ceremony !  you 
are  in  a  hurry,  captain ! " 

"  Danglars,"  said  Edmond,  smiling,  "  I  will  say  to  you  as  Mercedes 
said  just  now  to  Caderousse,  '  Do  not  give  me  a  title  which  does  not 
belong  to  me ' ;  that  may  bring  me  bad  luck." 

"  Your  pardon,"  replied  Danglars,  "  I  merely  said  you  seemed  in  a 
hurry,  and  we  have  lots  of  time ;  the  Pharaon  cannot  be  under  way 
again  in  less  than  three  months." 

"  We  are  always  in  a  hurry  to  be  happy,  M.  Danglars ;  for  when  we 
have  suffered  a  long  time,  we  have  great  difficulty  in  believing  in  good 
fortune.  But  it  is  not  selfishness  alone  that  makes  me  thus  in  haste  ;  I 
must  go  to  Paris." 

"  To  Paris !  really !  and  will  it  be  the  first  time  you  have  ever  been 
there,.  Dantes?" 

"  Yes." 

"  Have  you  business  there  ?  " 

"  Not  of  my  own ;  the  last  commission  of  poor  Captain  Leclere ;  you 
understand,  Danglars, —  it  is  sacred.  Besides,  I  shall  only  take  the  time 
to  go  and  return." 

"Yes,  yes,  I  understand,"  said  Danglars,  aloud;  and  then  in  a  low 
tone  he  added,  "To  Paris,  no  doubt,  to  deliver  the  letter  which  the 
Grand  Marshal  gave  him.  Ah !  this  letter  gives  me  an  idea  —  a  capital 
idea !  Ah !  Dantes,  my  friend,  you  are  not  yet  registered  number  one 
on  board  the  good  ship  Pharaon  " ;  then,  turning  toward  Edmond,  who 
was  walking  away,  "  Good  journey,"  he  cried. 

"  Thank  ye,"  said  Edmond,  with  a  friendly  nod,  and  the  two  lovers 
continued  their  route,  calm  and  joyous  as  two  blessed  souls  that  ascend 
to  heaven. 


CHAPTER   IV 

CONSPIRACY 

ANGLARS  followed  Edmond  and  Mercedes  with  his  eyes 
until  the  two  lovers  disappeared  behind  one  of  the  angles 
of  Fort  Saint  Nicolas;  then,  turning  round,  he  perceived 
Fernand,  who  had  fallen,  pale  and  trembling,  into  his  chair, 
whilst  ('adorousse  stammered  out  the  words  of  a  drinking-song. 

u  Well,  my  dear  sir,"  said  Danglars  to  Fernand,  "  here  is  a  marriage 
which  does  not  appear  to  make  everybody  happy." 

"It  drives  me  to  despair,"  said  Feruand. 

"  Do  you,  then,  love  Mercedes  I " 

"  I  adore  her ! " 

"  Have  you  loved  her  long  t " 

"  Ever  since  I  have  known  her." 

"And  you  sit  there,  tearing  your  hair,  instead  of  seeking  to  remedy 
your  condition;  I  did  not  think  it  was  thus  the  men  of  your  nation 
acted." 

"  What  would  you  have  me  do  ? "  said  Fernand. 

"  How  do  I  know  f  Is  it  my  aft'air  ?  I  am  not  the  one  who  is  in  love 
with  Mademoiselle  Mercedc-s ;  but  you.  Seek,  says  Scripture,  and  you 
shall  find." 

u  I  have  found  already. 

"Whatf" 

"  I  would  stab  the  man,  but  the  woman  told  me  that  if  any  misfortune 
happened  to  her  betrothed,  she  would  kill  herself." 

"  Pooh !  women  say  those  things,  but  never  do  them." 

"  You  do  not  know  Mercedes ;  what  she  threatens  she  will  do." 

"  Idiot ! "  muttered  Danglars ;  "  whether  she  kill  herself  or  not,  what 
matter,  provided  Dantes  is  not  captain  ? " 

"  Before  Mercedes  should  die,"  replied  Fernand,  with  the  accents  of 
unshaken  resolution,  "  I  would  die  myself ! " 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-C  RISTO.  35 

"  That's  what  I  call  love ! "  said  Caderousse,  with  a  voice  more  tipsy 
than  ever.  "  That's  love,  or  I  don't  know  what  love  is." 

" Come,"  said  Danglars,  "you  appear  to  me  a  good  sort  of  fellow,  and 
hang  me !  but  I  should  like  to  help  you,  but " 

"  Yes,"  said  Caderousse,  "  but  how  ? " 

"My  dear  fellow,"  replied  Danglars,  "you  are  three-parts  drunk; 
finish  the  bottle,  and  you  will  be  completely  so.  Drink,  then,  and  do 
not  meddle  with  what  we  are  doing,  for  what  we  are  doing  requires  all 
one's  wits." 

"I  —  drunk!"  said  Caderousse;  "well,  that's  a  good  one!  I  could 
drink  four  more  such  bottles ;  they  are  no  bigger  than  Eau-de-Cologne 
flasks.  Pere  Paniphile,  more  wine ! " 

And  Caderousse,  to  add  the  proof  to  the  proposition,  rattled  his 
glass  upon  the  table. 

"You  were   saying,   sir "   said   Fernand,    awaiting  with   great 

anxiety  the  end  of  the  interrupted  remark. 

"  What  was  I  saying  I  I  forget.  This  drunken  Caderousse  has  made 
me  lose  the  thread  of  my  thoughts." 

"  Drunk,  if  you  like ;  so  much  the  worse  for  those  who  fear  wine,  for 
it  is  because  they  have  some  bad  thoughts  which  they  are  afraid  the 
liquor  will  extract  from  their  hearts." 

And  Caderousse  began  to  sing  the  last  two  lines  of  a  song  very 
popular  at  the  time : 

"'Les  mechants  sont  beuveurs  d'eau; 
Bien  prouve  par  le  deluge.'"* 

"You  said,  sir,  resumed  Fernand,  "you  would  like  to  help  me, 
but " 

"  Yes ;  but  I  added,  to  help  you  it  would  be  sufficient  that  Dantes 
did  not  marry  her  you  love ;  and  the  marriage  may  easily  be  thwarted, 
methinks,  and  yet  Dantes  need  not  die." 

"  Death  alone  can  separate  them,"  remarked  Fernand. 

"You  talk  like  a  noodle,  my  friend,"  said  Caderousse;  "and  here  is 
Danglars,  who  is  a  wide-awake,  clever,  deep  fellow,  who  will  prove  to 
you  that  you  are  wrong.  Prove  it,  Danglars.  I  have  answered  for  you. 
Say  there  is  no  need  why  Dantes  should  die:  it  would,  indeed,  be  a 
pity  he  should.  Dantes  is  a  good  fellow ;  I  like  Dantes !  Dantes,  your 
health." 

Fernand  rose  impatiently.          .  £ 

"  Let  him  run  on,"  said  Danglaite,  restraining  the  young  man;  "  drunk 

*  All  the  bad  are  water-drinkers ; 
Noah's  deluge  is  a  proof. 


36 


THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 


as  he  is,  ho  is  not  much  out  in  what  he  says.    Absence  severs  as  well  as 
death,  and  if  the  walls  of  a  prison  were  between  Edmond  and  Mercedes 
they  would  be  as  effectually  separated  as  if  he  lay  under  a  tombstone." 
"  Yes ;  only  people  get  out  of  prison,"  said  Caderousse,  who,  with  what 


sense  was  left  him,  listened  eagerly  to  the  conversation,  "and  when  they 
get  out,  and  their  names  are  Edmond  Dantes,  they  revenge " 

"  What  matters  that  ?"  muttered  Fernand. 

"  And  why,  I  should  like  to  know,"  persisted  Caderousse,  "  should  they 
put  Dantes  in  prison  f  he  has  neither  robbed,  nor  killed,  nor  murdered." 

*  Hold  your  tongue  ! "  said  Danglars. 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 


37 


•"  I  won't  hold  my  tongue ! "  replied  Caderousse ;  "  I  say  I  want  to 
know  why  they  should  put  Dantes  in  prison ;  I  like  Dantes ;  Dantes, 
your  health ! " 


And  he  swallowed  another  glass  of  wine. 

Danglars  saw  in  the  muddled  look  of  the  tailor  the  progress  of  his 
intoxication,  and,  turning  toward  Fernand,  said : 
"  Well,  you  understand  there  is  no  need  to  kill  him." 


THE    COUNT   OF  MOXTE-CRISTO. 

"  Certainly  not,  if,  as  you  said  just  now,  you  have  the  means  of  having 
[)ant«'-s  anvstrd.  Ilav  yon  thai  means 

"  It  is  to  be  found  for  the  searching.  But  why  should  I,"  he  con 
tinued,  "meddle  in  the  matter?  it  is  no  affair  of  mine." 

"I  know  not  why  you  meddle,"  said  Fernaiid,  seizing  his  arm; 
"but  this  I  know,  you  have  some  motive  of  personal  hatred  against 
Dantes,  for  he  who  himself  hates  is  never  mistaken  in  the  sentiments  of 

others." 

"  I !  motives  of  hatred  against  Dantes  1    None,  on  my  word !    I  saw 
you  were  unhappy,  and  your  unhappiness  interested  me ;  that's  all ;  but 
the  moment  you  l>elieve  I  act  for  my  own  account,  adieu,  my  dear  friend, 
get  out  of  the  affair  as  best  you  may." 
Dunglars  made  a  pretense  of  rising. 

"  No,  no,"  said  Fernand,  restraining  him,  "  stay  !  It  is  of  very  little 
consequence  to  me,  after  all,  whether  you  have  any  angry  feeling  or  not 
against  Dantes.  I  hate  him!  I  confess  it  openly.  Do  you  find  the 
means,  I  will  execute  it,  provided  it  is  not  to  kill  the  man,  for  Mercedes 
has  declared  she  will  kill  herself  if  Dantes  is  killed." 

Caderousse,  who  had  let  his  head  drop  on  the  table,  now  raised  it, 
and,  looking  at  Fernand  with  his  dull  and  fishy  eyes,  he  said: 

"  Kill  Dantes !  who  talks  of  killing  Dantes  ?  I  won't  have  him  killed  — 
I  won't !  He's  my  friend,  and  this  morning  offered  to  share  his  money 
with  me,  as  I  shared  mine  with  him.  I  won't  have  Dantes  killed  — I 
wont!" 

"  And  who  has  said  a  word  about  killing  him,  muddlehead  ?  "  replied 
Danglars.  "  We  were  merely  joking :  drink  to  his  health,"  he  added, 
filling  Caderousse's  glass,  "  and  do  not  interfere  with  us." 

"  Yes,  yes,  Dantes'  good  health  ! "  said  Caderousse,  emptying  his  glass, 
"  here's  to  his  health  !  his  health !  —  hurrah !" 

"  But  the  means  —  the  means  ? "  said  Fernand. 

"  Have  you  not  hit  upon  any  ? " 

"  No !  —  you  undertook  to  do  so." 

"  True,"  replied  Dauglars ;  "  the  French  have  this  superiority  over  the 
Spaniards,  that  the  Spaniards  ruminate,  whilst  the  French  invent." 

"  Invent,  then ! "  said  Fernaiid,  impatiently. 

'  Waiter,"  said  Danglars,  "  pen,  ink,  and  paper." 

"Pen,  ink,  and  paper?"  muttered  Fernand. 

4 Yes;  I  am  a  supercargo;  pen,  ink,  and  paper  are  my  tools,  and 
without  my  tools  I  am  fit  for  nothing." 

"  Pen,  ink,  and  paper ! "  called  Fernand,  in  his  turn. 

'  All  you  require  is  on  that  table,"  said  the  waiter,  pointing  to  the 
writing  materials. 


IRE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


39 


"  Bring  them  here."  The  waiter  took  the  pen,  ink,  and  paper,  and 
placed  them  on  the  table  where  they  were  drinking. 

"  When  one  thinks,"  said  Caderousse,  letting  his  hand  drop  on  the 
paper,  "  there  is  here  wherewithal  to  kill  a  man  more  surely  than  if  we 


waited  at  the  corner  of  a  wood  to  assassinate  him !  I  have  always  had 
more  dread  of  a  pen,  a  bottle  of  ink,  and  a  sheet  of  paper,  than  of  a 
sword  or  pistol." 

"  The  fellow  is  not  so  drunk  as  he  appears  to  be,"  said  Danglars. 
"  Give  him  some  more  wine,  Fernand." 


40  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

Fernand  filled  Caderousse's  glass,  who,  toper  as  he  was,  lifted  his 
hand  from  the  paper  and  seized  the  glass. 

The  Catalan  watched  him  until  Caderousse,  almost  overcome  by  this 
fresh  assault  on  his  senses,  rested,  or  rather  allowed  his  glass  to  fall 
upon  the  table. 

"  Well ! "  resumed  the  Catalan,  as  he  saw  the  final  glimmer  of  Cade 
rousse's  reason  vanishing  before  the  last  glass  of  wine. 

"  Well,  then,  I  should  say,  for  instance,"  resumed  Danglars,  "  that  if 
after  a  voyage  such  as  Dantes  has  just  made,  and  in  which  he  touched 
at  Naples  and  the  isle  of  Elba,  some  one  were  to  denounce  him  to  the 
king's  procureur  as  a  Bonapartist  agent " 

"  I  will  denounce  him ! "  exclaimed  the  young  man,  hastily. 

"  Yes,  but  they  will  make  you  then  sign  your  declaration,  and  con 
front  you  with  him  you  have  denounced ;  I  will  supply  you  with  the 
means  of  supporting  your  accusation,  I  am  quite  sure.  But  Dantes 
cannot  remain  forever  in  prison,  and  one  day  or  other  he  will  leave  it, 
and  the  day  when  he  comes  out,  woe  betide  him  who  was  the  cause  of 
his  incarceration ! " 

"  Oh,  I  should  wish  nothing  better  than  that  he  would  come  and  seek 
a  quarrel  with  me." 

"  Yes,  and  Mercedes !  Mercedes,  who  will  detest  you  if  you  have  only 
the  misfortune  to  scratch  the  skin  of  her  dearly  beloved  Edmond  ! " 

"  True ! "  said  Fernand. 

"  No !  no ! "  continued  Danglars ;  "  if  we  resolve  on  such  a  step,  it 
would  be  much  better  to  take,  as  I  now  do,  this  pen,  dip  it  into  this  ink, 
and  simply  write  with  the  left  hand  (that  the  writing  may  not  be  recog 
nized)  a  little  denunciation  like  this." 

And  Danglars,  uniting  practice  with  theory,  wrote  with  his  left 
hand,  and  in  a  back-hand  that  had  no  analogy  to  his  usual  writing,  the 
following  lines,  which  he  handed  to  Fernand,  and  which  Fernand  read 
on  in  undertone : 

"  The  Procureur  du  Roi  is  informed  by  a  friend  of  the  throne  and  religion  that  one 
Edmond  Dantes,  mate  of  the  ship  Pharaon,  arrived  this  morning  from  Smyrna,  after 
having  touched  at  Naples  and  Porto-Ferrajo,  has  been  intrusted  by  Murat  with  a  letter 
for  the  usurper,  and  by  the  usurper  with  a  letter  for  the  Bonapartist  Committee,  in 
Paris. 

"  Proof  of  this  crime  will  be  found  on  arresting  him,  for  the  letter  will  be  found  upon 
him,  or  at  his  father's,  or  in  his  cabin  on  board  the  PJutraott." 

"  Very  good,"  resumed  Danglars ;  "  now  your  revenge  looks  like  com 
mon  sense,  for  in  no  way  can  it  revert  to  yourself,  and  the  matter  will 
thus  work  its  own  way ;  there  is  nothing  to  do  now  but  fold  the  letter 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CR1STO.  41 

as  I  am  doing,  and  write  upon  it,  '  To  M.  le  Procureur  Royal,'  and  all 
would  be  settled." 

And  Danglars  wrote  the  address  as  he  spoke. 

"  Yes,  all  would  be  settled ! "  exclaimed  Caderousse,  who,  by  a  last 
effort  of  intellect,  had  followed  the  reading  of  the  letter,  and  instinct 
ively  comprehended  all  the  misery  which  such  a  denunciation  must 
entail.  "  Yes,  and  all  that  would  be  settled :  only  it  will  be  an  infamous 
deed  " ;  and  he  stretched  out  his  hand  to  reach  the  letter. 

"  Moreover,"  said  Danglars,  taking  it  from  beyond  his  reach,  "  and  as 
what  I  say  and  do  is  merely  in  jest,  and  as  I,  amongst  the  first  and 
foremost,  should  be  sorry  if  anything  happened  to  Dantes  —  the  worthy 
Dantes  —  look  here ! "  And  taking  the  letter,  he  squeezed  it  up  in  his 
hands  and  threw  it  into  a  corner  of  the  arbor. 

"All  right!"  said  Caderousse.  "  Dantes  is  my  friend,  and  I  won't 
have  him  ill-used." 

"And  who  thinks  of  using  him  ill?  Certainly  neither  I  nor  Fer- 
nand ! "  said  Danglars,  rising  and  looking  at  the  young  man,  who  still 
remained  seated,  but  whose  sidelong  looks  were  fixed  on  the  denuncia 
tory  sheet  of  paper  flung  into  the  corner. 

"  In  this  case,"  replied  Caderousse,  "  let's  have  some  more  wine.  I 
wish  to  drink  to  the  health  of  Edmond  and  the  lovely  Mercedes." 

"  You  have  had  too  much  already,  drunkard,"  said  Danglars ;  "  and  if 
you  continue,  you  will  be  compelled  to  sleep  here,  because  unable  to 
stand  on  your  legs." 

"  I  ?  "  said  Caderousse,  rising  with  all  the  fatuous  dignity  of  a  drunken 
man,  "  I  can't  keep  on  my  legs !  Why,  I'll  bet  a  wager  I  go  up  into  the 
belfry  of  the  Accoules,  and  without  staggering,  too ! " 

"Well,  done!"  said  Danglars,  "I'll  take  your  bet;  but  to-morrow  — 
to-day  it  is  time  to  return.  Give  me  your  arm,  and  let  us  go." 

"Very  well,  let  us  go,"  said  Caderousse ;  "but  I  don't  want  your  arm 
at  all.  Come,  Fernand,  won't  you  return  to  Marseilles  with  us  ? " 

"  No,"  said  Fernand ;  "  I  shall  return  to  the  Catalans." 

"  You're  wrong.     Come  with  us  to  Marseilles  —  come  along." 

"  I  have  nothing  to  do  at  Marseilles,  I  don't  want  to  go  there." 

"What  do  you  mean?  you  will  not?  Well,  just  as  you  like,  my 
prince ;  there's  liberty  for  all  the  world.  Come  along,  Danglars,  and  let 
the  young  gentleman  return  to  the  Catalans  if  he  chooses." 

Danglars  took  advantage  of  Caderousse's  temper  at  the  moment,  to 
take  him  off  toward  Marseilles,  only  to  give  Fernand  a  shorter  and 
easier  road.  In  place  of  returning  by  the  quay  of  the  Reve  Neuve,  he 
returned  by  the  Porte  Saint  Victor. 

Caderousse  followed,  staggering,  and  holding  on  by  his  arm. 


42  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 


When  they  had  advanced  about  twenty  yards,  Danglars  looked  back 
and  saw  Fernand  stoop,  pick  up  the  crumpled  paper,  and,  putting  it 
into  his  pocket,  then  rush  out  of  the  arbor  toward  Pillon. 

"  Well,"  said  Caderousse,  "  why,  what  a  lie  he  told !  He  said  he  was 
going  to  the  Catalans,  and  he  is  going  to  the  city.  Halloo,  Fernand ! 
You  are  coming,  my  boy ! " 

"  Oh,  it  is  you  who  see  wrong,"  said  Danglars ;  "  he's  gone  right  by 
the  road  to  the  Vieilles  Infirmeries." 

"  Well,"  said  Caderousse,  "  I  should  have  sworn  that  he  turned  to  the 
right  —  how  treacherous  wine  is ! " 

"Come,  come,"  said  Danglars  to  himself,  "now  the  thing  is  well 
started,  and  there  is  nothing  to  be  done  but  let  it  go  on  by  itself." 


CHAPTER    V 


THE    MARRIAGE   FEAST 


HE  next  day  was  a  beautiful  one.  The  morning  sun  rose  clear 
and  resplendent,  and  his  first  rays  of  red  and  purple  studded 
with  their  rubies  the  foamy  crest  of  the  waves. 

The  plenteous  feast  had  been  prepared  on  the  first  floor 
of  La  Beserve,  with  whose  arbor  the  reader  is  already  familiar.  The 
apartment  destined  for  the  purpose  was  spacious,  and  lighted  by  five  or 
six  windows,  over  each  of  which  was  written  in  golden  letters — explain 
the  phenomenon  if  you  can  —  the  name  of  one  of  the  principal  cities  of 
France ;  beneath  these  windows  a  wooden  balcony  extended  the  entire 
length  of  the  house. 

And  although  the  entertainment  was  fixed  for  twelve  o'clock  at 
noon,  an  hour  previous  to  that  time  the  balcony  was  filled  with  impatient 
and  expectant  guests,  consisting  of  the  favored  part  of  the  crew  of  the 
Pharaon,  and  some  soldier  friends  of  Dantes,  the  whole  of  whom  had 
arrayed  themselves  in  their  choicest  costumes,  in  order  to  do  greater 
honor  to  the  day. 

Various  rumors  were  afloat  among  the  guests  to  the  effect  that  the 
owners  of  the  Pharaon  had  promised  to  attend  the  nuptial  feast  of  its 
mate,  but  all  seemed  unanimous  in  doubting  that  an  act  of  such  rare 
and  exceeding  condescension  could  possibly  be  intended. 

Danglars,  however,  who  now  made  his  appearance,  accompanied  by 
Caderousse,  effectually  confirmed  the  report,  stating  that  he  had 
recently  conversed  with  M.  Morrel,  who  had  himself  assured  him  he 
intended  joining  the  festive  party  at  La  Eeserve. 

A  moment  afterward  an  enthusiastic  burst  of  applause  from  the 
crew  of  the  Pharaon  announced  the  presence  of  M.  Morrel.  The  visit  of 
the  shipowner  was  to  them  as  a  sure  indication  that  the  man  whose  wed 
ding-feast  he  thus  delighted  to  honor  would  ere  long  be  first  in  com- 

43 


44  THE    COUNT   OF  MOXTE-CRI8TO. 

mail. I  of  the  Fharaou ;  and  as  Dantes  was  universally  beloved  on  board 
his  vessel,  the  sailors  put  no  restraint  on  the  tumultuous  joy  at  finding 
the  opinion  and  choice  of  the  owner  so  exactly  coincide  with  their  own. 

This  noisy  though  hearty  welcome  over,  Danglars^  and  Caderousse 
were  dispatched  to  the  residence  of  the  bridegroom  to  convey  to  him 
the  intelligence  of  the  arrival  of  the  important  personage  who  had 
caused  such  a  sensation,  and  to  desire  he  would  hasten. 

Danglars  and  Caderousse  started  off  upon  their  errand  at  full  speed; 
but  ere  they  had  gone  many  steps  they  perceived  at  the  powder  maga 
zine  the  little  troop  advancing  toward  them.  This  little  troop  was  com 
posed  of  a  party  of  young  girls  in  attendance  on  the  bride,  who  leaned 
on  the  arm  of  Dantes.  By  her  side  walked  Dantes'  father ;  last,  came 
Fernand,  with  his  evil  smile. 

Neither  Mercedes  nor  Edmond  observed  this  evil  smile.  Happy  in 
their  innocent  love,  they  saw  only  themselves  and  the  clear,  pure  sky 
that  blessed  them. 

Having  acquitted  themselves  of  their  errand,  and  exchanged  a 
hearty  shake  of  the  hand  with  Edmond,  Danglars  and  Caderousse 
took  their  places  beside  Fernand  and  old  Dantes, —  the  latter  of  whom 
attracted  universal  notice. 

The  old  man  was  attired  in  a  suit  of  black,  trimmed  with  steel  but 
tons  beautifully  cut  and  polished.  His  thin  but  still  powerful  legs  were 
arrayed  in  a  pair  of  richly  embroidered  clocked  stockings,  evidently  of 
English  manufacture,  and  smuggled,  while  from  his  three-cornered  hat 
depended  a  long  streaming  knot  of  white  and  blue  ribbons.  Thus  he 
came  along,  supporting  himself  on  a  stick,  twisted  its  whole  length  like 
the  ancient  pedum.  He  might  have  been  one  of  those  mascadins  who, 
in  1796,  promenaded  in  the  newly  reopened  gardens  of  the  Luxemborg 
and  Tuileries. 

Beside  him  crept  Caderousse,  whose  desire  to  partake  of  the  good 
things  provided  for  the  wedding  party  had  induced  him  to  become 
reconciled  to  the  Dantes,  father  and  son,  although  there  still  lingered 
in  his  mind  a  faint  and  imperfect  recollection  of  the  events  of  the  pre 
ceding  night ;  just  as  the  brain  retains  on  waking  the  dim  and  misty 
outline  of  the  dream  that  has  "  murdered  sleep." 

As  Danglars  approached  the  disappointed  lover,  he  cast  on  him  a 
look  of  deep  meaning,  while  Fernand,  as  he  slowly  paced  behind  the 
happy  pair,  completely  forgotten  by  the  bride,  who,  with  the  juvenile 
and  charming  egotism  of  love,  had  eyes  only  for  her  Edmond,  was  pale, 
with  occasional  deep  flushes  that  disappeared  only  to  give  place  to  her 
ever-increasing  pallor.  From  time  to  time  he  looked  toward  Marseilles, 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  47 

and  then  a  nervous,  involuntary  trembling  made  him  quiver.    Fernand 
seemed  to  expect,  or  at  least  anticipate,  some  great  event. 

Dantes  himself  was  simply,  though  becomingly,  clad  in  the  dress 
peculiar  to  the  merchant  service  —  a  costume  somewhat  between  a  uni 
form  and  a  civil  garb ;  and  his  fine  countenance,  radiant  with  joy  and 
happiness,  was  in  keeping  with  this  garb. 

Lovely  as  the  Greeks  of  Cyprus  or  Ceos,  Mercedes  boasted  the  same 
eyes  of  jet  and  coral  lips,  while  she  walked  with  that  free,  frank  step 
that  distinguishes  the  women  of  Aries  and  Andalusia.  One  more  prac 
ticed  in  the  arts  of  great  cities  would  have  hid  her  joy  beneath  a  veil, 
or,  at  least,  beneath  her  thickly-fringed  lashes ;  but  Mercedes,  on  the 
contrary,  smiled  and  looked  at  those  around  her.  Her  look  and  her 
smile  said,  as  plainly  as  words  could  have  done,  "  If  you  are  my  friends, 
rejoice  with  me,  for,  in  truth,  I  am  very  happy." 

As  soon  as  the  bridal  cortege  came  in  sight  of  La  Reserve,  M.  Morrel 
came  forth  to  meet  it,  followed  by  the  soldiers  and  sailors  there  assem 
bled,  to  whom  he  had  repeated  the  promise  already  given,  that  Dantes 
should  be  the  successor  to  the  late  Captain  Leclere.  Edmond,  at  the 
approach  of  his  patron,  respectfully  placed  the  arm  of  his  affianced  bride 
within  that  of  M.  Morrel,  who,  forthwith  conducting  her  up  the  flight  of 
wooden  steps  leading  to  the  chamber  in  which  the  feast  was  prepared, 
was  gayly  followed  by  the  guests,  beneath  whose  thronging  numbers  the 
slight  structure  creaked  and  groaned  as  though  alarmed  at  the  unusual 
pressure. 

"  Father,"  said  Mercedes,  stopping  when  she  had  reached  the  center  of 
the  table,  "  sit,  I  pray  you,  on  my  right  hand ;  on  my  left  I  will  place 
him  who  has  ever  been  as  a  brother  to  me,"  pointing  with  a  sweetness 
that  struck  Fernand  to  his  inmost  heart  like  the  blow  of  a  dagger.  His 
lips  became  ghastly  pale,  and  even  beneath  the  dark  hue  of  his  com 
plexion  the  blood  might  be  seen  retreating  as  though  driven  back  to  the 
heart. 

During  this  time,  Dantes,  at  the  opposite  side  of  the  table,  had  been 
occupied  in  similarly  placing  his  most  honored  guests.  M.  Morrel  was 
seated  at  his  right  hand,  Danglars  at  his  left;  while,  at  a  sign  from 
Edmond,  the  rest  of  the  company  ranged  themselves  as  they  found  it 
most  agreeable. 

Already  there  passed  round  the  table  sausages  of  Aries,  with  their 
brown  meat  and  piquant  flavor ;  lobsters  in  their  dazzling  red  cuirasses ; 
prawns  of  brilliant  color,  the  sea-urchins  looking  like  chestnut-burrs,  with 
their  prickly  outside ;  the  clams,  esteemed  by  the  epicures  of  the  south 
as  more  than  rivaling  the  exquisite  flavor  of  the  oyster,  north.  All 
these,  in  conjunction  with  the  numerous  delicacies  cast  up  by  the  wash 


48  THE    COUNT   OF  MOXTE-CKISTO. 


of  waters  on  the  sandy  beach,  and  styled  by  the  grateful  fishermen  "  sea 
fruits,"  served  to  furnish  forth  this  marriage  table. 

"  A  pretty  silence,  truly  I"  said  the  old  father  of  the  bridegroom,  as  he 
carried  to  his  lips  a  glass  of  wine  of  the  hue  of  the  topaz,  and  which  had 
just  been  placed  before  Mercedes  by  Father  Pamphile  himself.  "Now, 
would  anybody  think  that  this  room  contained  thirty  people  who  desire 
nothing  better  than  to  laugh  ? " 

"  Ah ! "  sighed  Caderousse,  "  a  man  cannot  always  feel  happy  because 
he  is  about  to  be  married." 

**  The  truth  is,"  replied  Dantes, "  that  I  am  too  happy  for  noisy  mirth ; 

if  that  is  what  you  meant  by  your  observation,  my  worthy  friend,  you 

are  right;  joy  takes  a  strange  effect  at  times:  it  oppresses  like  sorrow." 

Dauglars  looked  toward   Edmond,  whose  impressionable   nature 

pM-civt-il  aixl  U'lrayr.l  carli  fivsli  emotion. 

"Why,  what  ails  you!"  said  he.  "Do  you  fear  any  approaching 
evil  T  I  should  say  that  you  were  the  happiest  man  alive  at  this 
instant." 

"And  that  is  the  very  thing  that  alarms  me,"  returned  Dantes.  "  Man 
does  not  appear  to  me  to  be  intended  to  enjoy  felicity  so  unmixed ;  hap 
piness  is  like  the  palaces  of  the  enchanted  isles,  where  dragons  guard 
the  doors.  We  must  fight  to  win  it.  I  do  not  know  how  I  have 
deserved  the  honor  of  being  the  husband  of  Mercedes." 

"  Husband,  husband,"  cried  -  Caderousse,  laughing,  "  not  yet,  captain. 
Just  try  to  play  the  husband,  and  see  how  you  are  received." 

The  bride  blushed.  Fernand,  restless  and  uneasy,  started  at  every 
sound,  occasionally  wiping  away  the  large  drops  of  perspiration  that 
gathered  on  his  brow  like  the  first  rain-drops  of  a  storm. 

"  Well,  never  mind  that,  neighbor  Caderousse,"  said  Dantes ;  "  it  is 
not  worth  while  to  contradict  me  for  such  a  trifle  as  that.  'Tis  true 
that  Mercedes  is  not  actually  my  wife ;  but,"  added  he,  drawing  out  his 
watch,  "  in  an  hour  and  a  half  from  this  she  will  be." 

A  general  exclamation  of  surprise  ran  round  the  table,  with  the 
exception  of  the  elder  Dantes,  whose  laugh  displayed  the  still  perfect 
beauty  of  his  large  white  teeth.  Mercedes  looked  pleased  without  a 
blush,  while  Fernand  grasped  the  handle  of  his  knife  with  a  convulsive 
clutch. 

"  In  an  hour  / "  inquired  Danglars,  turning  pale.  "  How  is  that,  my 
friend  f " 

"  Why,  thus  it  is,"  replied  Dantes.  "  Thanks  to  the  influence  of  M. 
Morrel,  to  whom,  next  to  my  father,  I  owe  every  blessing  I  enjoy,  every 
difficulty  has  been  removed.  We  have  got  the  license,  and  at  half-past 
two  o'clock  the  Mayor  of  Marseilles  will  be  waiting  at  the  Hotel  de 
Ville.  Now,  as  a  quarter-past  one  has  already  struck,  I  do  not  consider 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


49 


I  have  asserted  too  much  in  saying,  that  in  another  hour  and  thirty 
minutes  Mercedes  will  be  called  Madame  Dantes." 

Fernand  closed  his  eyes,  a  cloud  of  flame  scorched  his  eyelids,  and 
he  leaned  on  the  table  to  prevent  his  falling ;  but,  in  spite  of  all  his 


efforts,  he  could  not  refrain  from  uttering  a  deep  groan,  which,  however, 
was  lost  amid  the  noisy  felicitations  of  the  company. 

"  Upon  my  word,"  cried  the  old  man,  "  you  make  short  work  of  this 
kind  of  affairs.  Arrived  here  only  yesterday  morning,  and  married 
to-day  at  three  o'clock !  Commend  me  to  a  sailor  for  going  the  quick 
way  to  work ! " 

"But,"  asked  Danglars,  in  a  timid  tone,  "how  did  you  manage  about 
the  other  formalities  —  the  contract  —  the  settlement?" 

"  Oh,  bless  you,"  answered  Dantes,  laughingly,  "  our  papers  were  soon 


;„,  TEE    COUNT   OF   MOXTE-CRISTO. 

drawn  up.  Mercedes  has  nothing,  nor  have  I.  We  settle  our  property 
iii  common.  So,  you  see,  our  papers  were  quickly  written  out,  and 
certainly  do  not  come  very  expensive." 

This  joke  elicited  a  fresh  burst  of  applause. 

"  So  that  what  we  presumed  to  be  merely  the  betrothal  feast  turns  out 
to  be  the  actual  wedding  dinner ! "  said  Dauglars. 

"  No,  no ! "  answered  Dautes ;  "  you'll  lose  nothing.  Take  it  easy. 
To-morrow  morning  I  start  for  Paris :  four  days  to  go,  and  four  days 
to  return,  with  one  day  to  discharge  the  commission  intrusted  to  me, 
and  I  shall  be  back  here  by  the  first  of  March ;  the  next  day  I  give  my 
real  marriage  feast." 

This  prospect  of  fresh  festivity  redoubled  the  hilarity  of  the  guests 
to  such  a  degree,  that  the  elder  Dautes,  who,  at  the  commencement  of 
the  repast,  complained  of  the  silence  that  prevailed,  now  made  vain 
efforts,  amid  the  general  din  of  voices,  to  drink  to  the  health  and  pros 
perity  of  the  bride  and  bridegroom. 

Dantes,  perceiving  the  wish  of  his  father,  responded  by  a  look  of 
grateful  pleasure;  while  Mercedes  began  to  look  at  the  clock,  and  made 
a  slight  gesture  to  Edmond. 

Around  the  festive  board  reigned  that  noisy  hilarity  and  mirthful 
freedom  which  is  usually  found  at  the  termination  of  social  meetings 
among  those  of  inferior  station.  Such  as  had  not  been  able  to  seat 
themselves  according  to  their  inclination,  rose  arid  sought  other  neigh 
bors.  All  spoke  at  the  same  time,  and  yet  none  cared  to  reply  to  what 
his  interlocutor  said,  but  merely  to  his  own  thoughts. 

The  paleness  of  Fernand  appeared  to  have  communicated  itself  to 
Danglars.  As  for  Fernand  himself,  he  seemed  one  of  the  damned  in 
the  burning  lake;  he  was  among  the  first  to  quit  the  table,  and,  as 
though  seeking  to  close  his  ears  to  the  roar  of  songs  and  the  clink  of 
glasses,  he  continued  to  pace  backward  and  forward. 

Caderousse  approached  him  just  as  Danglars,  whom  Fernand 
seemed  most  anxious  to  avoid,  had  joined  him  in  a  corner  of  the  room. 
"  Upon  my  word,"  said  Caderousse,  from  whose  mind  the  friendly 
treatment  of  Dantes,  united  with  the  effect  of  the  excellent  wine  of 
Father  Pamphile,  had  effaced  every  feeling  of  envy  at  Dantes'  good 
fortune, —  "upon  my  word,  Dantes  is  a  downright  good  fellow,  and 
when  I  see  him  sitting  there  beside  his  pretty  wife  that  is  so  soon  to  be, 
I  cannot  help  thinking  it  would  have  been  a  great  pity  to  have  served 
him  that  trick  you  were  planning  yesterday." 

"Well,"  said  Danglars,  "you  saw  that  it  ended  in  nothing.  Poor 
Fernand  was  so  upset  that  I  was  sorry  for  him  at  first ;  but,  as  he  has 
gone  so  far  as  to  be  his  rival's  best  man,  there  is  nothing  more  to  say." 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  51 

Caderousse  looked  full  at  Fernand  —  he  was  ghastly  pale. 
"Certainly,"  continued  Danglars,  "the  sacrifice  was  no  trifling  one 
when  the  beauty  of  the  bride  is  concerned.    Upon  my  soul,  that  future 
captain  of  mine  is  a  lucky  dog!    Gad!  I  only  wish  he  would  let  me  take 
his  place." 


"  Shall  we  not  set  forth?"  asked  the  sweet,  silvery  voice  of  Mercedes ; 
"  two  o'clock  has  just  struck,  and  you  know  we  are  expected  at  the 
Hotel  de  Ville  in  a  quarter  of  an  hour." 

"  Yes'!  yes  ! "  cried  Dantes,  eagerly  quitting  the  table ;  "  let  us  go  " 

"  Let  us  go,"  said  the  whole  party  in  chorus. 


52  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRI8TO. 

At  this  moment  Danglars,  who  had  been  incessantly  observing  Fer- 
nand,  perceived  him  open  his  haggard  eyes,  rise  with  an  almost  convul 
sive  spasm,  and  fall  back  against  a  seat  placed  near  one  of  the  open 
windows.  At  the  same  instant  the  ear  caught  an  indistinct  sound  on  the 
stairs,  a  measured  tread,  a  confused  murmur  of  voices,  mixed  with  the 
clanking  of  anns,  deadening  even  the  mirth  of  the  party,  arid  attracting 
general  curiosity,  which  displayed  itself  almost  instantaneously  by  a 


Nearer  and  nearer  came  the  sounds.  Three  knocks,  against  the 
door,  resounded.  Each  looked  inquiringly  in  the  countenance  of  his 
neighbor. 

"  In  the  name  of  the  law  !  "  said  a  harsh  voice,  to  which  no  voice 
replied. 

The  door  was  opened,  and  a  magistrate,  wearing  his  official  scarf, 
presented  himself,  followed  by  four  soldiers  and  a  corporal. 
Uneasiness  now  yielded  to  dread. 

"  May  I  venture  to  inquire  the  reason  of  this  unexpected  visit  ?  "  said 
M.  Morrel,  addressing  the  magistrate,  whom  he  knew  ;  "  there  is  doubt 
less  some  mistake." 

"  If  it  be  so,"  replied  the  magistrate,  "  rely  upon  every  reparation 
being  made;  meanwhile,  I  am  the  bearer  of  an  order  of  arrest,  and 
although  I  most  reluctantly  perform  the  task  assigned  me,  it  must, 
nevertheless,  be  fulfilled.  Who  among  the  persons  here  assembled 
answers  to  the  name  of  Edmond  Dantes  ?  " 

Every  eye  was  turned  toward  the  individual  so  described,  who,  spite 
of  agitation,  advanced  with  dignity,  and  said  : 

"  I  am  he  ;  what  is  your  pleasure  with  me  ?  " 

"  Edmond  Dantes,"  replied  the  magistrate,  "  I  arrest  you  in  the  name 
of  the  law  !  " 

•'  Me  !  "  repeated  Edmond,  slightly  changing  color,  "  and  wherefore,  I 
pray  ?  " 

"  I  cannot  inform  you,  but  you  will  be  duly  acquainted  with  the 
reasons  that  have  rendered  such  a  step  necessary  at  your  first  exami 
nation." 

M.  Morrel  felt  that  further  resistance  was  useless.  An  officer,  girt 
with  his  scarf,  is  no  longer  a  man  ;  he  is  the  statue  of  law,  cold,  deaf, 
and  dumb. 

Old  Dantes,  on  the  other  hand,  rushed  toward  the  officer.  There  are 
things  which  the  heart  of  a  father  or  mother  can  never  comprehend.  He 
prayed  and  supplicated,  but  tears  and  prayers  were  useless.  Still  his 
dflBpair  was  so  deep  that  the  officer  was  touched.  "  My  worthy  friend," 
said  he,  "  let  me  beg  of  you  to  calm  yourself.  Your  son  has  probably 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-C^ISTO.  53 

neglected  some  prescribed  form  in  registering  his  cargo,  and  it  is  more 
than  probable  he  will  be  set  at  liberty  directly  he  has  given  the  infor 
mation  required." 


;'  What  is  the  meaning  of  all  this  ? "  inquired  Caderousse,  frowningly, 
of  Danglars,  who  had  assumed  an  air  of  utter  surprise. 

"  How  can  I  tell  you ? "  replied  he ;   "I  am,  like  yourself,  utterly 

bewildered  at  all  that  is  going  on,  not  a  word  of  which  do  I  understand." 

Caderousse  then  looked  around  for  Fernand,  but  he  had  disappeared. 


54  THE    COUNT   OF   MOXTE-CEISTO. 

The  scene  of  the  previous  night  now  came  back  to  his  mind  with 
startling  accuracy.  The  painful  catastrophe  appeared  to  have  rent  away 
the  veil  which  the  intoxication  of  the  evening  before  had  raised  between 
himself  and  his  memory. 

"So!  so r  said  he,  in  a  hoarse  voice,  to  Danglars,  "  this,  then,  I  sup 
pose,  is  a  part  of  the  trick  you  were  concerting  yesterday  ?  All  I  can 
say  is,  that  if  it  be  so,  woe  to  him  who  has  done  it,  for  it  is  a  foul  one ! " 

"  Nonsense ! "  returned  Danglars.  "  You  know  very  well  that  I  tore 
the  paper  to  pieces." 

"  No,  you  did  not ! "  answered  Caderousse,  "  you  threw  it  in  a  corner. 
There's  the  whole  matter." 

"  Hold  your  tongue,  you  fool !  —  what  should  you  know  about  it?  — 
why,  you  were  drunk  ! " 

"  Where  is  Fernand  ? "  inquired  Caderousse. 

"  How  do  I  know  ? "  replied  Danglars ;  "  after  his  own  affairs,  most 
likely.  Never  mind  where  he  is ;  let  us  try  and  help  our  poor  friends  in 
this  their  affliction." 

During  this  conversation,  Dantes,  after  having  exchanged  a  shake 
of  the  hand  with  all  his  friends,  had  surrendered  himself,  merely  say 
ing,  with  a  smile,  "Make  yourselves  quite  easy,  there  is  some  little 
mistake  to  clear  up,  and  very  likely  I  may  not  have  to  go  so  far  as 
the  prison." 

"  Oh,  to  be  sure ! "  responded  Danglars,  who  had  now  approached  the 
group,  "  nothing  more  than  a  mistake." 

Dantes  descended  the  staircase,  preceded  by  the  principal  officer  of 
police,  and  followed  by  the  soldiers.  A  carriage  awaited  him  at  the 
door ;  he  got  in,  followed  by  two  soldiers  and  the  officer ;  the  door  was 
shut,  and  the  vehicle  drove  off  toward  Marseilles. 

"  Adieu !  adieu  !  dearest  Edmoud ! "  cried  Mercedes,  leaning  forward 
from  the  balcony. 

The  prisoner  heard  her  cry,  as  it  were  a  sob  from  the  lacerated  heart 
of  his  beloved,  thrust  his  head  out  of  the  carriage  window  and  cried, 
"  Good-bye  —  we  shall  soon  meet  again ! "  and  disappeared  round  one 
of  the  turnings  of  Fort  Saint  Nicolas. 

"  Wait  for  me  here ! "  cried  M.  Morrel ;  I  will  take  the  first  convey 
ance  I  find,  and  hurry  to  Marseilles,  whence  I  will  bring  you  word  how 
all  is  going  on." 

"  Go ! "  exclaimed  a  multitude  of  voices ;  "  go,  and  return  as  quickly 
as  you  can!" 

This  second  departure  was  followed  by  a  long  and  fearful  state  of 
terrified  silence  on  the  part  of  those  who  were  left  behind. 

The  old  father  and  Mercedes  remained  for  some  time  apart,  each 


THE  AEEEST  OF  EDMOND  DANTES. 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  57 

absorbed  in  their  separate  griefs ;  but  at  length  the  two  poor  victims  of 
the  same  blow  raised  their  eyes,  and  with  a  simultaneous  burst  of  feeling 
rushed  into  each  other's  arms. 

Meanwhile  Fernand  made  his  reappearance,  poured  out  for  himself 
a  glass  of  water,  which  he  drank,  and  went  to  sit  down  on  a  chair. 

This  was,  by  mere  chance,  placed  next  to  the  seat  on  which  poor 
Mercedes  had  fallen  when  released  from  the  embrace  of  old  Dantes. 
Instinctively,  Fernand  drew  back  his  chair. 

"  He  has  done  it,"  whispered  Caderousse,  who  had  never  taken  his 
eyes  off  Fernand,  to  Danglars. 

"  I  do  not  think  so,"  answered  the  other ;  "  he  is  too  stupid.  In  any 
case,  let  the  mischief  fall  upon  the  head  of  whoever  wrought  it." 

"  You  don't  mention  him  who  advised  it,"  said  Caderousse. 

"  Pooh ! "  replied  Danglars ;  "who  can  be  responsible  for  every  random 
word ! " 

"  But  if  the  random  word  hits  the  mark! " 

Meantime  the  subject  of  the  arrest  was  being  canvassed  in  every 
different  form. 

"What  think  you,  Danglars,"  said  one  of  the  party,  "of  the  affair  I" 

"  Why,"  replied  he,  "  I  think  he  may  have  brought  in  some  smuggled 
goods." 

"  But  how  could  he  have  done  so  without  your  knowledge,  Danglars, 
who  were  the  ship's  supercargo  ?  " 

"Why,  as  for  that,  I  could  only  know  what  I  was  told  respecting  the 
merchandise.  I  know  she  was  loaded  with  cotton,  and  that  she  took  in 
her  freight  at  Alexandria  from  the  magazine  of  M.  Pastret,  and  at 
Smyrna  from  M.  Pascal's.  Don't  ask  me  anything  more." 

"  Now  I  recollect ! "  said  the  afflicted  old  father ;  "  my  poor  boy  told 
me  yesterday  he  had  got  a  small  case  of  coffee,  and  another  of  tobacco 
for  me ! " 

"  There,  you  see  ! "  exclaimed  Danglars.  The  custom-house  people 
have  been  to  the  ship  in  our  absence,  and  discovered  poor  Dantes' 
hidden  treasures." 

Mercedes,  however,  did  not  believe  a  word  of  this.    Her  grief, 
hitherto  restrained,  now  burst  out  in  sobs. 

"  Come,  come  —  hope ! "  said  the  old  man,  hardly  knowing  what  he 
said. 

"  Hope ! "  repeated  Danglars. 

"  Hope ! "  faintly  murmured  Fernand ;  but  the  word  choked  him,  his 
lips  quivered,  and  no  sound  escaped  them. 

"  Good  news ! "  shouted  forth  one  of  the  party  stationed  in  the  balcony 
on  the  look-out.  "Here  comes  M.  Morrel  back.  No  doubt,  now,  he 
brings  us  good  news." 


'< 


58  THE   COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

M, .,,,.,!,.,  ,.,,,,,  thfol,]  man  rushed  to  meel  bin  ;n  tin-  .lo«.r.     H«-  was 

deadly  pale. 

"What  news! "  exclaimed  a  general  burst  of  voices. 

"  Alas !  my  friends,"  replied  M.  Morrel,  with  a  shake  of  his  head,  "  the 
thing  has  assumed  a  more  serious  aspect  than  I  expected." 

"  Oh !  indeed  —  indeed,  sir,  he  is  innocent ! "  sobbed  f orth  Mercedes. 

"That  I  believe !"  answered  M.  Morrel;  "but  still  he  is  charged " 

"  With  what  f "  inquired  the  elder  Dantes. 

"With  being  a  Bonapartist  agent!"  Many  of  my  readers  may  be 
able  to  recollect  how  formidable  such  an  accusation  became  in  the 
period  at  which  our  story  is  dated. 

A  cry  escaped  the  lips  of  Mercedes,  while  the  old  father  fell  into  a 

chair. 

"  Ah,  Danglars ! "  whispered  Caderousse,  "  you  have  deceived  me  — 
the  trick  has  been  played ;  but  I  cannot  suffer  a  poor  old  man  or  an 
innocent  girl  to  die  of  grief.  I  will  tell  them  all." 

"Be  silent,  you  simpleton!"  cried  Danglars,  grasping  him  by  the 
arm,  "or  I  will  not  answer  even  for  your  own  safety.  Who  can  tell 
whether  Dantes  be  innocent  or  guilty  ?  The  vessel  did  touch  at  Elba, 
where  he  quitted  it,  and  passed  a  whole  day  at  Porto-Ferrajo.  Now, 
should  any  letters  of  a  compromising  character  be  found  upon  him,  will 
it  not  be  taken  for  granted  that  all  who  uphold  him  are  his  accom 
plices  ? " 

With  the  rapid  instinct  of  selfishness,  Caderousse  readily  perceived 
the  solidity  of  this  mode  of  reasoning ;  he  gazed  with  eyes  of  grief  and 
terror  on  Danglars,  and  then  for  every  step  forward  he  had  taken,  he 
took  two  back. 

"Let  us,  then,  wait!"  said  he. 

"  To  be  sure ! "  answered  Danglars.  "  Let  us  wait,  by  all  means.  If 
he  be  innocent,  of  course  he  will  be  set  at  liberty ;  if  guilty,  why,  it  is 
no  use  involving  ourselves  in  his  conspiracy." 

"  Then  let  us  go  hence.    I  cannot  stay  longer  here." 

"With  all  my  heart!"  replied  Danglars,  but  too  pleased  to  find  a 
partner  in  his  retreat.  "Come,  let  us  leave  them  to  get  out  of  it  as  they 
best  can." 

After  their  departure,  Fernand,  who  had  now  again  become  the 

support  of  Mercedes,  led  the  girl  back  to  the  Catalans,  while  some  friends 

of  Dantes  conducted  his  father,  nearly  lifeless,  to  the  Allees  de  Meilhan. 

The  rumor  of  Edmond's  arrest  as  a  Bonapartist  agent  was  not  slow 

in  circulating  throughout  the  city. 

"Could  you  ever  have  credited  such  a  thing,  my  dear  Danglars?" 
asked  M.  Morrel,  as  he  overtook  his  supercargo  and  Caderousse,  on  his 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


59 


return  to  the  port  for  the  purpose  of  gleaning  fresh  tidings  of  Dantes 
from  the  deputy  Procureur  du  Koi,  M.  de  Villefort,  whom  he  knew 
slightly.    "  Could  you  have  believed  such  a  thing  possible  ? " 
"  Why,  you  know  I  told  you,"  replied  Danglars,  "  that  I  considered 


the  circumstance  of  his  having  anchored  in  the  isle  of  Elba  as  a  very 

suspicious  circumstance." 

"  And  did  you  mention  these  suspicions  to  any  person  beside  myself?" 
"  Certainly  not ! "  returned  Danglars ;    then  added,  in  a  low  whisper, 


60  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  You  understand  that,  on  account  of  your  uncle  M.  Policar  Morrol, 
who  served  under  the  other,  and  who  does  not  conceal  what  he  thinks, 
you  are  suspected  of  regretting  Napoleon.  I  should  have  feared  to 
injure  both  Edmond  and  yourself,  had  I  divulged  my  own  appre 
hensions  to  a  soul.  There  are  things  which  a  subordinate  is  bound  to 
acquaint  the  shipowner  with,  and  to  conceal  from  all  else." 

"Yes!  yes!  Dauglars,"  replied  M.  Morrel.  "You  are  a  worthy 
fellow ;  and  I  had  already  thought  of  you  in  the  event  of  poor  Edmond 
having  become  captain  of  the  Pharaon." 

"  How  so  f " 

"  Yes,  indeed ;  I  previously  inquired  of  Dantes  what  was  his  opinion 
of  you,  and  if  he  should  have  any  reluctance  to  continue  you  in  your 
post,  for  somehow  I  had  perceived  a  sort  of  coolness  between  you  two." 

"  And  what  was  his  reply  ? " 

"  That  he  certainly  did  think  he  had  given  you  offense  in  an  affair 
which  he  did  not  speak  about,  but  that  whoever  possessed  the  confidence 
of  the  ship's  owners  would  have  his  also." 

"  The  hypocrite  ! "  murmured  Danglars  between  his  teeth. 

"Poor  Daiites!"  said  Caderousse.  "No  one  can  deny  his  being  a 
noble-hearted  young  fellow ! " 

"  But,  meanwhile,"  continued  M.  Morrel,  "the  Pharam  has  no  captain." 

"  Oh ! "  replied  Danglars,  "  since  we  cannot  leave  this  port  for  the 
next  three  months,  let  us  hope  that  by  that  period  Dantes  will  be  set 
at  liberty." 

"  No  doubt ;  but  in  the  mean  time  what  are  we  to  do  ?  " 

"  I  am  entirely  at  your  service,  M.  Morrel,"  answered  Danglars.  "  You 
know  that  I  am  as  capable  of  managing  a  ship  as  the  most  experienced 
captain  in  the  service;  and  it  will  be  so  far  advantageous  to  you  to 
accept  my  services,  that  upon  Edmond's  release  from  prison  there  will 
be  no  one  to  dismiss.  Daiites  and  myself  each  will  resume  our  respective 
posts." 

"  Thanks,  Danglars  —  that  will  smooth  all  difficulties.  Assume  the 
command  of  the  Pharaon,  and  look  carefully  to  the  unloading.  Private 
misfortunes  must  never  induce  us  to  neglect  business." 

"  All  right,  M.  Morrel ;  but  when  shall  we  be  allowed  to  see  him,  at 
least,  poor  Edmond." 

**  I  will  let  you  know  that  directly  I  have  seen  M.  de  Villef ort,  whom 
I  shall  endeavor  to  interest  in  Edmond's  favor.  I  am  aware  he  is  a 
furious  royalist ;  but,  in  spite  of  that,  and  of  his  being  the  king's  pro- 
cureur,  he  is  a  man,  and  I  fancy  not  a  bad  one ! " 

"  Perhaps  not,"  replied  Dauglars ;  "  but  he  is  said  to  be  ambitious, 
and  that  is  much  the  same." 


THE   COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO.  61 

"  Well,  well ! "  returned  M.  Morrel,  "  we  shall  see !    But  now  hasten 
on  board ;  I  will  join  you  there  ere  long." 

So  saying,  the  shipowner  quitted  the  two  allies,  and  proceeded  in 
the  direction  of  the  Palais  de  Justice. 


"You  see,"  said  Daiiglars,  addressing  Caderousse,  "the  turn  things 
have  taken.  Do  you  still  feel  any  desire  to  stand  up  in  his  defense  ?  " 

"  Not  the  slightest,  but  yet  it  is  a  shocking  thing  a  joke  should  lead 
to  such  consequences." 

"  But  who  perpetrated  that  joke?  let  me  ask;  neither  you  nor  myself, 
but  Fernand  :  you  know  very  well  that  I  threw  the  paper  into  a  corner 
of  the  room, —  indeed,  I  fancied  I  had  destroyed  it." 


62  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  Oh,  no ! "  replied  Caderousse,  "  that  I  can  answer  for,  you  did  not. 
I  only  wish  I  could  see  it  now  as  plainly  as  I  saw  it  lying  all  crushed 
and  crumpled  in  a  corner  of  the  arbor." 

"  Well,  then,  if  you  did,  depend  upon  it,  Fernand  picked  it  up,  and 
either  copied  it  or  caused  it  to  be  copied ;  perhaps,  even,  he  did  not 
take  the  trouble  of  recopying  it.  And  now  I  think  of  it,  by  Heavens ! 
he  may  have  sent  the  letter  itself !  Fortunately,  for  me,  the  handwriting 
was  disguised." 

"  Then  you  were  aware  of  Dantes  being  engaged  in  a  conspiracy  f  " 

"  Not  a  bit  in  the  world !  As  I  before  said,  I  thought  the  whole  thing 
was  a  joke,  nothing  more.  It  seems,  however,  that,  like  Harlequin,  I 
have  unconsciously  stumbled  upon  the  truth." 

"  All  the  same,"  argued  Caderousse,  "  I  would  give  a  great  deal  if 
nothing  of  the  kind  had  happened ;  or,  at  least,  that  I  had  had  no  hand 
in  it.  You  will  see,  Danglars,  that  it  will  turn  out  an  unlucky  job  for 
both." 

"  Nonsense !  If  any  harm  comes  of  it,  it  should  fall  on  the  guilty  per 
son  ;  and  that,  you  know,  is  Feruand.  How  can  harm  come  to  us  ?  All 
we  have  got  to  do  is,  to  keep  quiet,  not  breathing  a  word  to  any  living 
soul ;  and  you  will  see  that  the  storm  will  pass  away  without  the  thun 
der-bolt  striking." 

"Amen!"  responded  Caderousse,  waving  adieu  to  Danglars,  and 
bending  his  steps  toward  the  Alices  de  Meilhan,  moving  his  head  to  and 
fro,  and  muttering  as  he  went,  after  the  manner  of  one  thoroughly 
preoccupied. 

"  So  far,  then,"  said  Danglars,  "  all  has  gone  as  I  would  have  it.  I  am, 
temporarily,  commander  of  the  Pharaon,  with  the  certainty  of  being 
permanently  so,  if  that  fool  of  a  Caderousse  can  be  persuaded  to  hold  his 
tongue.  My  only  fear  is  the  chance  of  Dantes  being  released.  But, 
bah ! "  added  he,  with  a  smile,  "  Justice  is  justice ;  I'll  leave  it  to  her." 
So  saying,  he  leaped  into  a  boat,  desiring  to  be  rowed  on  board  the 
PAoroOM,  where  M.  Morrel,  it  will  be  remembered,  had  appointed  to 
meet  him. 


CHAPTEE  VI 

THE  DEPUTY  PEOCUKEUK  DU  ROI 

N  one  of  those  old  aristocratical  mansions,  built  by  Puget, 
situated  in  the  Rue  du  Grand  Cours  opposite  the  fountain 
of  Medusa,  a  second  marriage  feast  was  being  celebrated,  on 
the  same  day  and  at  the  same  hour;  only,  while  the  actors 
in  one  scene  were  plain  people,  sailors  and  soldiers,  in  the  other  they 
belonged  to  the  heads  of  Marseillaise  society, — magistrates  who  had 
resigned  their  office  during  the  usurper's  reign  ;  officers  who  had  deserted 
our  ranks  to  join  the  army  of  Conde;  youths  who  had  been  brought 
up  by  their  family,  hardly  yet  assured  of  their  existence,  in  spite  of  the 
substitutes  they  had  paid  for,  to  hate  and  execrate  the  man  whom  five 
years  of  exile  ought  to  have  converted  into  a  martyr,  and  fifteen  of 
restoration  elevated  to  a  demi-god. 

The  guests  were  at  table,  and  the  conversation  was  animated  and 
heated  with  all  the  passions  of  the  epoch  —  passions  more  terrible, 
active,  and  bitter  in  the  south,  because  for  five  years  religious  hatreds 
had  reenforced  political  hatreds. 

The  emperor,  now  king  of  the  petty  isle  of  Elba,  after  having  held 
sovereign  sway  over  one  half  of  the  world,  counting  us,  his  subjects,  a 
population  of  five  or  six  thousand, —  after  having  been  accustomed  to 
hear  the  Vive  Napoleons  of  one  hundred  and  twenty  millions  uttered 
in  ten  different  languages, — was  looked  upon  as  a  man  ruined  forever  for 
France  and  the  throne. 

The  magistrates  talked  of  political  blunders ;  the  military  talked  of 
Moscow  and  Leipsic,  and  the  women  of  his  divorce  from  Josephine.  It 
seemed  to  this  royalist  world,  joyous  and  triumphant,  less  at  the  fall  of 
the  man  than  at  the  annihilation  of  the  principles  he  represented,  as  if 
life  were  again  beginning  after  a  peaceful  dream. 

An  old  man,  decorated  with  the  cross  of  Saint  Louis,  now  rose  and 


64  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CR1STO. 

proposed  the  health  of  King  Louis  XVIII.  He  was  the  Marquis  de 
Saint-Meran.  This  toast,  recalling  at  once  the  patient  exile  of  Hartwell 
and  the  king  and  pacificator  of  France,  excited  great  applause ;  glasses 
were  elevated  in  the  air  a  PAuylaisc,  and  the  ladies,  detaching  their 
bouquets,  strewed  the  table  with  them.  In  a  word,  poetical  enthusiasm 
prevailed. 

"  Ah !  they  would  own,  were  they  here,"  said  the  Marquise  de  Saint- 
Meran,  a  woman  with  a  hard  eye,  thin  lips,  and  aristocratic  mien, 
though  still  elegant-looking,  despite  her  fifty  years — "ah!  these  revolu 
tionists,  who  drove  us  out,  and  whom  we  leave  now  in  our  turn  to  con 
spire  at  their  ease  in  the  old  chateaux  which  they  purchased  for  a  mere 
trifle  during  the  Reign  of  Terror,  would  be  compelled  to  own,  were  they 
here,  that  all  true  devotion  was  on  our  side,  since  we  attached  ourselves 
to  a  falling  monarch,  while  they,  on  the  contrary,  worshiped  the  rising 
sun,  and  made  their  fortunes  while  we  lost  ours.  Yes,  yes,  they  could 
not  help  admitting  that  the  king,  our  king,  was  in  truth  l  Louis  the 
well-beloved,'  while  their  emperor  was  never  anything  but  '  Napoleon 
the  accursed.'  Am  I  not  right,  Villefort  I " 

"  I  beg  your  pardon,  madame,  but  —  in  truth  —  I  was  not  attending 
to  the  conversation." 

"  Marquise,  marquise ! "  interposed  the  same  elderly  personage  who 
had  proposed  the  toast,  "  let  the  young  people  alone ;  on  their  wedding 
day  they  naturally  have  to  speak  of  something  else  than  politics." 

"Pardon  me,  dearest  mother,"  said  a  young  and  lovely  girl,  with  a 
profusion  of  light  brown  hair,  and  eyes  that  seemed  to  float  in  liquid 
crystal,  "  I  yield  to  you  M.  de  Villefort,  whom  I  had  seized  for  a  mo 
ment.  M.  Villefort,  my  mother  speaks  to  you." 

"  If  Madame  la  Marquise  will  deign  to  repeat  the  words  I  but  imper 
fectly  caught,  I  shall  be  delighted  to  answer,"  said  M.  de  Villefort. 

"Never  mind,  Renee,"  replied  the  marquise,  with  such  a  look  of 
tenderness  as  all  were  astonished  to  see  on  her  harsh  features ;  for  a 
woman's  heart  is  so  constituted  that,  however  withered  it  be  by  the 
blasts  of  prejudice  and  etiquette,  there  is  always  one  spot  fertile  and 
smiling,  the  spot  consecrated  by  God  to  maternal  love.  "  I  forgive  you. 
What  I  was  saying,  Villefort,  was,  that  the  Bonapartists  had  neither 
our  sincerity,  enthusiasm,  nor  devotion." 

4  They  had,  however,  what  supplied  the  place  of  those  fine  qualities," 
replied  the  young  man,  "and  that  was  fanaticism.  Napoleon  is  the 
Mahomet  of  the  West,  and  is  worshiped  by  his  commonplace  but  ambi 
tious  followers,  not  only  as  a  leader  and  lawgiver,  but  also  as  a  type,  as 
the  personification  of  equality." 

"  Of  equality ! "  cried  the  marquise,  "  Napoleon  the  type  of  equality ! 


THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 


65 


For  mercy's  sake,  then,  what  would  you  call  M.  de  Kobespierre?    It 
seems  to  me  that  you  rob  him  of  his  place  and  give  it  to  the  Corsican." 
"Nay,  madame;  I  would  place  each  on  his  right  pedestal  —  that  of 
Eobespierre  on  his  scaffold  in  the  Place  Louis ;   that  of  Napoleon  on 


M.   de  Villefort. 


the  column  of  the  Place  Vendome ;  only  the  one  made  the  equality  that 
elevates,  the  other  the  equality  that  depresses ;  the  one  brings  a  king 
to  the  level  of  the  guillotine,  the  other  the  people  to  a  level  with  the 
throne.  Observe,"  said  Villefort,  smiling,  "  I  do  not  mean  to  deny  that 
both  were  revolutionary  scoundrels,  and  that  the  9th  Thermidor  and 


66  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 

the  4th  of  April,  1814,  were  lucky  days  for  France,  worthy  of  being 
equally  remembered  by  every  friend  to  monarchy  and  order ;  and  that 
explains  how,  fallen  as  I  trust  he  is  forever,  Napoleon  has  still  pre 
served  a  train  of  fanatical  adherents.  Still,  marquise,  it  has  been  so 
with  other  i'  urpers :  Cromwell,  who  was  not  half  of  a  Napoleon,  had 
his." 

"Do  you  know,  Villefort,  that  you  are  talking  in  a  revolutionary 
strain  f  But  I  excuse  it ;  it  is  impossible  to  be  the  son  of  a  Girondiu 
and  be  free  from  a  spice  of  the  old  leaven." 

A  deep  crimson  suffused  the  countenance  of  Villefort 

"  'Tis  true,  madame,"  answered  he,  "  that  my  father  was  a  Girondin, 
but  he  did  not  vote  for  the  king's  death;  he  was  an  equal  sufferer  with 
yourself  during  the  Eeign  of  Terror,  and  had  well-nigh  lost  his  head  on 
the  same  scaffold  as  your  own  father." 

"True,"  replied  the  marquise,  without  the  tragical  remembrance 
producing  the  slightest  change  in  her  features ;  "  only  our  respective 
parents  underwent  proscription  from  diametrically  opposite  principles ; 
in  proof  of  which  I  may  remark,  that  while  my  family  remained  adher 
ents  of  the  exiled  princes,  your  father  lost  no  time  in  joining  the  new 
government ;  and  that  after  the  Citizen  Noirtier  had  been  a  Girondin, 
the  Count  Noirtier  became  a  senator." 

"  Dear  mother,"  interposed  Renee,  "  you  know  very  well  it  was  agreed 
that  all  these  disagreeable  reminiscences  should  be  spoken  of  no  more." 

"  Suffer  me,  also,  madame,"  rejoined  Villefort,  "  to  add  my  earnest 
request  that  you  will  kindly  forget  the  past.  What  avails  recrimina 
tion  touching  circumstances  before  which  even  the  will  of  God  himself 
is  powerless  I  God  can  change  the  future ;  he  cannot  modify  the  past. 
What  we  human  beings  can  do  is  not  to  deny,  but  to  cast  a  veil  over  it. 
For  my  own  part,  I  have  laid  aside  the  name  of  my  father,  as  well  as 
his  principles.  He  was  —  nay,  probably  may  still  be  —  a  Bonapartist, 
and  is  called  Noirtier;  I,  on  the  contrary,  am  a  royalist,  and  style 
myself  de  Villefort.  Let  what  may  remain  of  revolutionary  sap  die 
away  with  the  old  trunk,  and  only  regard  the  young  shoot  which  has 
started  up  from  this  trunk,  without  having  the  power,  any  more  than 
the  wish,  to  separate  itself  entirely." 

"Bravo,  Villefort!"  cried  the  marquis;  "excellently  well  said!  I, 
too,  have  always  preached  to  the  marquise  oblivion  of  the  past  without 
ever  obtaining  it.  You,  I  hope,  will  be  more  fortunate." 

"  With  all  my  heart,"  replied  the  marquise ;  "  let  the  past  be  forever 
forgotten  !  I  ask  no  more.  All  I  ask  is,  that  Villefort  will  be  inflexible 
for  the  future.  Remember,  also,  Villefort,  that  we  have  pledged  our 
selves  to  his  majesty  for  you,  and  that  at  our  recommendation  the  king 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CEISTO  67 

consented  to  forget  it "  (and  here  she  extended  to  him  her  hand),  "  as 
I  now  do  at  your  entreaty.  Only,  if  there  fall  in  your  way  some' con 
spirator,  remember  that  there  are  so  many  more  eyes  on  you  as  it  is 
known  you  belong  to  a  family  which,  perhaps,  is  in  sympathy  with  these 
conspirators."  & 


The  Marquise  de  Saint-Meran. 

"  Alas !  madame,"  returned  Villefort,  "  my  profession,  as  well  as  the 
times  in  which  we  live,  compel  me  to  be  severe.  I  shall  be  so.  I  have 
already  successfully  conducted  several  public  prosecutions,  and  proved 
my  faith.  But  we  have  not  done  with  the  thing  yet," 


ii>  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  Do  you,  indeed,  think  so  ? "  inquired  the  marquise. 

"  I  am,  at  least,  fearful  of  it.  Napoleon,  in  the  island  of  Elba,  is  too 
near  France,  and  his  presence,  almost  in  sight  of  our  coasts,  keeps  up 
the  hopes  of  his  partisans.  Marseilles  is  filled  with  half-pay  officers, 
who  are  daily,  under  one  frivolous  pretext  or  other,  getting  up  quarrels 
with  the  royalists ;  hence  duels  among  the  higher  classes,  and  assassi 
nations  in  the  lower." 

"  You  have  heard,  perhaps,"  said  the  Count  de  Salvieux,  one  of  M.  de 
Saint-Meran's  oldest  friends,  and  chamberlain  to  the  Count  d'Artois, 
"  that  the  Holy  Alliance  purpose  removing  him  from  thence  ?  " 

"  Ah ! "  they  were  talking  about  it  when  we  left  Paris,"  said  M.  de 
Saint-Meran ;  "  and  where  is  it  decided  to  transfer  him  ? " 

"  To  Saint  Helena." 

"  Saint  Helena !  where  is  that  ? "  asked  the  marquise. 

"  An  island  situated  on  the  other  side  of  the  equator,  at  least  two 
thousand  leagues  from  hence,"  replied  the  count. 

"  So  much  the  better !  As  Villefort  observes,  it  is  a  great  act  of  folly 
to  have  left  such  a  man  between  Corsica,  where  he  was  born,  Naples,  of 
which  his  brother-in-law  is  king,  and  Italy,  the  sovereignty  of  which  he 
coveted  for  his  son." 

"  Unfortunately,"  said  Villefort,  "  there  are  the  treaties  of  1814,  and 
without  violating  them  Napoleon  cannot  be  touched." 

"  They  will  be  violated,"  said  the  Count  de  Salvieux.  "  Did  he  regard 
treaty-clauses  when  he  shot  the  hapless  Due  d'Enghien  ? " 

"  Well,"  said  the  marquise,  "  the  Holy  Alliance  will  free  Europe  of 
Napoleon,  and,  M.  de  Villefort,  Marseilles  of  his  partisans.  The  king 
either  reigns  or  does  not.  If  he  reigns,  his  government  must  be  strong, 
and  his  agents  inflexible.  This  is  the  way  to  prevent  mischief." 

"Unfortunately,  madame,"  answered  Villefort,  a  deputy  Procmvur 
du  Roi  only  appears  when  the  mischief  is  done." 

"  Then  all  he  has  got  to  do  is  to  endeavor  to  repair  it." 

4  Nay,  madame,  we  cannot  repair  it ;  we  can  only  avenge  the  wrong 
done." 

"  Oh !  M.  de  Villefort,"  cried  a  beautiful  young  creature,  daughter  to 
Count  Salvieux,  and  the  cherished  friend  of  Mademoiselle  de  Saint- 
Meran,  "  do  try  and  get  up  some  famous  trial  while  we  are  at  Mar 
seilles.  I  never  was  in  a  law-court ;  I  am  told  it  is  so  very  amusing ! " 

"  Amusing,  certainly,"  replied  Villefort,  "  for,  in  place  of  a  fictitious 
tragedy,  you  have  a  real  drama;  in  place  of  theatrical  woes,  real  woes; 
the  man  whom  you  see  there,  instead  of  going  home  when  the  curtain 
falls,  and  supping  with  his  family,  and  sleeping  peacefully  to  begin 
again  another  day,  goes  back  to  prison,  where  he  finds  the  executioner. 


THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 


69 


You  will  see  that  for  nervous  persons  who  seek  emotions  no  spectacle 
can  be  more  attractive.  Be  assured,  mademoiselle,  if  the  circumstance 
presents  itself,  I  will  give  you  an  opportunity." 

"  He  makes  us  shudder  —  and  he  smiles ! "  said  Renee,  becoming  quite 
pale. 

"  Why,  it  is  a  duel.  I  have  already  recorded  sentence  of  death,  five 
or  six  times,  against  political  criminals,  and  who  can  say  how  many 
daggers  may  be  now  sharpening  or  already  directed  against  me  I " 

"  Gracious  heavens !  M.  de  Villefort,"  said  Renee,  becoming  more  and 
more  terrified ;  "  you  surely  are  not  in  earnest ! " 

"  Indeed  I  am,"  replied  the  young  magistrate  with  a  smile ;  "  and  in 
the  interesting  trial  that  young  lady  desires,  to  satisfy  her  curiosity,  and 
I  to  satisfy  my  ambition,  the  case  would  only  be  still  more  aggravated. 
All  these  soldiers  of  Napoleon,  accustomed  to  charge  the  enemy  blindly, 
what  did  they  think  about  burning  a  cartridge  or  rushing  on  a  bayonet? 
Will  they  think  a  bit  more  about  killing  a  man  whom  they  believe  their 
personal  enemy,  than  about  killing  a  Russian,  Austrian,  or  Hungarian 
whom  they  have  never  seen  ?  It  is  this  —  it  is  this  which  justifies  our 
profession !  I,  myself,  when  I  see  the  eye  of  the  accused  gleaming  with 
the  flash  of  rage,  I  feel  myself  encouraged  and  elevated.  It  is  no  longer 
a  trial,  it  is  a  combat ;  I  thrust  at  him,  he  lunges  back ;  I  thrust  again, 
and  all  is  ended,  as  in  all  combats,  by  a  victory  or  a  defeat !  This  is 
what  I  call  pleading !  This  is  the  power  of  eloquence !  A  prisoner  who 
smiled  at  me  after  my  reply  would  make  me  believe  that  I  had  spoken 
badly —  that  my  address  was  colorless,  feeble,  insufficient.  Think,  then, 
of  the  sensation  of  pride  which  is  felt  by  a  prosecutor,  convinced  of  the 
guilt  of  the  accused,  when  he  sees  the  prisoner  blanch  and  crouch 
beneath  the  weight  of  his  proofs  and  the  thunders  of  his  eloquence ! 
That  head  drops ;  that  head  will  fall ! " 
Renee  uttered  a  low  cry. 

"  Bravo ! "  cried  one  of  the  guests ;  "  that  is  what  I  call  talking." 

"Just  the  person  we  require  at  a  time  like  the  present,"  said  a  second. 

"  What  a  splendid  business  that  last  cause  of  yours  was,  my  dear 
Villefort ! "  remarked  a  third ;  "I  mean  the  trial  of  the  man  for  murder 
ing  his  father.  Upon  my  word,  you  killed  him  ere  the  executioner  had 
laid  his  hand  upon  him." 

"Oh!  as  for  parricides,"  interposed  Renee,  "it  matters  very  little 
what  is  done  to  them ;  but,  as  regards  poor  political  criminals 

"  But  it  is  still  worse,  Renee,  as  the  king  is  father  of  his  people,  to 
wish  to  overthrow  or  kill  the  father  of  thirty-two  millions  of  souls." 

"I  don't  know  anything  about  that,"  replied  Renee;  "but,  M.  de 
Yillef ort,  you  promise  to  show  mercy  to  those  I  plead  for  ? " 


70  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  Make  yourself  quite  easy  on  that  point,"  answered  Villefort,  with  one 
of  his  sweetest  smiles ;  "  you  and  I  will  always  consult  upon  our  verdicts." 

"  My  love,"  said  the  marquise,  "  attend  to  your  humming-birds,  your 
lap-dogs,  and  embroidery ;  let  your  husband  mind  his  business.    Nowa 
days  the  military  profession  has  rest ;  the  long  robe  is  in  credit.     There 
is  a  Latin  proverb  about  it,  very  profound." 
Cedant  ami  a  toyce,  said  Villef  ort,  with  a  bow. 

"  1  would  not  dare  to  speak  Latin,"  replied  the  marquise. 

"  Well,"  said  Renee,  "  I  cannot  help  regretting  you  were  not  a  physi 
cian.  Do  you  know  I  always  felt  a  shudder  at  the  idea  of  even  a 
destroying  angel,  angel  though  he  be  ? " 

"  Dear,  good,  Renee ! "  whispered  Villef  ort,  as  he  gazed  with  tender 
ness  on  the  speaker. 

"  Let  us  hope,  my  child,"  cried  the  marquis,  "  that  M.  de  Villef  ort  may 
prove  the  moral  and  political  physician  of  this  province ;  if  so,  he  will 
have  achieved  a  noble  work." 

"  And  one  which  will  go  far  to  efface  the  recollection  of  his  father's 
conduct,"  added  the  incorrigible  marquise. 

"  Madame,"  replied  Villefort,  with  a  mournful  smile,  "  I  have  already 
had  the  honor  to  observe  that  my  father  has  —  at  least  I  hope  so  — 
abjured  his  past  errors,  and  that  he  is,  at  the  present  moment,  a  firm 
and  zealous  friend  to  religion  and  order  —  a  better  royalist,  possibly, 
than  his  son ;  for  he  is  one,  with  repentance ;  I,  only  with  passion." 

Having  made  this  well-turned  speech,  Villefort  looked  carefully 
round  to  mark  the  effect  of  his  oratory,  much  as  he  would  have  done 
in  the  court  after  a  like  phrase. 

"  Do  you  know,  my  dear  Villefort,"  cried  the  Count  de  Salvieux, 
"that  is  as  nearly  as  possible  what  I  myself  said  the  other  day  at 
the  Tuileries,  when  questioned  by  his  majesty's  principal  chamberlain 
touching  the  singularity  of  an  alliance  between  the  son  of  a  Giron- 
din  and  the  daughter  of  an  officer  of  the  Duke  de  Conde.  He  under 
stood  it  thoroughly.  This  system  of  fusion  is  that  of  Louis  XVIII. 
Then  the  king,  who,  without  our  suspecting  it,  had  overheard  our  con 
versation,  interrupted  us  by  saying,  '  Villefort,' —  observe  that  the  king 
did  not  pronounce  the  word  Noirtier,  but,  on  the  contrary,  placed  consid 
erable  emphasis  on  that  of  Villefort  — '  Villefort,'  said  his  majesty,  '  is  a 
young  man  of  discretion,  who  will  make  a  figure ;  I  like  him  much,  and 
it  gave  me  great  pleasure  to  hear  that  he  was  about  to  become  the  son- 
in-law  of  M.  le  Marquis  and  Madame  la  Marquise  de  Saint-Meran.  I 
should  myself  have  recommended  the  match,  had  not  the  noble  marquis 
anticipated  my  wishes  by  requesting  my  consent  to  it.' " 

"  The  king  said  that,  Count ! "  asked  the  enraptured  Villefort. 


THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO.  71 

"  I  give  yon  his  very  words ;  and  if  the  marquis  chooses  to  be  candid 
he  will  confess  that  they  perfectly  agree  with  what  his  majesty  said  to 
him,  when  he  went,  six  months  ago,  to  consult  him  upon  the  subiect  of 
your  espousing  his  daughter." 


Ren6e  de  Saint-Meran. 


"  Certainly,"  answered  the  marquis. 

"  How  much  do  I  owe  this  gracious  prince !    What  would  I  not  do  to 
evince  my  gratitude ! " 

"  That  is  right,"  cried  the  marquise.     "  I  love  to  see  you  thus.    Now, 


72  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

then,  were  a  conspirator  to  fall  into  your  hands,  he  would  be  most 
welcome." 

"  For  my  part,  dear  mother,"  interposed  Rene"e,  "  I  hope  God  will  not 
hear  you,  and  that  Providence  will  only  permit  petty  offenders,  poor 
debtors,  and  miserable  cheats  to  fall  into  M.  de  Villefort's  hands ;  then 
I  shall  be  contented." 

"Just  the  same  as  though,"  said  Villefort,  laughing,  "you  prayed 
that  a  physician  might  only  be  called  upon  to  prescribe  for  headaches, 
measles,  and  the  stings  of  wasps,  or  any  other  slight  affection  of  the 
epidermis.  If  you  wish  to  see  me  the  king's  procureur,  you  must  desire 
for  me  some  of  those  violent  and  dangerous  diseases  from  the  cure  of 
which  so  much  honor  redounds  to  the  physician." 

At  this  moment,  and  as  though  the  utterance  of  Villefort's  wish  had 
sufficed  to  effect  its  accomplishment,  a  servant  entered  the  room  and 
whispered  a  few  words  in  his  ear.  Villefort  immediately  rose  from 
table  and  quitted  the  room  upon  the  plea  of  urgent  business :  he  soon, 
however,  returned,  his  whole  face  beaming  with  delight. 

Renee  regarded  him  with  fond  affection;  for,  with  his  blue  eyes, 
olive  complexion,  and  the  black  whiskers  which  framed  his  face,  he  was 
truly  a  handsome,  elegant  young  man,  and  the  whole  soul  of  the  young 
girl  seemed  hanging  on  his  lips  till  he  explained  the  cause  of  his  sudden 
departure. 

"  You  were  wishing  just  now,"  said  Villefort,  addressing  her,  "  that  I 
were  a  doctor  instead  of  a  lawyer.  Well,  I  at  least  resemble  the  disciples 
of  Esculapius  in  one  thing  [people  spoke  in  this  style  in  1815],  that  of 
not  being  able  to  call  a  day  my  own,  not  even  that  of  my  betrothal." 

"And  wherefore  were  you  called  away  just  now?"  asked  Made 
moiselle  de  Saint-Meran,  with  an  ah-  of  interest. 

"  For  a  patient  who  is,  according  to  the  report  given  me,  near  his  end. 
A  serious  case,  likely  to  end  in  the  scaffold." 

"  How  dreadf  ul ! "  exclaimed  Renee. 

"  Is  it  possible  1 "  burst  simultaneously  from  all. 

"  Why,  if  my  information  prove  correct,  a  sort  of  Bonapartist  con 
spiracy  has  just  been  discovered." 

"  Can  I  believe  my  ears  ?  "  cried  the  marquise. 

" I  will  read  you  the  letter  containing  the  accusation,  at  least"  said 
Villefort: 

'  The  procureur  du  roi  is  informed  by  a  friend  to  the  throne  and  the  religious  institu 
tions  of  his  country,  that  an  individual,  named  Edmond  Dantes,  second  in  command  on 
board  the  Pharaon,  this  day  arrived  from  Smyrna,  after  having  touched  at  Naples  and 
Porto-Ferrajo,  has  been  the  bearer  of  a  letter  from  Murat  to  the  usurper,  and  from  the 
usurper  to  the  Bonapartist  Club  in  Paris.  Proof  may  be  obtained  by  arresting  him,  for 
the  letter  is  in  the  possession  either  of  him  or  his  father,  or  on  board  the  Pharaon  in  his 
cabin."1 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


73 


"  But,"  said  Benee,  "  this  letter,  which,  after  all,  is  but  an  anonymous 
scrawl,  is  not  even  addressed  to  you,  but  to  the  procureur  du  roi." 

"  True ;  but  that  gentleman  being  absent,  his  secretary,  by  his  orders, 
opened  his  letters :  thinking  this  one  of  importance,  he  sent  for  me,  but, 


not  finding  me,  took  upon  himself  to  give  the  necessary  orders  for 
arresting  the  accused  party." 

"  Then  the  guilty  person  is  in  custody  ? "  said  the  marquise. 

"  Say  the  accused  person,"  cried  Renee. 


74  THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  He  is  in  custody,"  answered  Villefort ;  "  and  if  the  letter  alluded  to 
is  found,  as  I  just  said  to  Mademoiselle  Renee,  the  patient  is  very  sick." 

"  And  where  is  the  unfortunate  being  ? "  asked  Ren6e. 

"  He  is  at  my  house." 

"  Come,  my  friend,"  interrupted  the  marquise,  "  do  not  neglect  your 
duty  to  linger  with  us.  You  are  the  king's  servant,  and  must  go 
whithersoever  that  service  calls  you." 

"  Oh,  M.  de  Villefort ! "  cried  Renee,  clasping  her  hands,  "  be  merciful 
on  this  the  day  of  our  betrothal." 

The  young  man  passed  round  to  the  side  of  the  table  where  the  fair 
pleader  sat,  and,  leaning  over  her  chair,  said  tenderly : 

"To  give  you  pleasure,"  he  whispered,  "I  promise,  dear  Renee,  to 

show  all  the  lenity  in  my  power;  but  if  the  charges  are  correct,  the 

accusation  proved,  we  must  cut  short  this  rank  growth  of  Bonapartism." 

Renee  shuddered  at  the  word  cut,  for  the  growth  in  question  had  a 

head. 

"  Never  mind  that  foolish  girl,  Villefort,"  said  the  marquise  j  "  she  will 
soon  get  over  these  things." 

So  saying,  Madame  de  Saint-Meran  extended  her  dry  hand  to  Ville 
fort,  who,  while  kissing  it,  looked  at  Renee,  saying  with  his  eyes,  "  It  is 
your  hand  I  kiss,  or  would  fain  be  kissing,  at  least." 

"  Sad  auspices ! "  sighed  Renee. 

"  Upon  my  word,  child ! "  exclaimed  the  angry  marquise,  "  your  folly 
exceeds  all  bounds.  I  should  be  glad  to  know  what  connection  there 
can  possibly  be  between  your  sickly  sentimentality  and  the  affairs  of  the 
state!" 

"  Oh,  mother ! "  murmured  Renee. 

"  Pardon,  marquise,"  said  Villefort ;  "  for  this  bad  royalist,  I  promise 
to  act  conscientiously,  that  is,  to  be  horribly  severe." 

But  while  he  addressed  these  words  to  the  old  marquise,  he  cast  a 
glance  at  his  betrothed  which  said,  "  Have  no  fear,  Renee ;  your  love 
will  make  me  merciful."  Renee  replied  to  the  look  by  a  smile,  and 
Villefort  departed  with  paradise  in  his  heart. 


CHAPTEE    VII 

THE    EXAMINATION 

0  sooner  had  Villefort  left  the  saloon  than  he  dropped  the 
mask  of  gayety  and  assumed  the  grave  air  of  a  man  who 
holds  the  balance  of  life  and  death  in  his  hands.  But,  in 
spite  of  the  mobility  of  his  features,  a  mobility  which  he 
had  more  than  once  studied,  as  a  clever  actor  does,  before  his  mirror,  it 
was  on  this  occasion  a  labor  for  him  to  contract  his  brows  and  make  his 
countenance  stern  and  judicial.  Except  the  recollection  of  the  line  of 
politics  his  father  had  adopted,  and  which  might  interfere,  unless  he 
acted  with  the  greatest  prudence,  with  his  own  career,  Villefort  was  as 
happy  as  a  man  could  be.  Already  rich,  he  held  a  high  official  situa 
tion,  though  only  twenty-seven.  He  was  about  to  marry  a  young  and 
charming  woman,  whom  he  loved,  not  passionately,  but  discreetly,  as  a 
magistrate  ought  to  love ;  and  besides  her  personal  attractions,  which 
were  very  great,  Mademoiselle  de  Saint-Meran's  family  possessed  con 
siderable  political  influence,  which  her  parents,  having  no  other  child, 
would,  of  course,  exert  in  his  favor.  The  dowry  of  his  wife  amounted 
to  thirty  thousand  dollars,  besides  the  prospect  of  inheriting  one  hun 
dred  thousand  more  at  her  father's  death. 

At  the  door  he  met  the  commissary  of  police,  who  was  waiting  for 
him.  The  sight  of  this  officer  recalled  Villefort  from  the  third  heaven 
to  earth ;  he  composed  his  face  as  we  have  before  described,  and  said : 

"I  have  read  the  letter,  monsieur,  and  you  have  acted  rightly  in 
arresting  this  man ;  now  inform  me  what  you  have  discovered  concern 
ing  him  and  the  conspiracy." 

"  We  know  nothing  as  yet  of  the  conspiracy,  monsieur;  all  the  papers 
found  have  been  sealed  up  and  placed  on  your  bureau.  The  prisoner 
himself  is  named  Edmond  Dantes,  mate  on  board  the  three-master,  the 

75 


76  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

Pharaon,  trading  in  cotton  with  Alexandria  and  Smyrna,  and  belonging 
to  Morrel  and  Son,  of  Marseilles." 

"  Before  he  entered  the  merchant  service,  had  he  ever  served  in  the 
navy?" 

"  Oh,  no,  monsieur ;  he  is  very  young." 

"  How  old  1" 

"  Nineteen  or  twenty  at  the  most." 

At  this  moment,  and  as  Villefort,  following  the  Grand  Rue,  had 
arrived  at  the  corner  of  the  Rue  des  Conseils,  a  man,  who  seemed  to 
have  been  waiting  for  him,  approached :  it  was  M.  Morrel. 

"  Ah  !  M.  de  Villefort,"  cried  he,  "  I  am  delighted  to  see  you.  Some  of 
your  people  have  committed  the  strangest,  most  unheard-of  mistake  — 
they  have  just  arrested  Edmond  Dantes,  the  mate  of  my  ship." 

"I  know  it,  monsieur,"  replied  Villefort,  "and  I  am  now  going  to 
examine  him." 

"  Oh,"  said  Morrel,  carried  away  by  his  friendship,  "  you  do  not  know 
him,  and  I  do.  He  is  the  most  estimable,  the  most  trustworthy  man, 
and,  I  will  venture  to  say,  the  man  who  knows  his  business  best  in  all 
the  merchant  service.  Oh,  M.  de  Villefort,  I  beseech  your  indulgence 
for  him." 

Villefort,  as  we  have  seen,  belonged  to  the  aristocratic  party  at  Mar 
seilles  ;  Morrel  to  the  plebeian.  The  first  was  an  ultra  royalist ;  the  other 
suspected  of  Bonapartism.  Villefort  looked  disdainfully  at  Morrel,  and 
replied  coldly : 

"  You  are  aware,  monsieur,  that  a  man  may  be  estimable  and  trust 
worthy  in  private  life  and  his  commercial  relations,  and  the  best  seaman 
in  the  merchant  service,  and  yet  be,  politically  speaking,  a  great  crim 
inal.  Is  it  not  true  I " 

The  magistrate  laid  emphasis  011  these  words,  as  if  he  wished  to 
apply  them  to  the  owner  himself,  whilst  his  eyes  seemed  to  plunge  into 
the  heart  of  him  who,  whilst  he  interceded  for  another,  had  himself  need 
of  indulgence. 

Morrel  reddened,  for  his  own  conscience  was  not  quite  clear  on  poli 
tics;  besides,  what  Dantes  had  told  him  of  his  interview  with  the 
grand-marshal,  and  what  the  emperor  had  said  to  him,  embarrassed  him. 
He  replied,  however,  in  a  tone  of  deep  interest : 

"  I  entreat  you,  M.  de  Villefort,  be  just,  as  is  your  duty,  and,  as  you 
always  are,  kind,  and  give  him  back  to  us  soon." 

This  (five  us  sounded  revolutionary  in  the  sub-prefect's  ears. 

"  Ah,  ah ! "  murmured  he,  "  is  Dantes  then  a  member  of  some  Car 
bonari  society,  that  his  protector  thus  employs  the  collective  form? 
He  was,  if  I  recollect,  arrested  in  a  cabaret,  in  company  with  a  great 
many  others."  Then  he  added  aloud : 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


11 


"  Monsieur,  you  may  rest  assured  I  shall  perform  my  duty  impartially 
and  that  if  he  be  innocent  you  shall  not  have  appealed  to  me  in  vain ' 
should  he,  however,  be  guilty,  in  this  present  epoch,  impunity  would 
furnish  a  dangerous  example,  and  I  must  do  my  duty." 


As  he  had  now  arrived  at  the  door  of  his  own  house,  which  adjoined 
the  Palais  de  Justice,  he  entered  with  an  air  of  majesty,  after  having 
saluted  with  freezing  politeness  the  shipowner,  who  stood,  as  if  petrified, 
on  the  spot  where  Villefort  had  left  him. 

The  antechamber  was  full  of  agents  of  police  and  gendarmes,  in  the 


78  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

midst  of  whom,  carefully  watched,  but  calm  and  smiling,  stood  the 
prisoner. 

Villefort  traversed  the  antechamber,  cast  a  side  glance  at  Dantes, 
and,  taking  a  packet  which  a  gendarme  offered  him,  disappeared,  saying : 

"  Bring  in  the  prisoner." 

Rapid  as  had  been  Villefort's  glance,  it  had  served  to  give  him  an 
idea  of  the  man  he  was  about  to  interrogate.  He  had  recognized  intelli 
gence  in  the  high  forehead,  courage  in  the  dark  eye  and  bent  brow,  and 
frankness  in  the  thick  lips  that  showed  a  set  of  pearly  teeth. 

Villefort's  first  impression  was  favorable ;  but  he  had  been  so  often 
warned  to  mistrust  first  impulses,  especially  if  they  were  good,  that  he 
applied  the  maxim  to  the  impression,  forgetting  the  difference  between 
the  two  words.  He  stifled,  therefore,  the  better  instincts  that  were  ris 
ing,  composed  his  features  before  the  glass  into  a  grave  and  menacing 
aspect,  and  sat  down  at  his  bureau. 

An  instant  after,  Dantes  entered.  He  was  pale,  but  calm  and  smiling, 
and,  saluting  his  judge  with  easy  politeness,  looked  round  for  a  seat,  as  if 
he  had  been  in  the  saloon  of  M.  Morrel.  It  was  then  that  he  encoun 
tered,  for  the  first  time,  Villefort's  look, —  that  look  peculiar  to  lawyers 
who  do  not  wish  their  thoughts  to  be  read.  This  look  told  him  he  was 
in  presence  of  the  stern  figure  of  justice. 

"  Who  and  what  are  you  ? "  demanded  Villefort,  turning  over  a  pi] 
of  papers,  containing  information  relative  to  the  prisoner,  that  an  agei 
of  police  had  given  to  him  on  his  entry,  and  which  within  an  hour  had 
become  voluminous,  so  rapidly  does  the  unhappy  man,  styled  the 
accused,  become  the  object  of  detective  corruption. 

"  My  name  is  Edmond  Dantes,"  replied  the  young  man  calmly ; 
am  mate  of  the  Pharaon,  belonging  to  Messrs.  Morrel  and  Son." 

"  Your  age  ? "  continued  Villefort. 

"  Nineteen,"  returned  Dantes. 

"  What  were  you  doing  at  the  moment  you  were  arrested  ? " 

"  I  was  at  the  festival  of  my  marriage,  monsieur,"  said  the  youi 
man,  his  voice  slightly  tremulous,  so  great  was  the  contrast  between 
that  happy  moment  and  the  painful  ceremony  he  was  now  undergoing ; 
so  great  was  the  contrast  between  the  somber  aspect  of  M.  de  Villefoi 
and  the  radiant  face  of  Mercedes. 

"  You  were  at  the  festival  of  your  marriage  ? "  said  the  deputy,  shuc 
dering  in  spite  of  himself. 

"  Yes,  monsieur,  I  am  on  the  point  of  marrying  a  young  girl  I 
been  attached  to  for  three  years." 

Villefort,  impassive  as  he  usually  was,  was  struck  with  this  coinci 
dence  ;  and  the  tremulous  voice  of  Dantes,  surprised  in  the  midst  of 


THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 


79 


happiness,  struck  a  sympathetic  chord  in  his  own  bosom ;  —he  also  was 
on  the  point  of  being  married,  and  he  was  summoned  from  his  own 
happiness  to  destroy  that  of  a  man  who,  like  himself,  had  happiness  at 
his  grasp. 


"  This  philosophic  reflection,"  thought  he,  "  will  make  a  great  sensa 
tion  at  M.  de  Saint-Meran's."  And  he  arranged  mentally,  whilst  Dantes 
awaited  further  questions,  the  antithesis  by  which  orators  often  create 
those  phrases  which  sometimes  pass  for  real  eloquence.  When  this 
speech  was  arranged,  Villefort  turned  to  Dantes. 


80  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  Continue,  sir,"  said  he. 

"  What  would  you  have  me  continue  ! " 

"  To  give  all  the  information  in  your  power." 

"  Tell  me  on  which  point  you  desire  information,  and  I  will  tell  all  I 
know ;  only,"  added  he,  with  a  smile,  "  I  warn  you  I  know  very  little." 

"  Have  you  served  under  the  usurper  I " 

"  I  was  about  to  be  incorporated  in  the  naval  forces  when  he  fell." 

"  It  is  reported  your  political  opinions  are  extreme,"  said  Villefort, 
who  had  never  heard  anything  of  the  kind,  but  was  not  sorry  to  make 
this  inquiiy,  as  if  it  were  an  accusation. 

"  My  political  opinions ! "  replied  Dantes.  "Alas !  sir,  I  never  had,  I 
am  almost  ashamed  to  say,  any  opinions.  I  am  hardly  nineteen;  I 
know  nothing ;  I  have  no  part  to  play.  What  I  am  and  what  I  shall  be, 
if  I  obtain  the  situation  I  desire,  I  shall  owe  to  M.  Morrel.  Thus  all  my 
opinions  —  I  will  not  say  public,  but  private  —  are  confined  to  these 
three  sentiments:  I  love  my  father,  I  respect  M.  Morrel,  and  I  adore 
Mercedes.  This,  sir,  is  all  I  can  tell  you,  and  you  see  how  uninteresting 
it  is." 

As  Dantes  spoke,  Villefort  gazed  at  his  ingenuous  and  open  counte 
nance,  and  recollected  the  words  of  Renee,  who,  without  knowing  who 
the  culprit  was,  had  besought  his  indulgence  for  him.  With  the 
deputy's  knowledge  of  crime  and  criminals,  every  word  the  young  man 
uttered  convinced  him  more  and  more  of  his  innocence.  This  lad, —  for 
he  was  scarcely  a  man, —  simple,  natural,  eloquent  with  that  eloquence 
of  the  heart  never  found  when  sought  for ;  full  of  affection  for  every 
body,  because  he  was  happy,  and  because  happiness  renders  even  the 
wicked  good,  extended,  even  to  his  judge,  the  affability  which  over 
flowed  his  heart.  Edmond,  in  his  looks,  his  tones,  and  his  gestures, 
severe  and  harsh  as  Villefort  had  been,  displayed  only  gentleness  and 
respect. 

"  Pardieu  f  "  said  Villefort  to  himself,  "  he  is  a  noble  fellow !  I  hope  I 
shall  gain  Renee's  favor  easily  by  obeying  the  first  command  she  ever 
imposed  on  me.  I  shall  have  at  least  a  pressure  of  the  hand  in  public, 
and  a  sweet  kiss  in  private." 

Full  of  this  idea,  Villefort's  face  became  so  joyous,  that  when  he 
turned  to  Dantes,  the  latter,  who  had  watched  the  change  on  his  physi 
ognomy,  was  smiling  also. 

"  Sir,"  said  Villefort,  "  have  you  any  enemies,  at  least  that  you  know  ? " 

"  I  have  enemies  ? "  replied  Dantes ;  "  my  position  is  not  sufficiently 
elevated  for  that.  As  for  my  character,  that  is,  perhaps,  somewhat  too 
hasty;  but  I  have  striven  to  repress  it  toward  my  subordinates.  I 
have  had  ten  or  twelve  sailors  under  me;  and  if  you  question  them, 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-GEISTO.  81 

they  will  tell  you  that  they  love  and  respect  me,  not  as  a  father,  for  I 
am  too  young,  but  as  an  elder  brother." 

"  But,  instead  of  enemies,  you  may  have  excited  jealousy.  You  are 
about  to  become  captain  at  nineteen  —  an  elevated  post  in  your  profes 
sion  ;  you  are  about  to  marry  a  pretty  girl,  who  loves  you,  a  happiness 
rare  in  any  position ;  and  these  two  pieces  of  good  fortune  may  have 
excited  the  envy  of  some  one." 

"  You  are  right ;  you  know  men  better  than  I  do,  and  what  you  say 
may  possibly  be  the  case,  I  confess ;  but  if  they  are  among  my  friends  I 
prefer  not  knowing  them,  because  then  I  should  be  forced  to  hate  them." 

"  You  are  wrong ;  you  should  always  strive  to  see  clearly  around  you. 
You  seem  a  worthy  young  man ;  I  will  depart  from  the  strict  line  of  my 
duty  to  aid  you  in  throwing  light  on  the  matter,  by  communicating  to 
you  the  information  which  has  brought  you  here.  Here  is  the  paper ; 
do  you  know  the  writing  ? " 

As  he  spoke,  Villef ort  drew  the  letter  from  his  pocket,  and  presented 
it  to  Dantes.    Dantes  read  it.    A  cloud  passed  over  his  brow  as  he  said : 

"  No,  monsieur,  I  do  not  know  the  writing.  It  is  disguised,  and  yet 
it  is  tolerably  plain.  Whoever  did  it  writes  well.  I  am  very  fortunate," 
added  he,  looking  gratefully  at  Villef  ort,  "to  be  examined  by  such  a 
man  as  you ;  for  this  envious  person  is  a  real  enemy." 

And  by  the  rapid  glance  that  the  young  man's  eyes  shot  forth,  Ville- 
fort  saw  how  much  energy  lay  hid  beneath  this  mildness. 

"  Now,"  said  the  deputy,  "  answer  me  frankly,  not  as  a  prisoner  to 
a  judge,  but  as  one  man  in  a  false  position  to  another  who  takes  an 
interest  in  him,  what  truth  is  there  in  the  accusation  contained  in 
this  anonymous  letter  ? " 

And  Villef  ort  threw  disdainfully  on  his  bureau  the  letter  Dantes  had 
just  given  back  to  him. 

"  None  at  all.  I  will  tell  you  the  real  facts.  I  swear  by  my  honor  as 
a  sailor,  by  my  love  for  Mercedes,  by  the  life  of  my  father " 

"  Speak,  monsieur,"  said  Villefort.  Then,  internally,  "  If  Eenee  could 
see  me,  I  hope  she  would  be  satisfied,  and  would  no  longer  call  me  a 
decapitator." 

"  Well,  when  we  quitted  Naples,  Captain  Leclere  was  attacked  with  a 
brain-fever.  As  we  had  no  doctor  on  board,  and  he  was  so  anxious  to 
arrive  at  Elba  that  he  would  not  touch  at  any  other  port,  his  disorder 
rose  to  such  a  height  that  at  the  end  of  the  third  day,  feeling  he  was 
dying,  he  called  me  to  him.  '  My  dear  Dantes,'  said  he,  *  swear  to  per 
form  what  I  am  going  to  tell  you,  for  it  is  a  matter  of  the  deepest 
importance.' 

I  swear,  captain,'  replied  I. 


u  t 


82  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  *  Well,  as  after  my  death  the  command  devolves  on  you  as  mat 
assume  the  command,  and  bear  up  for  the  isle  of  Elba,  disembark 
Porto-Ferrajo,  ask  for  the  grand-marshal,  give  him  this  letter ;  —  per 
haps  he  will  give  you  another  letter,  and  charge  you  with  a  commis 
sion.    You  will  accomplish  the  mission  that  I  was  to  have  done,  and 
derive  all  the  honor  from  it.' 

"  *  I  will  do  it,  captain ;  but,  perhaps,  I  shall  not  be  admitted  to  the 
grand-marshal's  presence  as  easily  as  you  expect  I ' 

"  *  Here  is  a  ring  that  will  obtain  audience  of  him,  and  remove  every 
difficulty,'  said  the  captain.  At  these  words  he  gave  me  a  ring.  It  was 
time ;  —  two  hours  after  he  was  delirious ;  the  next  day  he  died." 

"  And  what  did  you  do  then  f " 

"  What  I  ought  to  have  done,  and  what  every  one  would  have  done  in 
my  place.  Everywhere  the  last  requests  of  a  dying  man  are  sacred ;  but 
with  a  sailor  the  last  requests  of  his  superior  are  commands.  I  sailed  for 
the  isle  of  Elba,  where  I  arrived  the  next  day ;  I  ordered  everybody  to 
remain  on  board,  and  went  on  shore  alone.  As  I  had  expected,  I  found 
some  difficulty  in  obtaining  access  to  the  grand-marshal ;  but  I  sent  the 
ring  I  had  received  as  my  credentials,  and  was  instantly  admitted.  He 
questioned  me  concerning  Captain  Leclere's  death ;  and,  as  the  latter 
had  told  me,  gave  me  a  letter  to  carry  in  person  to  Paris.  I  undertook  it 
because  it  was  what  my  captain  had  bade  me  do.  I  landed  here,  regulated 
the  affairs  of  the  vessel,  and  hastened  to  visit  my  affianced  bride,  whom 
I  found  more  lovely  than  ever.  Thanks  to  M.  Morrel,  all  the  forms 
were  got  over ;  in  a  word,  I  was,  as  I  told  you,  at  my  marriage  feast ; 
and  I  should  have  been  married  in  an  hour,  and  to-morrow  I  intended  to 
start  for  Paris,  when,  on  this  accusation  which  you  now  seem  to  despise 
as  much  as  I  do,  I  was  arrested." 

"  Ah ! "  said  Villefort,  "  this  seems  to  me  the  truth.  If  you  have  been 
culpable,  it  was  imprudence,  and  this  imprudence  was  legitimized  by 
the  orders  of  your  captain.  Give  up  this  letter  you  have  brought  from 
Elba,  and  pass  your  word  you  will  appear  should  you  be  required,  and 
go  and  rejoin  your  friends." 

"  I  am  free,  then,  sir  I "  cried  Dantes,  joyfully. 

"  Yes ;  but  first  give  me  this  letter." 

"  You  have  it  already ;  for  it  was  taken  from  me  with  some  others 
which  I  see  in  that  packet." 

"  Stop  a  moment,"  said  the  deputy,  as  Dantes  took  his  hat  and  gloves. 
"  To  whom  is  it  addressed  ? " 

"  To  Monsieur  Noirtier,  Hue  Coq-Heron,  Paris" 

Had  a  thunder-bolt  fallen  into  the  room,  Villefort  could  not  have 
been  more  stupefied.    He  sank  into  his  seat,  and,  hastily  turning  over 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


83 


the  packet,  drew  forth  the  fatal  letter,  at  which  he  glanced  with  an 
expression  of  terror. 

"  M.  Noirtier,  Rue  Coq-Heron,  No.  13,"  murmured  he,  growing  still 
paler. 


"  Yes,"  said  Dantes  ;  "  do  you  then  know  him  ? " 
"  No,"  replied  Villefort ;  "  a  faithful  servant  of  the  king  does  not  know 
conspirators." 
"  It  is  a  conspiracy,  then  ?  "  asked  Dantes,  who,  after  believing  him- 


84  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

self  free,  now  began  to  feel  a  tenfold  alarm.     "  I  have  already  told  you, 
however,  sir,  I  was  ignorant  of  the  contents  of  the  letter." 

"  Yes,  but  you  knew  the  name  of  the  person  to  whom  it  was  addressed," 
said  Villefort. 

"  I  was  forced  to  read  the  address  to  know  to  whom  to  give  it." 

"  Have  you  shown  this  letter  to  any  one  f "  asked  Villefort,  becoming 
still  more  pale. 

"  To  no  one,  on  my  honor." 

"  Everybody  is  ignorant  that  you  are  the  bearer  of  a  letter  from  the 
isle  of  Elba,  and  addressed  to  M.  Noirtier  !  " 

"  Everybody,  except  the  person  who  gave  it  to  me." 

"  This  is  too  much,"  murmured  Villefort.  Villefort's  brow  darkened 
more  and  more,  his  white  lips  and  clenched  teeth  filled  Dantes  with 
apprehension.  After  reading  the  letter,  Villefort  covered  his  face  with 
his  hands,  and  remained  for  an  instant  overpowered. 

"  Oh  I "  said  Dantes,  timidly,  "  what  is  the  matter  ?  " 

Villefort  made  no  answer,  but  raised  his  head  at  the  expiration  of  a 
few  seconds,  and  again  perused,  the  letter. 

"  You  give  me  your  honor  that  you  are  ignorant  of  the  contents  of 
this  letter  ? " 

"  I  give  you  my  honor,  sir,"  said  Dantes ;  "  but  what  is  the  matter  ? 
You  are  ill ;  —  shall  I  ring  for  assistance  !  —  shall  I  call  ?  " 

"  No,"  said  Villefort,  rising  hastily ;  "  stay  where  you  are.  Don't  say 
a  word !  It  is  for  me  to  give  orders  here,  and  not  you." 

"  Monsieur,"  replied  Dantes,  proudly,  "  it  was  only  to  summon  assist 
ance  for  you." 

"  I  want  none ;  it  was  a  temporary  indisposition.  Attend  to  yourself; 
answer  me." 

Dantes  waited,  expecting  a  question,  but  in  vain.  Villefort  fell  back 
on  his  chair,  passed  his  hand  over  his  brow,  moist  with  perspiration, 
and,  for  the  third  time,  read  the  letter. 

"  Oh !  if  he  knows  the  contents  of  this ! "  murmured  he,  "  and  that 
Noirtier  is  the  father  of  Villefort,  I  am.  lost ! "  And  he  fixed  his  eyes 
upon  Edmond  as  if  he  would  have  penetrated  his  thoughts. 

"  Oh  !  it  is  impossible  to  doubt  it,"  cried  he  suddenly. 

"  In  heaven's  name ! "  cried  the  unhappy  young  man,  "  if  you  doubt 
me,  question  me ;  I  will  answer  you." 

Villefort  made  a  violent  effort,  and  in  a  tone  he  strove  to  render 
firm : 

"  Sir,"  said  he,  "  your  examination  has  resulted  in  very  grave  charges 
against  you.  I  am  no  longer  able,  as  I  had  hoped,  to  restore  you  immedi 
ately  to  liberty;  before  doing  so,  I  must  consult  the  judge  of  instnn-- 
tion ;  but  you  see  how  I  behave  toward  you." 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


85 


"  Oh !  monsieur,  and  I  thank  you,"  cried  Dantes ;  "  you  have  been 
rather  a  friend  than  a  judge." 

"  Well,  I  must  detain  you  some  time  longer,  but  I  will  strive  to  make 
it  as  short  as  possible.  The  principal  charge  against  you  is  this  letter 
and  you  see 


Villefort  approached  the  fire,  cast  it  in,  and  waited  until  it  was 
entirely  consumed. 

"  You  see,  I  destroy  it  ? " 

"  Oh ! "  exclaimed  Dantes,  "  you  are  goodness  itself." 

"  Listen,"  continued  Villefort ;  "  you  can  now  have  confidence  in  me 
after  what  I  have  done." 

"  Oh  !  order  me,  and  I  will  obey." 


si;  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  Listen !  this  is  not  an  order,  but  a  counsel,  T  give  you." 

"  Speak,  and  I  will  follow  your  advice." 

"I  shall  detain  you  until  this  evening  in  the  Palais  de  Justice. 
Should  any  one  else  interrogate  you,  tell  him  all  you  have  told  me,  only 
do  not  breathe  a  word  of  this  letter." 

"  I  promise." 

It  was  Villefort  who  seemed  to  entreat,  and  the  prisoner  who 
re-assured  him. 

"  You  see,"  continued  he,  looking  at  the  ashes  which  still  retained  the 
shape  of  the  paper  and  were  dancing  above  the  flames,  "  the  letter  is 
destroyed;  you  and  I  alone  know  of  its  existence;  should  you,  therefore, 
be  questioned,  deny  all  knowledge  of  it." 

"  Fear  nothing ;  I  will  deny  it." 

"  Good,"  said  Villefort,  laying  his  hand  on  the  bell-rope,  and  then 
checking  himself. 

"  It  was  the  only  letter  you  had  ? " 

"  It  was." 

"  Swear  it." 

"  I  swear  it." 

Villefort  rang.  An  agent  of  police  entered.  Villefort  whispered 
some  words  in  his  ear,  to  which  the  officer  replied  by  a  motion  of  his 
head. 

"  Follow  him,"  said  Villefort  to  Dantes.  Dantes  saluted  Villefort  and 
retired.  Hardly  had  the  door  closed,  than  Villefort  threw  himself 
into  a  chair,  nearly  fainting. 

"  Alas !  alas ! "  murmured  he, "  on  what  chances  life  and  fortune  depend ! 
if  the  procureur  de  roi  had  been  at  Marseilles !  if  the  judge  of  instruction 
had  been  called  instead  of  me,  I  should  have  been  ruined.  This  paper, 
this  accursed  letter,  would  have  destroyed  all  my  hopes.  Oh !  my  father, 
will  you  always  be  an  obstacle  to  my  happiness,  and  have  I  forever  to 
struggle  against  your  past!" 

Suddenly  a  light  seemed  to  pass  over  his  spirit  and  illuminate  his 
face ;  a  smile  played  round  his  mouth,  and  his  lips  became  unclenched, 
and  his  haggard  eyes  seemed  to  pause  on  some  new  thought. 

"  This  will  do,"  said  he,  "  and  from  this  letter,  which  might  have 
ruined  me,  I  will  make  my  fortune." 

And  after  having  assured  himself  the  prisoner  was  gone,  the  deputy 
procureur  hastened  to  the  house  of  his  bride. 


THE   CHATEAU  D'IF. 


CHAPTEE  VIII 

THE    CHATEAU   D'lF 


HE  commissary  of  police,  as  he  traversed  the  antechamber, 
made  a  sign  to  two  gendarmes,  who  placed  themselves  one 
on  Dantes'  right  and  the  other  on  his  left.  A  door  that  com 
municated  with  the  Palais  de  Justice  was  opened,  and  they 
traversed  a  long  range  of  gloomy  corridors,  whose  appearance  might 
have  made  even  the  boldest  shudder.  The  Palais  de  Justice  communi 
cated  with  the  prison, —  a  somber  edifice,  that  from  its  gaping  windows 
looks  on  the  clock-tower  of  the  Accoules  rising  before  it.  After  num 
berless  windings,  Dantes  saw  an  iron  door  and  wicket.  The  commis 
sary  knocked  thrice,  every  blow  seeming  to  Dantes  as  if  struck  on  his 
heart.  The  door  opened,  the  two  gendarmes  gently  pushed  him  for 
ward,  and  the  door  closed  with  a  loud  sound  behind  him.  The  air  he 
inhaled  was  no  longer  pure,  but  thick  and  mephitic, —  he  was  in  prison. 

He  was  conducted  to  a  tolerably  neat  chamber,  but  grated  and 
barred,  and  its  appearance,  therefore,  did  not  greatly  alarm  him; 
besides,  the  words  of  Villefort,  who  seemed  to  interest  himself  so  much, 
resounded  still  in  his  ears  like  a  promise  of  hope.  It  was  four  o'clock 
when  Dantes  was  placed  in  this  chamber.  It  was,  as  we  have  said,  the 
1st  of  March,  and  the  prisoner  was  soon  buried  in  darkness.  The 
obscurity  augmented  the  acuteness  of  his  hearing:  at  the  slightest 
sound  he  rose  and  hastened  to  the  door,  convinced  they  were  about 
to  liberate  him ;  but  the  sound  died  away,  and  Dantes  sank  again  into 
his  seat.  At  last,  about  ten  o'clock,  and  just  as  Dantes  began  to 
despair,  sounds  were  again  heard  and  seemed  to  approach  his  cham 
ber  ;  steps  echoed  in  the  corridor  and  stopped  at  his  door,  a  key  turned 
in  the  lock,  the  bolts  creaked,  the  massy  oaken  door  flew  open,  and  a 
flood  of  light  from  two  torches  pervaded  the  apartment. 

By  the  torchlight  Dantes  saw  the  glittering  sabers  and  carbines  of 


90  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

four  gendarmes.    He  had  advanced  at  first,  but  stopped  at  sight  of  this 
fresh  accession  of  force. 

"  Are  you  come  to  fetch  me  I "  asked  he. 

"  Yes,"  replied  a  gendarme. 

"  By  the  orders  of  the  deputy  of  the  king's  procureur  ?  " 

"  I  believe  so." 

"  Well,"  said  Dantes,  "  I  am  ready  to  follow  you." 

The  conviction  that  they  came  from  M.  de  Villefort  relieved  all 
Dantes'  apprehensions ;  he  advanced  calmly,  and  placed  himself  in  the 
center  of  the  escort.  A  carriage  waited  at  the  street  door,  the  coach 
man  was  on  the  box,  and  an  exempt  seated  behind  him. 

"  Is  this  carriage  for  me  ? "  said  Dantes. 

"  It  is  for  you,"  replied  a  gendarme. 

Dantes  was  about  to  speak,  but  feeling  himself  urged  forward,  and 
having  neither  the  power  nor  the  intention  to  resist,  he  mounted  the 
steps,  and  was  in  an  instant  seated  inside  between  two  gendarmes ;  the 
two  others  took  their  places  opposite,  and  the  carriage  rolled  heavily 
over  the  stones. 

The  prisoner  glanced  at  the  windows  —  they  were  grated ;  he  had 
changed  his  prison  for  another  that  was  conveying  him  he  knew  not 
whither.  Through  the  close-barred  grating,  however,  Dantes  saw  they 
were  passing  through  the  Rue  Caisserie,  and  by  the  Quay  Saint-Laurent 
and  the  Rue  Taramis,  to  the  quay.  Soon  he  saw,  through  the  grating 
of  the  coach  and  the  railing  of  the  edifice,  the  gleam  of  the  lights  of  La 
Consign  e. 

The  carriage  stopped,  the  exempt  descended,  approached  the  guard 
house,  a  dozen  soldiers  came  out  and  formed  themselves  in  order; 
Dantes  saw  the  reflection  of  their  muskets  by  the  light  of  the  lamps  on 
the  quay. 

"  Can  all  this  military  force  be  summoned  on  my  account  ? "  thought  he. 
The  exempt  opened  the  door,  which  was  locked,  and,  without  speak 
ing  a  word,  answered  Dantes'  question;  for  he  saw  between  the  ranks 
of  the  soldiers  a  passage  formed  from  the  carriage  to  the  port.  The  two 
gendarmes  who  were  opposite  to  him  descended  first,  then  he  was 
ordered  to  alight,  and  the  gendarmes  on  each  side  of  him  followed  his 
example.  They  advanced  toward  a  boat,  which  a  custom-house  officer 
held  near  the  quay  by  a  chain. 

The  soldiers  looked  at  Dantes  with  an  air  of  stupid  curiosity.  In 
an  instant  he  was  placed  in  the  stern-sheets  of  the  boat,  between 
the  gendarmes,  whilst  the  exempt  stationed  himself  at  the  bow;  a 
shove  sent  the  boat  adrift,  and  four  sturdy  oarsmen  impelled  it  rapidly 
toward  the  Pilon.  At  a  shout  from  the  boat,  the  chain  that  closes  the 


THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 


91 


mouth  of  the  port  was  lowered,  and  in  a  second  they  were  outside  the 
harbor. 

The  prisoner's  first  feeling  was  joy  at  again  breathing  the  pure  air  — 
for  air  is  freedom,  and  he  eagerly  inhaled  the  fresh  breeze  that  brings 


on  its  wings  all  the  unknown  scents  of  the  night  and  the  sea.  But  he 
soon  sighed,  for  he  passed  before  La  Reserve,  where  he  had  that  morn 
ing  been  so  happy,  and  now  through  the  open  windows  came  the 
laughter  and  revelry  of  a  ball.  Dantes  folded  his  hands,  raised  his 
eyes  to  heaven,  and  prayed  fervently. 


92  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 


The  boat  continued  her  voyage.  They  had  passed  the  Tete  de 
More,  were  now  in  front  of  the  light-house,  and  about  to  double  the  bat 
tery.  This  manoeuvre  was  incomprehensible  to  Dantes. 

"  Whither  are  you  taking  me  I "  asked  he. 

"  You  will  soon  know." 

"But,  still " 

"  We  are  forbidden  to  give  you  any  explanation."  Dantes  was  half  a 
soldier  and  knew  that  nothing  would  be  more  absurd  than  to  question 
subordinates,  who  were  forbidden  to  reply,  and  remained  silent. 

The  most  vague  and  wild  thoughts  passed  through  his  mind.  The 
boat  they  were  in  could  not  make  a  long  voyage ;  there  was  no  vessel 
at  anchor  outside  the  harbor ;  he  thought  perhaps  they  were  going  to 
leave  him  on  some  distant  point  and  tell  him  he  was  free.  He  was  not 
bound,  nor  had  they  made  any  attempt  to  handcuff  him ;  this  seemed  a 
good  augury.  Besides,  had  not  the  deputy,  who  had  been  so  kind  to 
him,  told  him  that,  provided  he  did  not  pronounce  the  dreaded  name  of 
Noirtier,  he  had  nothing  to  apprehend  ?  Had  not  Villefort  in  his  pres 
ence  destroyed  the  fatal  letter,  the  only  proof  against  him  f  He  waited 
silently,  striving  to  pierce  through  the  obscurity  of  the  night  with  his 
sailor's  eye,  accustomed  to  darkness  and  distance. 

They  had  left  the  He  Ratonneau,  where  the  light-house  stood,  on  the 
right,  and  were  now  opposite  the  Point  des  Catalans.  His  eyesight 
redoubled  its  vigor,  and  it  seemed  to  the  prisoner  that  he  could  dis 
tinguish  a  female  form  on  the  beach,  for  it  was  there  Mercedes  dwelt. 
How  was  it  that  a  presentiment  did  not  warn  Mercedes  her  lover  was 
near  her,? 

One  light  alone  was  visible;  and  Dantes  recognized  it  as  coming 
from  the  chamber  of  Mercedes.  She  was  the  only  being  awake  in  the 
little  colony.  A  loud  cry  could  be  heard  by  her.  He  did  not  utter  it. 
A  false  shame  restrained  him.  What  would  his  guards  think  if  they 
heard  him  shout  like  a  madman  1 

He  remained  silent,  his  eyes  fixed  upon  the  light ;  the  boat  went  on, 
but  the  prisoner  only  thought  of  Mercedes.  A  rising  ground  hid  the 
light.  Dantes  turned  and  perceived  that  they  had  got  out  to  sea. 
Whilst  lie  had  been  absorbed  in  thought,  they  had  hoisted  the  sail,  and 
the  bark  was  borne  onward  by  the  wind. 

In  spite  of  his  repugnance  to  address  the  guards,  Dantes  turned  to 
the  nearest  gendarme,  and,  taking  his  hand, 

"  Comrade,"  said  he,  "  I  adjure  you,  as  a  Christian  and  a  soldier,  to  tell 
me  where  we  are  going.  I  am  Captain  Dantes,  a  Ioj7al  Frenchman, 
though  accused  of  I  know  not  what  treason ;  tell  me  where  you  are  con 
ducting  me,  and  I  promise  you,  on  my  honor,  I  will  submit  to  my  fate." 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 


95 


The  gendarme  scratched  his  ear  and  looked  irresolutely  at  his  com 
panion,  who  returned  for  answer  a  sign  that  said,  "  I  see  no  great  harm 
in  telling  him  now,"  and  the  gendarme  replied : 

"  You  are  a  native  of  Marseilles,  and  a  sailor,  and  yet  you  do  not 
know  where  you  are  going  1 " 

"  On  my  honor,  I  have  no  idea." 

"  And  you  cannot  guess  ? " 

"  I  cannot." 

"  That  is  impossible." 

"  I  swear  to  you  it  is  true.    Tell  me,  I  entreat." 

"  But  my  orders." 

"  Your  orders  do  not  forbid  your  telling  me  what  I  must  know  in  ten 
minutes,  in  half  an  hour,  or  an  hour.  You  will  merely  spare  me  ages  of 
uncertainty.  I  ask  you  as  if  you  were  my  friend.  You  see  I  cannot 
escape,  even  if  I  intended." 

"  Unless  you  are  blind,  or  have  never  been  outside  the  harbor,  you 
must  know." 

"  I  do  not." 

"  Look  round  you  then." 

Dantes  rose  and  looked  forward,  when  he  saw  rise  within  a  hundred 
yards  of  him  the  black  and  frowning  rock  on  which  stands  the  Chateau 
d'If. 

This  strange  mass,  this  prison  around  which  such  deep  terror  reigns, 
this  fortress  that  for  three  hundred  years  has  filled  Marseilles  with  its 
gloomy  traditions,  appearing  thus  suddenly  to  Dantes,  who  was  not 
thinking  about  it,  seemed  to  him  what  the  scaffold  seems  to  the  con 
demned  prisoner. 

"  The  Chateau  d'If  1 "  cried  he,  "  what  are  we  going  there  for  I " 
The  gendarme  smiled. 

"  I  am  not  going  there  to  be  imprisoned,"  said  Dantes ;  "it  is  only 
used  for  political  prisoners.  I  have  committed  no  crime.  Are  there 
any  magistrates  or  judges  at  the  Chateau  d'If  1 " 

"  There  are  only,"  said  the  gendarme,  "  a  governor,  a  garrison,  turn 
keys,  and  good  thick  walls.  Come,  come,  do  not  look  so  astonished,  or 
you  will  make  me  think  you  are  laughing  at  me  in  return  for  my  good 
nature." 

Dantes  pressed  the  gendarme's  hand  as  though  he  would  crush  it. 

"  You  think,  then,"  said  he,  "  that  I  am  conducted  to  the  chateau  to 
be  imprisoned  there ! " 

"  It  is  probable ;  but  there  is  no  occasion  to  squeeze  so  hard." 

"  Without  any  further  formality  f  " 

"  All  the  formalities  have  been  gone  through." 


96  THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  In  spite  of  M.  de  Villefort's  promises  I " 

"  I  do  not  know  what  M.  de  Villefort  promised  you,"  said  the  gen 
darme,  "  but  I  know  we  are  taking  you  to  the  Chateau  d'If.  But  what 
are  you  doing  ?  —  Help  !  comrades,  help !  " 

By  a  rapid  movement,  which  the  gendarme's  practiced  eye  had  per 
ceived,  Dantes  sprang  f orward  to  precipitate  himself  into  the  sea ;  but 
four  vigorous  arms  seized  him  as  his  feet  quitted  the  flooring  of  the 
boat.  He  fell  back,  foaming  with  rage. 

"  Good ! "  said  the  gendarme,  placing  his  knee  on  his  chest ;  "  this  is  the 
way  you  keep  your  word  as  a  sailor !  Believe  soft-spoken  gentlemen 
again !  Hark  ye,  my  friend,  I  have  disobeyed  my  first  order,  but  I 
will  not  disobey  the  second ;  and  if  you  move,  I  lodge  a  bullet  in  your 
brain." 

And  he  leveled  his  carbine  at  Dantes,  who  felt  the  muzzle  touch  his 
head. 

For  a  moment  the  idea  of  struggling  crossed  his  mind,  and  of  thus 
ending  the  unexpected  evil  that  had  overtaken  him.  But  just  because 
it  was  unexpected,  he  believed  it  would  not  last  long,  and  he  bethought 
him  of  Villefort's  promise ;  and,  besides,  death  in  a  boat  from  the  hand 
of  a  gendarme  seemed  too  repulsive.  He  remained  motionless,  but 
gnashing  his  teeth  with  fury. 

At  this  moment  a  violent  shock  made  the  bark  tremble.  One  of  the 
sailors  leaped  on  the  rock  which  the  bow  had  just  touched,  a  cord  creaked 
as  it  ran  through  a  pulley,  and  Dantes  guessed  they  were  at  the  end  of 
the  voyage  and  mooring  the  boat. 

His  guardians,  taking  hold  of  his  arms  and  collar,  forced  him  to  rise 
and  land,  and  dragged  him  toward  the  steps  that  lead  to  the  gate  of  the 
fortress,  whilst  the  exempt  followed,  armed  with  a  carbine  and  bayonet. 

Dantes  made  no  resistance ;  he  was  dazed  and  tottering  like  a 
drunken  man;  he  saw  soldiers  who  stationed  themselves  on  the  sides; 
he  felt  himself  forced  up  fresh  stairs ;  he  perceived  he  passed  through  a 
door,  and  the  door  closed  behind  him ;  but  all  this  as  mechanically  as 
through  a  mist,  nothing  distinctly.  He  did  not  even  see  the  sea,  that 
terror  of  prisoners  who  regard  its  expanse  with  the  awful  feeling  that 
they  cannot  cross  it. 

They  halted  for  a  minute,  during  which  he  strove  to  collect  his 
thoughts.  He  looked  around:  he  was  in  a  square  court  surrounded 
by  four  high  walls ;  he  heard  the  measured  tread  of  sentinels,  and  as 
they  passed  before  the  light  reflected  on  the  walls  from  two  or  three 
lamps  in  the  interior  of  the  fortress,  he  saw  the  barrels  of  their  muskets 
shine. 

They  waited  upward  of  ten  minutes.      Certain  Dantes  could  not 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO,  97 

escape,  the  gendarmes  released  him.     They  seemed  awaiting  orders. 
The  orders  arrived. 

"  Where  is  the  prisoner  ? "  said  a  voice. 

"  Here,"  replied  the  gendarmes. 

"  Let  him  follow  me  ;  I  am  going  to  conduct  him  to  his  room." 

"  Gi-o ! "  said  the  gendarmes,  pushing  Dantes. 

The  prisoner  followed  his  conductor,  who  led  him  into  a  room  almost 
under  ground,  whose  bare  and  reeking  walls  seemed  as  though  impreg 
nated  with  tears.  A  lamp  placed  on  a  stool,  its  wick  floating  in  stinking 
fat,  illumined  the  apartment  faintly,  and  showed  Dantes  the  'features 
of  his  conductor,  an  under- jailer,  ill-clothed,  and  of  sullen  appearance. 

"  Here  is  your  chamber  for  to-night,"  said  he.  "  It  is  late,  and  Mon 
sieur  le  Grouverneur  is  asleep.  To-morrow  perhaps,  when  he  awakes 
and  has  examined  the  orders  concerning  you,  he  may  change  you.  In 
the  mean  time  there  are  bread,  water,  and  fresh  straw ;  and  that  is  all  a 
prisoner  can  wish  for.  Good-night." 

And  before  Dantes  could  open  his  mouth,  before  he  had  noticed 
where  the  jailer  placed  his  bread,  or  where  the  water  was,  before  he 
had  glanced  toward  the  corner  where  the  straw  was,  the  jailer  disap 
peared,  taking  with  him  the  lamp,  whose  dull  rays  showed  him  the 
dripping  walls  of  his  prison. 

Dantes  was  alone  in  darkness  and  in  silence,  mute  as  the  vault 
above  him,  and  cold  as  the  shadows  that  fell  on  his  burning  forehead. 
With  the  first  dawn  of  day  the  jailer  returned,  with  orders  to  leave 
Dantes  where  he  was.  He  found  the  prisoner  in  the  same  position,  as 
if  fixed  there  by  an  iron  hand,  his  eyes  swollen  with  weeping.  He  had 
passed  the  night  standing,  and  without  sleep.  The  jailer  advanced; 
Dantes  appeared  not  to  perceive  him.  He  touched  him  on  the  shoulder ; 
Edmond  started. 

"  Have  you  not  slept  1 "  said  the  jailer. 

"  I  do  not  know,"  replied  Dantes. 
The  jailer  stared. 

"  Are  you  hungry  ? "  continued  he. 

"  I  do  not  know." 

"  Do  you  wish  for  anything  ? " 

"  I  wish  to  see  the  governor." 

The  jailer  shrugged  his  shoulders  and  left  the  chamber. 
Dantes  followed  him  with  his  eyes,  and  stretched  forth  his  hands 
toward  the  open  door ;  but  the  door  closed.  All  his  emotion  then  burst 
forth,  tears  streamed  from  his  swollen  lids  in  rivulets ;  he  cast  himself 
on  the  ground,  praying,  recalling  all  his  past  life,  and  asking  himself 
what  crime  he  had  committed  that  he,  still  so  young,  was  thus  punished. 


98  THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

The  day  passed  thus ;  he  scarcely  tasted  food ;  at  times  he  sat  rapt 
in  thought,  at  times  he  walked  round  and  round  the  cell  like  a  wild 
beast  in  its  cage.  One  thought  in  particular  tormented  him, —  namely, 
that  during  his  journey  hither  he  had  sat  so  still,  whereas  he  might, 
a  dozen  times,  have  plunged  into  the  sea,  and,  thanks  to  his  powers  of 
diving,  for  which  he  was  famous,  have  disappeared  beneath  the  water, 
eluded  his  keepers,  have  gained  the  shore,  concealed  himself  until  the 
arrival  of  a  Genoese  or  Spanish  vessel,  and  escaped  to  Spain  or  Italy, 
where  Mercedes  could  have  joined  him.  He  had  no  fears  as  to  how  he 
should  live  —  good  seamen  are  welcome  everywhere.  He  spoke  Italian 
like  a  Tuscan,  and  Spanish  like  a  Castilian ;  he  would  then  have  been 
free  and  happy  with  Mercedes  and  his  father,  for  his  father  must  come 
too,  whereas  he  was  now  confined  in  the  Chateau  d'lf,  ignorant  of  the 
future  destiny  of  his  father  and  Mercedes ;  and  all  this  because  he  had 
trusted  to  ViUefort's  promise.  The  thought  was  maddening,  and  Dantes 
threw  himself  furiously  down  on  his  straw.  The  next  morning  the  jailer 
made  his  appearance. 

u  Well,"  said  the  jailer,  "  are  you  more  reasonable  to-day  f " 
Dantes  made  no  reply. 

"  Come,  take  courage ;  do  you  want  anything  in  my  power  to  do  for 
you?" 

"  I  wish  to  see  the  governor." 

"  I  have  already  told  you  it  was  impossible." 

"Why  so?" 

"  Because  it  is  not  allowed  by  the  rales." 

"  What  is  allowed  then  ? " 

"  Better  fare,  if  you  pay  for  it,  books,  and  leave  to  walk  about." 

"  I  do  not  want  books,  I  am  satisfied  with  my  food,  and  I  do  not  care 
to  walk  about ;  but  I  wish  to  see  the  governor." 

"  If  you  worry  me  by  repeating  the  same  thing,  I  will  not  bring  you 
any  more  to  eat." 

"  Well,  then,"  said  Edmoud,  "  if  you  do  not,  I  shall  die  of  famine  — 
that  is  all." 

The  jailer  saw  by  his  tone  he  would  be  happy  to  die ;  and  as  every 
prisoner  is  worth  sixpence  a  day  to  his  jailer,  the  man,  after  reflecting 
on  the  loss  his  death  would  cause  him,  replied  in  a  more  subdued 
tone : 

•*  What  you  ask  is  impossible.  Do  not  ask  it  again.  The  governor 
never  comes  to  a  prisoner's  cell ;  but  if  you  are  very  well  behaved,  you 
will  be  allowed  to  walk  about,  and  some  day  you  will  meet  the  governor. 
You  can  ask  him,  and  if  he  chooses  to  reply,  that  is  his  affair." 

"  But,"  asked  Dantes,  "  how  long  shall  I  have  to  wait  ? " 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


99 


"  Ah !  a  month  —  six  months  —  a  year." 
"  It  is  too  long  a  time.    I  wish  to  see  him  at  once  " 
<  Ah,"  said  the  jailer,  "do  not  always  brood  over  what  is  impossible 
or  you  will  be  mad  in  a  fortnight."  ' 


"  Yon  think  so  f " 

Yes ;  they  all  begin  in  this  way.  We  have  an  instance  here :  it  was 
by  always  offering  a  million  of  francs  to  the  governor  for  his  liberty 
that  the  abbe  who  was  in  this  chamber  before  you  became  mad." 


100 


cor.\r 


"  How  long  has  he  left  it  ? " 

*'  Two  years." 

"  Was  he  liberated  then  I " 

"  No ;  ho  was  put  in  a  dungeon." 

"  Listen ! "  said  Dantes.     "  I  am  not  an  abbe",  I  am  not  mad;  perhaps 


I  shall  be,  but  at  present,  unfortunately,  I  am  not.  I  will  make  you 
another  offer." 

"What  is  that?" 

"  I  do  not  offer  you  a  million,  because  I  have  it  not ;  but  I  will  give 
you  a  hundred  crowns  if,  the  first  time  you  go  to  Marseilles,  you  will 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  101 

seek  out  a  young  girl  named  Mercedes,  at  the  Catalans,  and  give  her  a 
letter — no,  not  even  a  letter ;  just  two  lines  from  me." 

"  If  I  took  them,  and  were  detected,  I  should  lose  my  place,  which  is 
worth  two  thousand  francs  a  year ;  so  that  I  should  be  a  great  fool  to 
run  such  a  risk  for  three  hundred." 

"  Well,"  said  Dantes,  "  mark  this :  If  you  refuse  to  tell  the  governor 
that  I  wish  to  speak  with  him ;  if  you  refuse  at  least  to  tell  Mercedes  I 
am  here,  I  will  some  day  hide  myself  behind  the  door,  and  when  you 
enter  I  will  dash  out  your  brains  with  this  stool." 

"  Threats ! "  cried  the  jailer,  retreating  and  putting  himself  on  the 
defensive ;  "  you  are  certainly  going  mad.  The  abbe  began  like  you, 
and  in  three  days  you  will  want  a  strait-waistcoat;  but,  fortunately, 
there  are  dungeons  here." 

Dantes  whirled  the  stool  round  his  head. 

"  Oh !  "  said  the  jailer,  "  you  shall  see  the  governor  at  once." 

"  That  is  right,"  returned  Dantes,  dropping  the  stool  and  sitting  on  it 
as  if  he  were  in  reality  mad. 

The  jailer  went  out,  and  returned  in  an  instant  with  a  corporal  and 
four  soldiers. 

"  By  the  governor's  orders,"  said  he,  "  conduct  the  prisoner  to  the 
story  beneath." 

"  To  the  dungeon,  then,"  said  the  corporal. 

"  Yes ;  we  must  put  the  madman  with  the  madmen." 

The  soldiers  seized  Dantes,  who  followed  passively.  He  descended 
fifteen  steps,  and  the  door  of  a  dungeon  was  opened,  and  he .  entered, 
murmuring,  "  He  is  right;  the  madman  with  the  madmen !"  The  door 
closed,  and  Dantes  advanced  with  outstretched  hands  until  he  touched 
the  wall ;  he  then  sat  down  in  the  corner  until  his  eyes  became  accus 
tomed  to  the  darkness.  The  jailer  was  right ;  Dantes  wanted  but  little 
of  being  utterly  mad. 


CHAPTER  IX 


ILLEFORT  had,  as  we  have  said,  hastened  back  to  the  Place 
du  Grand  Cours,  and  on  entering  the  house  found  all  the 
guests  in  the  salon  at  coffee.    Renee  was,  with  all  the  rest 
of  the  company,  anxiously  awaiting  him,  and  his  entrance 
was  followed  by  a  general  exclamation. 

"  Well,  Decapitator,  Guardian  of  the  State,  royalist  Brutus,  what  is 
the  matter  ? "  said  one. 

"  Are  we  threatened  with  a  fresh  Reign  of  Terror  ?  "  asked  another. 
"  Has  the  Corsican  ogre  broke  loose  f  "  cried  the  third. 
"  Madame  la  Marquise,"  said  Villefort,  approaching  his  future  mother- 
in-law,  "  I  request  your  pardon  for  thus  leaving  you.    M.  le  Marquis, 
honor  me  by  a  few  moments'  private  conversation ! " 

"  Ah !  this  affair  is  really  serious,  then  ?  "  asked  the  marquis,  remarking 
the  cloud  on  Villefort's  brow. 

"  So  serious,  that  I  must  take  leave  of  you  for  a  few  days ;  so,"  added 
he,  turning  to  Renee,  "judge  for  yourself  if  it  be  not  important." 

"  You  are  going  to  leave  us  ?  "  cried  Renee,  unable  to  hide  the  emotion 
caused  by  this  unexpected  intelligence. 
"  Alas*! "  returned  Villefort,  "  I  must ! " 
"  Where,  then,  are  you  going  ? "  asked  the  marquise. 
"  That,  madame,  is  the  secret  of  justice ;  but  if  you  have  any  commis 
sions  for  Paris,  a  friend  of  mine  is  going  there  to-night,  and  will  gladly 
fulfill  them." 

The  guests  looked  at  each  other. 
"  You  wish  to  speak  to  me  alone  ? "  said  the  marquis. 
"  Yes ;  let  us  go  into  your  cabinet." 

The  marquis  took  his  arm  and  left  the  salon. 
"  Well ! "  asked  he,  as  soon  as  they  were  in  his  closet,  "  tell  me,  what 
is  it!" 

103 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


103 


"  An  affair  of  the  greatest  importance,  that  demands  my  immediate 
presence  in  Paris.  Now,  excuse  the  indiscretion,  marquis,  but  have  you 
any  funded  property  ?  " 

"  All  my  fortune  is  in  the  funds ; —  six  or  seven  hundred  thousand 
francs." 


"  Then  sell  out  —  sell  out,  marquis,  as  soon  as  you  can." 

"  Eh !  how  can  I  sell  out  here  ? " 

"  You  have  a  broker,  have  you  not  ? " 

"  Yes." 

"  Then  give  me  a  letter  to  him,  and  tell  him  to  sell  out  without  an 
instant's  delay ;  perhaps,  even  now  I  shall  arrive  too  late." 

"  What  say  you  f  "  said  the  marquis,  "  let  us  lose  no  time,  then ! ' 

And,  sitting  down,  he  wrote  a  letter  to  his  broker,  ordering  him  to 
sell  out  at  any  loss. 


104  THE    COUNT    OF   MOXTE-CRI8TO. 

"Now,  then,"  said  Villefort,  placing  the  letter  in  his  pocket-book, 
"  write  another." 

"  To  whom  I " 

"  To  the  king." 

"  I  dare  not  write  to  his  majesty." 

"  I  do  not  ask  you  to  write  to  his  majesty,  but  ask  M.  de  Salvieux  1<> 
do  so.  I  want  a  letter  that  will  enable  me  to  reach  the  king's  ]»IVS<-IKM- 
without  all  the  formalities  of  demanding  an  audience;  that  would 
occasion  a  loss  of  time." 

"  But  address  yourself  to  the  keeper  of  the  seals ;  he  has  the  right  of 
entry,  and  can  procure  you  audience  with  the  king,  day  or  night." 

"  Doubtless  ;  but  there  is  no  occasion  to  divide  the  merit  of  my  di>- 
covery  with  him.  The  keeper  would  leave  me  in  the  background,  and 
take  all  the  honor  to  himself.  I  tell  you,  marquis,  my  fortune  is  made 
if  I  only  reach  the  Tuileries  the  first,  for  the  king  will  not  forget  the 
service  I  do  him." 

"  In  that  case  make  your  preparations,  and  I  will  call  Salvieux  and 
get  him  to  write  the  letter  of  introduction." 

"  Be  as  quick  as  possible ;  I  must  be  en  route  in  a  quarter  of  an  hour." 

"  Make  your  carriage  stop  at  the  door." 

"  You  will  present  my  excuses  to  the  marquise  and  Mademoiselle 
Ren6e,  whom  I  leave  on  such  a  day  with  great  regret." 

"  They  are  both  in  my  room ;  you  can  say  all  this  for  yourself." 

"  A  thousand  thanks  —  busy  yourself  with  the  letter." 
The  marquis  rang,  a  servant  entered. 

"  Inform  the  Count  de  Salvieux  I  am  waiting  for  him." 

"  Now,  then,  go ! "  said  the  marquis  to  Villefort. 

u  I  only  go  for  a  few  moments." 

Villefort  hastily  quitted  the  apartment,  but  reflecting  that  the  sight 
of  the  deputy  procureur  running  through  the  streets  would  be  enough 
to  throw  the  whole  city  into  confusion,  he  resumed  his  ordinary  dig 
nified  pace.  At  his  door  he  perceived  in  the  shade,  as  it  were,  a  wliit»- 
phantom,  erect  and  motionless,  that  seemed  to  wait  for  him.  It  was 
Mercedes,  who,  hearing  no  news  of  her  lover,  had  come  herself  at  nigl it- 
fall  from  the  Pharos  to  inquire  after  him. 

As  Villefort  drew  near,  she  advanced  and  stood  before  him.  Dant« '•> 
had  spoken  of  his  bride,  and  Villefort  instantly  recognized  her.  Her 
beauty  and  high  bearing  surprised  him,  and  when  she  inquired  what 
had  become  of  her  lover,  it  seemed  to  him  that  she  was  the  judge,  and 
he  the  accused. 

"  The  young  man  you  speak  of,"  said  Villefort  abruptly,  "  is  a  great 
criminal,  and  I  can  do  nothing  for  him,  mademoiselle." 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CHI8TO.  105 

Mercedes  burst  into  tears,  and,  as  Villefort  strove  to  pass  her  maun 
addressed  him. 

"  But,  at  least,  tell  me  where  he  is,  that  I  may  learn  if  he  is  alive  or 
dead,"  said  she. 


"  I  do  not  know ;  he  is  no  longer  in  my  hands,"  replied  Villefort. 

And,  desirous  of  putting  an  end  to  the  interview,  he  pushed  by  her, 
and  closed  the  door,  as  if  to  exclude  the  pain  he  felt.  But  remorse  is 
not  thus  banished;  like  the  wounded  hero  of  Virgil,  the  arrow  remained 
in  the  wound,  and  when  he  arrived  at  the  salon  his  limbs  failed  him. 


106  TUE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

Villefort,  in  his  turn,  uttered  a  sigh  that  resembled  a  sob,  and  sank  into 
a  chair. 

At  the  bottom  of  his  diseased  heart,  the  first  roots  of  a  mortal  ulcer 
were  forming.  The  man  he  sacrificed  to  his  ambition,  that  innocent 
victim  he  made  pay  the  penalty  of  his  father's  faults,  appeared  to  him 
pale  and  threatening,  leading  his  affianced  bride  by  the  hand,  and  bring 
ing  with  him  remorse,  not  such  as  the  ancients  figured,  furious  and 
terrible,  but  that  slow  and  consuming  agony  which,  at  times,  strikes  the 
heart  and  lacerates  it  with  recollections  of  past  deeds, — a  laceration 
whose  poignant  pangs  increase  and  deepen  the  evil  till  death  comes. 
Then  he  had  a  moment's  hesitation.  He  had  frequently  called,  without 
any  other  emotion  than  that  of  the  struggle  between  the  prosecution  and 
defense,  for  capital  punishment  on  criminals,  and  owing  to  his  irresisti 
ble  eloquence  they  had  been  condemned,  and  yet  the  slightest  shadow 
of  remorse  had  never  clouded  Villefort's  brow,  because  they  were  guilty, 
or,  at  least,  he  believed  so ;  but  here  the  case  was  different.  He  was 
about  to  send  into  perpetual  imprisonment  an  innocent  man,  an  inno 
cent  man  with  a  happy  future  before  him,  and  was  destroying  not  only 
his  liberty,  but  his  happiness.  In  this  case  he  was  not  the  judge,  but 
the  executioner. 

As  he  thus  reflected,  he  felt  the  sensation  we  have  described,  and 
which  had  hitherto  been  unknown  to  him,  arise  in  his  bosom  and 
fill  him  with  vague  apprehensions.  It  is  thus  that  a  wounded  man 
trembles  instinctively  at  the  approach  of  the  finger  to  his  wound  until 
it  be  healed,  but  Villefort's  was  one  of  those  that  never  close,  or,  if  they 
do,  only  close  to  re-open  more  agonizing  than  ever.  If  at  this  moment 
the  sweet  voice  of  Renee  had  sounded  in  his  ears  pleading  for  mercy,  or 
the  fair  Mercedes  had  entered  and  said,  "  In  the  name  of  God,  I  conjure 
you  to  restore  me  my  affianced  husband,"  his  cold  and  trembling  hands 
would  have  signed  his  release  at  any  risk ;  but  no  voice  broke  the  still 
ness  of  the  chamber,  and  the  door  was  opened  only  by  Villefort's  valet, 
who  came  to  tell  him  the  traveling-carriage  was  in  readiness. 

Villefort  rose,  or  rather  sprang,  from  his  chair,  hastily  opened  one 
of  the  drawers  of  his  secretaire,  emptied  all  the  gold  it  contained  into 
his  pocket,  stood  motionless  an  instant,  his  hand  pressed  to  his  head, 
muttered  a  few  inarticulate  sounds,  and  then,  perceiving  his  servant  had 
placed  his  cloak  on  his  shoulders,  he  sprang  into  the  carriage,  ordering 
the  postilions  to  go,  Rue  du  Grand  Cours,  to  the  house  of  M.  de  Saint- 
Merau. 

The  wretched  Dantes  was  condemned. 

As  the  marquis  had  promised,  Villefort  found  the  marquise  and 
Renee  in  the  parlor.  He  started  when  he  saw  Renee,  for  he  fancied  she 


THE    COUNT    OF    MONTE-CRISTO. 


107 


was  again  about  to  plead  for  Dantes.    Alas  !  she  was  thinking  only  of 
Villefort's  departure. 

She  loved  Yillefort,  and  he  left  her  at  the  moment  he  was  about 
to  become  her  husband.    Villefort  knew  not  when  he  should  return, 


and  Renee,  far  from  pleading  for  Dantes,  hated  the  man  whose  crime 
separated  her  from  her  lover. 

What  had  Mercedes  to  say  1 

Mercedes  had  met  Fernand  at  the  corner  of  the  Rue  de  la  Loge ; 


108  THE    COUNT    OF   MOSTE-CRISTO. 

she  had  returned  to  the  Catalans,  and  had  despairingly  cast  herself  on 
her  couch.  Feruand,  kneeling  by  her  side,  took  her  hand  and  covered 
it  with  kisses  that  Mercedes  did  not  even  feel.  She  passed  the  night 
thus ;  the  lamp  died  out  for  want  of  oil,  she  saw  neither  light  nor  dark, 
and  the  day  returned  without  her  noticing  it.  Grief  had  made  her  blind 
to  all  but  one  object  —  that  was  Edmond. 
"  Ah !  you  are  there,"  said  she,  at  length. 

"  I  have  not  quitted  you  since  yesterday,"  returned  Fernand  sorrow 
fully. 

M.  Morrel  had  learned  that  Dantes  had  been  conducted  to  prison, 
and  he  had  gone  to  all  his  friends  and  the  influential  persons  of  the 
city,  but  the  report  was  already  in  circulation  that  Dantes  was  arrested 
as  a  Bonapartist  agent;  and  as  the  most  sanguine  looked  upon  any 
attempt  of  Napoleon  to  remount  the  throne  as  impossible,  he  met  with 
nothing  but  coldness,  alarm,  and  refusal,  and  had  returned  home  in 
despair,  confessing  that  Dantes  was  in  a  dangerous  position,  beyond 
his  aid. 

Caderousse  was  equally  restless  and  uneasy,  but,  instead  of  seeking 
to  aid  Dantes,  he  had  shut  himself  up  with  two  bottles  of  wine,  in  the 
hope  of  drowning  reflection.  But  he  did  not  succeed,  and  became  too 
intoxicated  to  fetch  any  more  wine,  and  yet  not  so  intoxicated  as  to  for 
get  what  had  happened,  and  as  he  leaned  on  his  shaky  table,  opposite 
his  two  empty  bottles,  he  saw  in  the  flare  of  his  dull  candle  all  the 
specters  of  Hoffmann's  punch-inspired  tales. 

Danglars  alone  was  content  and  joyous  —  he  had  got  rid  of  an  enemy 
and  preserved  his  situation  on  board  the  Pharaon.  Danglars  was  one 
of  those  men  born  with  a  pen  behind  the  ear  and  an  inkstand  in  place 
of  a  heart.  Everything  with  him  was  multiplication  or  subtraction, 
and  he  estimated  the  life  of  a  man  as  less  precious  than  a  figure,  when 
that  figure  could  increase,  and  that  life  would  diminish,  the  total  of  the 
amount. 

Villefort,  after  having  received  M.  de  Salvieux's  letter,  embraced 
Renee,  kissed  the  marquise's  hand,  and  shaken  hands  with  the  marquis, 
started  for  Paris. 

Old  Dantes  was  dying  with  anxiety,  and,  as  regards  Edmond,  we 
know  what  had  become  of  him. 


CHAPTER  X 

THE    SMALL    CABINET    OF    THE    TUILERIES 


E  will  leave  Villef  ort  on  the  road  to  Paris,  traveling  with  all 
speed,  and,  penetrating  the  two  or  three  apartments  which 
precede  it,  enter  the  small  cabinet  of  the  Tuileries  with  the 
arched  window,  so  well  known  as  having  been  the  favorite 
cabinet  of  Napoleon  and  Louis  XVIII.,  as  also  that  of  Louis  Philippe. 

There,  in  this  closet,  seated  before  a  walnut-tree  table  he  had  brought 
with  him  from  Hartwell,  and  to  which,  from  one  of  those  fancies  not 
uncommon  to  great  people,  he  was  particularly  attached,  the  king,  Louis 
XVIII.,  was  carelessly  listening  to  a  man  of  fifty  or  fifty-two  years  of 
age,  with  gray  hairs,  aristocratic  bearing,  and  exceedingly  gentlemanly 
attire,  whilst  he  was  making  a  note  in  a  volume  of  Horace,  Gryphius's 
edition, —  a  bad  one,  but  precious, — which  was  much  indebted  to  the 
sagacious  observations  of  the  philosophical  monarch. 

"  You  say,  sir, "  said  the  king. 

"  That  I  am  exceedingly  disquieted,  sire." 

"  Really,  have  you  had  a  visit  of  the  seven  fat  kine  and  seven  lean 
kine  I " 

"  No,  sire,  for  that  would  only  betoken  for  us  seven  years  of  plenty 
and  seven  years  of  scarcity ;  and  with  a  king  as  full  of  foresight  as  your 
majesty,  scarcity  is  not  a  thing  to  be  feared." 

"  Then  of  what  other  scourge  are  you  afraid,  my  dear  Blacas  ? n 
"  Sire,  I  have  every  reason  to  believe  that  a  storm  is  brewing  in  the 
south." 

"  Well,  my  dear  duke,"  replied  Louis  XVIII.,  "  I  think  you  are  wrongly 
informed,  and  know  positively  that,  on  the  contrary,  it  is  very  fine 
weather  in  that  direction." 

Man  of  ability  as  he  was,  Louis  XVIII.  liked  a  pleasant  jest, 
"  Sire,"  continued  M.  de  Blacas,  "  if  it  only  be  to  re-assure  a  faithful 

109 


110  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

servant,  will  your  majesty  send  into  Languedoc,  Provence,  and  Dau- 
phine  trusty  men  who  will  bring  you  back  a  faithful  report  as  to  the 
feeling  in  these  three  provinces  ? " 

Caninius  surtUs,  replied  the  king,  continuing  the  annotations  in  his 
Horace. 

**  Sire,"  replied  the  courtier,  laughing,  in  order  that  he  might  seem  to 
comprehend  the  quotation,  "your  majesty  may  be  perfectly  right  in 
relying  on  the  good  feeling  of  France,  but  I  fear  I  am  not  altogether 
wrong  in  dreading  some  desperate  attempt." 

"  By  whom  ? " 

"  By  Bonaparte,  or,  at  least,  his  party." 

"  My  dear  Blacas,"  said  the  king,  "  you  with  your  alarms  prevent  me 
from  working." 

"  And  you,  sire,  prevent  me  from  sleeping  with  your  security." 

"  Wait,  my  dear  sir,  wait  a  moment ;  for  I  have  such  a  delightful  note 
on  the  Pastor  qmun  trahcret  —  wait,  and  I  will  listen  to  you  afterward." 
There  was  a  brief  pause,  during  which  Louis  XVIII.  wrote,  in  a  hand 
as  small  as  possible,  another  note  on  the  margin  of  his  Horace,  and  then, 
looking  at  the  duke  with  the  air  of  a  man  who  thinks  he  has  an  idea  of 
his  own,  whilst  he  is  but  commenting  upon  the  idea  of  another,  he  said : 

"  Go  on,  my  dear  duke,  go  on — I  listen." 

"  Sire,"  said  Blacas,  who  had  for  a  moment  the  hope  of  sacrificing 
Villefort  to  his  own  profit,  "  I  am  compelled  to  tell  you  that  these  are 
not  mere  rumors  destitute  of  foundation  which  thus  disquiet  me ;  but  a 
reflective  man,  deserving  all  my  confidence,  and  charged  by  me  to  watch 
over  the  south  "  (the  duke  hesitated  as  he  pronounced  these  words),  "  has 
arrived  post  to  tell  me  a  great  peril  threatens  the  king,  and  then  I  hastened 
to  you,  sire." 

J/rt/rt  duels  avi  domum,  continued  Louis  XVIII.,  still  annotating. 

"  Does  your  majesty  wish  me  to  cease  as  to  this  subject  f " 

"  By  no  means,  dear  duke ;  but  just  stretch  out  your  hand." 

"Which?" 

"  Whichever  you  please  —  there  to  the  left." 

"  Here,  sire  ?  " 

"  I  tell  you  to  the  left,  and  you  seek  the  right ;  I  mean  on  my  right  — 
yes,  there.  You  will  find  the  report  of  the  minister  of  police  of  yester 
day.  But  here  is  M.  Dandre  himself."  And  M.  Dandre,  announced  by 
the  chamberlain-in-waiting,  entered. 

"  Did  you  not  say  M.  Dandre  ? "  said  the  king  to  the  servant  who 
announced  the  minister  of  police. 

"  Yes,  sire,  the  Baron  Dandre,"  the  man  replied. 

"Of  course,  the  Baron,"  said  Louis  XVIII.,  with  an  imperceptible 


THE   COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

smile,  "  come  in,  baron,  and  tell  the  duke  all  you  know  —  the  latest  news 
of  M.  de  Bonaparte;  do  not  conceal  anything,  however  serious, —  let  us 
see,  the  island  of  Elba  is  a  volcano,  and  we  may  expect  to  have  issuing 
thence  flaming  and  bristling  war  —  bella,  Jiorrida  bella." 

M.  Dandre  leaned  very  respectfully  on  the  back  of  a  chair  with  his 
two  hands,  and  said : 

"  Has  your  majesty  perused  yesterday's  report  1 " 

"  Yes,  yes ;  but  tell  the  count  himself,  who  cannot  find  anything,  what 
the  report  contains  —  give  him  the  particulars  of  what  the  usurper  is 
doing  in  his  islet." 

"  Monsieur,"  said  the  baron  to  the  count,  "  all  the  servants  of  his 
majesty  must  approve  of  the  latest  intelligence  which  we  have  from  the 

island  of  Elba.    Bonaparte " 

M.  Dandre  looked  at  Louis  XVIII.,  who,  employed  in  writing  a  note, 
did  not  even  raise  his  head.  "Bonaparte,"  continued  the  baron,  "is 
mortally  wearied,  and  passes  whole  days  in  watching  his  miners  at 
work  at  Porto  Longone." 

"And  scratches  himself  for  amusement,"  added  the  king. 

"  Scratches  himself  ? "  inquired  the  count ;  "  what  does  your  majesty 
mean?" 

"  Yes,  indeed,  my  dear  count.  Did  you  forget  that  this  great  man, 
this  hero,  this  demi-god,  is  attacked  with  a  malady  of  the  skin  which 
worries  him  to  death,  pmrigo  f  " 

"  And,  moreover,  M.  le  Comte,"  continued  the  minister  of  police,  "  we 
are  almost  assured  that,  in  a  very  short  time,  the  usurper  will  be  insane." 

"Insane?" 

"  Insane  to  a  degree ;  his  head  becomes  weaker.  Sometimes  he  weeps 
bitterly,  sometimes  laughs  boisterously ;  at  other  times  he  passes  hours 
on  the  sea-shore,  flinging  stones  in  the  water,  and  when  the  flint  makes 
*  duck-and-drake '  five  or  six  times,  he  appears  as  delighted  as  if  he  had 
gained  another  Marengo  or  Austerlitz.  Now,  you  must  agree  these  are 
indubitable  symptoms  of  weakness  ? " 

"  Or  of  wisdom,  M.  le  Baron  —  or  of  wisdom,"  said  Louis  XVIII., 
laughing ;  "  the  greatest  captains  of  antiquity  recreated  themselves  with 
casting  pebbles  into  the  ocean  —  see  Plutarch's  life  of  Scipio  Africanus." 
M.  de  Blacas  pondered  deeply  on  this  blind  repose  of  monarch  and 
minister.  Villefort,  who  did  not  choose  to  reveal  the  whole  secret,  lest 
another  should  reap  all  the  benefit  of  the  disclosure,  had  yet  communi 
cated  enough  to  cause  him  the  greatest  uneasiness. 

"Well,  well,  Dandre,"  said  Louis  XVIIL,    "Blacas  is  not  yet  con 
vinced  ;  let  us  proceed,  therefore,  to  the  usurper's  conversion." 
The  minister  of  police  bowed. 


112  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  The  usurper's  conversion ! "  murmured  the  count,  looking  at  the 
king  and  Dandre,  who  spoke  alternately,  like  Virgil's  shepherds.  "  The 
usurper  converted!" 

"  Decidedly,  my  dear  count." 

"  In  what  way  converted  f " 

"  To  good  principles.    Explain  all  about  it,  baron." 

"  Why,  this  it  is,  M.  le  Comte,"  said  the  minister,  with  the  gravest  air 
in  the  world :  "  Napoleon  lately  had  a  review,  and  as  two  or  three  of  his 
old  grumblers,  as  he  calls  them,  testified  a  desire  to  return  to  France, 
he  gave  them  their  dismissal,  and  exhorted  them  to  '  serve  their  good 
king.'  These  were  his  own  words,  M.  le  Comte ;  I  am  certain  of  that." 

"  Well,  Blacas,  what  think  you  of  this  ?  "  inquired  the  king  triumph 
antly,  and  pausing  for  a  moment  from  the  voluminous  scholiast  before 
him. 

"  I  say,  sire,  that  M.  the  minister  of  police  or  I  am  greatly  deceived ; 
and  as  it  is  impossible  it  can  be  the  minister  of  police,  as  he  has  the 
guardianship  of  the  safety  and  honor  of  your  majesty,  it  is  probable  I 
am  in  error.  However,  sire,  if  I  might  advise,  your  majesty  will  inter 
rogate  the  person  of  whom  I  spoke  to  you,  and  I  will  even  urge  your 
majesty  to  do  him  this  honor." 

"  Most  willingly,  count ;  under  your  auspices  I  will  receive  any  per 
son  you  please,  but  with  arms  in  hand.  M.  le  Ministre,  have  you  any 
report  more  recent  than  this,  dated  the  20th  February,  and  this  is  the 
3d  of  March?" 

"  No,  sire,  but  I  am  hourly  expecting  one ;  it  may  have  arrived  since 
I  left  my  office." 

"  Go  thither,  and  if  there  be  none — weU,  well,"  continued  Louis  XVIII., 
laughing,  "  make  one ;  that  is  the  usual  way,  is  it  not  ? " 

"  Oh,  sire,"  replied  the  minister,  "  we  have  no  occasion  to  invent  any: 
every  day  our  desks  are  loaded  with  most  circumstantial  denunciations, 
coming  from  crowds  of  individuals  who  hope  for  some  return  for  ser 
vices  which  they  seek  to  render,  but  cannot ;  they  trust  to  fortune,  and 
rely  that  some  unexpected  event  will  give  a  kind  of  reality  to  their  pre 
dictions." 

"  Well,  sir,  go,"  said  Louis  XVIII.,  "  and  remember  that  I  am  wait 
ing  for  you." 

"  I  will  but  go  and  return,  sire ;  I  shall  be  back  in  ten  minutes." 

"  And  I,  sire,"  said  M.  de  Blacas,  "  will  go  and  find  my  messenger." 

"  Wait,  sir,  wait,"  said  Louis  XVIII.  "  Really,  M.  de  Blacas,  I  must 
change  your  armorial  bearings;  I  will  give  you  an  eagle  with  out 
stretched  wings,  holding  in  its  claws  a  prey  which  tries  in  vain  l<> 
escape,  and  bearing  this  device  — Tenax." 


I 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 


113 


"  Sire,  I  listen,"  said  de  Blacas,  biting  his  nails  with  impatience. 

"I  wish  to  consult  you  on  this  passage,  Molli  fwjis  anhelitu;  you 
know  it  refers  to  a  stag  flying  from  a  wolf.  Are  you  not  a  sportsman 
and  a  great  wolf -hunter  ?  Well,  then,  what  do  you  think  of  the  molli 
anhelitu?" 


Baron  Dandr6. 


"  Admirable,  sire ;  but  my  messenger  is  like  the  stag  you  refer  to,  for 
he  has  posted  two  hundred  and  twenty  leagues  in  little  more  than  three 
days." 

"  Which  is  undergoing  great  fatigue  and  anxiety,  my  dear  count,  when 


114  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CEISTO. 

we  have  a  telegraph  which  corresponds  in  three  or  four  hours,  and  that 
without  putting  it  the  least  in  the  world  out  of  breath." 

"  Ah,  sire,  you  recompense  but  badly  this  poor  young  man,  who  has 
come  so  far,  and  with  so  much  ardor,  to  give  your  majesty  useful  infor 
mation.  If  only  for  the  sake  of  M.  de  Salvieux,  who  recommends  him 
to  me,  I  entreat  your  majesty  to  receive  him  graciously." 

"  M.  de  Salvieux,  my  brother's  chamberlain  ?  " 

"  Yes,  sire." 

"  He  is  at  Marseilles." 

"  And  writes  me  thence." 

"  Does  he  speak  to  you  of  this  conspiracy ! " 

"  No,  but  strongly  recommends  M.  de  Villefort,  and  begs  me  to  pre 
sent  him  to  your  majesty." 

"  M.  de  Villefort ! "  cried  the  king ;  "  is  the  messenger's  name  M.  de 
Villefort?" 

"  Yes,  sire." 

"  And  he  comes  from  Marseilles  ?  " 

"  In  person." 

"  Why  did  you  not  mention  his  name  at  once  ? "  replied  the  king, 
betraying  some  uneasiness. 

"  Sire,  I  thought  his  name  was  unknown  to  your  majesty." 

"  No,  no,  Blacas ;  he  is  a  man  of  strong  and  elevated  understanding, 
ambitious  too,  and,  pardieu  !  you  know  his  father's  name ! " 

"His  father?" 

"  Yes,  Noirtier." 

"  Noirtier  the  Grirondin  ?  —  Noirtier  the  senator  ? " 

"  He  himself." 

"  And  your  majesty  has  employed  the  son  of  such  a  man  ?  " 

"  Blacas,  my  friend,  you  have  but  limited  comprehension.  I  told  you 
Villefort  was  ambitious,  and  to  attain  this  ambition  Villefort  would 
sacrifice  everything,  even  his  father." 

"  Then,  sire,  may  I  present  him  ? " 

"  This  instant,  count !    Where  is  he  ? " 

"  Waiting  below,  in  my  carriage." 

"  Seek  him  at  once." 

"  I  hasten  to  do  so." 

The  count  left  the  royal  presence  with  the  speed  of  a  young  man  : 
his  really  sincere  royalism  made  him  youthful  again.  Louis  XVIII. 
remained  alone,  and,  turning  his  eyes  on  his  half-opened  Horace,  mut 
tered  : 

Justum  et  tenacem  propositi  virum. 

M.  de  Blacas  returned  with  the  same  rapidity  he  had  descended,  but 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  115 

in  the  antechamber  he  was  forced  to  appeal  to  the  king's  authority. 
Villefort's  dusty  garb,  his  costume,  which  was  not  of  courtly  cut,  excited 
the  susceptibility  of  M.  de  Breze,  who  was  all  astonishment  at  finding 
that  this  young  man  had  the  pretension  to  enter  before  the  king  in  such 
attire.  The  count,  however,  superseded  all  difficulties  with  a  word  — 
"  His  majesty's  order,"  and,  in  spite  of  the  observations  which  the  mas 
ter  of  the  ceremonies  made  for  the  honor  of  his  office  and  principles, 
Villefort  was  introduced. 

The  king  was  seated  in  the  same  place  where  the  count  had  left  him. 
On  opening  the  door,  Villefort  found  himself  facing  him,  and  the  young 
magistrate's  first  impulse  was  to  pause. 

"  Come  in,  M.  de  Villefort,"  said  the  king,  "  come  in." 

Villefort  bowed,  and,  advancing  a  few  steps,  waited  until  the  king 
should  interrogate  him. 

"  M.  de  Villefort,"  said  Louis  XVIII.,  "  the  Count  de  Blacas  assures 
me  you  have  some  interesting  information  to  communicate." 

"  Sire,  the  count  is  right,  and  I  believe  your  majesty  will  think  it 
equally  important." 

"  In  the  first  place,  and  before  everything  else,  sir,  is  the  bad  news  as 
great  in  your  opinion  as  it  is  wished  to  make  me  believe  1 " 

"  Sire,  I  believe  it  to  be  most  urgent,  but  I  hope,  by  the  speed  I  have 
used,  that  it  is  not  irreparable." 

"  Speak  as  fully  as  you  please,  sir,"  said  the  king,  who  began  to  give 
way  to  the  emotion  which  had  changed  the  face  of  M.  de  Blacas  and 
affected  Villefort's  voice.  "  Speak,  sir,  and  pray  begin  at  the  beginning ; 
I  like  order  in  everything." 

"  Sire,"  said  Villefort,  "  I  will  render  a  faithful  report  to  your  majesty, 
but  I  must  entreat  your  forgiveness  if  my  anxiety  creates  some  obscurity 
in  my  language." 

A  glance  at  the  king  after  this  discreet  and  subtle  exordium  assured 
Villefort  of  the  benignity  of  his  august  auditor,  and  he  continued: 

"  Sire,  I  have  come  as  rapidly  to  Paris  as  possible,  to  inform  your 
majesty  that  I  have  discovered,  in  the  exercise  of  my  duties,  not  a  com 
monplace  and  insignificant  plot,  such  as  is  every  day  got  up  in  the  lower 
ranks  of  the  people  and  in  the  army,  but  an  actual  conspiracy  —  a  storm 
which  menaces  no  less  than  the  throne  of  your  majesty.  Sire,  the 
usurper  is  arming  three  ships ;  he  meditates  some  project,  which,  how 
ever  mad,  is  yet,  perhaps,  terrible.  At  this  moment  he  will  have  left 
Elba,  to  go  whither  I  know  not,  but  assuredly  to  attempt  a  landing 
either  at  Naples  or  on  the  coast  of  Tuscany,  or  perhaps  on  the  shore  of 
France.  Your  majesty  is  well  aware  that  the  sovereign  of  the  isle  of 
Elba  has  maintained  his  relations  with  Italy  and  France  ? " 


THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRI8TO. 

"  I  am,  sir,"  said  the  king,  much  agitated ;  "  and  recently  we  have  had 
information  that  the  Bouapartist  clubs  have  had  meetings  in  the  Rue 
Saint-Jacques.  But  proceed,  I  beg  of  you.  How  did  you  obtain  these 
details  f " 

"  Sire,  they  are  the  results  of  an  examination  which  I  have  made  of  a 
man  of  Marseilles,  whom  I  have  watched  for  some  time,  and  arrested  on 
the  day  of  my  departure.  This  person,  a  sailor,  of  turbulent  character, 
and  whom  I  suspected  of  Bonapartism,  has  been  secretly  to  the  isle  of 
Elba.  There  he  saw  the  grand-marshal,  who  charged  him  with  a  verbal 
mission  to  a  Bouapartist  in  Paris,  whose  name  I  could  not  extract  from 
him ;  but  this  mission  was  to  prepare  men's  minds  for  a  return  (it  is  the 
man  who  says  this,  sire)  —  a  return  which  will  soon  occur." 

"  And  where  is  this  man  ?  " 

"  In  prison,  sire." 

"  And  the  matter  seems  serious  to  you  ?  " 

"  So  serious,  sire,  that  when  the  circumstance  surprised  me  in  the 
midst  of  a  family  festival,  on  the  very  day  of  my  betrothal,  I  left  my 
bride  and  friends,  postponing  everything,  that  I  might  hasten  to  lay  at 
your  majesty's  feet  the  fears  that  impressed  me,  and  the  assurance  of 
my  devotion." 

"  True,"  said  Louis  XVIII.,  "  was  there  not  a  marriage  engagement 
between  you  and  Mademoiselle  de  Saint-Meran  ?  " 

"  Daughter  of  one  of  your  majesty's  most  faithful  servants." 

"Yes, 'yes;  but  let  us  talk  of  this  plot,  M.  de  Villefort." 

"  Sire,  I  fear  it  is  more  than  a  plot ;  I  fear  it  is  a  conspiracy." 

"  A  conspiracy  in  these  times,"  said  Louis  XVIII.,  smiling,  "  is  a  thing 
very  easy  to  meditate,  but  more  difficult  to  conduct  to  an  end ;  inasmuch 
as,  reestablished  so  recently  on  the  throne  of  our  ancestors,  we  have  our 
eyes  open  at  once  upon  the  past,  the  present,  and  the  future.  For  the 
last  ten  months  my  ministers  have  redoubled  their  vigilance,  in  order  to 
watch  the  shore  of  the  Mediterranean.  If  Bonaparte  landed  at  Naples," 
the  whole  coalition  would  be  on  foot  before  he  could  even  reach  Piom- 
bino ;  if  he  land  in  Tuscany,  he  will  be  in  an  unfriendly  territory ;  if 
he  land  in  France,  it  must  be  with  a  handful  of  men,  and  the  result  of 
that  is  easily  foretold,  execrated  as  he  is  by  the  population.  Take 
courage,  sir ;  but  at  the  same  time  rely  on  our  royal  gratitude." 

"  Ah,  here  is  M.  Dandre  ? "  cried  de  Blacas. 

At  this  instant  the  minister  of  police  appeared  at  the  door,  pale, 
trembling,  and  as  if  ready  to  faint. 

Villefort  was  about  to  retire,  but  M.  de  Blacas,  taking  his  huiid, 
restrained  him. 


CHAPTER    XI 


THE    OGEE    OF    CORSICA 


T  the  sight  of  this  agitation  Louis  XVIII.  pushed  from  him 
violently  the  table  at  which  he  was  writing. 

"  What  ails  you,  M.  le  Baron  ? "  he  exclaimed.  "  You 
appear  quite  aghast.  This  trouble  —  this  hesitation  —  have 
they  anything  to  do  with  what  M.  de  Blacas  has  told  me,  and  M.  de 
Villefort  has  just  confirmed  I " 

M.  de  Blacas  moved  suddenly  toward  the  baron,  but  the  fright  of 
the  courtier  precluded  the  triumph  of  the  statesman ;  and  besides,  as 
matters  were,  it  was  much  more  to  his  advantage  that  the  prefect  of 
police  should  triumph  over  him  than  that  he  should  humiliate  the 
prefect. 

"  Sire, "  stammered  the  baron. 

"  Well,  what  is  it  ? "  asked  Louis  XVIII. 

The  minister  of  police,  giving  way  to  an  impulse  of  despair,  was 
about  to  throw  himself  at  the  feet  of  Louis  XVIII.,  who  retreated  a 
step  and  frowned. 

"  Will  you  speak  ? "  he  said. 

"  Oh !  sire,  what  a  dreadful  misfortune !  I  am,  indeed,  to  be  pitied. 
I  can  never  forgive  myself ! " 

"  Monsieur,"  said  Louis  XVIII.,  "  I  command  you  to  speak." 

"  Well,  sire,  the  usurper  left  Elba  on  the  26th  of  February,  and  landed 
on  the  1st  of  March.  " 

"  And  where  I     In  Italy ! "  asked  the  king  eagerly. 

"  In  France,  sire,—  at  a  small  port,  near  Antibes,  in  the  Gulf  of  Juan." 

"  The  usurper  landed  in  France,  near  Antibes,  in  the  Gulf  of  Juan, 
two  hundred  and  fifty  leagues  from  Paris,  on  the  1st  of  March,  and  you 
only  acquired  this  information  to-day,  the  3d  of  March !  WeU,  sir,  what 

119 


120  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CJtIHTO. 

you  tell  me  is  impossible.  You  must  have  received  a  false  report,  or 
you  have  gone  mad." 

"  Alas !  sire,  it  is  but  too  true ! n 

Louis  made  a  gesture  of  indescribable  anger  and  alarm,  and  then 
drew  himself  up  as  if  this  sudden  blow  had  struck  him  at  the  same 
moment  in  heart  and  countenance. 

"  In  France  ! "  he  cried,  "  the  usurper  in  France !  Then  they  did  not 
watch  over  this  man.  Who  knows  !  they  were,  perhaps,  in  league  with 
him." 

"  Oh,  sire ! "  exclaimed  the  Comte  de  Blacas,  "  M.  Dandre  is  not  a 
man  to  be  accused  of  treason !  Sire,  we  have  all  been  blind,  and  the 
minister  of  police  has  shared  the  general  blindness ;  that  is  all." 

"  But "  said   Villefort,   and   then,   suddenly   checking   himself, 

he  was  silent ;  then  he  continued.  "  Your  pardon,  sire,"  he  said,  bow 
ing,  "  my  zeal  carried  me  away.  Will  your  majesty  deign  to  excuse 
me?" 

"  Speak,  sir,  speak  boldly,"  replied  Louis.  "  You  alone  forewarned  us 
of  the  evil ;  now  tiy  and  aid  us  with  the  remedy ! " 

"  Sire,"  said  Villefort,  "  the  usurper  is  detested  in  the  south ;  and  it 
seems  to  me  that  if  he  ventured  into  the  south,  it  would  be  easy  to  raise 
Languedoc  and  Provence  against  him." 

"  Yes,  assuredly,"  replied  the  minister ;  "  but  he  is  advancing  by  Gap 
and  Sisteron." 

"Advancing!  he  is  advancing!"  said  Louis  XVIII.  "Is  he  tlim 
advancing  on  Paris  I "  The  minister  of  police  kept  a  silence  which  was 
equivalent  to  a  complete  avowal. 

"  And  Dauphine,  sir  ?  "  inquired  the  king  of  Villefort.  "  Do  you  think 
it  possible  to  rouse  that  as  well  as  Provence  ?  " 

"  Sire,  I  am  sorry  to  tell  your  majesty  a  cruel  fact ;  but  the  feeling  in 
Dauphine  is  far  from  resembling  that  of  Provence  or  Languedoc.  The 
mountaineers  are  Bonapartists,  sire." 

"Then,"  murmured  Louis,  "he  was  well  informed.  And  how  many 
men  had  he  with  him  f  " 

"  I  do  not  know,  sire,"  answered  the  minister  of  police. 

"  What !  you  do  not  know?  Have  you  neglected  to  obtain  informa 
tion  of  this  circumstance !  It  is  time  this  is  of  small  importance,"  he 
added,  with  a  withering  smile. 

"  Sire,  it  was  impossible  to  learn ;  the  dispatch  simply  stated  the  fact 
of  the  landing  and  the  route  taken  by  the  usurper." 

"  And  how  did  this  dispatch  reach  you  ?  "  inquired  the  king. 

The  minister  bowed  his  head,  and  whilst  a  deep  color  overspread  his 
cheeks,  he  stammered  out : 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 

"By  the  telegraph,  sire."  Louis  XVIII.  advanced  a  step,  and  folded 
his  arms  over  his  chest  as  Napoleon  would  have  done 

"  So  then !  "he  exclaimed,  turning  pale  with  anger,  "  seven  contained 
and  allied  amnes  overthrew  that  man.  A  miracle  of  Heaven  replaced  me 


•  i  >  -  - 
'\ 


M.  de  Blacas. 


on  the  throne  of  my  fathers  after  five-and-twenty  years  of  exile.  I  have, 

Ting  those  five-and-twenty  years,  studied,  sounded,  analyzed  the  men 

id  thmgs  of  that  France  which  was  promised  to  me;  and  when  I  have 

Stained  the  end  of  all  my  wishes,  the  power  I  hold  in  my  hands  bursts 

and  shatters  me  to  atoms !  " 


122  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 

"  Sire,  it  is  fatality ! "  murmured  the  minister,  feeling  that  such  a 
pressure,  however  light  for  destiny,  was  sufficient  to  overwhelm  a 

man. 

"  What  our  enemies  say  of  us  is  then  true.  We  have  learned  noth 
ing,  forgotten  nothing !  If  I  were  betrayed  as  he  was,  I  would  console 
myself ;  but  to  be  in  the  midst  of  persons  elevated  by  myself  to  dignities, 
who  ought  to  watch  over  me  more  preciously  than  over  themselves ;  for 
my  fortune  is  theirs !  —  before  me  they  were  nothing  —  after  me  they  will 
be  nothing,  and  perish  miserably  from  incapacity  —  ineptitude  !  Oh,  yes, 
sir !  you  are  right  —  it  is  fatality ! " 

The  minister  was  bowed  beneath  this  crushing  sarcasm.  M.  de  Blacas 
wiped  the  moisture  from  his  brow.  Villefort  smiled  within  himself,  for 
he  felt  his  increased  importance. 

"  To  fall ! "  continued  King  Louis,  who  at  the  first  glance  had  sounded 
the  abyss  on  which  the  monarchy  hung  suspended, — "  to  fall,  and  learn 
that  fall  by  the  telegraph !  Oh  !  I  would  rather  mount  the  scaffold  of  my 
brother,  Louis  XVI.,  than  thus  descend  the  staircase  of  the  Tuileries 
driven  away  by  ridicule.  Ridicule,  sir  —  why,  you  know  not  its  power 
in  France,  and  yet  you  ought  to  know  it ! " 

"  Sire,  sire,"  murmured  the  minister,  "  for  pity's " 

"  Approach,  M.  de  Villefort,"  resumed  the  king,  addressing  the  young 
man,  who,  motionless  and  breathless,  was  listening  to  a  conversation  on 
which  depended  the  destiny  of  a  kingdom.  "Approach,  and  tell  mon 
sieur  that  it  is  possible  to  know  beforehand  all  that  he  has  not  known." 

"  Sire,  it  was  really  impossible  to  learn  secrets  which  that  man  con 
cealed  from  all  the  world." 

"  Really  impossible !  Yes  —  that  is  a  great  word,  sir.  Unfortunately, 
there  are  great  words,  as  there  are  great  men ;  I  have  measured  them. 
Really  impossible  for  a  minister  who  has  an  office,  agents,  spies,  and 
fifteen  hundred  thousand  francs  for  secret  service  money,  to  know  what 
is  going  on  at  sixty  leagues  from  the  coast  of  France !  Well,  then,  see, 
here  is  a  gentleman  who  had  none  of  these  resources  at  his  disposal — a 
gentleman,  only  a  simple  magistrate,  who  learned  more  than  you  with 
all  your  police,  and  who  would  have  saved  my  crown,  if,  like  you,  he 
had  the  power  of  directing  a  telegraph." 

The  look  of  the  minister  of  police  was  turned  with  concentrated 
spite  on  Villefort,  who  bent  his  head  with  the  modesty  of  triumph. 

"  I  do  not  mean  that  for  you,  Blacas,"  continued  Louis  XVIII. ;  "  for 
if  you  have  discovered  nothing,  at  least  you  have  had  the  good  sense  to 
persevere  in  your  suspicions.  Any  other  than  yourself  would  have  con 
sidered  the  disclosure  of  M.  de  Villefort  as  insignificant,  or  else  dictated 
by  a  venal  ambition." 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CEISTO. 


123 


These  words  were  meant  to  allude  to  those  which  the  minister  of 
police  had  uttered  with  so  much  confidence  an  hour  before. 

Villef ort  understood  the  drift  of  the  king.  Any  other  person  would 
perhaps,  have  been  too  much  overcome  by  the  intoxication  of  praise  • 
but  he  feared  to  make  for  himself  a  mortal  enemy  of  the  police  minis 
ter,  although  he  perceived  Dandre  was  irrevocably  lost.  In  fact  the 
minister,  who,  in  the  plenitude  of  his  power,  had  been  unable  to  pene 
trate  Napoleon's  secret,  might  in  the  convulsions  of  his  dying  throes 
penetrate  his,  Villef ort's,  secret,  for  which  end  he  had  but  to  interrogate 
Dantes.  He  therefore  came  to  the  rescue  of  the  crest-fallen  minister 
instead  of  aiding  to  crush  him. 

"  Sire,"  said  Villef  ort,  "  the  rapidity  of  the  event  must  prove  to  your 
majesty  that  Grod  alone  can  prevent  it,  by  raising  a  tempest ;  what  your 
majesty  is  pleased  to  attribute  to  me  as  profound  perspicacity  is  simply 
owing  to  chance ;  and  I  have  profited  by  that  chance,  like  a  good  and 
devoted  servant — that's  all.  Do  not  attribute  to  me  more  than  I  deserve, 
sire,  that  your  majesty  may  never  have  occasion  to  recall  the  first  opinion 
you  have  been  pleased  to  form  of  me." 

The  minister  of  police  thanked  the  young  man  by  an  eloquent  look, 
and  Villef  ort  understood  that  he  had  succeeded  in  his  design ;  that  is  to 
say,  that  without  forfeiting  the  gratitude  of  the  king  he  had  made  a 
friend  of  one  on  whom,  in  case  of  necessity,  he  might  rely. 

"  'Tis  well ! "  resumed  the  king.  "  And  now,  gentlemen,"  he  continued, 
turning  toward  M.de  Blacas  and  the  minister  of  police,  "  I  have  no  further 
occasion  for  you,  and  you  may  retire ;  what  now  remains  to  do  is  in  the 
department  of  the  minister  of  war." 

"  Fortunately,  sire,"  said  M.  de  Blacas,  "  we  can  rely  on  the  army ;  your 
majesty  knows  how  every  report  confirms  their  loyalty  and  attachment." 

"  Do  not  mention  reports,  sir,  to  me !  for  I  know  now  what  confidence 
to  place  in  them.  Yet,  apropos  of  reports,  M.  le  Baron,  what  intelligence 
have  you  as  to  our  affair  in  the  Eue  Saint-Jacques  I " 

"  The  affair  in  the  Rue  Saint-Jacques ! "  exclaimed  Villef  ort,  unable  to 
repress  an  exclamation. 

Then,  suddenly  pausing,  he  added,  "Your  pardon,  sire,  but  my 
devotion  to  your  majesty  has  made  me  forget,  not  the  respect  I  have, 
for  that  is  too  deeply  engraven  in  my  heart,  but  the  rules  of  etiquette." 

"  Say  and  act,  sir ! "  replied  the  king ;  "  you  have  acquired  the  right  to 
inquire." 

"  Sire,"  replied  the  minister  of  police,  "I  came  this  moment  to  give 
your  majesty  fresh  information  which  I  had  obtained  on  this  head, 
when  your  majesty's  attention  was  attracted  by  this  terrible  affair  of 
the  Gulf,  and  now  these  facts  will  cease  to  interest  your  majesty." 


124  THE    COUNT    OF   MOXTE-CRISTO. 

"On  the  contrary,  sir, —  on  the  contrary,"  said  Louis  XVIIL,  ''this 
affair  seems  to  me  to  have  a  decided  connection  with  that  which  occu 
pies  our  attention ;  and  the  death  of  General  Quesnel  will,  perhaps,  put 
us  on  the  direct  track  of  a  great  internal  conspiracy." 
At  the  name  of  General  Quesnel,  Villefort  trembled. 

"  All  combines,  sir,"  said  the  minister  of  police,  "  to  insure  the  proba 
bility  that  this  death  is  not  the  result  of  a  suicide,  as  we  at  first 
believed,  but  of  an  assassination.  General  Quesnel  had  quitted,  ae 
it  appears,  a  Bonapartist  club  when  he  disappeared.  An  unknown  per 
son  had  been  with  him  that  morning,  and  made  an  appointment  with 
him  in  the  Rue  Saint-Jacques;  unfortunately,  the  general's  valet-de- 
chambre,  who  was  dressing  his  hair  at  the  moment  when  the  stranger 
entered,  heard  the  street  mentioned,  but  did  not  catch  the  number." 

As  the  police  minister  related  this  to  the  king,  Villefort,  who  seemed 
as  if  his  very  existence  hung  on  his  lips,  turned  alternately  red  and 
pale.  The  king  looked  toward  him. 

"  Do  you  not  think  with  me,  M.  de  Villefort,  that  General  Quesnel, 
whom  they  believed  attached  to  the  usurper,  but  who  was  really  entirely 
devoted  to  me,  has  perished  the  victim  of  a  Bonapartist  ambush  ? " 

"  It  is  probable,  sire,"  replied  Villefort.  "  But  is  this  all  that  is 
known  ! " 

"  They  are  on  the  traces  of  the  man  who  appointed  the  meeting  with 
him." 

"  On  his  traces  ? "  said  Villefort. 

"  Yes,  the  servant  has  given  his  description.  He  is  a  man  of  from 
fifty  to  fifty-two  years  of  age,  brown,  with  black  eyes  covered  with 
shaggy  eyebrows,  and  a  thick  mustache.  He  was  dressed  in  a  blue 
frock-coat,  buttoned  up  to  the  chin,  and  wore  at  his  button-hole  the 
rosette  of  an  officer  of  the  Legion  of  Honor.  Yesterday  an  individual 
was  followed  exactly  corresponding  with  this  description,  but  he  was 
lost  sight  of  at  the  corner  of  the  Rue  de  la  Jussienne  and  the  Rue  Coq- 
Heron." 

Villefort  leaned  on  the  back  of  an  arm-chair ;  for,  in  proportion  as 
the  minister  of  police  spoke,  he  felt  his  legs  bend  under  him ;  but  when 
he  learned  that  the  unknown  had  escaped  the  vigilance  of  the  agent  who 
followed  him,  he  breathed  again. 

"  Continue  to  seek  for  this  man,  sir,"  said  the  king  to  the  minister  of 
police ;  "  for  if,  as  all  conspires  to  convince  me,  General  Quesnel,  who 
would  have  been  so  useful  to  us  at  this  moment,  has  been  murdered, 
his  assassins,  Bonapartists  or  not,  shall  be  cruelly  punished." 

It  required  all  Villefort's  sang-froid  not  to  betray  the  terror  wiili 
which  this  declaration  of  the  king  inspired  him. 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 


125 


"  How  strange!"  continued  the  king,  with  some  asperity;  "the  police 
thinks  all  is  said  when  it  says,  'A  mnrder  has  been  committed,'  and  par 
ticularly  when  it  adds,  'And  we  are  on  the  track  of  the  guilty  persons.' " 

"  Sire,  your  majesty  will,  I  trust,  be  amply  satisfied  on  this  point  at 
least." 


"  We  shall  see ;  I  will  no  longer  detain  you,  baron.    M.  de  Villefort, 
you  must  be  fatigued  after  so  long  a  journey ;  go  and  repose  yourself. 
Of  course  you  stopped  at  your  father's  ? " 
A  faintness  came  over  Villefort. 


1_>ii  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  No,  sire,"  he  replied;  "I  alighted  at  the  Hotel  de  Madrid,  in  the  Rue 
de  Tournon." 

"  But  you  have  seen  him  ? " 

"  Sire,  I  went  straight  to  M.  le  Comte  de  Blacas." 

"  But  you  will  see  him,  then  ?  " 

"  I  think  not,  sire." 

"  Ah,  I  forgot,"  said  Louis,  smiling  in  a  manner  which  proved  that  all 
these  questions  were  not  made  without  a  motive ;  "  I  forgot  you  and 
M.  Noirtier  are  not  on  the  best  terms  possible,  and  that  is  another 
sacrifice  made  to  the  royal  cause,  and  for  which  you  should  be  recom 
pensed." 

"  Sire,  the  kindness  your  majesty  deigns  to  evince  toward  me  is  a 
recompense  which  so  far  surpasses  my  utmost  ambition  that  I  have 
nothing  more  to  request." 

"  Never  mind,  sir,  we  will  not  forget  you ;  make  your  mind  easy.  In 
the  mean  while "  (the  king  here  detached  the  cross  of  the  Legion  of 
Honor  he  usually  wore  over  his  blue  coat,  near  the  cross  of  St.  Louis, 
above  the  order  of  Notre-du-Mont-Carmel  and  St.  Lazare,  and  gave  it  to 
Villefort)  —  "  in  the  mean  while,  take  this  cross." 

"  Sire,"  said  Villefort,  "  your  majesty  mistakes ;  this  cross  is  that  of 
an  officer." 

"  Ma  foil"  said  Louis  XVIII.,  "take  it,  such  as  it  is,  for  I  have  not 
the  time  to  procure  you  another.  Blacas,  let  it  be  your  care  to  see  that 
the  brevet  is  made  out  and  sent  to  M.  de  Villefort." 

Villefort's  eyes  were  filled  with  tears  of  joy  and  pride ;  he  took  the 
cross  and  kissed  it. 

"  And  now,"  he  said,  "  may  I  inquire  what  are  the  orders  with  which 
your  majesty  deigns  to  honor  me  f " 

"  Take  what  rest  you  require,  and  remember  that,  unable  to  serve  me 
here  in  Paris,  you  may  be  of  the  greatest  service  to  me  at  Marseilles." 

"  Sire,"  replied  Villefort,  bowing,  "  in  an  hour  I  shall  have  quitted 
Paris." 

"  Go,  sir,"  said  the  king ;  "  and  should  I  forget  you  (kings'  memories 
are  short),  do  not  be  afraid  to  bring  yourself  to  my  recollection.  M.  le 
Baron,  send  for  the  minister  of  war.  Blacas,  remain." 

"  Ah,  sir,"  said  the  minister  of  police  to  Villefort,  as  they  left  the 
Tuileries,  "you  enter  by  the  right  door — your  fortune  is  made." 

"Will  it  be  long  first?"  muttered  Villefort,  saluting  the  minister, 
whose  career  was  ended,  and  looking  about  him  for  a  hackney-coach. 
One  passed  at  the  moment,  which  he  hailed :  he  gave  his  address  to  the 
driver,  and,  springing  in,  threw  himself  on  the  seat  and  gave  loose  to 
dreams  of  ambition. 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 


Ten  minutes  afterward  Villef ort  reached  his  hotel,  ordered  his  horses 
in  two  hours,  and  desired  to  have  his  breakfast  brought  to  him.  He 
was  about  to  commence  his  repast  when  the  sound  of  a  bell,  rung  by  a 
free  and  firm  hand,  was  heard.  The  valet  opened  the  door,  and  Villef  ort 
heard  his  name  pronounced. 


"  Who  could  know  that  I  was  here  already  ? "  said  the  young  man. 

The  valet  entered. 

"Well,"   said  Villef  ort,    "what   is   it?  — Who  rang?  — Who  asked 
for  me?" 


128 


THE    COUNT    OF   MON  TE-CRI8TO. 


"  A  stranger  who  will  not  send  in  his  name." 

"  A  stranger  who  will  not  send  in  his  name !    What  can  he  want 
with  me!" 

"  He  wishes  to  speak  to  you." 


"Tome?" 

"Yes." 

"  Did  he  mention  my  name  ? " 

"Yes." 

"  What  soi-t  of  a  person  is  he  f  " 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO.  129 

"  Why,  sir,  a  man  of  about  fifty." 

"Short  or  tall!" 

"  About  your  own  height,  sir." 

"Dark  or  fair?" 

"  Dark, —  very  dark:  with  black  eyes,  black  hair,  black  eyebrows." 

"  And  how  dressed  ?  "  asked  Villefort,  quickly. 

"  In  a  blue  frock-coat,  buttoned  up  close,  decorated  with  the  Legion 
of  Honor." 

"  It  is  he ! "  said  Villefort,  turning  pale. 

"  Eh,  pardieu  !  "  said  the  individual,  whose  description  we  have  twice 
given,  entering  the  door,  "  what  a  great  deal  of  ceremony !  Is  it  the 
custom  in  Marseilles  for  sons  to  keep  their  fathers  waiting  in  their 
anterooms." 

"  Father ! "  cried  Villefort.  "  Then  I  was  not  deceived ;  I  felt  sure  it 
must  be  you." 

"  Well,  then,  if  you  felt  so  sure,"  replied  the  new-comer,  putting  his 
cane  in  a  corner  and  his  hat  on  a  chair,  "  allow  me  to  say,  my  dear 
Gerard,  that  it  was  not  very  filial  of  you  to  keep  me  waiting  at  the  door." 

"  Leave  us,  Germain,"  said  Villefort. 

The  servant  quitted  the  apartment  with  evident  signs  of  astonish 
ment. 


CHAPTER   XII 


FATHER    AND     SON 


NOIRTIER  —  for  it  was  indeed  he  who  entered  —  followed 
with  his  eyes  the  servant  until  he  had  closed  the  door,  and 
then,  fearing,  no  doubt,  that  he  might  be  overheard  in  the 
antechamber,  he  opened  the  door  again ;  nor  was  the  pre 
caution  useless,  as  appeared  from  the  rapid  retreat  of  Germain,  who 
proved  that  he  was  not  exempt  from  the  sin  which  ruined  our  fii 
parents.  M.  Noirtier  then  took  the  trouble  to  close  carefully  the  door 
of  the  antechamber,  then  that  of  the  bedchamber,  and  then  extended 
his  hand  to  Villefort,  who  had  followed  all  -his  motions  with  surprise 
which  he  could  not  conceal. 

"  Well,  now,  my  dear  Gerard,"  said  he  to  the  young  man,  with  a  very 
significant  look,  "  do  you  know  you  seem  as  if  you  were  not  very  gl 
to  see  me  ?  " 

"  My  dear  father,"  said  Villefort,  "  I  am,  on  the  contrary,  delighted ; 
but  I  so  little  expected  your  visit  that  it  has  somewhat  overcome  me." 

"  But,  my  dear  fellow,"  replied  M.  Noirtier,  seating  himself,  "  I  might 
say  the  same  thing  to  you,  when  you  announce  to  me  your  wedding 
the  28th  of  February,  and  on  the  4th  of  March  here  you  are  in  Paris." 

"  And  if  I  have  come,  my  dear  father,"  said  Gerard,  drawing  closer  to 
M.  Noirtier,  "  do  not  complain,  for  it  is  for  you  that  I  came,  and  my 
journey  will  save  you." 

"  Ah,  indeed ! "  said  M.  Noirtier,  stretching  himself  out  at  his  ease 
the  chair.  "  Really,  pray  tell  me  all  about  it,  M.  le  Magistrat,  for 
must  be  interesting." 

"  Father,  you  have  heard  speak  of  a  certain  club  of  Bonapartists  helc 
in  the  Rue  Saint-Jacques  ?  " 

"  No.  53 ;  yes,  I  am  vice-president." 

"  Father,  your  coolness  makes  me  shudder." 


130 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


131 


"  Why,  my  dear  boy,  when  a  man  has  been  proscribed  by  the  Mount 
ain,  has  escaped  from  Paris  in  a  hay-cart,  been  hunted  in  the  landes  of 
Bordeaux  by  M.  Eobespierre's  blood-hounds,  he  becomes  accustomed  to 


Noirtier. 


most  things.    But,  go  on;   what  about  the  club  in  the  Eue  Saint- 
Jacques  f " 

'*  Why,  they  induced  General  Quesnel  to  go  there,  and  General  Ques- 
nel,  who  quitted  his  own  house  at  nine  o'clock  in  the  evening,  was  found 
the  next  day  in  the  Seine." 


!;;•_>  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  And  who  told  you  this  fine  story  f  " 

"  The  king  himself." 

"  Well,  then,  in  return  for  your  story,"  continued  Noirtier,  "  I  will 
tell  you  one." 

"  My  dear  father,  I  think  I  already  know  what  you  are  about  to  tell  me." 

"  Ah,  you  have  heard  of  the  lauding  of  the  emperor  ? " 

"  Not  so  loud,  father,  I  entreat  of  you  —  for  your  own  sake  as  well  as 
mine.  Yes,  I  heard  this  news,  and  knew  it  even  before  you  could ;  for 
three  days  ago  I  posted  from  Marseilles  to  Paris  with  all  possible  speed, 
and  half  desperate  because  I  could  not  send  with  a  wish  two  hundred 
leagues  ahead  of  me  the  thought  which  was  agitating  my  brain." 

"  Three  days  ago !  You  are  crazy.  Why,  three  days  ago  the  emperor 
had  not  landed." 

"  No  matter ;  I  was  aware  of  his  project." 

"  How  did  you  learn  it  ?  " 

"  By  a  letter  addressed  to  you  from  the  isle  of  Elba." 

"Tome?" 

"  To  you ;  and  which  I  discovered  in  the  pocket-book  of  the  mes 
senger.    Had  that  letter  fallen  into  the  hands  of  another,  you,  my  dear 
father,  would  probably  ere  this  have  been  shot." 
Villefort's  father  laughed. 

"  Come,  come,"  said  he,  "  it  appears  that  the  Restoration  has  learned 
from  the  Empire  the  mode  of  settling  affairs  speedily.  Shot,  my  dear 
boy !  you  go  ahead  with  a  vengeance.  Where  is  this  letter  you  talk 
about  ?  I  know  you  too  well  to  suppose  you  would  allow  such  a  thing 
to  pass  you." 

"  I  burned  it,  for  fear  that  even  a  fragment  should  remain ;  for  that 
letter  must  have  effected  your  condemnation." 

"  And  the  destruction  of  your  future  prospects,"  replied  Noirtier ; 
"  yes,  I  can  easily  comprehend  that.  But  I  have  nothing  to  fear  whilst 
I  have  you  to  protect  me." 

"  I  do  better  than  that,  sir  —  I  save  you." 

"  You  do  ?  why,  really,  the  thing  becomes  more  and  more  dramatic  — 
explain  yourself." 

"  I  must  refer  again  to  the  club  in  the  Rue  Saint-Jacques." 

"  It  appears  that  this  club  is  rather  a  bore  to  the  police.  Why  didn't 
they  search  more  vigilantly  I  they  would  have  found " 

"  They  have  not  found ;  but  they  are  on  the  track." 

"  Yes,  that's  the  usual  phrase ;  I  know  it  well.  When  the  police  is  at 
fault,  it  declares  that  it  is  on  the  track ;  and  the  government  patiently 
awaits  the  day  when  it  comes  to  say,  with  a  sneaking  air,  that  the 
track  is  lost." 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  133 

"  Yes,  but  they  have  found  a  corpse ;  the  general  has  been  killed,  and 
in  all  countries  they  call  that  a  murder." 

"  A  murder,  do  you  call  it  ?  why,  there  is  nothing  to  prove  that  the 
general  was  murdered.  People  are  found  every  day  in  the  Seine,  hav 
ing  thrown  themselves  in,  or  have  been  drowned  from  not  knowing 
how  to  swim." 

"Father,  you  know  very  well  that  the  general  was  not  a  man  to 
drown  himself  in  despair ;  and  people  do  not  bathe  in  the  Seine  in  the 
month  of  January.  No,  no,  do  not  mistake ;  this  death  was  a  murder 
in  every  sense  of  the  word." 

"  And  who  thus  designated  it  I " 

"  The  king  himself." 

"  The  king !  I  thought  he  was  philosopher  enough  to  allow  that  there 
was  no  murder  in  politics.  In  politics,  my  dear  fellow,  you  know  as 
well  as  I  do,  there  are  no  men,  but  ideas  —  no  feelings,  but  interests; 
in  politics  we  do  not  kill  a  man,  we  only  remove  an  obstacle  — that  is  all. 
Would  you  like  to  know  how  matters  have  progressed?  Well,  I  will  tell 
you.  It  was  thought  reliance  might  be  placed  in  General  Quesnel ;  he 
was  recommended  to  us  from  the  isle  of  Elba.  One  of  us  went  to  him, 
and  invited  him  to  the  Rue  Saint-Jacques,  where  he  would  find  some 
friends.  He  came  there,  and  the  plan  was  unfolded  to  him  of  leaving 
Elba,  the  projected  landing,  etc.  When  he  had  heard  and  comprehended 
all  to  the  fullest  extent,  he  replied  that  he  was  a  royalist.  Then  all 
looked  at  each  other, —  he  was  made  to  take  an  oath,  and  did  so,  but 
with  such  an  ill  grace  that  it  was  really  tempting  Providence  to  swear 
thus;  and  yet,  in  spite  of  that,  the  general  was  allowed  to  depart  free — 
perfectly  free.  Yet  he  did  not  return  home.  What  could  that  mean  ? 
why,  my  dear  fellow,  that  on  leaving  us  he  lost  his  way — that's  all.  A 
murder !  really,  Villefort,  you  surprise  me.  You,  a  deputy  procureur, 
to  found  such  an  accusation  on  such  bad  premises !  Did  I  ever  say  to 
you,  when  you  were  fulfilling  your  character  as  a  royalist,  and  cut  off 
the  head  of  one  of  my  party,  'My  son,  you  have  committed  a  murder'! 
No,  I  said,  '  Very  well,  sir,  you  have  gained  the  victory ;  to-morrow, 
perchance,  it  will  be  our  turn.' " 

"  But,  father,  take  care  when  our  turn  comes ;  our  revenge  will  be 
sweeping." 

"  I  do  not  understand  you." 

"  You  rely  on  the  usurper's  return  I " 

"  We  do." 

"  You  are  mistaken ;  he  will  not  advance  two  leagues  into  the  interior 
of  France  without  being  followed,  tracked,  and  caught  like  a  wild  beast." 

"My  dear  fellow,  the  emperor  is  at  this  moment  on  the  way  to 


134  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

Grenoble ;  on  the  10th  or  12th  he  will  be  at  Lyons,  and  on  the  20th  or 
25th  at  Paris." 

"  The  population  will  rise." 

"  Yes,  to  go  and  meet  him." 

"  He  has  but  a  handful  of  men  with  him ;  and  armies  will  be  dis 
patched  against  him." 

"  Yes,  to  escort  him  into  the  capital.  Eeally,  my  dear  Gerard,  you 
are  but  a  child  ;  you  think  yourself  well  informed  because  a  telegraph 
has  told  you  three  days  after  the  landing,  '  The  usurper  has  landed  at 
Cannes  with  several  men.  He  is  pursued.'  But  where  is  he  ?  what  is  he 
doing  ?  You  do  not  know  well ;  and  in  this  way  they  will  pursue  him 
to  Paris,  without  drawing  a  trigger." 

"  Grenoble  and  Lyons  are  faithful  cities,  and  will  oppose  to  him  an 
impassable  barrier." 

"  Grenoble  will  open  her  gates  to  him  with  enthusiasm ;  all  Lyons 
will  hasten  to  welcome  him.  Believe  me,  we  are  as  well  informed  as 
you ;  and  our  police  is  as  good  as  your  own.  Would  you  like  a  proof 
of  it  f  Well,  you  wished  to  conceal  your  journey  from  me,  and  yet  I 
knew  of  your  arrival  half  an  hour  after  you  had  passed  the  barrier. 
You  gave  your  direction  to  no  one  but  your  postilion,  yet  I  have  your 
address,  and  in  proof  I  am  here  the  very  instant  you  are  going  to  sit  at 
table.  Ring,  then,  if  you  please,  for  a  second  knife,  fork,  and  plate,  and 
we  will  dine  together." 

"  Indeed  !  "  replied  Villefort,  looking  at  his  father  with  astonishment, 
"  you  really  do  seem  very  well  informed." 

"  Eh  ?  the  thing  is  simple  enough.  You  who  are  in  power  have  only 
the  means  that  money  produces ;  we  who  are  in  expectation  have  those 
which  devotion  prompts." 

"  Devotion ! "  said  Villefort  with  a  sneer. 

"  Yes,  devotion ;  for  that  is,  I  believe,  the  phrase  for  hopeful  ambition." 
And  Villefort's  father  extended  his  hand  to  the  bell-rope,  to  summon 
the  servant  whom  his  son  had  not  called.  Villefort  arrested  his  arm. 

"  Wait,  my  dear  father,"  said  the  youug  man ;  "  one  other  word." 

"  Say  it." 

"  However  ill-conducted  is  the  royalist  police,  they  yet  know  one  terri 
ble  thing." 

"  What  is  that  ?  " 

"  The  description  of  the  man  who,  on  the  morning  of  the  day  when 
General  Quesnel  disappeared,  presented  himself  at  his  house." 

"  Oh,  the  admirable  police  have  found  that  out,  have  they  ?  And  what 
may  be  that  description  ?  " 

"  Brown  complexion ;  hair,  eyebrows,  and  whiskers  black ;  blue  frock- 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  135 

coat,  buttoned  up  to  the  chin ;  rosette  of  an  officer  of  the  Legion  of 
Honor  in  his  button-hole ;  a  hat  with  wide  brim,  and  a  cane." 

"  Ah !  ah  !  that  is  it,  is  it  T  "  said  Noirtier ;  "  and  why,  then,  have  they 
not  laid  hands  on  the  individual  f  " 


"  Because  yesterday,  or  the  day  before,  they  lost  sight  of  him  at  the 
corner  of  the  Eue  Coq-Heron." 

Didn't  I  say  your  police  was  good  for  nothing  ?  " 
1  Yes ;  but  still  it  may  lay  hands  on  him." 
"  True,"  said  Noirtier,  looking  carelessly  around  him,  "  true,  if  this 


136  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

individual  were  not  warned  as  he  is."   And  he  added,  with  a  smile,  "  He 
will  constantly  change  looks  and  costume." 

At  these  words  he  rose  and  put  off  his  frock-coat  and  cravat,  went 
toward  a  table  on  which  lay  all  the  requisites  of  the  toilette  for  his  son, 
lathered  his  face,  took  a  razor,  and,  with  a  firm  hand,  cut  off  the 
whiskers  that  might  have  compromised  him  and  gave  the  police  so 
decided  a  trace.  Villefort  watched  him  with  alarm,  not  divested  of 
admiration. 

His  whiskers  cut  off,  Noirtier  gave  another  turn  to  his  hair ;  took, 
instead  of  his  black  cravat,  a  colored  neckerchief  which  lay  at  the  top 
of  an  open  portmanteau ;  put  on,  in  lieu  of  his  blue  and  high-buttoned 
frock-coat,  a  coat  of  Villef  ort's,  of  dark  brown,  and  cut  away  in  front ; 
tried  on  before  the  glass  a  narrow-brimmed  hat  of  his  son's,  which 
appeared  to  fit  him  perfectly,  and,  leaving  his  cane  in  the  corner  where 
he  had  deposited  it,  he  made  to  whistle  in  his  powerful  hand  a  small 
bamboo  switch,  which  the  dandy  deputy  used  when  he  walked,  and 
which  aided  in  giving  him  that  easy  swagger  which  was  one  of  his 
principal  characteristics. 

"  Well,"  he  said,  turning  toward  his  wondering  son,  when  this  dis 
guise  was  completed,  "  well,  do  you  think  your  police  will  recognize  me 
now?" 

"  No,  father,"  stammered  Villefort ;  "  at  least,  I  hope  not." 

"And  now,  my  dear  boy,"  continued  Noirtier,  "I  rely  on  your 
prudence  to  remove  all  the  things  which  I  leave  in  your  care." 

"  Oh,  rely  on  me,"  said  Villefort. 

"  Yes,  yes !  and  now  I  believe  you  are  right,  and  that  you  have  really 
saved  my  life;  but  be  assured  I  will  return  the  obligation  to  you 
hereafter." 

Villefort  shook  his  head. 

"  You  are  not  convinced  yet  ?  " 

"  I  hope,  at  least,  that  you  may  be  mistaken." 

"  Shall  you  see  the  king  again  ? " 

"  Perhaps." 

"  Would  you  pass  in  his  eyes  for  a  prophet  ? " 

"  Prophets  of  evil  are  not  in  favor  at  the  court,  father." 

'  True,  but  some  day  they  do  them  justice ;  and,  supposing  a  second 
restoration,  you  would  then  pass  for  a  great  man." 

"  Well,  what  should  I  say  to  the  king  I " 

"  Say  this  to  him :  '  Sire,  you  are  deceived  as  to  the  feeling  in  France, 
as  to  the  opinions  of  the  towns,  and  the  prejudices  of  the  army ;  he 
whom  in  Paris  you  call  the  ogre  of  Corsica,  who  at  Nevers  is  styled  the 
usurper,  is  already  saluted  as  Bonaparte  at  Lyons  and  emperor  at  Ore- 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  137 

noble.  You  think  he  is  tracked,  pursued,  captured ;  he  is  advancing  as 
rapidly  as  his  own  eagles.  The  soldiers  you  believe  dying  with  hunger 
worn  out  with  fatigue,  ready  to  desert,  increase  like  atoms  of  snow 
about  the  rolling  ball  which  hastens  onward.  Sire,  go,  leave  France  to 
its  real  master,  to  him  who  did  not  buy,  but  acquired  it ;  go,  sire  not 
that  you  incur  any  risk,  for  your  adversary  is  powerful  enough  to  show 
you  mercy,  but  because  it  would  be  humiliating  for  a  grandson  of  Saint 
Louis  to  owe  his  life  to  the  man  of  Arcola,  Marengo,  Austerlitz.'  Tell 
him  this,  Gerard ;  or,  rather,  tell  him  nothing.  Keep  your  journey  a 
secret ;  do  not  boast  of  what  you  have  come  to  Paris  to  do,  or  have 
done.  You  have  made  haste  to  come  here,  return  with  all  speed;  enter 
Marseilles  at  night,  and  your  house  by  the  back  door,  and  there  remain, 
'quiet,  submissive,  secret,  and,  above  all,  inoffensive ;  for  this  time,  I 
swear  to  you,  we  shall  act  like  powerful  men  who  know  their  enemies. 
Go,  my  son  —  go,  my  dear  Gerard,  and  by  your  obedience  to  my  pater 
nal  orders,  or,  if  you  prefer  it,  friendly  counsels,  we  will  keep  you  in 
your  place.  This  will  be,"  added  Noirtier,  with  a  smile,  "  one  means  by 
which  you  may  a  second  time  save  me,  if  the  political  balance  should 
one  day  place  you  high  and  me  low.  Adieu,  my  dear  Gerard,  and  at 
your  next  journey  alight  at  my  door." 

Noirtier  left  the  room  when  he  had  finished,  with  the  same  calmness 
that  had  characterized  him  during  the  whole  of  this  remarkable  and 
trying  conversation.  Villefort,  pale  and  agitated,  ran  to  the  window, 
put  aside  the  curtain,  and  saw  him  pass,  cool  and  collected,  by  two  or 
three  ill-looking  men  at  the  corner  of  the  street,  who  were  there,  per 
haps,  to  arrest  a  man  with  black  whiskers,  and  a  blue  frock-coat,  and 
hat  with  broad  brim. 

Villefort  stood  watching,  breathless,  until  his  father  had  disappeared 
at  the  Rue  Bussy.  Then  he  turned  to  the  various  articles  he  had  left 
behind  him,  put  at  the  bottom  of  his  portmanteau  his  black  cravat  and 
blue  frock-coat,  threw  the  hat  into  a  dark  closet,  broke  the  cane  into 
small  bits  and  flung  it  in  the  fire,  put  on  his  traveling-cap,  and,  calling 
his  valet,  checked  with  a  look  the  thousand  questions  he  was  ready  to 
ask,  paid  his  bill,  sprang  into  his  carriage,  which  was  ready,  learned  at 
Lyons  that  Bonaparte  had  entered  Grenoble,  and  in  the  midst  of  the 
tumult  which  prevailed  along  the  road,  at  length  reached  Marseilles,  a 
prey  to  all  the  hopes  and  fears  which  enter  the  heart  of  man  with 
ambition  and  its  first  successes. 


CHAPTER  XIII 

THE   HUNDHED   DAYS 

NOIRTIER  was  a  true  prophet,  and  things  progressed 
rapidly,  as  he  had  predicted.  Every  one  knows  the  his 
tory  of  the  famous  return  from  Elba,  a  return  which, 
without  example  in  the  past,  will  probably  remain  without 
imitation  in  the  future. 

Louis  XVIII.  made  but  a  faint  attempt  to  parry  this  unexpected 
blow ;  his  lack  of  confidence  in  men  deprived  him  of  his  confidence  in 
events;  the  royalty,  or  rather  the  monarchy,  he  had  scarcely  recon 
structed  tottered  on  its  precarious  foundation,  and  it  needed  but  a 
sign  of  the  emperor  to  hurl  to  the  ground  all  this  edifice  composed  of 
ancient  prejudices  and  new  ideas.  Villefort,  therefore,  gained  nothing 
save  the  king's  gratitude,  which  was  rather  likely  to  injure  him  at  the 
present  time,  and  the  Cross  of  the  Legion  of  Honor,  which  he  had  the 
prudence  not  to  wear,  although  M.  de  Blacas  had  duly  forwarded  the 
brevet. 

Napoleon  would,  doubtless,  have  deprived  Villefort  of  his  office  had 
it  not  been  for  Noirtier,  who  was  all-powerful  at  the  court  of  the  Hun 
dred  Days,  by  the  dangers  he  had  faced  and  the  services  he  had  ren 
dered,  and  thus  the  Grirondin  of  '93  and  the  senator  of  1806  protected 
him  who  so  lately  had  been  his  protector.  All  Villefort's  influence 
barely  enabled  him  to  stifle  the  secret  Dantes  had  so  nearly  divulged. 
During  this  re-appearance  of  the  empire,  whose  second  fall  could  be 
easily  foreseen,  the  king's  procureur  alone  was  deprived  of  his  office, 
being  suspected  of  royalism. 

However,  scarcely  was  the  imperial  power  established  —  that  is, 
scarcely  had  the  emperor  reentered  the  Tuileries  and  issued  his  numer 
ous  orders  from  that  little  cabinet  into  which  we  have  introduced  our 
readers,  and  on  the  table  of  which  he  found  Louis  XVIII.'s  snuff-box, 

138 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 


139 


half  full — than  Marseilles  began  to  rekindle  the  flames  of  civil  war 
always  unextinguished  in  the  south,  and  it  required  but  little  to  excite 
the  populace  to  acts  of  far  greater  violence  than  the  shouts  and  insults 
with  which  they  assailed  the  royalists  whenever  they  ventured  abroad. 


Owing  to  this  natural  change,  the  worthy  shipowner  became  at  that 
moment— we  will  not  say  all-powerful,  because  Morrel  was  a  prudent 
and  rather  a  timid  man,  like  all  who  have  made  a  slow  success  in  busi 
ness  ;  so  much  so,  that  many  of  the  most  zealous  partisans  of  Bona- 


140  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

parte  accused  him  of  moderation  —  but  sufficiently  influential  to  make  a 
,I,.III;IIH|  :  ;ui.l  ihi-  drmand,  as  may  !•••  .livin«-«l,  was  in  fevor  of  Dant.'-s. 
Villefort  retained  his  place  in  spite  of  the  fall  of  his  superior,  but 
his  marriage  was  put  off  until  a  more  favorable  opportunity.  If  the 
emperor  remained  on  the  throne,  Gerard  required  a  different  alliance  to 
aid  his  career,  and  his  father  undertook  to  find  it;  if  Louis  XVIII. 
returned,  the  influence  of  M.  Saint-Meran  and  himself  became  double, 
and  the  marriage  must  be  still  more  suitable.  The  deputy  procureur 
was,  therefore,  the  first  magistrate  of  Marseilles,  when  one  morning  his 
door  opened,  and  M.  Morrel  was  announced. 

Any  one  else  would  have  hastened  to  receive  him  and  revealed  his 
weakness ;  but  Villefort  was  a  man  of  ability,  who,  if  he  had  not  the 
experience,  had  the  instinct  for  eveiy thing.  He  made  Morrel  wait  in 
the  antechamber,  although  he  had  no  one  with  him,  for  the  simple 
reason  that  the  king's  procureur  always  makes  every  one  wait ;  and 
after  a  quarter  of  an  hour  had  passed  in  reading  the  papers,  he  ordered 
Morrel  to  be  admitted. 

Morrel  expected  Villefort  would  be  dejected ;  he  found  him,  as  he 
had  found  him  six  weeks  before,  calm,  firm,  and  full  of  that  glacial 
politeness,  that  most  insurmountable  barrier,  which  separates  the  well- 
bred  and  the  vulgar  man. 

He  had  penetrated  into  Villefort's  cabinet,  convinced  the  magistrate 
would  tremble  at  the  sight  of  him;  on  the  contrary,  he  felt  a  cold  shud 
der  all  over  him  when  he  beheld  Villefort  seated,  his  elbow  on  his 
desk,  and  his  head  leaning  on  his  hand.  He  stopped  at  the  door; 
Villefort  gazed  at  him  as  if  he  had  some  difficulty  in  recognizing  him ; 
then,  after  a  brief  interval,  during  which  the  honest  shipowner  turned 
and  turned  his  hat  in  his  hands, 

"  M.  Morrel,  I  believe  I  "  said  Villefort. 

"  Yes,  sir." 

"  Come  nearer,"  said  the  magistrate,  with  a  patronizing  wave  of  the 
hand,  "and  tell  me  to  what  circumstance  I  owe  the  honor  of  this  visit." 

"  Do  you  not  guess,  monsieur  1 "  asked  Morrel. 

"  Not  in  the  least ;  but,  if  I  can  serve  you  in  any  way,  I  shall  be 
delighted." 

"  Everything  depends  on  you." 

"  Explain  yourself,  pray." 

"  Monsieur,"  said  Morrel,  recovering  his  assurance  as  he  proceeded, 
encouraged  by  the  justice  of  his  cause,  "  do  you  recollect  that  a  few 
days  before  the  landing  of  his  majesty  the  emperor,  I  came  to  intercede 
for  an  unfortunate  young  man,  the  mate  of  my  ship,  who  was  accused 
of  being  concerned  in  a  correspondence  with  the  isle  of  Elba  ?  and  what 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


141 


was  the  other  day  a  crime  is  to-day  a  title  of  favor.  You  then  served 
Louis  XVIII.,  and  you  did  not  show  any  favor  —  it  was  your  duty  •  to 
day  you  serve  Napoleon,  and  you  ought  to  protect  him  — it  is  equally 
your  duty.  I  come,  therefore,  to  ask  what  has  become  of  him." 


Villefort  made  a  violent  effort. 
"  What  is  his  name  ? "  said  he ;  "tell  me  his  name." 
"  Edmond  Dantes." 

Villef  ort  would,  evidently,  have  rather  stood  opposite  the  muzzle  of 


142  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

a  pistol  at  five-and-twenty  paces  than  have  heard  this  name  pronounced; 
but  he  betrayed  no  emotion. 

"In  this  way,"  said  Villefort  to  himself,  "I  cannot  be  accused  of 
making  the  arrest  of  this  young  man  a  personal  question." 

"  Dantes,"  repeated  he,  "  Edmond  Dantes." 

"  Yes,  monsieur." 

Villefort  opened  a  large  register,  then  went  to  a  table,  from  the 
table  turned  to  his  registers,  and  then,  turning  to  Morrel, 

"  Are  you  quite  sure  you  are  not  mistaken,  monsieur  ? "  said  he,  in 
the  most  natural  tone  in  the  world. 

Had  Morrel  been  a  more  quick-sighted  man,  or  better  versed  in 
these  matters,  he  would  have  been  surprised  at  the  king's  procureur 
answering  him  on  such  a  subject  so  entirely  out  of  his  line,  instead 
of  referring  him  to  the  governors  of  the  prison  or  the  prefect  of  the 
department.  But  Morrel,  disappointed  in  his  expectations  of  exciting 
fear,  saw  only,  where  no  fear  was  visible,  condescension.  Villefort  had 
calculated  lightly. 

"  No,"  said  Morrel,  "  I  am  not  mistaken.  I  have  known  him  ten  years, 
and  the  last  four  he  has  been  in  my  service.  Do  not  you  recollect,  I 
came  about  six  weeks  ago  to  beseech  your  clemency,  as  I  come  to-day 
to  beseech  your  justice  —  you  received  me  very  coldly,  and  answered 
me  rudely  ?  Oh,  the  royalists  were  very  severe  with  the  Bonapartists 
in  those  days." 

"  Monsieur,"  returned  Villefort,  "  I  was  then  a  royalist,  because  I 
believed  the  Bourbons  not  only  the  heirs  to  the  throne  but  the  chosen 
of  the  nation.  The  miraculous  return  which  we  have  seen  proves  me 
mistaken ;  the  genius  of  Napoleon  has  conquered ;  the  legitimate  mon 
arch  is  he  who  is  loved  by  his  people." 

"  That's  right ! "  cried  Morrel.  "  I  like  to  hear  you  speak  thus,  and  I 
augur  well  for  Edmond  from  it." 

"  Wait  a  moment,"  said  Villefort,  turning  over  the  leaves  of  a  regis 
ter;  "I  have  it  —  a  sailor,  who  was  about  to  marry  a  young  Catalan 
girl.  I  recollect  now,  it  was  a  very  serious  charge." 

"  How  so  ? " 

"  You  know  that  when  he  left  here  he  was  taken  to  the  Palais  de 
Justice." 

"Well?" 

"  I  made  my  report  to  the  authorities  at  Paris,  and  sent  to  them  the 
papers  found  on  him, — it  was  my  duty, —  and  a  week  after,  he  was 
carried  off." 

"  Carried  off !"  said  Morrel.    "  What  can  they  have  done  with  him  ? " 

"  Oh,  he  has  been  taken  to  Fenestrelles,  to  Pignerol,  or  to  the  lies 


THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRIUTO.  143 

Sainte-Marguerite.     Some  fine  morning  he  will  return  to  assume  the 
command  of  your  vessel." 

"  Come  when  he  will,  it  shall  be  kept  for  him.  But  how  is  it  he  is  not 
already  returned ?  It  seems  to  me,  the  first  care  of  the  Bonapartist 
government  should  be  to  set  at  liberty  those  who  have  suffered  from 
that  of  the  Bourbons." 

"  Do  not  be  too  hasty,  M.  Morrel,"  replied  Villefort.  "  The  order  of 
imprisonment  came  from  high  authority,  and  the  order  for  his  liberation 
must  proceed  from  the  same  source ;  and,  as  Napoleon  has  scarcely  been 
reinstated  a  fortnight,  the  letters  have  not  yet  been  forwarded." 

"  But,"  said  Morrel,  "  is  there  no  way  of  expediting  all  these  formali 
ties  1  We  are  victorious ;  I  have  friends  and  some  influence ;  I  can 
obtain  the  canceling  of  his  arrest." 

"  There  has  been  no  arrest." 

"How?" 

"  It  is  sometimes  essential  to  government  to  cause  a  man's  disappear 
ance  without  leaving  any  traces,  so  that  no  written  forms  or  documents 
may  defeat  their  wishes." 

"  It  might  be  so  under  the  Bourbons,  but  at  present " 

"  It  is  always  the  same,  my  dear  Morrel,  since  the  reign  of  Louis  XIV., 
all  governments  are  alike ;  we  have  the  Bastile  to-day.  The  emperor  is 
more  strict  in  prison  discipline  than  even  Louis  himself,  and  the  num 
ber  of  prisoners  whose  names  are  not  on  the  register  is  incalculable." 

Had  Morrel  even  any  suspicions,  so  much  kindness  would  have  dis 
pelled  them. 

"  Well,  M.  de  Villefort,  how  would  you  advise  me  to  act  ? "  asked  he. 

"  Petition  the  minister." 

"  Oh,  I  know  what  that  is ;  the  minister  receives  two  hundred  every 
day,  and  does  not  read  four." 

"  That  is  true ;  but  he  will  read  a  petition  countersigned  and  presented 
by  me." 

"  And  will  you  undertake  to  deliver  it  ? " 

"  With  the  greatest  pleasure.  Dantes  was  then  guilty,  and  now  he  is 
innocent ;  and  it  is  as  much  my  duty  to  free  him  as  it  was  to  condemn 
him." 

Villefort  foresaw  the  danger  of  an  inquiry,  possible  but  not  probable, 
which  might  ruin  him  beyond  retrieval. 

"  But  how  shall  I  address  the  minister  ? " 

"Sit  down  there,"  said  Villefort,  giving  up  his  place  to  Morrel,  "and 
write  what  I  dictate." 

"Will  you  be  so  good?" 

"  Certainly.    But  lose  no  time ;  we  have  lost  too  much  already." 


144  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  That  is  true.    Only  think  that  perhaps  this  poor  young  man  is 
pining  in  despair." 

Villefort  shuddered  at  this  picture  of  the  prisoner  cursing  him  in 
silence  and  obscurity,  but  he  was  too  far  gone  to  recede ;  Dantes  must 
be  crushed  beneath  the  weight  of  Villefort's  ambition. 
"  I  am  waiting,"  said  Morrel,  pen  in  hand. 

Villefort  dictated  a  petition,  in  which,  from  an  excellent  intention,  no 
doubt,  Dantes'  services  to  the  Bonapartists  were  exaggerated,  and  he 
was  made  out  one  of  the  most  active  agents  of  Napoleon's  return.    It 
was   evident  that  at  the  sight  of  this  document  the  minister  would 
instantly  release  him.    The  petition  finished,  Villefort  read  it  aloud. 
"  That  will  do,"  said  he ;  "  leave  the  rest  to  me." 
"  Will  the  petition  go  soon  ?  " 
"  To-day." 

"  Countersigned  by  you  ?  " 

"  The  best  thing  I  can  do  will  be  to  certify  the  truth  of  the  contents 
of  your  petition." 

And,  sitting  down,  Villefort  wrote  the  certificate  at  the  bottom. 
"  What  more  is  to  be  done  ?  " 
"  I  will  answer  for  everything." 

This  assurance  charmed  Morrel,  who  took  leave  of  Villefort,  anc 
hastened  to  announce  to  old  Dantes  that  he  would  soon  see  his  son. 

As  for  Villefort,  instead  of  sending  to  Paris,  he  carefully  preserved 
the  petition  that  so  fearfully  compromised  Dantes,  in  the  case  of  an 
event  that  seemed  not  unlikely, —  that  is,  a  second  restoration.  Dantes 
remained  a  prisoner,  and  heard  not  the  noise  of  the  fall  of  Louis  XVIII.'s 
throne,  nor  the  more  terrible  collapse  of  the  Empire. 

Twice  during  the  brief  imperial  apparition  which  is  called  the  Hun 
dred  Days  had  Morrel  renewed  his  demand,  and  twice  had  Villefort 
soothed  him  with  promises.  At  last  there  was  Waterloo,  and  Morrel 
came  no  more :  he  had  done  all  that  was  in  his  power,  and  any  fresh 
attempt  under  the  second  restoration  would  only  compromise  himself 
uselessly. 

Louis  XVIII.  remounted  the  throne,  Villefort  demanded  and  obtained 
the  situation  of  king's  procureur  at  Toulouse,  and  a  fortnight  afterward 
married  Renee,  whose  father  was  more  influential  at  court  than  evt-r. 

Thus  Dantes,  during  the  Hundred  Days  and  after  Waterloo,  remained 
under  bolt  and  bar,  forgotten  by  God  and  man. 

Danglars  comprehended  the  full  extent  of  the  wretched  fate  that 
overwhelmed  Dantes,  and,  like  all  men  of  small  abilities,  he  termed  this 
a  decree  of  Providence.  But  when  Napoleon  returned  to  the  imperial 
throne  in  Paris,  Danglars'  heart  failed  him,  and  he  feared  at  every 


THE    COUNT    OF    MONTE-CRISTO.  147 

instant  to  behold  Dantes  eager  for  vengeance.  He  therefore  informed 
M.  Morrel  of  his  wish  to  quit  the  sea,  and  obtained  a  recommendation 
from  him  to  a  Spanish  merchant,  into  whose  service  he  entered  at  the 
end  of  March, —  that  is,  ten  or  twelve  days  after  Napoleon's  return  to 
the  Tuileries.  He  then  left  for  Madrid,  and  was  no  more  heard  of. 

Fernand  understood  nothing  except  that  Dantes  was  absent.  What 
had  become  of  him  he  cared  not  to  inquire.  Only,  during  the  respite 
the  absence  of  his  rival  afforded  him,  he  reflected,  partly  on  the  means 
of  deceiving  Mercedes  as  to  the  cause  of  his  absence,  partly  on  plans  of 
emigration  and  abduction,  as  from  time  to  time  he  sat  sad  and  motion 
less  on  the  summit  of  Cape  Pharo,  at  the  spot  from  whence  Marseilles 
and  the  village  of  the  Catalans  are  visible,  watching  for  the  apparition 
of  a  young  and  handsome  man,  who  was  for  him  also  the  messenger  of 
vengeance.  Fernand's  mind  was  made  up:  he  would  shoot  Dantes, 
and  then  kill  himself.  But  Fernand  was  mistaken ;  a  man  of  his 
disposition  never  kills  himself,  for  he  constantly  hopes. 

During  this  time  the  Empire  made  a  last  appeal,  and  every  man  in 
France  capable  of  bearing  arms  rushed  to  obey  the  summons  of  his 
Emperor.  Fernand  departed  with  the  rest,  bearing  with  him  the  terrible 
thought  that  perhaps  his  rival  was  behind  him,  and  would  marry  Mer 
cedes.  Had  Fernand  really  meant  to  kill  himself,  he  would  have  done 
so  when  he  parted  from  Mercedes.  His  devotion,  his  constant  atten 
tions,  and  the  compassion  he  showed  for  her  misfortunes,  produced  the 
effect  they  always  produce  on  noble  minds — Mercedes  had  always  had  a 
sincere  regard  for  Fernand,  and  this  was  now  strengthened  by  gratitude. 
"  My  brother,"  said  she,  as  she  placed  his  knapsack  on  his  shoulders, 
"be  careful  of  yourself,  for  if  you  are  killed  I  shall  be  alone  in  the 
world." 

These  words  infused  a  ray  of  hope  into  Fernand's  heart.  Should 
Dantes  not  return,  Mercedes  might  one  day  be  his.  Mercedes  was  left 
alone  to  gaze  on  this  bare  earth  that  had  never  seemed  so  barren,  and 
the  sea  that  had  never  seemed  so  vast.  Sometimes,  bathed  in  tears, 
she  wandered,  without  ceasing,  around  the  little  village  of  the  Catalans, 
sometimes  she  stood  mute  and  motionless  as  a  statue  beneath  the  burn 
ing  sun  of  the  South,  gazing  toward  Marseilles ;  at  other  times  gazing 
on  the  sea,  and  debating  as  to  whether  it  were  not  better  to  cast  herself 
into  the  abyss  of  the  ocean,  and  thus  end  her  woes.  It  was  not  want 
of  courage  that  prevented  her  putting  this  resolution  into  execution ; 
but  her  religious  feelings  came  to  her  aid  and  saved  her. 

Caderousse  was,  like  Fernand,  enrolled  in  the  army,  but,  being 
married  and  eight  years  older,  he  was  merely  sent  to  the  coast  fortresses. 
Old  Dantes,  who  was  only  sustained  by  hope,  lost  all  hope  at  Napoleon's 


148 


THE    COUNT    OF  NONTE-CRISTO. 


downfall.  Five  months  after  he  had  been  separated  from  his  son,  and 
almost  at  the  very  hour  at  which  he  was  arrested,  he  breathed  his  last  in 
Mercedes'  arms.  Morrel  paid  the  expenses  of  his  funeral  and  a  few 
small  debts  the  poor  old  man  had  contracted. 

There  was  more  than  benevolence  in  this  action;  there  was  courage; 
for  to  assist,  even  on  his  death-bed,  the  father  of  so  dangerous  a  Bona- 
partist  as  Dautes  was  stigmatized  as  a  crime. 


CHAPTEE    XIV 


THE    TWO    PEISONEES 


YEAR  after  Louis  XYIII.'s  restoration,  a  visit  was  made  by 
the  inspector-general  of  prisons.  Dantes  heard  from  the 
recesses  of  his  cell  the  noises  made  by  the  preparations  for 
receiving  him, — sounds  that  at  the  depth  where  he  lay  would 
have  been  inaudible  to  any  but  the  ear  of  a  prisoner,  who  could  dis 
tinguish  the  plash  of  the  drop  of  water  that  every  hour  fell  from  the 
roof  of  his  dungeon.  He  guessed  something  uncommon  was  passing 
among  the  living ;  but  he  had  so  long  ceased  to  have  any  intercourse 
with  the  world,  that  he  looked  upon  himself  as  dead. 

The  inspector  visited  the  cells  and  dungeons,  one  after  another,  of 
several  of  the  prisoners  whose  good  behavior  or  stupidity  recommended 
them  to  the  clemency  of  the  government ;  the  inspector  inquired  how 
they  were  fed,  and  if  they  had  anything  to  demand. 

The  universal  response  was  that  the  fare  was  detestable,  and  that 
they  required  their  freedom. 

The  inspector  asked  if  they  had  anything  else  to  demand.  They 
shook  their  heads !  What  could  they  desire  beyond  their  liberty  ? 

The  inspector  turned  smilingly  to  the  governor. 
"  I  do  not  know  what  reason  government  can  assign  for  these  useless 
visits;   when  you  see  one  prisoner,  you  see  all, —  always  the  same 
thing, —  ill-fed,  and  innocent.     Are  there  any  others?" 

"  Yes  ;  the  dangerous  and  mad  prisoners  are  in  the  dungeons." 
"  Let  us  visit  them,"  said  the  inspector,  with  an  air  of  fatigue.    "  I 
must  fulfill  my  mission.     Let  us  descend." 

"  Let  us  first  send  for  two  soldiers,"  said  the  governor.  "  The  pris 
oners  sometimes,  through  mere  disgust  of  life,  and  in  order  to  be 
sentenced  to  death,  commit  acts  of  useless  violence,  and  you  might 
fall  a  victim." 

149 


150  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  Take  all  needful  precautions,"  replied  the  inspector. 

Two  soldiers  were  accordingly  sent  for,  and  the  inspector  descended 
a  stair  so  foul,  so  humid,  so  dark,  that  the  very  sight  affected  the  eye, 
the  sni(41,  and  the  respiration. 

"  Oh ! "  cried  the  inspector,  "  who  can  live  here  ? " 

"  A  most  dangerous  conspirator,  a  man  we  are  ordered  to  keep  the 
most  strict  watch  over." 

"  He  is  alone  ? " 

"  Certainly." 

"  How  long  has  he  been  there  ?  " 

"  Nearly  a  year." 

"  Was  he  placed  here  when  he  first  arrived  ?  " 

"  No,  not  until  he  attempted  to  kill  the  turnkey." 

"To  kill  the  turnkey?" 

"  Yes,  the  very  one  who  is  lighting  us.    Is  it  not  true,  Antoine  * 
asked  the  governor. 

"  True  enough ;  he  wanted  to  kill  me ! "  replied  the  turnkey. 

"  He  must  be  mad,"  said  the  inspector. 

"  He  is  worse  than  that, —  he  is  a  devil ! "  returned  the  turnkey. 

"  Shall  I  complain  of  him  ? "  demanded  the  inspector. 

"  Oh,  no ;  it  is  useless.  Besides,  he  is  almost  mad  now,  and,  to  judge 
from  our  experience  here,  in  another  year  he  will  be  quite  so." 

"  So  much  the  better  for  him, —  he  will  suffer  less,"  said  the  inspector. 
He  was,  as  this  remark  shows,  a  man  full  of  philanthropy,  and  in 
every  way  fit  for  his  office. 

"  You  are  right,  sir,"  replied  the  governor ;  "  and  this  remark  proves 
that  you  have  deeply  considered  the  subject.  Now,  we  have  in  a  dun 
geon  about  twenty  feet  distant,  and  to  which  you  descend  by  another 
stair,  an  old  abbe,  ancient  leader  of  a  party  in  Italy,  who  has  been  here 
since  1811,  and  in  1813  he  went  mad,  and  the  change  is  astonishing. 
He  used  to  weep, —  he  now  laughs ;  he  grew  thin, —  he  now  grows  fat. 
You  had  better  see  him,  for  his  madness  is  amusing." 

"  I  will  see  them,  both,"  returned  the  inspector ;  "  I  must  consci 
entiously  perform  my  duty." 

This  was  the  inspector's  first  visit :  he  wished  to  display  his  authority. 

"  Let  us  visit  this  one  first,"  added  he. 

"  Willingly,"  replied  the  governor ;  and  he  signed  to  the  turnkey  to 
open  the  door.  At  the  sound  of  the  key  turning  in  the  lock,  and  the 
creaking  of  the  hinges,  Dantes,  who  was  crouched  in  a  corner  of  the 
dungeon,  raised  his  head.  At  the  sight  of  a  stranger,  lighted  by  two 
turnkeys,  accompanied  by  two  soldiers,  and  to  whom  the  governor 
spoke  bareheaded,  Dantes,  who  guessed  the  truth,  and  that  the  moment 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  151 

to  address  himself  to  the  superior  authorities  was  come,  sprang  forward 
with  clasped  hands. 

The  soldiers  presented  their  bayonets,  for  they  thought  he  was  about 
to  attack  the  inspector,  and  the  latter  recoiled  two  or  three  steps.  Dantes 
saw  he  was  represented  as  a  dangerous  prisoner.  Then,  infusing  all  the 
humility  he  possessed  into  his  eyes  and  voice,  he  addressed  the  inspector, 
and  sought  to  inspire  him  with  pity. 

The  inspector  listened  attentively ;  then,  turning  to  the  governor, 
observed  in  a  low  tone : 

"  He  will  become  religious  —  he  is  already  more  gentle ;  he  is  afraid, 
and  retreated  before  the  bayonets — madmen  are  not  afraid  of  anything ; 
I  made  some  curious  observations  on  this  at  Charenton." 

Then,  turning  to  the  prisoner,  "  What  do  you  demand ! "  said  he. 

"  I  ask  what  crime  I  have  committed  —  I  ask  to  be  tried  before  my 
judges ;  and  I  ask,  if  I  am  guilty,  to  be  shot ;  if  innocent,  to  be  set  at 
liberty." 

"  Are  you  well  fed  ? "  said  the  inspector. 

"  I  believe  so  —  I  know  not ;  but  that  matters  little.  What  matters 
really,  not  only  to  me,  but  to  every  functionary  of  justice,  every  member 
of  the  government,  is,  that  an  innocent  man  should  languish  in  prison, 
the  victim  of  an  infamous  denunciation,  cursing  his  murderers." 

"  You  are  very  humble  to-day,"  remarked  the  governor.  "  You  are 
not  so  always ;  the  other  day,  for  instance,  when  you  tried  to  kill  the 
turnkey." 

"  It  is  true,  sir,  and  I  beg  his  pardon ;  for  he  has  always  been  very 
good  to  me;  but  I  was  mad." 

"  And  you  are  not  so  any  longer  ? " 

"  No !  captivity  has  subdued,  broken,  annihilated  me ;  I  have  been 
here  so  long." 

"  So  long  I  —  when  were  you  arrested,  then  1 "  asked  the  inspector. 

"  The  28th  of  February,  1815,  at  half-past  two  in  the  afternoon." 

"  To-day  is  the  30th  of  June,  1816 :  why,  it  is  but  seventeen  months." 

"  Only  seventeen  months !  "  replied  Dantes.  "  Oh,  you  do  not  know 
ivhat  is  seventeen  months  in  prison !  seventeen  years, —  seventeen  ages 
rather,  especially  to  a  man  who,  like  me,  had  arrived  at  the  summit  of 
his  ambition  —  to  a  man  who,  like  me,  was  on  the  point  of  marrying  a 
woman  he  adored,  who  saw  an  honorable  career  open  before  him,  and 
who  loses  all  in  an  instant  —  who  sees  his  prospects  destroyed,  and  is 
Ignorant  of  the  fate  of  his  affianced  wife,  and  whether  his  aged  father 
be  still  living!  Seventeen  months'  captivity  to  a  sailor  accustomed  to  the 
air,  the  expanse,  the  immensity  of  the  boundless  ocean,  is  a  worse  punish 
ment  than  human  crime  ever  merited.  Have  pity  on  me,  then,  and  ask 


l.y_>  THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

for  me,  not  indulgence,  but  a  trial  —  let  me  see  my  judges ;  I  ask  only  t'«  >r 
a  judge ;  you  cannot  refuse  to  bring  me  before  a  judge." 

"  We  shall  see,"  said  the  inspector ;  then,  turning  to  the  governor : 
"  On  my  word,  the  poor  devil  touches  me.  You  must  show  me  the  proofs 
against  him." 

"  Certainly ;  but  you  will  find  terrible  notes  against  him." 

"  Monsieur,"  continued  Dantes,  "  I  know  it  is  not  in  your  power  to 
release  me ;  but  you  can  forward  my  petition,  can  obtain  an  inquiry, 
can  plead  for  me  —  you  can  have  me  tried ;  and  that  is  all  I  ask." 

"  Light  me,"  said  the  inspector. 

"  Monsieur,"  cried  Dantes,  "  I  can  tell  by  your  voice  you  are  touched 
with  pity;  tell  me  at  least  to  hope." 

"  I  cannot  tell  you  that,"  replied  the  inspector ;  "  I  can  only  promise 
to  examine  into  your  case." 

"  Oh,  I  am  free  —  then  I  am  saved  ! " 

"  Who  arrested  you  ? " 

"  M.  Villefort.     See  him,  and  hear  what  he  says." 

"  M.  Villefort  is  no  longer  at  Marseilles ;  he  is  now  at  Toulouse." 

"  I  am  no  longer  surprised  at  my  detention,"  murmured  Dantes, 
"  since  my  only  protector  is  removed." 

"  Had  M.  de  Villefort  any  cause  of  personal  dislike  to  you?" 

"  None ;  on  the  contrary,  he  was  very  kind  to  me." 

"  I  can,  then,  rely  on  the  notes  he  has  left  concerning  you? " 

"  Entirely." 

"  That  is  well ;  wait  patiently,  then." 

Dantes  fell  on  his  knees,  and  prayed  earnestly  for  the  man  who  had 
descended  to  this  Hades.  The  door  closed ;  but  this  time  a  fresh  inmate 
was  left  with  Dantes  —  Hope. 

"  Will  you  see  the  register  at  once,"  asked  the  governor,  "or  proceed 
to  the  other  cell  ? " 

"  Let  us  visit  them  alj,"  said  the  inspector.  "  If  I  once  mounted  the 
stairs,  I  should  never  have  the  courage  to  descend/' 

"Ah,  this  one  is  not  like  the  other;  and  his  madness  is  less  affecting 
than  the  reason  of  his  neighbor." 

"What  is  his  folly?" 

"He  fancies  he  possesses  an  immense  treasure.  The  first  year  In- 
offered  government  a  million  of  francs  ($200,000)  for  his  release;  tin- 
second,  two ;  the  third,  three ;  and  so  on  progressively.  He  is  now  hi 
his  fifth  year  of  captivity ;  he  will  ask  to  speak  to  you  in  private,  and 
offer  you  five  millions." 

"  How  curious !  —  what  is  his  name  ? " 

"  L'Abbe  Faria." 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


158 


"  No.  27,"  said  the  inspector. 

"  It  is  here ;  unlock  the  door,  Antoine." 

The  turnkey  obeyed,  and  the  inspector  gazed  curiously  into  the 
chamber  of  the  mad  abbe,  as  the  prisoner  was  usually  called. 

In  the  center  of  the  cell,  in  a  circle  traced  with  a  fragment  of 


plaster  detached  from  the  wall,  sat  a  man  whose  tattered  garments 
scarcely  covered  him.  He  was  drawing  in  this  circle  geometrical  lines, 
and  seemed  as  much  absorbed  in  his  problem  as  Archimedes  when  the 
soldier  of  Marcellus  slew  him.  He  did  not  move  at  the  sound  of  the 


154  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

door,  and  continued  his  problem  until  the  flash  of  the  torches  lighted 
up  with  an  unwonted  glare  the  somber  walls  of  his  cell;  then,  raising 
his  head,  he  perceived  with  astonishment  the  number  of  persons  in  liis 
cell.  He  hastily  seized  the  coverlid  of  his  bed,  and  wrapped  it  round 
him  in  order  to  appear  in  a  more  decent  state  to  the  strangers. 

"  What  do  you  demand  ? "  said  the  inspector. 

"  I,  monsieur!"  replied  the  abbe,  with  an  air  of  surprise, — "I  demand 
nothing." 

"  You  do  not  understand,"  continued  the  inspector ;  "  I  am  sent  here 
by  government  to  visit  the  prisoners,  and  hear  the  requests  of  the 
prisoners." 

"  Oh,  that  is  different,"  cried  the  abbe ;  "  and  we  shall  understand 
each  other,  I  hope." 

"  There,  now,"  whispered  the  governor,  "  it  is  just  as  I  told  you," 

"  Monsieur,"  continued  the  prisoner,  "  I  am  the  Abbe  Faria,  bom  at 
Rome.  I  was  for  twenty  years  Cardinal  Spada's  secretary;  I  was 
arrested,  why  I  know  not,  in  1811;  since  then  I  have  demanded  my 
liberty  from  the  Italian  and  French  government." 

"  Why  from  the  French  government  ? " 

"Because  I  was  arrested  at  Piombino;  and  I  presume  that,  like 
Milan  and  Florence,  Piombino  has  become  the  capital  of  some  French 
department." 

The  inspector  and  governor  looked  at  each  other  with  a  smile. 

"  Ah ! "  said  the  inspector,  "  you  have  not  the  latest  intelligence  from 
Italy." 

"  They  date  from  the  day  on  which  I  was  arrested,"  returned  the 
Abbe  Faria ;  "  and  as  the  emperor  had  created  the  kingdom  of  Rome 
for  his  infant  son,  I  presume  that  he  has  realized  the  dream  of  Machiavel 
and  Cassar  Borgia,  which  was  to  make  Italy  one  vast  kingdom." 

"  Monsieur,"  returned  the  inspector,  "  Providence  has  fortunately 
changed  this  gigantic  plan  you  advocate  so  warmly." 

"  It  is  the  only  means  of  rendering  Italy  happy  and  independent." 

"  Very  possibly ;  only  I  am  not  come  to  discuss  politics,  but  to 
inquire  if  you  have  anything  to  ask  or  complain  of." 

"The  food  is  the  same  as  in  other  prisons, —  that  is,  very  bad;  the 
lodging  is  very  unwholesome,  but,  on  the  whole,  passable  for  a  dun 
geon;  but  it  is  not  that  which  I  speak  of,  but  of  a  secret  I  have  to 
reveal  of  the  greatest  importance." 

"  We  are  coming  to  the  point,"  whispered  the  governor. 

"  It  is  for  that  reason  I  am  delighted  to  see  you,"  continued  the  abbe", 
"although  you  have  disturbed  me  in  a  most  important  calculation, 
which,  if  it  succeeded,  would  possibly  change  Newton's  system.  Could 
you  allow  me  a  few  words  in  private  I " 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 


155 


"  What  did  I  tell  you  ?  "  said  the  governor. 
"  You  knew  him,"  returned  the  inspector. 

"What  you  ask  is  impossible,  monsieur,"  continued  he,  addressing 
i'  ana. 


The  Abb4  Faria. 


"  But "  said  the  abbe,  "I  would  speak  to  you  of  a  large  sum,  amounting 
to  five  millions." 

'  The  very  figure  you  named,"  whispered,  in  his  turn,  the  inspector. 

"  However  "  continued  Faria,  perceiving  the  inspector  was  about  to 
depart,  "  it  is  not  absolutely  necessary  we  should  be  alone ;  monsieur 
the  governor  can  be  present." 


156  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-VHISTO. 

"  Unfortunately,"  said  the  governor,  "  I  know  beforehand  what  you 
are  about  to  say ;  it  concerns  your  treasures,  does  it  not  T  * 

Faria  fixed  his  eyes  on  him  with  an  expression  that  would  have 
convinced  any  one  else  of  his  sanity. 

"  Doubtless,"  said  he ;  "  of  what  else  should  I  speak  f " 

"  Monsieur  1'Inspecteur,"  continued  the  governor,  "  I  can  tell  you  the 
story  as  well,  for  it  has  been  dinned  in  my  ears  for  the  last  four  or  five 
years." 

"  That  proves,"  returned  the  abb6,  "  that  you  are  like  the  people  of 
Holy  Writ,  who  have  eyes  and  see  not,  and  who  have  ears  and  hear 
not." 

"  The  government  does  not  want  your  treasures,"  replied  the  inspector; 
"keep  them  until  you  are  liberated."  The  abbe's  eyes  glistened;  he 
seized  the  inspector's  hand. 

"  But  what  if  I  am  not  liberated,"  cried  he,  "  and  am  detained  here, 
contrary  to  all  justice,  until  my  death  ?  What,  if  I  die  without  reveal 
ing  my  secret?  the  treasure  will  be  lost.  Had  not  government  better 
profit  by  it  ?  I  will  offer  six  millions,  and  I  will  content  myself  with 
the  rest." 

"  On  my  word,"  said  the  inspector,  in  a  low  tone,  "  had  I  not  been 
told  beforehand  this  man  was  mad,  I  should  believe  what  he  says." 

"  I  am  not  mad!"  replied  Faria,  with  that  acuteness  of  hearing  pecul 
iar  to  prisoners.  "  The  treasure  I  speak  of  really  exists ;  and  I  offer  to 
sign  a  treaty  with  you,  by  virtue  of  which  you  will  take  me  to  a  spot 
I  shall  designate,  you  shall  see  the  earth  dug  up  under  your  own  eyes, 
and  if  I  lie,  if  nothing  is  found,  if  I  am  mad,  as  you  call  me,  then  bring 
me  here  again,  and  I  shall  die  without  asking  more." 

The  governor  laughed.     "  Is  the  spot  far  from  here  ?  " 

"  A  hundred  leagues." 

"  It  is  not  a  bad  idea,"  said  the  governor.  "  If  every  prisoner  took  it 
into  his  head  to  travel  a  hundred  leagues,  and  their  guardians  consented 
to  accompany  them,  they  would  have  a  capital  chance  of  escaping." 

"  The  scheme  is  well  known,"  said  the  inspector;  "and  M.  1'Abbr  has 
not  even  the  merit  of  its  invention." 

Then,  turning  to  Faria,  "  I  inquired  if  you  are  well  fed  ? "  said  he. 

"  Swear  to  me,"  replied  Faria,  "  to  free  me,  if  what  I  tell  you  prove 
true,  and  I  will  stay  here  whilst  you  go  to  the  spot." 

"  Are  you  well  fed  I "  repeated  the  inspector. 

"  Monsieur,  you  run  no  risk,  for,  as  I  told  you,  I  will  stay  here ;  so 
there  is  no  chance  of  my  escaping." 

"  You  do  not  reply  to  my  question,"  replied  the  inspector  impatiently. 

"  Nor  you  to  mine,"  cried  the  abbe.    "  Accursed  be  you  like  the  other 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 


159 


fools  who  will  not  believe  me !  You  will  not  accept  my  gold ;  I  will 
keep  it  for  myself.  You  refuse  me  my  liberty ;  Grod  will  give  it  me. 
Gro  !  I  have  no  more  to  say."  And  the  abbe,  casting  away  his  coverlid 
resumed  his  place  and  continued  his  calculations. 


"  What  is  he  doing  there  ?  "  said  the  inspector. 
"  Counting  his  treasures,"  replied  the  governor. 

Faria  replied  to  this  sarcasm  by  a  glance  of  profound  contempt. 

They  left  the  dungeon,  and  the  door  closed  behind  them. 
"  He  has  been  wealthy  once,  perhaps,"  said  the  inspector. 


160  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  Or  dreamed  he  was,  and  awoke  mad." 

"  After  all,"  said  the  inspector,  with  the  candor  of  corruption,  "  if  he 
had  been  rich,  he  would  not  have  been  here." 

Thus  finished  the  adventure  of  the  Abbe  Faria.  He  remained  in  his 
cell,  and  this  visit  only  increased  the  belief  of  his  insanity. 

Caligula  or  Nero,  those  treasure-seekers,  those  desirers  of  the  impos 
sible,  would  have  accorded  to  the  poor  wretch,  in  exchange  for  his 
wealth,  the  liberty  and  the  air  he  so  earnestly  prayed  for.  But  the 
kings  of  modern  ages,  retained  within  the  limits  of  probability,  have 
neither  the  courage  nor  the  desire.  They  fear  the  ear  that  hears  their 
orders,  and  the  eye  that  scrutinizes  their  actions.  They  do  not  feel  the 
divinity  that  hedges  a  king;  they  are  men  with  crowns — that  is  all. 
Formerly  they  believed  themselves  sprung  from  Jupiter,  and  shielded 
by  their  birth ;  but,  nowadays,  they  are  not  inviolable.  It  has  always 
been  against  the  policy  of  despotic  governments  to  suffer  the  victims  of 
their  policy  to  re-appear.  As  the  Inquisition  rarely  suffered  its  victims 
to  be  seen  with  their  limbs  distorted  and  their  flesh  lacerated  by  torture, 
so  madness  is  always  concealed  in  its  cell,  from  whence,  should  it  depart, 
it  is  conveyed  to  some  gloomy  hospital,  where  the  doctor  recognizes 
neither  man  nor  mind  in  the  mutilated  being  the  jailer  delivers  to  him. 
The  very  madness  of  the  Abbe  Faria,  gone  mad  in  prison,  condemned 
him  to  perpetual  captivity. 

The  inspector  kept  his  word  with  Dantes :  he  examined  the  register, 
and  found  the  following  note  concerning  him : 

C  Violent  Bonapartist ;  took  an  active  part  in  the  return 
Edmond  Dantes.  <     from  Ella. 

(  The  greatest  watchfulness  and  care  to  be  exercised. 

This  note  was  in  a  different  hand  from  the  rest,  which  proved  it  had 
been  added  since  his  confinement.  The  inspector  could  not  contend 
against  this  accusation ;  he  simply  wrote,  Nothing  to  be  done. 

This  visit  had  infused  new  vigor  into  Dantes ;  he  had,  till  then,  for 
gotten  the  date ;  but  now,  with  a  fragment  of  plaster,  he  wrote  the  date, 
30th  July,  1816 ;  and  made  a  mark  every  day,  in  order  not  to  lose  his 
reckoning  again.  Days  and  weeks  passed  away,  then  months  —  Dantes 
still  waited ;  he  at  first  expected  to  be  freed  in  a  fortnight.  This  fort 
night  expired ;  he  reflected  the  inspector  would  do  nothing  until  his 
return  to  Paris,  and  that  he  would  not  reach  there  until  his  circuit  was 
finished ;  he  therefore  fixed  three  months ;  three  months  passed  away, 
then  six  more.  During  these  ten  months  no  favorable  change  had  taken 
place;  no  consoling  news  came,  his  jailer  was  dumb  as  usual,  and 
Dantes  began  to  fancy  the  inspector's  visit  was  but  a  dream,  an  illusion 
of  the  brain. 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 


161 


At  the  expiration  of  a  year  the  governor  was  changed;  he  had 
obtained  the  government  of  Ham.  He  took  with  him  several  of  his 
subordinates,  and  amongst  them  Dantes'  jailer.  A  fresh  governor 
arrived.  It  would  have  been  too  tedious  to  acquire  the  names  of 
the  prisoners ;  he  learned  their  numbers  instead.  This  horrible  board 
ing-house  consisted  of  fifty  chambers ;  their  inhabitants  were  designated 
by  the  number  of  their  chamber ;  and  the  unhappy  young  man  was  no 
longer  called  Edmond  Dantes, —  he  was  now  No.  34. 


CHAPTER    XV 

NUMBER    34    AND    NUMBER    27 

ANTES  passed  through  all  the  degrees  of  misfortune  that 
prisoners,  forgotten  in  their  dungeons,  suffer.  He  com 
menced  with  pride,  a  natural  consequence  of  hope  and  a 
consciousness  of  innocence;  then  he  began  to  doubt  his 
own  innocence,  which  justified  in  some  measure  the  governor's  belief  in 
his  mental  alienation ;  and  then,  falling  into  the  opposite  extreme,  he 
supplicated,  not  Heaven,  but  his  jailer.  Heaven,  which  ought  to  be 
the  first  resort  of  the  unhappy,  is  the  last  one,  only  sought  when  all 
others  have  been  tried  in  vain. 

Dantes  entreated  to  be  removed  from  his  present  dungeon  into 
another,  even  if  it  were  darker  and  deeper,  for  a  change,  however  dis 
advantageous,  was  still  a  change,  and  would  afford  him  some  amuse 
ment.  He  entreated  to  be  allowed  to  walk  about,  to  have  books  and 
instruments.  Nothing  was  granted;  no  matter,  he  asked  all  the  same. 
He  accustomed  himself  to  speak  to  his  fresh  jailer,  although  he  was,  if 
possible,  more  taciturn  than  the  former ;  but  still,  to  speak  to  a  man, 
even  though  a  mute,  was  something.  Dantes  spoke  for  the  sake  of 
hearing  his  own  voice ;  he  had  tried  to  speak  when  alone,  but  the  sound 
of  his  voice  terrified  him. 

Often,  before  his  captivity,  Dantes'  mind  had  revolted  at  the  idea  of 
those  assemblages  of  prisoners,  composed  of  thieves,  vagabonds,  and 
murderers.  He  now  wished  to  be  amongst  them,  in  order  to  see  some 
other  face  besides  that  of  his  jailer;  he  sighed  for  the  galleys,  with 
their  infamous  costume,  their  chain,  and  the  brand  on  the  shoulder. 
The  galley-slaves  breathed  the  fresh  air  of  heaven,  and  saw  each  other. 
They  were  very  happy. 

He  besought  the  jailer  one  day  to  let  him  have  a  companion,  were 
it  even  the  mad  abbe.  The  jailer,  though  rude  and  hardened  by  the 
constant  sight  of  so  much  suffering,  was  yet  a  man.  At  the  bottom  of 

162 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  163 

his  heart  he  had  often  compassionated  the  unhappy  young  man  who 
suffered  thus ;  and  he  laid  the  request  of  No.  34  before  the  governor  • 
but  the  latter  sapiently  imagined  that  Dantes  wished  to  conspire  or 
attempt  an  escape,  and  refused  his  request.  Dantes  had  exhausted  all 
human  resources ;  and  he  then  turned  to  Grod. 

All  the  pious  ideas  that  had  been  so  long  forgotten,  returned ;  he 
recollected  the  prayers  his  mother  had  taught  him,  and  discovered  a 
new  meaning  in  every  word;  for  in  prosperity  prayers  seem  but  a  mere 
assemblage  of  words,  until  the  day  when  misfortune  comes  to  explain  to 
the  unhappy  sufferer  the  sublime  language  by  which  he  speaks  to  God. 
He  prayed  and  prayed  aloud,  no  longer  terrified  at  the  sound  of  his 
voice ;  for  he  fell  into  a  species  of  ecstasy  and  saw  Grod  at  every  word 
he  uttered.  He  laid  every  action  of  his  life  before  the  Almighty,  pro 
posed  tasks  to  accomplish,  and  at  the  end  of  every  prayer  introduced 
the  entreaty  oftener  addressed  to  man  than  to  Grod,  "  Forgive  us  our 
trespasses  as  we  forgive  them  that  trespass  against  us."  Spite  of  his 
earnest  prayers,  Dantes  remained  a  prisoner. 

Then  a  gloomy  feeling  took  possession  of  him.  He  was  simple,  and 
without  education ;  he  could  not,  therefore,  in  the  solitude  of  his  dun 
geon,  and  of  his  own  thoughts,  reconstruct  the  ages  that  had  passed, 
reanimate  the  nations  that  had  perished,  and  rebuild  the  ancient  cities 
that  imagination  renders  so  vast  and  poetic,  and  that  pass  before  our 
eyes,  illuminated  by  the  fires  of  heaven,  as  in  Martin's  pictures  of 
Babylon.  He  could  not  do  this,  he  whose  past  life  was  so  short,  whose 
present  so  melancholy,  and  his  future  so  doubtful.  Nineteen  years  of 
light  to  reflect  upon  in  eternal  darkness.  No  distraction  could  come  to 
his  aid ;  his  energetic  spirit,  that  would  have  exulted  in  thus  revisit 
ing  the  past,  was  imprisoned  like  an  eagle  in  a  cage.  He  clung  to  one 
idea  —  that  of  his  happiness,  destroyed,  without  apparent  cause,  by  an 
unheard  of  fatality ;  he  considered  and  reconsidered  this  idea,  devoured 
it  (thus  to  speak),  as  Ugolino  devours  the  skull  of  the  Archbishop 
Roger  in  the  Inferno  of  Dante. 

Eage  succeeded  to  this.  Dantes  uttered  blasphemies  that  made  his 
jailer  recoil  with  horror,  dashed  himself  furiously  against  the  walls  of 
his  prison ;  he  was  in  a  fury  with  everything,  and  chiefly  himself,  and 
the  least  thing  —  a  grain  of  sand,  a  straw,  or  a  breath  of  air  —  that 
annoyed  him.  Then  the  letter  of  denunciation  that  he  had  seen  and 
that  Villefort  had  showed  to  him  recurred  to.  his  mind,  and  every 
line  seemed  visible  in  fiery  letters  on  the  wall,  like  the  Mene  Tekel 
Upharsin  of  Belshazzar.  He  said  that  it  was  the  vengeance  of  man,  and 
not  of  Heaven,  that  had  thus  plunged  him  into  the  deepest  misery.  He 
devoted  these  unknown  persecutors  to  the  most  horrible  tortures  he 


164  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 

could  devise  in  his  ardent  imagination,  and  found  them  all  insufficient, 
because  after  torture  came  death,  and  after  death,  if  not  repose,  at  least 
that  insensibility  that  resembles  it. 

By  dint  of  constantly  dwelling  on  the  idea  that  repose  was  death, 
and,  in  order  to  punish,  other  tortures  than  death  must  be  invented,  he 
began  to  reflect  on  suicide.  Unhappy  he,  who,  on  the  brink  of  misfor 
tune,  broods  over  these  ideas !  It  is  one  of  those  dead  seas  that  seem 
clear  and  smooth  to  the  eye ;  but  he  who  unwarily  ventures  within  its 
embrace  finds  himself  entangled  in  the  bituminous  deposit  that  draws 
him  down  and  swallows  him.  Once  thus  ensnared,  unless  the  protect 
ing  hand  of  God  snatch  him  thence,  all  is  over,  and  his  struggles  but 
tend  to  hasten  his  destruction.  This  state  of  mental  anguish  is,  how 
ever,  less  terrible  than  the  sufferings  that  precede,  and  the  punishment 
that  awaits  it  —  a  sort  of  consolation  that  points  to  the  yawning  abyss, 
at  the  bottom  of  which  is  nothingness. 

Edmond  found  some  solace  in  these  ideas.  All  his  sorrows,  all  his 
sufferings,  with  their  train  of  gloomy  specters,  fled  from  his  cell  when 
the  angel  of  death  seemed  about  to  enter.  Dantes  reviewed  with  com 
posure  his  past  life,  and,  looking  forward  with  terror  to  his  future 
existence,  chose  that  middle  line  that  seemed  to  afford  him  a  refuge. 

"  Sometimes,"  said  he,  "  in  my  voyages,  when  I  was  a  man  and  com 
manded  other  men,  I  have  seen  the  heavens  become  overcast,  the  sea 
rage  and  foam,  the  storm  arise,  and,  like  a  monstrous  bird,  cover  the  sky 
with  its  wings.  Then  I  felt  that  my  vessel  was  a  vain  refuge  that,  like 
a  feather  in  a  giant's  hand,  trembled  and  shook  before  the  tempest.  Soon 
the  fury  of  the  waves  and  the  sight  of  the  sharp  rocks  announced  the 
approach  of  death,  and  death  then  terrified  me,  and  I  used  all  my  skill 
and  intelligence  as  a  man  and  a  sailor  to  escape.  But  I  did  so  because 
I  was  happy,  because  I  had  not  courted  death,  because  this  repose  on  a 
bed  of  rocks  and  seaweed  seemed  terrible,  because  I  was  unwilling  that 
I,  a  creature  made  for  the  service  of  God,  should  serve  for  food  to  the 
gulls  and  vultures.  But  now  it  is  different :  I  have  lost  all  that  bound 
me  to  life ;  death  smiles  and  invites  me  to  repose ;  I  die  after  my  own 
manner,  I  die  exhausted  and  broken-spirited,  as  I  fall  asleep  when  I 
have  paced  three  thousand  times  round  my  cell, —  that  is  thirty  thmisaiul 
steps,  or  about  ten  leagues." 

No  sooner  had  this  idea  taken  possession  of  him  than  he  became 
more  composed,  arranged  his  couch  to  the  best  of  his  power,  ate  little 
and  slept  less,  and  found  this  existence  almost  supportable  because  he 
felt  he  could  throw  it  off  at  pleasure,  like  a  worn-out  garment.  He  had 
two  means  of  dying :  the  one  was  to  hang  himself  with  his  handkerchief, 
to  the  stanchions  of  the  window;  the  other,  to  refuse  food,  and  starve 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 


165 


himself.  But  the  former  means  were  repugnant  to  him.  Dantes  had 
always  entertained  the  greatest  horror  of  pirates,  who  are  hung  up  to 
the  yard-arm ;  he  would  not  die  by  what  seemed  an  infamous  death  He 
resolved  to  adopt  the  second,  and  began  that  day  to  execute  his  resolve 


Nearly  four  years  had  thus  passed  away ;  at  the  end  of  the  second 
he  had  ceased  to  mark  the  lapse  of  time.  Dantes  said,  "  I  wish  to  die," 
and  had  chosen  the  manner  of  his  death ;  and,  fearful  of  changing  his 


166  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

mind,  he  had  taken  an  oath  to  die.    "When  my  morning  and 

meals  are  brought,"  thought  he,  "  I  will  cast  them  out  of  the  window, 

and  I  shall  be  believed  to  have  eaten  them." 

He  kept  his  word :  twice  a  day  he  cast  out,  by  the  barred  aperture, 
the  provisions  his  jailer  brought  him — at  first  gayly,  then  with  delib 
eration,  and  at  last  with  regret.  Nothing  but  the  recollection  of  his 
oath  gave  him  strength  to  proceed.  Hunger  rendered  these  viands, 
once  so  repugnant,  acceptable  to  him ;  he  held  the  plate  in  his  hand  for 
an  hour  at  a  time,  and  gazed  on  the  morsel  of  bad  meat,  of  tainted  fish, 
of  black  and  moldy  bread.  It  was  the  last  instinct  of  life,  which  occa 
sionally  vanquished  his  resolve ;  then  his  dungeon  seemed  less  somber, 
his  prospects  less  desperate.  He  was  still  young  —  he  was  only  four  or 
five  and  twenty  —  he  had  nearly  fifty  years  to  live.  What  unforeseen 
events  might  not  open  his  prison  door  and  restore  him  to  liberty! 
Then  he  raised  to  his  lips  the  repast  that,  like  a  voluntary  Tantalus,  he 
refused  himself ;  but  he  thought  of  his  oath,  and  he  would  not  break  it. 
He  persisted  until,  at  last,  he  had  not  sufficient  force  to  cast  his  supper 
out  of  the  loop-hole.  The  next  morning  he  could  not  see  or  hear ;  the 
jailer  feared  he  was  dangerously  ill.  Edmond  hoped  he  was  dying. 

The  day  passed  away  thus :  Edmond  felt  a  species  of  stupor  creep 
ing  over  him ;  the  gnawing  pain  at  his  stomach  had  ceased ;  his  thirst 
had  abated ;  when  he  closed  his  eyes  he  saw  myriads  of  lights  dancing 
before  them,  like  the  meteors  that  play  about  the  marshes.  It  was  the 
twilight  of  that  mysterious  country  called  Death ! 

Suddenly,  about  nine  o'clock  in  the  evening,  Edmond  heard  a  hollow 
sound  in  the  wall  against  which  he  was  lying. 

So  many  loathsome  animals  inhabited  the  prison  that  their  noise 
did  not,  in  general,  awake  him ;  but  whether  abstinence  had  quickened 
his  faculties,  or  whether  the  noise  was  really  louder  than  usual,  Edmond 
raised  his  head  and  listened.  It  was  a  continual  scratching,  as  if  made 
by  a  huge  claw,  a  powerful  tooth,  or  some  iron  instrument  attacking 
the  stones. 

Although  weakened,  the  young  man's  brain  instantly  recurred  to 
the  idea  that  haunts  all  prisoners  —  liberty !  This  sound  came  just  at 
the  time  when  all  sounds  were  about  to  cease  for  him.  It  seemed  to 
him  that  Heaven  had  at  length  taken  pity  on  him,  and  had  sent  this 
noise  to  warn  him  on  the  very  brink  of  the  abyss.  Perhaps  one  of 
those  beloved  ones  he  had  so  often  thought  of  was  thinking  of  him,  and 
striving  to  diminish  the  distance  that  separated  them. 

No !  no !  doubtless  he  was  deceived,  and  it  was  but  one  of  those 
dreams  that  forerun  death ! 

Edmond  still  heard  the  sound.  It  lasted  nearly  three  hours;  he  then 
heard  a  noise  of  something  falling,  and  all  was  silent. 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  167 

Some  hours  afterward  it  began  nearer  and  more  distinct;  Edmond 
became  already  interested  in  that  labor,  which  seemed  like  companion 
ship,  when  the  jailer  entered. 

For  a  week  that  he  had  resolved  to  die,  and  for  four  days  that  he 
put  this  resolution  into  execution,  Edmond  had  not  spoken  to  this 
man,  had  not  answered  him  when  he  inquired  what  was  the  matter 
with  him,  and  turned  his  face  to  the  wall  when  he  looked  too  curiously 
at  him ;  but  now  the  jailer  might  hear  this  noise  and  put  an  end  to 
it,  thus  destroying  a  ray  of  something  like  hope  that  soothed  his  last 
moments. 

The  jailer  brought  him  his  breakfast.  Dantes  raised  himself  up, 
and  in  loud  tones  began  to  speak  on  eveiything :  on  the  bad  quality  of 
his  food,  on  the  coldness  of  his  dungeon,  grumbling  and  complaining,  in 
order  to  have  an  excuse  for  speaking  louder,  and  wearying  the  patience 
of  his  jailer,  who  had  solicited  some  broth  and  white  bread  for  his 
prisoner,  and  who  had  brought  it. 

Fortunately  he  fancied  Dantes  was  delirious ;  and,  placing  his  food 
on  the  rickety  table,  he  withdrew.  Left  alone,  Edmond  listened,  and 
the  sound  became  more  and  more  distinct. 

" There  can  be  no  doubt,"  thought  he,  "it  is  some  prisoner  who  is 
striving  to  obtain  his  freedom.  Oh,  if  I  were  near  him,  how  I  would 
assist  him." 

Suddenly  another  idea  took  possession  of  his  mind,  so  used  to  mis 
fortune  that  it  could  scarcely  understand  hope ;  yet  this  idea  possessed 
him,  that  the  noise  arose  from  the  workmen  the  governor  had  ordered 
to  repair  the  neighboring  dungeon. 

It  was  easy  to  ascertain  this ;  but  how  could  he  risk  the  question  1 
It  was  easy  to  call  his  jailer's  attention  to  the  noise,  and  watch  his 
countenance  as  he  listened;  but  might  he  not  by  this  means  betray 
interests  far  more  precious  than  this  short-lived  satisfaction  ?  Unfort 
unately,  Edmond's  brain  was  still  so  feeble  that  he  could  not  bend  his 
thoughts  to  anything  in  particular.  He  saw  but  one  means  of  restoring 
lucidity  and  clearness  to  his  judgment.  He  turned  his  eyes  toward  the 
soup  his  jailer  had  brought  him,  rose,  staggered  toward  it,  raised  the 
vessel  to  his  lips  and  drank  off  the  contents  with  a  feeling  of  indescribable 
pleasure. 

He  had  the  resolution  to  stop  with  this.  He  had  often  heard  that 
shipwrecked  persons  had  died  through  having  eagerly  devoured  too 
much  food ;  Edmond  replaced  on  the  table  the  bread  he  was  about  to 
devour,  and  returned  to  his  couch  —  he  did  not  wish  to  die.  He  soon 
felt  that  his  ideas,  so  vague  and  intangible,  became  again  collected — he 
could  think,  and  strengthen  his  thoughts  by  reasoning.  Then  he  said 
to  himself : 


108  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  I  must  put  this  to  the  test,  but  without  compromising  anybody.  If 
it  is  a  workman,  I  need  but  knock  against  the  wall,  and  he  will  cease  to 
work,  in  order  to  find  out  who  is  knocking,  and  why  he  does  so ;  but  as 
his  occupation  is  sanctioned  by  the  governor,  he  will  soon  resume  it.  If, 
on  the  contrary,  it  is  a  prisoner,  the  noise  I  make  will  alarm  him,  he  will 
cease,  and  not  recommence  until  he  thinks  eveiy  one  is  asleep." 

Edmond  rose  again,  but  this  time  his  legs  did  not  tremble,  and  his 
eyes  were  free  from  mists ;  he  advanced  to  a  corner  of  his  dungeon, 
detached  a  stone,  and  with  it  knocked  against  the  wall  where  the  sound 
came.  He  struck  thrice. 

At  the  first  blow  the  sound  ceased  as  if  by  magic. 

Edmond  listened  intently:  an  hour  passed,  two  hours  passed,  and 
no  sound  was  heard ;  all  was  silent  there  on  the  other  side  of  the  wall. 

Full  of  hope,  Edmond  swallowed  a  few  mouthfuls  of  bread  and 
water,  and,  thanks  to  the  excellence  of  his  constitution,  found  himself 
well-nigh  recovered. 

The  day  passed  away  in  utter  silence;  night  came  without  the 
noise  having  recommenced. 

"  It  is  a  prisoner,"  said  Edmond  joyfully.  His  brain  was  on  fire,  and 
life  and  energy  returned. 

The  night  passed  in  perfect  silence ;  Edmond  did  not  close  his  eyes. 

In  the  morning  the  jailer  brought  him  fresh  provisions  —  he  had 
already  devoured  those  of  the  previous  day;  he  ate  these,  listening 
anxiously  for  the  sound,  fearing  it  had  ceased  forever ;  walking  round 
and  round  his  cell,  shaking  the  iron  bars  of  the  loop-hole,  restoiing  by 
exercise  vigor  and  agility  to  his  limbs,  and  preparing  himself  thus  for 
his  future  destiny,  as  an  athlete  before  entering  the  arena.  At  intervals 
he  listened  if  the  noise  had  not  begun  again,  and  grew  impatient  at  the 
prudence  of  the  prisoner,  who  did  not  guess  he  had  been  disturbed  by  a 
captive  as  anxious  for  liberty  as  himself. 

Three  days  passed — seventy-two  long  tedious  hours,  counted  minute 
by  minute. 

At  length,  one  evening,  as  the  jailer  was  visiting  him  for  the  last 
time  that  night,  Dantes,  as  for  the  hundredth  time  he  glued  his  ear  to 
the  wall,  fancied  he  heard  an  almost  imperceptible  movement  among 
the  stones.  Edmond  recoiled  from  the  wall,  walked  up  and  down  his 
cell  to  collect  his  thoughts,  and  replaced  his  ear  against  the  wall. 

There  could  be  no  doubt  something  was  passing  on  the  other  side ; 
the  prisoner  had  discovered  the  danger,  and  had  substituted  the  lever 
for  the  chisel. 

Encouraged  by  this  discovery,  Edmond  determined  to  assist  the 
indefatigable  laborer.  He  began  by  moving  his  bed,  behind  which  the 


THE    COUNT   OF  XOVTX-CBISTO 


169 


work  seemed  to  be  going  on,  and  sought  with  his 
which  he  could  pie.ee  the  wall,  penmate 

He  saw  nothing,hejiad  no  knife  or  sharp  instrument,  the  grating 


of  £      iv r!W     ?ne  WaS  °f  iron'  and  he  had  to°  often  assured 

solidity.    All  his  furniture  consisted  of  a  bed,  a  chair,  a  table,  a 

^  a  jug.     The  bed  had  iron  clamps,  but  they  were  screwed  to 
)d,  and  it  would  have  required  a  screw-driver  to  take  them  off. 
e  ta    e  and  chair  had  nothing;  the  pail  had  had  a  handle,  but  that 
Had  been  removed. 


170  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRIHTO. 

Dantes  had  but  one  resource,  which  was  to  break  the  jug,  and  with 
one  of  the  sharp  fragments  attack  the  wall.  He  let  the  jug  fall  on  his 
floor,  and  it  broke  in  pieces. 

Dantes  concealed  two  or  three  of  the  sharpest  fragments  in  his  bed, 
leaving  the  rest  on  the  floor.  The  breaking  of  his  jug  was  too  natural 
an  accident  to  excite  suspicion.  Edmond  had  all  the  night  to  work  in, 
but  in  the  darkness  he  could  not  do  much,  and  he  soon  felt  his  instru 
ment  was  blunted  against  something  hard;  he  pushed  back  his  bed 
and  awaited  the  day, — with  hope,  patience  had  returned. 

All  night  he  heard  the  subterranean  workman,  who  continued  to 
mine  his  way.  The  day  came,  the  jailer  entered.  Dantes  told  him  the 
jug  had  fallen  from  his  hands  in  drinking,  and  the  jailer  went  grum- 
blingly  to  fetch  another,  without  giving  himself  the  trouble  to  remove 
the  fragments  of  the  broken  one.  He  returned  speedily,  recommended 
the  prisoner  to  be  more  careful,  and  departed. 

Dantes  heard  joyfully  the  key  grate  in  the  lock — a  sound  that  hitherto 
had  chilled  him  to  the  heart.  He  listened  until  the  sound  of  steps  died 
away,  and  then,  hastily  displacing  his  bed,  saw,  by  the  faint  light  that 
penetrated  into  his  cell,  that  he  had  labored  uselessly  the  previous 
evening  in  attacking  the  stone  instead  of  removing  the  plaster  that 
surrounded  it. 

The  damp  had  rendered  it  friable,  and  Dantes  saw  joyfully  the 
plaster  detach  itself, —  in  small  morsels,  it  is  true;  but  at  the  end  of 
half  an  hour  he  had  scraped  off  a  handful.  A  mathematician  might 
have  calculated  that  in  two  years,  supposing  that  the  rock  was  not 
encountered,  a  passage,  twenty  feet  long  and  two  feet  square,  might  be 
formed. 

The  prisoner  reproached  himself  with  not  having  thus  employed 
the  hours  he  had  passed  in  hopes,  prayers,  and  despair.  In  six  years, 
the  time  he  had  been  confined,  what  might  he  not  have  accomplished! 

This  idea  imparted  new  energy,  and  in  three  days  he  had  succeeded, 
with  the  utmost  precaution,  in  removing  the  cement  and  exposing  the 
stone ;  the  wall  was  formed  of  rough  stones,  to  give  solidity  to  which 
were  imbedded,  at  intervals,  blocks  of  hewn  stone.  It  was  one  of  these 
he  had  uncovered,  and  which  he  must  remove  from  its  socket. 

Dantes  strove  to  do  so  with  his  nails,  but  they  were  too  weak.    The 
fragments  of  the  jug  broke,  and  after  an  hour  of  useless  toil,  Dan 
paused  with  anguish  on  his  brow. 

Was  he  to  be  thus  stopped  at  the  beginning,  and  was  he  to  wait 
inactive  until  his  fellow- workman  had  completed  his  toils!  Suddenly 
an  idea  occurred  to  him, —  he  smiled,  and  the  perspiration  dried  on  hi- 
forehead. 


THE   COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


171 


The  jailer  always  brought  Dairies'  soup  in  an  iron  saucepan-  thi* 
saucepan  contained  the  soup  of  a  second  prisoner;  for  Dantes  ] 
remarked  that  it  was -either  quite  full,  or  half  empty,  according  as  the 
turnkey  gave  it  to  himself  or  his  companion  first.    The  handle  of  this 


saucepan  was  of  iron ;  Dantes  would  have  given  ten  years  of  his  life  in 
exchange  for  it. 

The  jailer  poured  the  contents  of  this  saucepan  into  Dantes'  plate, 
who,  after  eating  his  soup  with   a  wooden  spoon,  washed  the  plate, 


172  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CKISTO. 

which  thus  served  for  every  day.  In  the  evening  Dantes  placed  his 
plate  on  the  ground  near  the  door ;  the  jailer,  as  he  entered,  stepped 
on  it  and  broke  it. 

This  time  he  could  not  blame  Dantes.  He  was  wrong  to  leave  it 
there,  but  the  jailer  was  wrong  not  to  have  looked  before  him.  The 
jailer,  therefore,  contented  himself  with  grumbling.  Then  he  looked 
about  him  for  something  to  pour  the  soup  into;  Dantes'  whole  furniture 
consisted  of  one  plate  —  there  was  no  alternative. 

"  Leave  the  saucepan,"  said  Dantes ;  "  you  can  take  it  away  when  you 
bring  me  my  breakfast." 

This  advice  was  to  the  jailer's  taste,  as  it  spared  him  the  necessity 
of  ascending,  descending,  and  ascending  again.  He  left  the  saucepan. 

Dantes  was  beside  himself  with  joy.  He  rapidly  devoured  his  food, 
and  after  waiting  an  hour,  lest  the  jailer  should  change  his  mind  and 
return,  he  removed  his  bed,  took  the  handle  of  the  saucepan,  inserted 
the  point  between  the  hewn  stone  and  rough  stones  of  the  wall,  and 
employed  it  as  a  lever.  A  slight  oscillation  showed  to  Dantes  that  all 
went  well.  At  the  end  of  an  hour  the  stone  was  extricated  from  the 
wall,  leaving  a  cavity  of  a  foot  and  a  half  in  diameter. 

Dantes  carefully  collected  the  plaster,  carried  it  into  the  corners  of 
his  cell,  and  covered  it  with  earth,  which  he  scratched  up  with  one  of  the 
pieces  of  his  jug.  Then,  wishing  to  make  the  best  use  of  this  night,  in 
which  chance,  or  rather  his  own  stratagem,  had  placed  so  precious  an 
instrument  in  his  hands,  he  continued  to  work  without  ceasing.  At  the 
dawn  of  day  he  replaced  the  stone,  pushed  his  bed  against  the  wall,  and 
lay  down.  The  breakfast  consisted  of  a  piece  of  bread ;  the  jailer  entered 
and  placed  the  bread  on  the  table. 

"  Well,  you  do  not  bring  me  another  plate,"  said  Dantes. 
"  No,"  replied  the  turnkey,  "  you  smash  everything.  First  you  break 
your  jug,  then  you  make  me  break  your  plate ;  if  all  the  prisoners  fol 
lowed  your  example,  the  government  would  be  ruined.  I  shall  leave  you 
the  saucepan,  and  pour  your  soup  into  that.  So  for  the  future,  per 
haps,  you  will  not  be  so  destructive  to  your  f  urniture." 

Dantes  raised  his  eyes  to  heaven,  clasped  his  hands  beneath  the 
coverlid,  and  prayed.  He  felt  more  gratitude  for  the  possession  of  this 
piece  of  iron  than  he  had  ever  felt  for  anything.  He  had,  however, 
remarked  that  the  prisoner  on  the  other  side  had  ceased  to  labor ;  no 
matter,  this  was  a  greater  reason  for  proceeding  —  if  his  neighbor  would 
not  come  to  him,  he  would  go  to  him. 

All  day  he  toiled  on  untiringly,  and  by  the  evening  he  had  suc 
ceeded  in  extracting  ten  handfuls  of  plaster  and  fragments  of  stone. 
When  the  hour  for  his  jailer's  visit  arrived,  Dantes  straightened  the 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


173 


handle  of  the  saucepan  as  well  as  he  could,  and  placed  it  in  its  accus 
tomed  place.  The  turnkey  poured  his  ration  of  soup  into  it,  together 
with  the  fish,  for  thrice  a  week  the  prisoners  were  made  to  abstain  from 
meat:  this  would  have  been  a  method  of  reckoning  time,  had  not  Dantes 
long  ceased  to  do  so.  Having  poured  out  the  soup,  the  turnkey  retired. 


Dantes  wished  to  ascertain  whether  his  neighbor  had  really  ceased 
to  work.  He  listened—  all  was  silent,  as  it  had  been  for  the  last  three 
days.  Dantes  sighed ;  it  was  evident  that  his  neighbor  distrusted  him. 
However,  he  toiled  on  all  the  night  without  being  discouraged ;  but  after 
two  or  three  hours  he  encountered  an  obstacle.  The  iron  made  no 


174  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRI8TO. 

impression,  but  met  with  a  smooth  surface ;  Dantes  touched  it,  and 
found  it  was  a  beam.  This  beam  crossed,  or  rather  blocked  up,  the 
hole  Dantes  had  made ;  it  was  necessary,  therefore,  to  dig  above  or 
under  it.  The  unhappy  young  man  had  not  thought  of  this. 

"  O  my  God!  my  God!"  murmured  he,  "I  have  so  earnestly  prayed 
to  you,  that  I  hoped  my  prayers  had  been  heard.  After  having  deprived 
me  of  my  liberty,  after  having  deprived  me  of  death,  after  having 
recalled  me  to  existence,  my  God !  have  pity  on  me,  and  do  not  let  me 
die  in  despair." 

"  Who  talks  of  God  and  despair  at  the  same  time  ?  "  said  a  voice  that 
seemed  to  come  from  beneath  the  earth,  and,  deadened  by  the  distance, 
sounded  hollow  and  sepulchral  in  the  young  man's  ears.  Edmond's 
hair  stood  on  end,  and  he  rose  on  his  knees. 

"  Ah  ! "  said  he,  "I  hear  a  human  voice."  Edmond  had  not  heard  any 
one  speak  save  his  jailer  for  four  or  five  years ;  and  to  a  prisoner  a 
jailer  is  not  a  man  —  he  is  a  living  door  added  to  his  door  of  oak,  a 
barrier  of  flesh  and  blood  added  to  his  barriers  of  iron. 

"  In  the  name  of  Heaven,"  cried  Dantes,  "  speak  again,  though  the 
sound  of  your  voice  terrifies  me." 

"  Who  are  you  !  "  said  the  voice. 

"  An  unhappy  prisoner,"  replied  Dantes,  who  made  no  hesitation  in 
answering. 

"  Of  what  country  ? " 

"  A  Frenchman." 

"  Your  name  ? " 

"  Edmond  Dantes." 

"  Your  profession  ? " 

"  A  sailor." 

"  How  long  have  you  been  here  ? " 

"  Since  the  28th  of  February,  1815," 

"  Your  crime  I " 

"  I  am  innocent." 

"  But  of  what  are  you  accused  ? " 

"  Of  having  conspired  to  aid  the  emperor's  return." 

"  How  for  the  emperor's  return  ?  —  the  emperor  is  no  longer  on  the 
throne,  then  ?  " 

"  He  abdicated  at  Fontainebleau  in  1814,  and  was  sent  to  the  island 
of  Elba.  But  how  long  have  you  been  here  that  you  are  ignorant  of 
all  this!" 

"  Since  1811." 

Dantes  shuddered :  this  man  had  been  four  years  longer  than  himself 
in  prison. 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CEISTO.  175 

"  Do  not  dig  any  more,"  said  the  voice ;  "  only  tell  me  how  high  up  is 
your  excavation ! " 

"  On  a  level  with  the  floor." 

"  How  is  it  concealed  ? " 

"  Behind  my  bed." 

"  Has  your  bed  been  moved  since  you  have  been  a  prisoner  I " 

"  No." 

"  What  does  your  chamber  open  on  ? " 

"  A  corridor." 

"  And  the  corridor  ? " 

"  On  a  court." 

"  Alas ! "  murmured  the  voice. 

"  Oh,  what  is  the  matter  !  "  cried  Dantes. 

"  I  am  deceived,  and  the  imperfection  of  my  plans  has  ruined  all.  An 
error  of  a  line  in  the  plan  has  been  equivalent  to  fifteen  feet  in  reality, 
and  I  took  the  wall  you  are  mining  for  the  wall  of  the  fortress." 

"  But  then  you  would  end  at  the  sea  ? " 

"  That  is  what  I  hoped." 

"  And  supposing  you  succeeded  ? " 

"  I  should  have  thrown  myself  into  the  sea,  gained  one  of  the  islands 
near  here, —  the  Isle  de  Daume  or  the  Isle  de  Tiboulen, — and  then  I  was 
safe." 

§"  Could  you  have  swum  so  far  ?  " 
"  Heaven  would  have  given  me  strength ;  but  now  all  is  lost." 

"All?" 

"  Yes ;  stop  up  your  excavation  carefully ;  do  not  work  any  more,  and 
wait  until  you  hear  from  me." 

"  Tell  me,  at  least,  who  you  are." 

"lam  — I  am  No.  27." 

"  You  mistrust  me,  then,"  said  Dantes. 
Edmond  fancied  he  heard  a  bitter  laugh  proceed  from  the  unknown. 

"  Oh,  I  am  a  Christian,"  cried  Dantes,  guessing  instinctively  that  this 
man  meant  to  abandon  him.  "  I  swear  to  you  by  Him  who  died  for  us 
that  I  will  die  rather  than  breathe  one  syllable  of  the  truth  to  our  jailers ; 
but,  I  conjure  you,  do  not  abandon  me.  Let  me  know  you  are  near,  let 
me  hear  your  voice.  If  you  do  abandon  me,  I  swear  to  you  that  I  will 
dash  my  brains  out  against  the  wall,  and  you  will  have  my  death  to 
reproach  yourself  with." 

"How  old  are  you  ?    Your  voice  is  that  of  a  young  man." 

"I  do  not  know  my  age,  for  I  have  not  counted  the  years  I  have  been 
here.  All  I  do  know  is  that  I  was  just  nineteen  when  I  was  arrested, 
the  28th  of  February,  1815." 


170  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 

"  Not  quite  twenty-six ! "  murmured  the  voice ;  "  at  that  age  he  cannot 
be  a  traitor." 

"  Oh !  no,  no  ! "  cried  Dantes.  "  I  swear  to  you  again,  rather  than 
betray  you  they  shall  hew  me  to  pieces." 

"You  have  done  well  to  speak  to  me  and  entreat  me,  for  I  was  about 
to  form  another  plan,  and  leave  you ;  but  your  age  re-assures  me.  I 
will  not  forget  you.  Expect  me." 

"  When  t " 

"  I  must  calculate  our  chances ;  I  will  give  you  the  signal." 

"  But  you  will  not  leave  me ;  you  will  come  to  me,  or  you  will  let  me 
come  to  you.  We  will  escape,  and  if  we  cannot  escape  we  will  talk,— 
you  of  those  whom  you  love,  and  I  of  those  whom  I  love.  You  must 
love  somebody." 

"  No,  I  am  alone  in  the  world." 

"  Then  you  will  love  me.  If  you  are  young,  I  will  be  your  comrade ; 
if  you  are  old,  I  will  be  your  son.  I  have  a  father  who  is  seventy  if  he 
yet  lives ;  I  only  love  him  and  a  young  girl  called  Mercedes.  My  father 
has  not  yet  forgotten  me,  I  am  sure ;  but  God  alone  knows  if  she  loves 
me  still ;  I  shall  love  you  as  I  loved  my  father." 

"  It  is  well,"  returned  the  voice ;  "  to-morrow." 

These  few  words  were  uttered  with  an  accent  that  left  no  doubt 
his  sincerity ;  Dantes  rose,  dispersed  the  fragments  with  the  same  p: 
caution  as  before,  and  pushed  back  his  bed  against  the  wall.    He  the: 
gave  himself  up  to  his  happiness ;  he  would  no  longer  be  alone.    H 
was,  perhaps,  about  to  regain  his  liberty.    At  the  worst,  he  would  hav< 
a  companion ;  and  captivity  that  is  shared  is  but  half  captivity. 

All  day  Dantes  walked  up  and  down  his  cell,  his  breast  throbbi 
with  joy.    He  sat  down  occasionally  on  his  bed,  pressing  his  hand 
his  heart.    At  the  slightest  noise  he  bounded  toward  the  door.    On 
or  twice  the  thought  crossed  his  mind  that  he  might  be  separated  fro: 
this  unknown,  whom  he  loved  already ;  and  then  his  mind  was  m 
up, —  when  the  jailer  moved  his  bed  and  stooped  to  examine  the  ope 
ing,  he  would  kill  him  with  his  water-jug.    He  would  be  condemned 
die,  but  he  was  about  to  die  of  grief  and  despair  when  this  miraculo 
noise  recalled  him  to  life. 

The  jailer  came  in  the  evening;  Dantes  was  on  his  bed.  It  seemed 
to  him  that  thus  he  better  guarded  the  unfinished  opening.  Doubtless 
there  was  a  strange  expression  in  his  eyes,  for  the  jailer  said,  "  Conn-. 
are  you  going  mad  again  ?  " 

Dantes  did  not  answer;  he  feared  that  the  emotion  of  his  voice 
would  betray  him.  The  jailer  retired,  shaking  his  head.  The  night 
came ;  Dantes  hoped  that  his  neighbor  would  profit  by  the  silence  to 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE -CRI8TO.  179 

address  him,  but  he  was  mistaken.  The  next  morning,  however,  just 
as  he  removed  his  bed  from  the  wall,  he  heard  three  knocks ;  he  threw 
himself  on  his  knees. 

"  Is  it  you ? "  said  he  ;  "I  am  here." 

"  Is  your  jailer  gone  !  " 

"  Yes,"  said  Dantes ;  "  he  will  not  return  until  evening ;  so  that  we 
have  twelve  hours  before  us." 

"  I  can  work,  then,"  said  the  voice. 

"  Oh,  yes,  yes ;  this  instant,  I  entreat  you." 

In  an  instant  the  portion  of  the  floor  on  which  Dantes  (half  buried 
in  the  opening)  was  leaning  his  two  hands,  gave  way ;  he  cast  himself 
back,  whilst  a  mass  of  stones  and  earth  disappeared  in  a  hole  that  opened 
beneath  the  aperture  he  himself  had  formed.  Then  from  the  bottom  of 
this  passage,  the  depth  of  which  it  was  impossible  to  measure,  he  saw 
appear,  first  the  head,  then  the  shoulders,  and  lastly  the  body  of  a  man, 
who  sprang  lightly  into  his  cell. 


CHAPTER   XVI 

A    LEARNED     ITALIAN 

USHINGr  toward  the  friend  so  long  and  ardently  desired, 
Dantes  almost  earned  him  toward  the  window,  in  order  to 
obtain  a  better  view  of  his  features  by  the  aid  of  the  imper 
fect  light  that  struggled  through  the  grating  of  the  prison. 
He  was  a  man  of  small  stature,  with  hair  blanched  rather  by  suffer 
ing  and  sorrow  than  years.  A  deep-set,  penetrating  eye,  almost  buried 
beneath  the  thick  gray  eyebrow,  and  a  long  (and  still  black)  beard  reach 
ing  down  to  his  breast.  The  meagerness  of  his  features,  furrowed  with 
deep  wrinkles,  joined  to  the  bold  outline  of  his  strongly  marked  features 
announced  a  man  more  accustomed  to  exercise  his  moral  faculties  than 
his  physical  strength.  Large  drops  of  perspiration  were  now  standing 
on  his  brow,  while  his  garments  hung  about  him  in  such  rags  as  to 
render  it  useless  to  form  a  guess  as  to  their  primitive  description. 

The  stranger  might  have  numbered  sixty  or  sixty-five  years ;  but  a 
certain  vigor  in  his  movements  made  it  probable  that  he  was  aged  more 
from  captivity  than  the  course  of  time.  He  received  the  enthusiastic 
greeting  of  his  young  acquaintance  with  evident  pleasure,  as  though  his 
chilled  affections  seemed  rekindled  and  invigorated  by  his  contact  with 
one  so  ardent.  He  thanked  him  with  grateful  cordiality  for  his  kindly 
welcome,  although  he  must  at  that  moment  have  been  suffering  bitterly 
to  find  another  dungeon  where  he  had  fondly  reckoned  on  finding 
liberty. 

"Let  us  first  see,"  said  he,  "whether  it  is  possible  to  remove  the 
traces  of  my  entrance  here  —  our  future  comforts  depend  upon  our 
jailers  being  entirely  ignorant  of  it." 

Advancing  to  the  opening,  he  stooped  and  raised  the  stone  easily 
in  spite  of  its  weight ;  then,  fitting  it  into  its  place,  he  said : 

180 


TEE    COUNT   OF  MOVIE  -CRXSTO. 


You  removed  this  stone  very  careless!  v  >™t  T 
tools  to  aid  you."  J  '  but  l  suPP°se 

"  Why,"  exclaimed  Dantes,  with  astonishment  «  <\ 
"I  made  myself  some;  and,  with  KS 
that  are  necessary-a  chisel,  pincers,  and  levS 


had  no 


u  Oh,  how  I  should  like  to  see  these  products  of  your  industry  and 
patience." 

'  Well,  in  the  first  place,  here  is  my  chisel." 

So  saying,  he  displayed  a  sharp,  strong  blade,  with  a  handle  made 
oi  beechwood. 


182  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  And  with  what  did  you  contrive  to  make  that  f  "  inquired  Dantes. 

"  With  one  of  the  clamps  of  my  bedstead ;  and  this  very  tool  has 
sufficed  me  to  hollow  out  the  road  by  which  I  came  hither,  a  distance 
of  at  least  fifty  feet." 

"  Fifty  feet ! "  reechoed  Dantes,  with  a  species  of  terror. 

"  Do  not  speak  so  loud,  young  man  —  don't  speak  so  loud.  It  fre 
quently  occurs  in  a  state  prison  like  this  that  persons  are  stationed 
outside  the  doors  of  the  cells  purposely  to  overhear  the  conversation  of 
the  prisoners." 

"  But  they  believe  I  am  shut  up  alone  here." 

"  That  makes  no  difference." 

"  And  you  say  that  you  penetrated  a  length  of  fifty  feet  to  arrive 
here  f " 

"  I  do ;  that  is  about  the  distance  that  separates  your  chamber  from 
mine;  only,  unfortunately,  I  did  not  curve  aright;  for  want  of  the 
necessary  geometrical  instruments  to  calculate  my  scale  of  proportion, 
instead  of  taking  an  ellipsis  of  forty  feet,  I  have  made  fifty.  I  expected, 
as  I  told  you,  to  reach  the  outer  wall,  pierce  through  it,  and  throw 
myself  into  the  sea ;  I  have,  however,  kept  along  the  corridor  on  which 
your  chamber  opens,  instead  of  going  beneath  it.  My  labor  is  all  in 
vain,  for  I  find  that  the  corridor  looks  into  a  court-yard  filled  with 
soldiers." 

"  That's  true,"  said  Dantes ;  "  but  the  corridor  you  speak  of  only 
bounds  one  side  of  my  cell;  there  are  three  others  —  do  you  know 
anything  of  their  situation  ?  " 

"  This  one  is  built  against  the  solid  rock,  and  it  would  take  ten  expe 
rienced  miners,  duly  furnished  with  the  requisite  tools,  as  many  years 
to  perforate  it.  This  adjoins  the  lower  part  of  the  governor's  apart 
ments,  and  were  we  to  work  our  way  through,  we  should  only  get  into 
some  lock-up  cellars,  where  we  must  necessarily  be  recaptured.  The 
fourth  and  last  side  of  your  cell  looks  out  —  looks  out  —  stop  a  minute; 
now,  where  does  it  open  to  1 " 

The  side  which  thus  excited  curiosity  was  the  one  in  which  was 
fixed  the  loop-hole  by  which  the  light  was  admitted  into  the  chamber. 
This  loop-hole,  which  gradually  diminished  as  it  approached  the  outside, 
until  only  an  opening  through  which  a  child  could  not  have  passed, 
was,  for  better  security,  furnished  with  three  iron  bars,  so  as  to  quirt 
all  apprehensions  even  in  the  mind  of  the  most  suspicious  jailer  as  t<> 
the  possibility  of  a  prisoner's  escape.  As  the  stranger  finished  his  self- 
put  question,  he  dragged  the  table  beneath  the  window. 

"  Climb  up,"  said  he  to  Dantes. 
The  young  man  obeyed,  mounted  on  the  table,  and,  divining  tin1 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  183 

intentions  of  his  companion,  placed  his  back  securely  against  the  wall 
and  held  out  both  hands.  The  stranger,  whom  as  yet  Dantes  knew 
only  by  his  assumed  title  of  the  number  of  his  cell,  sprang  up  with  an 
agility  by  no  means  to  be  expected  in  a  person  of  his  years,  and,  light 
and  steady  as  the  bound  of  a  cat  or  a  lizard,  climbed  from  the  table  to 
the  outstretched  hands  of  Dantes,  and  from  them  to  his  shoulders; 
then,  almost  doubling  himself  in  two,  for  the  ceiling  of  the  dungeon 
prevented  his  holding  himself  erect,  he  managed  to  slip  his  head 
through  the  top  bar  of  the  window,  so  as  to  be  able  to  command  a 
perfect  view  from  top  to  bottom. 

An  instant  afterward  he  hastily  drew  back  his  head,  saying,  "I 
thought  so ! "  and,  sliding  from  the  shoulders  of  Dantes  as  dexterously 
as  he  had  ascended,  he  nimbly  leaped  from  the  table  to  the  ground. 

"  What  made  you  say  those  words  -I "  asked  the  young  man,  in  an 
anxious  tone,  in  his  turn  descending  from  the  table. 

The  elder  prisoner  appeared  to  meditate.  "  Yes,"  said  he  at  length, 
"  it  is  so.  This  side  of  your  chamber  looks  out  upon  a  kind  of  open  gal 
lery,  where  patrols  are  continually  passing,  and  sentries  keep  watch  day 
and  night." 

"  Are  you  sure  of  that  ? " 

"  Certain.  I  saw  the  soldier's  shako  and  the  top  of  his  musket ;  that 
made  me  draw  in  my  head  so  quickly,  for  I  was  fearful  he  might  also 
see  me." 

"  Well  ? "  inquired  Dantes. 

"  You  perceive  then  the  utter  impossibility  of  escaping  through  your 
dungeon  ? " 

"  Then "  pursued  the  young  man,  eagerly. 

"  Then,"  answered  the  elder  prisoner,  "the  will  of  God  be  done!"  And 
as  the  old  man  slowly  pronounced  those  words,  an  air  of  profound 
resignation  spread  itself  over  his  care-worn  countenance. 

Dantes  gazed  on  the  individual  who  could  thus  philosophically 
resign  hopes  so  long  and  ardently  nourished,  with  an  astonishment 
mingled  with  admiration. 

"Tell  me,  I  entreat  of  you,  who  and  what  you  are!"  said  he  at 
length. 

"Willingly,"  answered  the  stranger;  "if,  indeed,  you  feel  any  curi 
osity  now  that  I  am  powerless  to  aid  you." 

"  Say  not  so ;  you  can  console  and  support  me  by  the  strength  ( 
your  own  powerful  mind." 

The  stranger  smiled  a  melancholy  smile. 

"Then  listen,"  said  he.     "I  am  the  Abbe  Faria,  and  have 
imprisoned  in  this  Chateau  d'lf  since  the  year  1811;  previously  t 


184  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

I  had  been  confined  for  three  years  in  the  fortress  of  Fenestrelle.  In 
the  year  1811  I  was  transferred  from  Piedmont  to  France.  It  was  at 
this  period  I  learned  that  the  destiny  which  seemed  subservient  to 
every  wish  formed  by  Napoleon  had  bestowed  on  him  a  son,  named 
king  of  Borne  even  in  his  cradle.  I  was  very  far  then  from  expecting 
the  change  you  have  just  informed  me  of;  namely,  that  four  years 
afterward,  this  colossus  of  power  would  be  overthrown.  Then,  who 
reigns  in  France  at  this  moment  —  Napoleon  II.?" 

"No,  Louis  XVIII. !" 

"The  brother  of  Louis  XVI.!  How  inscrutable  are  the  ways  of 
Providence  —  for  what  great  and  mysterious  purpose  has  it  pleased 
Heaven  to  abase  the  man  once  so  elevated,  and  raise  up  the  individual 
so  cast  down?" 

Dantes'  whole  attention  was  riveted  on  the  man  who  could  thus  for 
get  his  own  misfortunes  while  occupying  himself  with  the  destinies  of 
others. 

"  But  so  it  was,"  continued  he,  "  in  England.  After  Charles  I.  came 
Cromwell;  to  Cromwell  succeeded  Charles  II.,  and  then  James  II.,  who 
was  succeeded  by  some  son-in-law  or  relation,  who  became  king  ;  then 
new  concessions  to  the  people,  a  constitution,  and  liberty !  Ah,  my 
friend!"  said  the  abbe,  turning  toward  Dantes,  and  surveying  him  with 
the  kindling  gaze  of  a  prophet,  "  mark  what  I  say !  You  are  young, 
and  may  see  my  words  come  to  pass,  that  such  will  be  the  case  with 
France  —  you  will  see  it,  I  say." 

"  Probably,  if  ever  I  get  out  of  prison  ! " 

"  True,"  replied  Faria,  "  we  are  prisoners ;  but  I  forget  this  some 
times,  and  there  are  even  moments  when  my  mental  vision  transports 
me  beyond  these  walls,  and  I  fancy  myself  at  liberty." 

"  But  wherefore  are  you  here  ?  " 

"  Because  in  1807  I  meditated  the  veiy  scheme  Napoleon  wished  to 
realize  in  1811 ;  because,  like  Machiavel,  I  desired  to  alter  the  political 
face  of  Italy,  and  instead  of  allowing  it  to  be  split  up  into  a  quantity  of 
petty  principalities,  each  held  by  some  weak  or  tyrannical  ruler,  I  sought 
to  form  one  large,  compact,  and  powerful  empire ;  and,  lastly,  because 
I  fancied  I  had  found  my  Caesar  Borgia  in  a  crowned  simpleton,  who 
feigned  to  enter  into  my  views  only  to  betray  me.  It  was  projected 
equally  by  Alexander  VI.  and  Clement  VII.,  but  it  will  never  succeed 
now,  for  they  attempted  it  fruitlessly,  and  Napoleon  was  unable  to 
complete  his  work.  Italy  seems  fated  to  be  unlucky." 

The  old  man  uttered  these  last  words  in  a  tone  of  deep  dejection, 
and  his  head  fell  listlessly  on  his  breast. 

To  Dantes  all  this  was  perfectly  incomprehensible.    In  the  first 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  135 

place,  he  could  not  understand  a  man  risking  his  life  and  liberty  for 
such  unimportant  matters  as  the  division  of  a  kingdom ;  then  again 
the  persons  referred  to  were  wholly  unknown  to  him.  Napoleon  cer 
tainly  he  knew  something  of,  inasmuch  as  he  had  seen  and  spoken  with 
him ;  but  the  other  individuals  alluded  to  were  strangers  to  him  even 
by  name. 

"  Pray  excuse  my  questions,"  said  Dantes,  beginning  to  partake  of 
the  jailer's  opinion  touching  the  state  of  the  abbe's  brain,  "but  are 
you  not  the  priest  who  is  considered  throughout  the  Chateau  d'lf  —  to 
—  be— ill?" 

"  Mad,  you  mean,  don't  you  ? " 

"  I  did  not  like  to  say  so,"  answered  Dantes,  smiling. 

"  Well,  then,"  resumed  Faria,  with  a  bitter  smile,  "  let  me  answer  your 
question  in  full,  by  acknowledging  that  I  am  the  poor,  mad  prisoner  of 
the  Chateau  d'lf,  for  many  years  permitted  to  amuse  the  different  visit 
ants  to  the  prison  with  what  is  said  to  be  my  insanity;  and,  in  all  prob 
ability,  I  should  be  promoted  to  the  honor  of  making  sport  for  the 
children,  if  such  innocent  beings  could  be  found  in  an  abode  devoted 
like  this  to  suffering  and  despair." 

Dantes  remained  for  a  short  time  mute  and  motionless ;  at  length 
he  said: 

"  Then  you  abandon  all  hope  of  flight  ?  " 

"  I  perceive  its  utter  impossibility ;  and  I  consider  it  impious  to 
attempt  that  which  the  Almighty  evidently  does  not  approve." 

"  Nay,  be  not  discouraged.  Would  it  not  be  expecting  too  much  to 
hope  to  succeed  at  your  first  attempt  ?  Why  not  try  to  find  an  opening 
in  another  direction  to  that  which  had  so  unfortunately  failed  I " 

"  Alas !  it  shows  how  little  notion  you  can  have  of  all  I  have  done,  if 
you  talk  of  beginning  over  again.  In  the  first  place,  I  was  four  years 
making  the  tools  I  possess,  and  have  been  two  years  scraping  and  dig 
ging  out  earth,  hard  as  granite  itself ;  then,  what  toil  and  fatigue  has  it 
not  been  to  remove  huge  stones  I  should  once  have  deemed  impossible 
to  loosen !  Whole  days  have  I  passed  in  these  Titanic  efforts,  consider 
ing  my  labor  well  repaid  if  by  night-time  I  had  contrived  to  carry  away 
a  square  inch  of  this  old  cement,  as  hard  as  the  stones  themselves;  then, 
to  conceal  the  mass  of  earth  and  rubbish  I  dug  up,  I  was  compelled  to 
break  through  a  staircase  and  throw  the  fruits  of  my  labor  into  the 
hollow  part  of  it ;  but  the  well  is  now  so  completely  choked  up  that  I 
scarcely  think  it  would  be  possible  to  add  another  handful  of  dust  with 
out  leading  to  a  discovery.  Consider  also  that  I  fully  believed  I  had 
accomplished  the  end  and  aim  of  my  undertaking,  for  which  I  had  so 
exactly  husbanded  my  strength  as  to  make  it  just  hold  out  to  the  ter- 


180  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

mination  of  my  enterprise ;  and,  just  at  the  moment  when  I  reckoned 
upon  success,  my  hopes  are  forever  dashed  from  me.  No,  I  repeat 
again,  that  nothing  shall  induce  mo  to  renew  attempts  to  regain  my 
liberty  which  the  will  of  God  has  decreed  I  shah1  lose  forever." 

Dantes  held  down  his  head,  that  his  companion  might  not  perceive 
that  the  prospect  of  having  a  companion  prevented  him  from  sympa 
thizing  as  he  ought  with  the  disappointment  of  the  prisoner. 

The  abbe  sunk  upon  Edmond's  bed,  while  Ediuond  himself  remained 
standing,  lost  in  a  train  of  deep  meditation. 

Flight  had  never  once  occurred  to  him.  There  are,  indeed,  some 
things  which  appear  so  impossible  that  the  mind  does  not  dweh1  on 
them.  To  undermine  the  ground  for  fifty  feet  —  to  devote  three  years 
to  a  labor  which,  if  successful,  would  conduct  you  to  a  precipice  over 
hanging  the  sea  —  to  plunge  into  the  waves  at  a  height  of  fifty  or  sixty 
feet  —  a  hundred  feet,  perhaps  —  at  the  risk  of  being  dashed  to  pieces 
against  the  rocks,  should  you  have  been  fortunate  enough  to  have 
escaped  the  balls  from  the  sentinel's  musket ;  and  even,  supposing  all 
these  perils  past,  then  to  have  to  swim  for  your  life  a  distance  of  at 
least  three  miles  ere  you  could  reach  the  shore  —  were  difficulties  so 
startling  and  formidable  that  Dantes  had  never  even  dreamed  of  such  a 
scheme,  but  resigned  himself  to  his  fate. 

But  the  sight  of  an  old  man  clinging  to  life  with  so  desperate  a 
courage  gave  a  fresh  turn  to  his  ideas,  and  inspired  him  with  new 
courage  and  energy.  An  instance  was  before  him  of  one  less  adroit,  as 
well  as  weaker  and  older,  having  devised  a  plan  which  nothing  but  an 
unfortunate  mistake  in  geometrical  calculation  could  have  rendered 
abortive,  and  of  having,  with  almost  incredible  patience  and  perse 
verance,  contrived  to  provide  himself  with  tools  requisite  for  so  unpar 
alleled  an  attempt.  If,  then,  one  man  had  already  conquered  the 
seeming  impossibility,  why  should  not  he,  Dantes,  also  tiy  to  regain 
his  liberty  I  Faria  had  made  his  way  through  fifty  feet  of  the  prison ; 
Dantes  resolved  to  penetrate  through  double  that  distance.  Faria,  at 
the  age  of  fifty,  had  devoted  three  years  to  the  task ;  he,  who  was  but 
half  as  old,  would  sacrifice  six.  Faria,  a  churchman  and  philosopher, 
had  not  shrunk  from  risking  his  life  by  trying  to  swim  a  distance  of 
three  miles  to  reach  the  isles  of  Daume,  Ratonneau,  or  Lemaire ;  should 
a  hardy  sailor,  an  experienced  diver,  like  himself,  shrink  from  a  similar 
task ;  should  he,  who  had  so  often  for  mere  amusement's  sake  plunged 
to  the  bottom  of  the  sea  to  fetch  up  the  bright  coral-branch,  hesitate  to  • 
swim  a  distance  of  three  miles  ?  He  could  do  it  in  an  hour,  and  how 
many  times  had  he  for  pure  pastime  continued  in  the  water  for  more 
than  twice  as  long !  At  once  Dantes  resolved  to  follow  the  example  of 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO.  187 

his  companion,  and  to  remember  that  what  has  once  been  done  may  be 
done  again. 

After  continuing  some  time  in  profound  meditation,  the  young  man 
suddenly  exclaimed,  "I  have  found  what  you  were  in  search  of !» 


Faria  started.   "  Have  you,  indeed  ? "  cried  he,  raising  his  head  with 
quick  anxiety ;  pray,  let  me  know  what  it  is  you  have  discovered  f " 

1  The  corridor  through  which  you  have  bored  your  way  from  the  cell 
you  occupy  here,  extends  in  the  same  direction  as  the  outer  gallery, 
does  it  not  ? " 


TEE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

"It  does  I ff 

"  And  is  not  above  fifteen  steps  from  it  ? " 

"About  that!" 

"  Well,  then,  I  will  tell  you  what  we  must  do.  We  must  pierce  a  side 
opening  about  the  middle  of  the  corridor,  as  it  were  the  top  part  of  a 
cross.  This  time  you  will  lay  your  plans  more  accurately ;  we  shall  get 
out  into  the  gallery  you  have  described,  kill  the  sentinel  who  guards 
it,  and  make  our  escape.  All  we  require  to  insure  success  is  courage, 
and  that  you  possess,  and  strength,  which  I  am  not  deficient  in ;  as  for 
patience,  you  have  abundantly  proved  yours — you  shall  now  see  me 
prove  mine." 

"  One  instant,  my  dear  friend,"  replied  the  abbe;  "it  is  clear  you  do 
not  understand  the  nature  of  the  courage  with  which  I  am  endowed, 
and  what  use  I  intend  making  of  my  strength.  As  for  patience,  I  con 
sider  I  have  abundantly  exercised  that  on  recommencing  eveiy  morning 
the  task  of  the  overnight,  and  eveiy  night  beginning  again  the  task  of 
the  day.  But,  then,  young  man  (and  I  pray  of  you  to  give  me  your 
full  attention),  then  I  thought  I  could  not  be  doing  anything  displeas 
ing  to  the  Almighty  in  trying  to  set  an  innocent  being  at  liberty, —  one 
who  had  committed  no  offense  and  merited  not  condemnation." 

"  And  have  your  notions  changed  I "  asked  Dantes  with  much  sur 
prise  ;  "  do  you  think  yourself  more  guilty  in  making  the  attempt  since 
you  have  encountered  me  ? " 

"  No;  neither  do  I  wish  to  incur  guilt.  Hitherto  I  have  fancied  myself 
merely  waging  war  against  circumstances,  not  men.    I  have  thought  it 
no  sin  to  bore  through  a  wall  or  destroy  a  staircase ;  but  I  cannot  so 
easily  persuade  myself  to  pierce  a  heart  or  take  away  a  lif e." 
A  slight  movement  of  surprise  escaped  Dantes. 

"  Is  it  possible,"  said  he,  "  that  where  your  liberty  is  at  stake  you  can 
allow  any  such  scruple  to  deter  you  from  obtaining  it  ?  " 

"Tell  me,"  replied  Faria,  "what  has  hindered  you  from  knocking 
down  your  jailer  with  a  piece  of  wood  torn  from  your  bedstead, 
dressing  yourself  in  his  clothes,  and  endeavoring  to  escape  ?" 

"  Simply  that  I  never  thought  of  such  a  scheme,"  answered  Dantes. 

"  Because,"  said  the  old  man,  "  the  natural  repugnance  to  the  com 
mission  of  such  a  ciime  prevented  its  bare  idea  from  occurring  to  you ; 
and  so  it  ever  is  with  all  simple  and  allowable  things.  Our  natural 
instincts  keep  us  from  deviating  from  the  strict  line  of  duty.  The 
tiger,  whose  nature  teaches  him  to  delight  in  shedding  blood,  needs 
but  the  organ  of  smelling  to  know  when  his  prey  is  within  his  reach ; 
and  by  following  this  instinct  he  is  enabled  ,to  measure  the  leap  necessary 
to  enable  him  to  spring  on  his  victim;  but  man,  on  the  contrary, 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


189 


loathes  the  idea  of  blood; — not  only  the  laws  of  social  life,  but  the 
laws  of  his  nature,  recoil  from  murder." 

Dantes  remained  confused  and  silent  by  this  explanation  of  the 
thoughts  which  had  unconsciously  been  working  in  his  mind,  or,  rather 


soul;  for  there  are  two  distinct  sorts  of  ideas, — those  that  proceed  from 
the  head  and  those  that  emanate  from  the  heart. 

"  Since  my  imprisonment,"  said  Faria,  "  I  have  thought  over  all  the 
most  celebrated  cases  of  escape  recorded.  Among  the  many  that  have 
failed,  I  consider  there  has  been  precipitation  and  haste.  Those  escapes 
that  have  been  crowned  with  full  success  have  been  long  meditated 
upon,  and  carefully  arranged ;  such,  for  instance,  as  the  escape  of  the 
Duke  de  Beaufort  from  the  Chateau  de  Vincennes,  that  of  the  Abbe 


190  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

Dubuquoi  from  For  PEveque,  and  Latude's  from  the  Bastile ;  chance, 
too,  frequently  affords  opportunities  we  should  never  ourselves  have 
thought  of.  Let  us,  therefore,  wait  patiently  for  some  favorable 
moment,  and  take  advantage  of  it." 

"  Ah ! "  said  Dantes,  "  you  might  well  endure  the  tedious  delay ;  you 
were  constantly  employed  in  the  task  you  set  yourself,  and  when  weary 
with  toil,  you  had  your  hopes  to  refresh  and  encourage  you." 

"  I  assure  you,"  replied  the  old  man,  "  I  did  not  turn  to  that  source 
for  recreation  or  support." 

"  What  did  you  do  then  ? » 

"  I  wrote  or  studied." 

"  Were  you  then  permitted  the  use  of  pens,  ink,  and  paper  ? " 

"  Oh,  no ! "  answered  the  abbe ;  "  I  had  none  but  what  I  made  for 
myself." 

"  Do  you  mean  to  tell  me,"  exclaimed  Dantes,  "  that  you  could  make 
all  those  things  I " 

"  I  do,  indeed,  truly  say  so." 

Dantes  gazed  with  admiration  on  the  abb6 ;  some  doubt,  however, 
still  lingered  in  his  mind,  which  was  quickly  perceived  by  Faria. 

"  When  you  pay  me  a  visit  in  my  cell,  my  young  friend,"  said  he,  "  I 
will  show  you  an  entire  work,  the  fruits  of  the  thoughts  and  reflections 
of  my  whole  life ;  many  of  them  meditated  over  in  the  ruins  of  the 
Coliseum  of  Rome,  at  the  foot  of  St.  Mark's  column  at  Venice,  and  on 
the  borders  of  the  Arno  at  Florence,  little  imagining  at  the  time  that 
they  would  be  arranged  in  order  within  the  walls  of  the  Chateau  d'If. 
The  work  I  speak  of  is  called  A  Treatise  on  the  Practicability  of  'form in // 
Italy  into  one  General  Monarchy,  and  will  make  one  large  quarto  volume." 

"  And  on  what  have  you  written  this  ?  " 

"  On  two  of  my  shirts.  I  invented  a  preparation  that  makes  linen  as 
smooth  and  as  easy  to  write  on  as  parchment." 

"  You  are,  then,  a  chemist  ?  " 

"  Somewhat ;  I  knew  Lavoisier,  and  was  the  intimate  friend  of 
Cabanis." 

"  But  for  such  a  work  you  must  have  needed  books  —  had  you  any  f " 

"  I  possessed  nearly  five  thousand  volumes  in  my  library  at  Rome ; 
but,  after  reading  them  over  many  times,  I  found  out  that  with  one 
hundred  and  fifty  well-chosen  books  a  man  possesses  a  complete 
analysis  of  all  human  knowledge,  or  at  least  all  that  is  either  useful 
or  desirable  to  be  acquainted  with.  I  devoted  three  years  of  my  life 
to  reading  and  studying  these  one  hundred  and  fifty  volumes,  till  I 
knew  them  nearly  by  heart;  so  that  since  I  have  been  in  prison  a 
very  slight  effort  of  memory  has  enabled  me  to  recall  their  contents 
a,s  readily  as  though  the  pages  were  open  before  me.  I  could  recite 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  191 

you  the  whole  of  Thucydides,  Xenophon,  Plutarch,  Livy,  Tacitus 
Strada,  Jornandes,  Dante,  Montaigne,  Shakspere,  Spinosa,  Machiavel' 
and  Bossuet,    Observe,  I  merely  quote  the  most  important  names  and 
writers." 

"  You  are  acquainted  with  a  variety  of  languages  ? " 

"Yes,  I  speak  five  of  the  modern  tongues,— that  is  to  say,  German 
French,  Italian,  English,  and  Spanish.  By  the  aid  of  ancient  Greek  I 
learned  modern  Greek ;  I  don't  speak  it  well,  but  I  am  studying  it  now." 

"  Studying ! "  repeated  Dantes. 

"  Why,  I  made  a  vocabulary  of  the  words  I  knew ;  turned,  re-turned 
and  arranged  them,  so  as  to  enable  me  to  express  my  thoughts  through 
their  medium.  I  know  nearly  one  thousand  words,  which  is  all  that  is 
absolutely  necessary,  although  I  believe  there  are  nearly  one  hundred 
thousand  in  the  dictionaries.  I  cannot  hope  to  be  very  fluent,  but  I 
certainly  shall  be  understood ;  and  that  is  all  that  is  needed." 

Stronger  grew  the  wonder  of  Dantes,  who  almost  fancied  he  had  to 
do  with  one  gifted  with  supernatural  powers.  Still  hoping  to  find  some 
imperfection,  he  added,  "  Then,  if  you  were  not  furnished  with  pens, 
how  did  you  manage  to  write  the  work  you  speak  of  ? " 

"  I  made  myself  some  excellent  ones,  which  would  be  universally  pre 
ferred  to  all  others  if  once  known.  You  are  aware  what  huge  whitings 
are  served  to  us  on  maigre  days.  Well,  I  selected  the  cartilages  of  the 
heads  of  these  fishes,  and  you  can  scarcely  imagine  the  delight  with 
which  I  welcomed  the  arrival  of  each  Wednesday,  Friday,  and  Satur 
day,  as  affording  me  the  means  of  increasing  my  stock  of  pens ;  for  I 
will  freely  confess  that  my  historical  labors  have  been  my  greatest 
solace  and  relief.  While  retracing  the  past,  I  forget  the  present ;  and 
while  following  the  free  and  independent  course  of  historical  record,  I 
cease  to  remember  that  I  am  a  prisoner." 

"  But  the  ink,"  said  Dantes ;   "  how  have  you  procured  that  1 " 

"  I  will  tell  you,"  replied  Faria.  "  There  was  formerly  a  fire-place  in 
my  dungeon,  but  closed  up  long  ere  I  became  an  occupant  of  this 
prison.  Still,  it  must  have  been  many  years  in  use,  for  it  was  thickly 
covered  with  a  coating  of  soot ;  this  soot  I  dissolved  in  a  portion  of  the 
wine  brought  to  me  every  Sunday,  and  I  assure  you  a  better  ink  cannot 
be  desired.  For  very  important  notes,  for  which  closer  attention  is 
required,  I  have  pricked  one  of  my  fingers,  and  written  the  facts  claim 
ing  notice  in  blood." 

"  And  when,"  asked  Dantes,  "  will  you  show  me  all  this  ?  " 

"  Whenever  you  please,"  replied  the  abbe. 

"  Oh,  then,  let  it  be  directly ! "  exclaimed  the  young  man. 

"Follow  me,  then,"  said  the  abbe,  as  he  reentered  the  subterraneous 
passage,  in  which  he  soon  disappeared,  followed  by  Dantes. 


CHAPTER    XVII 


THE  ABBE'S  CHAMBER 


FTER  having  passed,  in  a  stooping  position  but  with  toler 
able  ease,  through  the  subterranean  passage,  the  two  friends 
reached  the  farther  end  of  the  corridor,  into  which  the  cell 
of  the  abbe  opened;  from  that  point  the  opening  became 
much  narrower,  barely  permitting  a  man  to  creep  through  on  his  hands 
and  knees.  The  floor  of  the  abbe's  cell  was  paved,  and  it  had  been  by 
raising  one  of  the  stones  in  the  most  obscure  corner  that  Faria  had  been 
able  to  commence  the  laborious  task  of  which  Dantes  had  witnessed  the 
completion. 

As  he  entered  the  chamber  of  his  friend,  Dantes  cast  around  a 
searching  glance,  but  nothing  more  than  common  met  his  view. 

"  It  is  well,"  said  the  abbe ;  "  we  have  some  hours  before  us  —  it  is 
now  just  a  quarter  past  twelve  o'clock." 

Instinctively  Dantes  turned  round  to  observe  by  what  watch  or 
clock  the  abbe  had  been  able  so  accurately  to  specify  the  hour. 

"  Look  at  this  ray  of  light  which  enters  by  my  window,"  said  the 
abbe,  "  and  then  observe  the  lines  traced  on  the  wall.  Well,  by  means 
of  these  lines,  which  are  in  accordance  with  the  double  motion  of  the 
earth,  as  well  as  the  ellipse  it  describes  round  the  sun,  I  am  enabled  to 
ascertain  the  precise  hour  with  more  minuteness  than  if  I  possessed  a 
watch ;  for  that  might  go  wrong,  while  the  sun  and  earth  never  vary." 

This  last  explanation  was  wholly  lost  upon  Dantes,  who  had  always 
imagined,  from  seeing  the  sun  rise  from  behind  the  mountains  and  set  in 
the  Mediterranean,  that  it  moved,  and  not  the  earth.  A  double  movement 
in  the  globe  he  inhabited,  and  of  which  he  could  feel  nothing,  appeared 
to  him  perfectly  impossible;  still,  each  word  that  fell  from  his  lips 
seemed  fraught  with  the  wonders  of  science,  as  admirably  deserving 
of  being  brought  fully  to  light  as  tne  mines  of  gold  and  diamonds  he 

193 


THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO.  193 

could  just  recoUect  having  visited  during  his  earliest  youth  in  a  voyage 
he  made  to  Gruzerat  and  Golconda. 

"  Come,"  said  he  to  the  abbe,  "  show  me  the  wonderful  inventions  vou 
told  me  of."  J 


The  abbe,  proceeding  to  the  fire-place,  raised,  by  the  help  of  his 
chisel,  a  stone,  which  had  been  the  hearth,  beneath  which  was  a  cavity 
of  considerable  depth,  serving  as  a  depository  of  the  articles  mentioned 
to  Dantes. 

"  What  do  you  wish  to  see  first  ? "  asked  the  abbe. 

"  Oh !  your  great  work  on  the  monarchy  of  Italy !  " 


194  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CEISTO. 

Faria  then  drew  forth  from  his  hiding-place  three  or  four  rolls  of 
linen,  laid  one  over  the  other  like  the  folds  of  papyrus.  These  rolls  con 
sisted  of  slips  of  cloth  about  four  inches  wide  and  eighteen  long ;  they 
were  all  carefully  numbered  and  closely  covered  with  writing,  so  legible 
that  Dantes  could  easily  read  it,  as  well  as  make  out  the  sense  —  it  being 
in  Italian,  a  language  he,  as  a  Provencal,  perfectly  understood.  "  There ! " 
said  he,  "  there  is  the  work  complete  —  I  wrote  the  wordjinis  at  the  end 
of  the  sixty-eighth  strip  about  a  week  ago.  I  have  torn  up  two  of  my 
shirts,  and  as  many  handkerchiefs  as  I  was  master  of,  to  complete  the 
precious  pages.  Should  I  ever  get  out  of  prison,  and  find  a  printer  to 
publish  what  I  have  composed,  my  reputation  is  secured." 

"  I  see,"  answered  Daiites.  "  Now  let  me  behold  the  curious  pens  with 
which  you  have  written  your  work/' 

"  Look ! "  said  Faria,  showing  to  the  young  man  a  slender  stick  about 
six  inches  long,  and  much  resembling  the  size  of  the  handle  of  a  fine 
painting  brush,  to  the  end  of  which  was  tied,  by  a  piece  of  thread,  one 
of  those  cartilages  of  which  the  abbe  had  before  spoken  to  Dantes ;  it 
was  pointed,  and  divided  at  the  nib  like  an  ordinary  pen.  Dantes 
examined  it  with  intense  admiration,  then  looked  around  to  see  the 
instrument  with  which  it  had  been  shaped  so  correctly  into  form. 

"  Ah,  I  see,"  said  Faria.  "  My  penknife  ?  That  was  a  master-piece ! 
I  made  it,  as  well  as  this  knife,  out  of  an  old  iron  candlestick." 

The  penknife  was  sharp  and  keen  as  a  razor ;  as  for  the  other  knife, 
it  possessed  the  double  advantage  of  being  capable  of  serving  either  as 
-a  dagger  or  a  knife. 

Dantes  examined  the  various  articles  shown  to  him  with  the  same 
attention  he  had  bestowed  on  the  curiosities  and  strange  tools  exhibited 
in  the  shops  at  Marseilles  as  the  works  of  the  savages  in  the  South  Seas, 
from  whence  they  had  been  brought  by  the  different  trading  vessels. 

"  As  for  the  ink,"  said  Faria, "I  told  you  how  I  managed;  and  I  only 
just  make  it  as  I  require  it." 

"  There  is  one  thing  puzzles  me  still,"  observed  Dantes,  "  and  that  is 
how  you  managed  to  do  all  this  by  daylight." 

"  I  worked  at  night  also,"  replied  Faria. 

"  Night !  —  why,  for  Heaven's  sake,  are  your  eyes  like  cats',  that  you 
can  see  to  work  in  the  dark  ? " 

"  Indeed  they  are  not ;  but  a  beneficent  Creator  has  supplied  man  with 
intelligence  and  ability  to  supply  his  wants.  I  furnished  myself  with  a 
light," 

"  You  did  ?  " 

"  I  separated  the  fat  from  the  meat  served  to  me,  melted  it,  and  made 
-a  sort  of  oil  —  here  is  my  lamp."  So  saying,  the  abbe  exhibited  a  sort 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  195 

of  vessel  very  similar  to  those  employed  upon  the  occasion  of  public 
illuminations. 

"  But  how  do  you  procure  a  light  ?  " 

"  Oh,  here  are  two  flints  and  a  morsel  of  burnt  linen.     I  feigned  a 


disorder  of  the  skin,  and  asked  for  a  little  sulphur,  which  was  readily 
supplied." 

Dantes  laid  the  different  things  he  had  been  looking  at  gently  on 
the  table,  and  stood  with  his  head  drooping,  as  though  overwhelmed  by 
the  persevering  spirit  of  such  a  character. 


196  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  You  have  not  seen  all  yet,"  continued  Faria,  "  for  I  did  not  think  it 
wise  to  trust  all  my  treasures  in  the  same  hiding-place.  Let  us  shut 
this  one  up." 

Dantes  helped  him  to  replace  the  stone ;  the  abbe  sprinkled  a  little 
dust  over  it,  rubbed  his  foot  well  on  it  to  make  it  assume  the  same 
appearance  as  the  other,  and  then,  going  toward  his  bed,  he  removed 
it  from  the  spot  it  stood  in. 

Behind  the  head  of  the  bed,  and  concealed  by  a  stone  fitting  in  so 
closely  as  to  defy  all  suspicion,  was  a  hollow  space,  and  in  this  space  a 
ladder  of  cords,  between  twenty-five  and  thirty  feet  in  length. 

Dantes  closely  and  eagerly  examined  it ;  he  found  it  firm,  solid,  and 
compact  enough  to  bear  any  weight. 

"  Who  supplied  you  with  the  materials  for  making  this  wonderful 
work!"  asked  Dantes. 

"  No  one  but  myself.  I  tore  up  several  of  my  shirts,  and  unraveled 
the  sheets  of  my  bed,  during  my  three  years'  imprisonment  at  Fenes- 
trelle ;  and  when  I  was  removed  to  the  Chateau  d'lf,  I  managed  to  bring 
the  ravelings  with  me,  so  that  I  have  been  able  to  finish  my  work  here." 

"  And  was  it  not  discovered  that  your  sheets  were  unhemmed  ? " 

"  Oh,  no !  for  when  I  had  taken  out  the  thread  I  required,  I  hemmed 
the  edges  over  again." 

"With  what!" 

"  With  this  needle ! "  said  the  abbe,  as,  opening  his  ragged  vestments, 
he  showed  Dantes  a  long,  sharp  fish-bone,  with  a  small,  perforated  eye 
for  the  thread,  a  small  portion  of  which  still  remained  in  it. 

"  I  once  thought,"  continued  Faria,  "  of  removing  these  iron  bars,  and 
letting  myself  down  from  the  window,  which,  as  you  see,  is  somewhat 
wider  than  yours,  although  I  should  have  enlarged  it  still  more  prepar 
atory  to  my  flight;  however,  I  discovered  that  I  should  merely  have 
dropped  into  a  sort  of  inner  court,  and  I  therefore  renounced  the 
project  altogether  as  too  full  of  risk  and  danger.  Nevertheless,  I  care 
fully  preserved  my  ladder  against  one  of  those  unforeseen  opportunities 
of  which  I  spoke  just  now,  and  which  chance  frequently  brings  about." 
While  affecting  to  be  deeply  engaged  in  examining  the  ladder,  the 
mind  of  Dantes  was,  in  fact,  busily  occupied  by  the  idea  that  a  person 
so  intelligent,  ingenious,  and  clear-sighted  as  the  abbe  might  probably 
be  enabled  to  clear  up  the  dark  recesses  of  his  own  misfortunes,  in 
which  he  had  in  vain  sought  to  distinguish  aught. 

"  What  are  you  thinking  of  ? "  asked  the  abbe  smilingly,  imputing 
the  deep  abstraction  in  which  his  visitor  was  plunged  to  the  excess  of 
his  awe  and  wonder. 

"  I  was  reflecting,  in  the  first  place,"  replied  Dantes,  "  upon  the  enor- 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


197 


mous  degree  of  intelligence  you  must  have  employed  to  reach  the  high 
perfection  to  which  you  have  attained.  What  would  you  not  have 
accomplished  free  1 " 

"  Possibly  nothing  at  all ;  the  overflow  of  my  brain  would  have  evap 
orated  in  follies;  it  needs  trouble  to  hollow  out  various  mysterious 
mines  of  human  intelligence.  Pressure  is  required,  you  know,  to  crush 
the  beam :  captivity  has  collected  into  one  single  focus  all  the  floating 
faculties  of  my  mind ;  they  have  come  into  close  contact  in  the  narrow 
space ;  and  you  are  well  aware  that  from  the  collision  of  clouds  electricity 
is  produced  —  from  electricity  the  lightning,  from  whose  flash  we  have 
light." 

"  Alas,  no ! "  replied  Dantes.     "  I  know  not  that  these  things  follow 
in  such  natural  order.    Oh,  I  am  very  ignorant!  and  you  must  be 
blessed  indeed  to  possess  the  knowledge  you  have." 
The  abbe  smiled. 

"Well,"  said -he,  "but  you  had  another  subject  for  your  thoughts 
besides  admiration  for  me ;  did  you  not  say  so  just  now  f " 

"I  did!" 

"  You  have  told  me  as  yet  but  one  of  them, —  let  me  hear  the  other." 

"  It  was  this :  that  while  you  had  related  to  me  all  the  particulars  of 
your  past  life,  you  were  perfectly  unacquainted  with  mine." 

"  Your  life,  my  young  friend,  has  not  been  of  sufficient  length  to 
admit  of  any  very  important  events." 

"  It  admits  of  a  terrible  misfortune  which  I  have  not  deserved.  I 
would  fain  know  who  has  been  the  author  of  it,  that  I  may  no  longer 
accuse  Heaven,  as  I  have  done,  but  charge  men  with  my  woes." 

"  Then  you  profess  ignorance  of  the  crime  with  which  you  are 
charged  1 " 

"  I  do,  indeed ;  and  this  I  swear  by  the  two  beings  most  dear  to  me 
upon  earth  —  my  father  and  Mercedes." 

"  Come,"  said  the  abbe,  closing  his  hiding-place,  and  pushing  the  bed 
back  to  its  original  situation,  "  let  me  hear  your  story." 

Dantes  obeyed,  and  commenced  what  he  called  his  history,  but 
which  consisted  only  of  the  account  of  a  voyage  to  India,  and  two  or 
three  in  the  Levant,  until  he  arrived  at  the  recital  of  his  last  cruise, 
with  the  death  of  Captain  Leclere,  and  the  receipt  of  a  packet  to  be 
delivered  by  himself  to  the  grand-marechal ;  his  interview  with  that 
personage,  and  his  receiving,  in  place  of  the  packet  brought,  a  letter 
addressed  to  M.  Noirtier ;  his  arrival  at  Marseilles,  and  interview  with 
his  father;  his  affection  for  Mercedes,  and  their  nuptial  fete;  his 
arrest  and  subsequent  examination  in  the  temporary  prison  of  the 
Palais  de  Justice,  ending  in  his  final  imprisonment  in  the  Chateau  d'If. 


198  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

From  the  period  of  his  arrival  there  he  knew  nothing,  not  even  the 
length  of  time  he  had  been  imprisoned.  His  recital  finished,  the  abbe 
reflected  long  and  earnestly. 

"  There  is,"  said  he,  at  the  end  of  his  meditations,  "  a  clever  maxim, 
which  bears  upon  what  I  was  saying  to  you  some  little  while  ago,  and 
that  is,  that  unless  wicked  ideas  take  root  in  a  naturally  depraved  mind, 
human  nature  revolts  at  crime.  Still,  from  civilization  have  originated 
wants,  vices,  and  false  tastes,  which  occasionally  stifle  within  us  all 
good  feelings,  and  lead  us  into  guilt.  From  this  view  of  things,  then, 
comes  the  axiom  I  allude  to  —  that  if  you  wish  to  discover  the  author 
of  any  bad  action,  discover  the  person  to  whom  that  bad  action  could 
be  advantageous.  Now,  to  whom  could  your  disappearance  have  been 
serviceable  f  " 

"To  no  breathing  soul.  Why,  who  could  have  cared  about  the 
removal  of  so  insignificant  a  person  as  myself  f " 

"  Do  not  speak  thus,  for  your  reply  evinces  neither  logic  nor  philoso 
phy  ;  everything  is  relative,  my  dear  young  friend,  from  the  king  who 
obstructs  his  successor's  immediate  possession  of  the  throne,  to  the 
occupant  of  a  place  for  which  the  supernumary  to  whom  it  has  been 
promised  ardently  longs.  Now,  in  the  event  of  the  king's  death,  his 
successor  inherits  a  crown ;  —  when  the  placeman  dies,  the  supernumary 
steps  into  his  shoes  and  receives  his  salary  of  twelve  thousand  livres. 
Well,  these  twelve  thousand  livres  are  his  civil  list,  and  are  as  essential 
to  him  as  the  twelve  millions  of  a  king.  Every  individual,  from  the 
highest  to  the  lowest  degree,  has  his  place  in  the  ladder  of  social  life, 
and  around  him  are  grouped  a  little  world  of  interests,  composed  of 
stormy  passions  and  conflicting  atoms,  like  the  worlds  of  Descartes; 
but  let  us  return  to  your  world.  You  say  you  were  on  the  point  of 
being  appointed  captain  of  the  Pharaon  f  " 

"  I  was." 

"  And  about  to  become  the  husband  of  a  young  and  lovely  girl  ? " 

"True." 

"  Now,  could  any  one  have  had  any  interest  in  preventing  the  accom 
plishment  of  these  two  circumstances  ?  But  let  us  first  settle  the  ques 
tion  as  to  its  being  the  interest  of  any  one  to  hinder  you  from  being 
captain  of  the  Pharaon.  What  say  you  ? " 

"  No !  I  was  generally  liked  on  board ;  and  had  the  sailors  possessed 
the  right  of  electing  a  captain,  their  choice  would  have  fallen  on  me. 
There  was  only  one  person  among  the  crew  who  had  any  feeling  of  ill 
will  toward  me.  I  had  quarreled  with  him  some  time  previously,  and 
had  even  challenged  him  to  fight  me ;  but  he  refused." 

"  Now  we  are  getting  on.    And  what  was  this  man's  name  ? " 


THE    COUNT    OF    MONTE-CRISTO. 


199 


"  Danglars." 

"  What  rank  did  he  hold  on  board  ? " 

"  He.  was  supercargo." 

"  And  had  you  been  captain,  should  you  have  retained  him  in  his 
employment ? " 

"  Not  if  the  choice  had  remained  with  me,  for  I  had  frequentty  observed 
inaccuracies  in  his  accounts." 

"  Good  again !  Now  then,  tell  me,  was  any  person  present  during 
your  last  conversation  with  Captain  Leclere  ? " 

"  No ;  we  were  quite  alone." 

"  Could  your  conversation  be  overheard  by  any  one  I  " 

"It  might,  for  the  cabin  door  was  open ;— and  —  stay ;  now  I  recol 
lect,—  Danglars  himself  passed  by  just  as  Captain  Leclere  was  giving 
me  the  packet  for  the  grand-marechal." 

"  That  will  do,"  cried  the  abbe ;  "  now  we  are  on  the  right  scent.  Did 
you  take  anybody  with  you  when  you  put  into  the  port  of  Elba  ? " 

"Nobody." 

"  Somebody  there  received  your  packet,  and  gave  you  a  letter  in  place 
of  it,  I  think?" 

"  Yes ;  the  grand-marechal  did." 

"  And  what  did  you  do  with  that  letter  ? " 

"  Put  it  into  my  pocket-book." 

"Ah!  indeed!  You  had  your  pocket-book  with  you,  then?  Now, 
how  could  a  pocket-book,  large  enough  to  contain  an  official  letter,  find 
sufficient  room  in  the  pockets  of  a  sailor  ? " 

"  You  are  right :  I  had  it  not  with  me, —  it  was  left  on  board." 

"  Then  it  was  not  till  your  return  to  the  ship  that  you  placed  the 
letter  in  the  pocket-book  ? " 

"  No." 

"  And  what  did  you  do  with  this  same  letter  while  returning  from 
Porto-Ferrajo  to  your  vessel  ? " 

"  I  carried  it  in  my  hand." 

"So  that  when  you  went  on  board  the  Pharaon,  everybody  could 
perceive  you  held  a  letter  in  your  hand  ? " 

"  To  be  sure  they  could." 

"  Danglars,  as  well  as  the  rest  ? " 

"  Yes ;  he  as  well  as  others." 

"  Now,  listen  to  me,  and  try  to  recall  every  circumstance  attending 
your  arrest.  Do  you  recollect  the  words  in  which  the  information 
against  you  was  couched  ? " 

"  Oh,  yes !  I  read  it  over  three  times,  and  the  words  sank  deeply  into 
my  memory." 


THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 

"  Repeat  it  to  me." 

Dantes  paused  a  few  instants,  as  though  collecting  his  ideas,  then 
said,  "  This  is  it,  word  for  word :  *  M.  le  Procureur  du  Roi  is  informed, 
by  a  friend  to  the  throne  and  religion,  that  an  individual,  named 
Edmond  Dantes,  second  in  command  on  board  the  Pharaon,  this  day 
arrived  from  Smyrna,  after  having  touched  at  Naples  and  Porto-Fer- 
rajo,  has  been  charged  by  Murat  with  a  packet  for  the  usurper ;  again, 
by  the  usurper,  with  a  letter  for  the  Bonapartist  Club  in  Paris.  This 
proof  of  his  guilt  may  be  procured  by  his  immediate  arrest,  as  the  letter 
will  be  found  either  about  his  person,  at  his  father's  residence,  or  in  his 
cabin  on  board  the  Pharaon.1 » 

The  abbe  shrugged  up  his  shoulders.  "  The  thing  is  clear  as  day," 
said  he ;  "  and  you  must  have  had  a  very  unsuspecting  nature,  as  well 
as  a  good  heart,  not  to  have  suspected  the  origin  of  the  whole  affair." 

"  Do  you  really  think  so  ?  Ah,  that  would  indeed  be  the  treachery 
of  a  villain  ! " 

"  How  did  Danglars  usually  write  I " 

"  Oh !  extremely  well." 

"  And  how  was  the  anonymous  letter  written  ?  " 

"  All  the  wrong  way  —  backward,  you  know." 
Again  the  abbe  smiled.    "  In  fact,  it  was  a  disguised  hand  ? " 

"  I  don't  know ;  it  was  very  boldly  written,  if  disguised." 

"  Stop  a  bit,"  said  the  abbe,  taking  up  what  he  called  his  pen,  and, 
after  dipping  it  into  the  ink,  he  wrote  on  a  morsel  of  prepared  linen, 
with  his  left  hand,  the  first  two  or  three  words  of  the  accusation. 
Dantes  drew  back,  and  gazed  on  the  abbe  with  a  sensation  almost 
amounting  to  terror. 

"  How  very  astonishing ! "  cried  he  at  length.  "  Why,  your  writing 
exactly  resembles  that  of  the  accusation ! " 

"  Simply  because  that  accusation  had  been  written  with  the  left 
hand;  and  I  have  always  remarked  one  thing " 

"  What  is  that  ?  " 

"  That  whereas  all  writing  done  with  the  right  hand  varies,  that  per 
formed  with  the  left  hand  is  invariably  similar." 

"  You  have  evidently  seen  and  observed  everything." 

"  Let  us  proceed." 

"  Oh !  yes,  yes !    Let  us  go  on." 

"  Now,  as  regards  the  second  question.  Was  there  any  person  whose 
interest  it  was  to  prevent  your  marriage  with  Mercedes  ? " 

"  Yes,  a  young  man  who  loved  her." 

"  And  his  name  was " 

"  Fernand." 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  201 

"  That  is  a  Spanish  name,  I  think  ? " 

"  He  was  a  Catalan." 

"  You  imagine  him  capable  of  writing  the  letter  ? " 

"  Oh,  no !  he  would  more  likely  have  got  rid  of  me  by  sticking  a  knife 
into  me." 

"  That  is  in  strict  accordance  with  the  Spanish  character ;  an  assassi 
nation  they  will  unhesitatingly  commit,  but  an  act  of  cowardice,  never." 

"  Besides,"  said  Dantes,  "  the  various  circumstances  mentioned  in  the 
letter  were  wholly  unknown  to  him." 

"  You  had  never  spoken  of  them  yourself  to  any  one  ? " 

"  To  no  person  whatever." 

"  Not  even  to  your  mistress  1 " 

"  No,  not  even  to  my  betrothed  bride." 

"  Then  it  is  Danglars,  beyond  a  doubt." 

"  I  feel  quite  sure  of  it  now." 

"  Wait  a  little.    Pray,  was  Danglars  acquainted  with  Fernand  ? " 

"  No yes,  he  was.    Now  I  recollect " 

"  What  I " 

"  To  have  seen  them  both  sitting  at  the  table  together  beneath  an 
arbor  at  Pere  Pamphile's  the  evening  before  the  day  fixed  for  my  wed 
ding.  They  were  in  earnest  conversation.  Danglars  was  joking  in  a 
friendly  way,  but  Fernand  looked  pale  and  agitated." 

"  Were  they  alone  ? " 

"  There  was  a  third  person  with  them  whom  I  knew  perfectly  wellr 
and  who  had,  in  all  probability,  made  their  acquaintance;  he  was  «, 
tailor  named  Caderousse,  but  he  was  quite  intoxicated.  Stay !  —  stay !  — 
How  strange  that  it  should  not  have  occurred  to  me  before !  Now  I 
remember  quite  well,  that  on  the  table  round  which  they  were  sitting 
were  pens,  ink,  and  paper.  Oh !  the  heartless,  treacherous  scoundrels  ! " 
exclaimed  Dantes,  pressing  his  hand  to  his  throbbing  brows. 

"  Is  there  anything  else  I  can  assist  you  in  discovering,  besides  the 
villainy  of  your  friends  ?  "  inquired  the  abbe. 

"  Yes,  yes,"  replied  Dantes,  eagerly ;  "  I  would  beg  of  you,  who  see  so 
completely  to  the  depths  of  things,  and  to  whom  the  greatest  mystery 
seems  but  an  easy  riddle,  to  explain  to  me  how  it  was  that  I  underwent 
no  second  examination,  was  never  brought  to  trial,  and,  above  all,  my 
being  condemned  without  ever  having  had  sentence  passed  on  me." 

"  That  is  a  more  serious  matter,"  responded  the  abbe.  "  The  ways  of 
justice  are  frequently  too  dark  and  mysterious  to  be  easily  penetrated. 
All  we  have  hitherto  done  in  the  matter  has  been  child's  play.  On  this 
matter,  you  must  give  me  the  most  minute  information  on  every  point." 

"  Gladly.     So  pray  begin,  my  dear  abbe,  and  ask  me  whatever  ques- 


202  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

tions  you  please ;  for  you  see  my  past  life  far  better  than  I  could  do 
myself." 

"  In  the  first  place,  then,  who  examined  you, —  the  procureur  du  roi, 
his  deputy,  or  a  magistrate  ?  " 

"  The  deputy." 

"  Was  he  young  or  old ? " 

"  About  six  or  seven  and  twenty  years  of  age,  I  should  say." 

"  To  be  sure,"  answered  the  abbe.  "  Old  enough  to  be  ambitious,  but 
not  sufficiently  so  to  have  hardened  his  heart.  And  how  did  he  treat 
you!" 

"  With  more  of  mildness  than  severity." 

"  Did  you  tell  him  your  whole  story  ?  " 

"  I  did." 

"  And  did  his  conduct  change  at  all  in  the  course  of  your  examination  I" 

"Yes;  certainly  he  did  appear  much  disturbed  when  he  read  tin- 
letter  that  had  brought  me  into  this  scrape.  He  seemed  quite  overconn- 
at  the  danger  I  was  in." 

"  You  were  in  ?  " 

"  Yes ;  for  whom  else  could  he  have  felt  any  apprehensions  ?  " 

"  Then  you  feel  quite  convinced  he  sincerely  pitied  your  misfortune?" 

"  Why,  he  gave  me  one  great  proof  of  his  sympathy,  at  least." 

"  And  what  was  that  ?  " 

"  He  burned  the  sole  proof  that  could  at  all  have  criminated  me." 

"  Do  you  mean  the  letter  of  accusation  f  " 

u  Oh,  no !  the  letter  I  was  intrusted  to  convey  to  Paris." 

"  Are  you  sure  he  burned  it  ? " 

"  He  did  so  before  my  eyes." 

"  Ay,  indeed !  that  alters  the  case ;  this  man  might,  after  all,  be  a 
greater  scoundrel  than  I  at  first  believed." 

"  Upon  my  word,"  said  Dantes,  "you  make  me  shudder.  Is  the  world 
filled  with  tigers  and  crocodiles  I " 

"  Only  remember  that  two-legged  tigers  and  crocodiles  are  more 
dangerous  than  those  that  walk  on  four." 

"  Never  mind,  let  us  go  on." 

"  With  all  my  heart !  You  tell  me  he  burned  the  letter  in  your 
presence  I " 

"  He  did ;  saying  at  the  same  time,  '  You  see  I  thus  destroy  the  only 
proof  existing  against  you.' " 

"  This  action  is  somewhat  too  sublime  to  be  natural." 

"You  think  so?" 

"  I  am  sure  of  it.    To  whom  was  this  letter  addressed  ?" 

"  To  M.  Noirtier,  No.  13  Rue  Coq-Heron,  Paris." 


THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 


203 


"  Now,  can  you  conceive  any  interest  your  heroic  deputy  procureur 
could  by  possibility  have  had  in  the  destruction  of  that  letter  ? " 

"  Why,  he  might  have  had,  for  he  made  me  promise  several  times 
never  to  speak  of  that  letter  to  any  one;  and,  more  than  this,  he 
insisted  on  my  taking  a  solemn  oath  never  to  utter  the  name  mentioned 
in  the  address." 

"  Noirtier ! "  repeated  the  abbe ;  "  Noirtier !  —  I  knew  a  person  of  that 
name  at  the  court  of  the  queen  of  Etruria,—  a  Noirtier,  who  had  been 
a  Girondin  during  the  Eevolution !  What  was  your  deputy  caUed  ? " 

"De  Villefort!" 

The  abbe  burst  into  a  fit  of  laughter,  while  Dantes  gazed  on  him 
in  utter  astonishment.  "  What  ails  you  ? "  said  he,  at  length. 

"  Do  you  see  this  ray  of  light  ? " 

"  I  do." 

"  Well !  I  see  my  way  more  clearly  than  you  discern  that  sunbeam. 
Poor  fellow !  poor  young  man !  And  this  magistrate  expressed 
sympathy  for  you  ? " 

"He  did!" 

"  And  the  worthy  man  destroyed  your  compromising  letter  f " 

"  He  burned  it  before  me ! " 

"  And  then  this  purveyor  for  the  scaffold  made  you  swear  never  to 
utter  the  name  of  Noirtier  ? " 

"  Certainly." 

"Why,  you  poor,  short-sighted  simpleton !  Can  you  not  guess  who 
this  Noirtier  was,  whose  very  name  he  was  so  careful  to  keep  concealed  T 
This  Noirtier  was  his  father ! " 

Had  a  thunderbolt  fallen  at  the  feet  of  Dantes,  or  hell  opened  before 
him,  he  could  not  have  been  more  completely  transfixed  with  horror 
than  at  the  words  so  wholly  unexpected.  Starting  up,  he  clasped  his 
hands  around  his  head  as  though  to  prevent  his  very  brain  from 
bursting,  and  exclaimed : 

"  His  father !  oh,  no !  not  his  father,  surely ! " 

"His  own  father,  I  assure  you,"  replied  the  abbe;  " his  right  name 
was  Noirtier  de  Villefort ! " 

At  this  instant  a  bright  light  shot  through  the  mind  of  Dantes,  and 
cleared  up  all  that  had  been  dark  and  obscure  before.  The  change  that 
had  come  over  Villefort  during  the  examination ;  the  destruction  of  the 
letter,  the  exacted  promise,  the  almost  supplicating  tones  of  the  magis 
trate,  who  seemed  rather  to  implore  mercy  than  denounce  punish 
ment, —  all  returned  to  his  memory.  A  cry  of  agony  escaped  his  lips, 
and  he  staggered  like  a  drunken  man ;  then  he  hurried  to  the  opening 
conducting  from  the  abbe's  cell  to  his  own,  and  said : 


204  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  I  must  be  alone,  to  think  over  all  this." 

When  he  regained  his  dungeon,  he  threw  himself  on  his  bed,  where 
the  turnkey  found  him  at  his  evening  visit,  sitting  with  fixed  gaze  and 
contracted  features,  still  and  motionless  as  a  statue ;  but,  during  these 
hours  of  deep  meditation,  which  to  him  had  seemed  but  as  minutes,  he 
had  formed  a  fearful  resolution,  and  bound  himself  to  its  fulfillment 
by  a  solemn  oath. 

Dantes  was  at  length  roused  from  his  reverie  by  the  voice  of  Faria, 
who,  having  also  been  visited  by  his  jailer,  had  come  to  invite  his  fel 
low-sufferer  to  share  his  supper.  The  reputation  of  being  out  of  his 
mind,  though  harmlessly  and  even  amusingly  so,  had  procured  for  the 
abbe  greater  privileges  than  were  allowed  to  prisoners  in  general.  He 
was  supplied  with  bread  of  a  finer,  whiter  description  than  the  usual 
prison  fare,  and  each  Sunday  with  a  small  quantity  of  wine ;  the  pres 
ent  day  chanced  to  be  Sunday,  and  the  abbe  came,  delighted  at  having 
such  luxuries  to  offer  his  new  friend. 

Dantes  followed  him ;  his  features  had  lost  their  contraction,  and 
now  wore  their  usual  expression;  but  there  was  that  in  his  whole 
appearance  that  bespoke  one  who  had  come  to  a  fixed  resolve.  Faria 
bent  on  him  his  penetrating  eye. 

"  I  regret  now,"  said  he,  "  having  helped  you  in  your  late  inquiries,  or 
having  given  you  the  information  I  did." 
"  Why  so  ?  "  inquired  Dantes. 

"  Because  it  has  instilled  a  new  passion  in  your  heart  —  that  of 
vengeance." 

A  bitter  smile  played  over  the  features  of  the  young  man.  "  Let  us 
talk  of  something  else,"  said  he. 

Again  the  abbe  looked  at  him,  then  mournfully  shook  his  head; 
but,  in  accordance  with  Dantes'  request,  he  began  to  speak  of  other  mat 
ters.  The  elder  prisoner  was  one  of  those  persons  whose  conversation, 
like  that  of  all  who  have  experienced  many  trials,  contained  many  use 
ful  hints  as  well  as  sound  information ;  but  it  was  never  egotistical,  for 
the  unfortunate  man  never  alluded  to  his  own  sorrows.  Dantes  listened 
with  admiring  attention  to  all  he  said ;  some  of  his  remarks  corresponded 
with  what  he  already  knew,  or  applied  to  the  sort  of  knowledge  his  nau 
tical  life  had  enabled  him  to  acquire.  A  part  of  the  good  abbe's  words, 
however,  were  wholly  incomprehensible  to  him ;  but,  like  those  auroras 
boreales  which  light  the  navigators  in  northern  latitudes,  they  sufficed 
to  open  to  the  inquiring  mind  of  the  listener  fresh  views  and  new  hori 
zons,  illumined  by  the  meteoric  flash,  enabling  him  justly  to  estimate 
the  delight  an  intellectual  mind  would  have  in  following  this  towering 
spirit  in  all  the  giddiest  heights  of  science,  moral,  social,  or  philosophical. 


THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CUISTO.  205 

"  You  must  teach  me  a  small  part  of  what  you  know,"  said  Dantes 
"  if  only  to  prevent  your  growing  weary  of  me.    I  can  well  believe  that 
you  would  prefer  solitude  to  the  company  of  one  as  ignorant  and  unin 
formed  as  myself.    If  you  will  only  agree  to  my  request,  I  promise  you 
never  to  mention  another  word  about  escaping." 
The  abbe  smiled, 

"Alas!  my  child,"  said  he,  "human  knowledge  is  confined  within 
very  narrow  limits ;  and  when  I  have  taught  you  mathematics,  physics, 
history,  and  the  three  or  four  modern  languages  with  which  I  am 
acquainted,  you  will  know  as  much  as  I  do  myself.  Now,  it  will  scarcely 
require  two  years  for  me  to  communicate  to  you  the  stock  of  learning  I 
possess." 

"  Two  years ! "  exclaimed  Dantes ;  "  do  you  really  believe  I  can 
acquire  all  these  things  in  so  short  a  time  1 " 

"  Not  their  application,  certainly,  but  their  principles  you  may ;  to 
learn  is  not  to  know ;  there  are  the  learners  and  the  learned.  Memory 
makes  the  one,  philosophy  the  other." 

"  But  can  I  not  learn  philosophy  as  well  as  other  things  ? " 

"  My  son,  philosophy,  as  I  understand  it,  is  reducible  to  no  rules  by 
which  it  can  be  learned ;  it  is  the  amalgamation  of  all  the  sciences,  the 
golden  cloud  on  which  Christ  placed  his  feet  to  remount  to  heaven." 

"  Well,  then,"  said  Dantes,  "  tell  me  what  you  shall  teach  me  first  ? 
When  shall  we  commence  ? " 

"  Directly,  if  you  will,"  said  the  abbe. 

And  that  very  evening  the  prisoners  sketched  a  plan  of  education, 
to  be  entered  upon  the  following  day.  Dantes  possessed  a  prodigious 
memory,  an  astonishing  quickness  of  conception;  the  mathematical 
turn  of  his  mind  rendered  him  apt  at  all  kinds  of  calculation,  while  his 
naturally  poetical  feelings  corrected  the  dry  reality  of  arithmetical  com 
putation  or  the  rigid  severity  of  lines.  He  already  knew  Italian,  and  a 
little  of  the  Eomaic  dialect,  picked  up  during  his  different  voyages  to 
the  East;  and  by  the  aid  of  these  two  languages  he  easily  comprehended 
the  construction  of  all  the  others,  so  that  at  the  end  of  six  months  he 
began  to  speak  Spanish,  English,  and  German. 

In  strict  accordance  with  the  promise  made  to  the  abbe,  Dantes 
never  even  alluded  to  flight :  it  might  have  been  that  the  delight  his- 
studies  afforded  him  supplied  the  place  of  liberty;  or,  probably,  the 
recollection  of  his  pledged  word  (a  point,  as  we  have  already  seen,  to 
which  he  paid  rigid  attention)  kept  him  from  reverting  to  any  plan  for 
escape;  but,  absorbed  in  the  acquisition  of  knowledge,  days,  even 
months,  passed  by  unheeded  in  one  rapid  and  instructive  course ;  time 
flew  on,  and  at  the  end  of  a  year  Dantes  was  a  new  man.  With  Faria, 


206  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

on  the  contrary,  Dantes  remarked  that,  spite  of  the  relief  his  society 
afforded,  he  daily  grew  sadder;  one  thought  seemed  incessantly  to 
harass  and  distract  his  mind.  Sometimes  he  would  fall  into  long  rev 
eries,  sigh  heavily  and  involuntarily,  then  suddenly  rise,  and,  with 
folded  arms,  begin  pacing  the  confined  space  of  his  dungeon.  One 
day  he  stopped  all  at  once  in  the  midst  of  these  so  often-repeated 
promenades,  and  exclaimed : 

"  Ah,  if  there  were  no  sentinel ! " 

"  There  shall  not  be  one  a  minute  longer  than  you  please,"  said  Dan 
tes,  who  had  followed  the  working  of  his  thoughts  as  accurately  as 
though  his  brain  were  inclosed  in  crystal. 

"  I  have  already  told  you,"  answered  the  abb6,  "  that  I  loathe  the  idea 
of  shedding  blood." 

"  Still,  in  our  case,  it  would  be  a  necessary  step  to  secure  our  own 
personal  safety  and  preservation." 

"  No  matter !  I  could  never  agree  to  it." 

"  Still,  you  have  thought  of  it?" 

"  Incessantly,  alas ! "  cried  the  abbe. 

"  And  you  have  discovered  a  means  of  regaining  our  freedom,  have 
you  not ! "  asked  Dantes  eagerly. 

"  I  have ;  if  it  were  only  possible  to  place  a  deaf  and  blind  sentinel  in 
the  gallery  beyond  us." 

"  I  will  undertake  to  render  him  both,"  replied  the  young  man,  with 
an  air  of  determined  resolution  that  made  his  companion  shudder. 

"  No,  no,"  cried  the  abbe ;  "  I  tell  you  the  thing  is  impossible ;  name  it 
no  more ! " 

In  vain  did  Dantes  endeavor  to  renew  the  subject ;  the  abbe  shook 
his  head  in  token  of  disapproval,  but  refused  any  further  conversation 
respecting  it.  Three  months  passed  away. 

"  Do  you  feel  yourself  strong  t "  inquired  the  abbe  of  Dantes.  The 
young  man,  in  reply,  took  up  the  chisel,  bent  it  into  the  f  orm  of  a  horse 
shoe,  and  then  as  readily  straightened  it. 

"  And  will  you  engage  not  to  do  any  harm  to  the  sentry,  except  as  a 
last  extremity  ? " 

"  I  promise  on  my  honor  not  to  hurt  a  hair  of  his  head,  unless  posi- 
'tively  obliged  for  our  mutual  preservation." 

"  Then,"  said  the  abbe,  "  we  may  hope  to  put  our  design  into  execu 
tion." 

"  And  how  long  shall  we  be  in  accomplishing  the  necessary  work  ? " 

"  At  least  a  year." 

"  And  shall  we  begin  at  once  ? " 

"  Directly." 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  207 

"  We  have  lost  a  year  to  no  purpose  ! "  cried  Dantes. 

"  Do  yon  consider  the  last  twelve  months  as  wasted  1 "  asked  the  abbe, 
in  a  tone  of  mild  reproach. 

"  Forgive   me ! "  cried   Edmond,  blushing   deeply ;    "  I   am   indeed 
ungrateful  to  have  hinted  such  a  thing." 

"  Tut,  tut ! "  answered  the  abbe ;  "  man  is  but  man  at  last,  and  you  are 
about  the  best  I  have  ever  known.    Come,  let  me  show  you  my  plan." 

The  abbe  then  showed  Dantes  the  sketch  he  had  made  for  their 
escape.  It  consisted  of  a  plan  of  his  own  cell  and  that  of  Dantes,  with 
the  corridor  which  united  them.  In  this  passage  he  proposed  to  form  a 
tunnel,  such  as  is  employed  in  mines ;  this  tunnel  would  conduct  the  two 
prisoners  immediately  beneath  the  gallery  where  the  sentry  kept  watch ; 
once  there,  a  large  excavation  would  be  made,  and  one  of  the  flag-stones 
with  which  the  gallery  was  paved  be  so  completely  loosened  that  at  the 
desired  moment  it  would  give  way  beneath  the  soldier's  feet,  who,  fall 
ing  into  the  excavation  below,  would  be  immediately  bound  and  gagged, 
ere,  stunned  by  the  effects  of  his  fall,  he  had  power  to  offer  any  resist 
ance.  The  prisoners  were  then  to  make  their  way  through  one  of  the 
gallery  windows,  and  to  let  themselves  down  from  the  outer  walls  by 
means  of  the  abbe's  ladder  of  cords. 

The  eyes  of  Dantes  sparkled  with  joy,  and  he  rubbed  his  hands  with 
delight  at  the  idea  of  a  plan  so  simple,  yet  apparently  so  certain  to  suc 
ceed.  That  very  day  the  miners  commenced  their  labor,  and  that  with 
so  much  more  vigor,  as  it  succeeded  to  a  long  rest  from  fatigue  and  was 
destined,  in  all  probability,  to  carry  out  the  dearest  wish  of  the  heart  of 
each.  Nothing  interrupted  the  progress  of  their  work  except  the  neces 
sity  of  returning  to  their  respective  cells  against  the  hour  in  which  then- 
jailer  was  in  the  habit  of  visiting  them ;  they  had  learned  to  distinguish 
the  almost  imperceptible  sound  of  his  footsteps  as  he  descended  toward 
their  dungeons,  and,  happily,  never  failed  being  prepared  for  his  coming. 
The  fresh  earth  excavated  during  their  present  work,  and  which  would 
have  entirely  blocked  up  the  old  passage,  was  thrown,  by  degrees  and 
with  the  utmost  precaution,  out  of  the  window  in  either  Faria's  or  Dantes' 
cell,  the  rubbish  being  first  pulverized  so  finely  that  the  night  wind  car 
ried  it  far  away  without  permitting  the  smallest  trace  to  remain. 

More  than  a  year  had  been  consumed  in  this  undertaking,  the  only 
tools  for  which  had  been  a  chisel,  a  knife,  and  a  wooden  lever ;  Faria 
still  continuing  to  instruct  Dantes  by  conversing  with  him,  sometimes 
in  one  language,  sometimes  in  another ;  at  others,  relating  to  him  the 
history  of  nations  and  great  men  who  from  time  to  time  have  left 
behind  them  one  of  those  bright  tracks  called  glory.  The  abbe  was  a 
man  of  the  world,  and  had,  moreover,  mixed  in  the  first  society  of  the 


208  THE    COUNT   OF  MOXTE-CRftiTO. 


day ;  he  had,  too,  that  air  of  melancholy  dignity  which  Dantes,  thanks 
to  the  imitative  powers  bestowed  on  him  by  nature,  easily  acquired,  as 
well  as  that  outward  politeness  he  had  before  been  wanting  in,  and 
which  is  seldom  possessed  except  by  constant  intercourse  with  persons 
of  high  birth  and  breeding. 

At  the  end  of  fifteen  months  the  tunnel  was  made,  and  the  excava 
tion  completed  beneath  the  gallery,  and  the  two  .workmen  could  dis 
tinctly  hear  the  measured  tread  of  the  sentinel  as  he  paced  to  and  fro 
over  their  heads.  Compelled,  as  they  were,  to  await  a  night  sufficiently 
dark  to  favor  their  flight,  they  were  obliged  to  defer  their  final  attempt 
till  that  auspicious  moment  should  arrive;  their  greatest  dread  now 
was  lest  the  stone  through  which  the  sentry  was  doomed  to  fall  should 
give  way  before  its  right  time,  and  this  they  had  in  some  measure  pro 
vided  against  by  placing  under  it,  as  a  kind  of  prop,  a  sort  of  bearer 
they  had  discovered  among  the  foundations.  Dantes  was  occupied  in 
arranging  this  piece  of  wood  when  he  heard  Faria,  who  had  remained 
in  Edmoud's  cell  for  the  purpose  of  cutting  a  peg  to  secure  their  rope 
ladder,  call  to  him  in  accents  of  pain  and  suffering.  Dantes  hastened 
to  his  dungeon,  where  he  found  him  standing  in  the  middle  of  tin- 
room,  pale  as  death,  his  forehead  streaming  with  perspiration,  and  his 
hands  clenched  tightly. 

"  Gracious  heavens !  "  exclaimed  Dantes,  "  what  is  the  matter  ?  what 
has  happened  ? " 

"  Quick !  quick ! "  returned  the  abbe,  "listen  to  what  I  have  to  say." 

Dantes  looked  at  the  livid  countenance  of  Faria,  whose  eyes  were 
circled  by  a  halo  of  a  bluish  cast,  his  lips  were  white,  and  his  very  hair 
seemed  to  stand  on  end.  In  his  alarm  he  let  fall  the  chisel  he  held  in 
his  hand. 

"  For  God's  sake ! "  cried  Dantes,  "  tell  me  what  ails  you  ? " 

"  Alas ! "  faltered  out  the  abbe,  "  all  is  over  with  me.  I  am  seized 
with  a  terrible,  perhaps  mortal,  illness;  I  can  feel  that  the  paroxysm  is 
fast  approaching.  I  had  a  similar  attack  the  year  previous  to  my 
imprisonment.  This  malady  admits  but  of  one  remedy ;  I  will  tell  you 
what  that  is.  Go  into  my  cell  as  quickly  as  you  can ;  draw  out  one  of 
the  feet  that  support  the  bed ;  you  will  find  it  has  been  hollowed  out ; 
you  will  find  there  a  small  phial  half  filled  with  a  red-looking  fluid. 
Bring  it  to  me  —  or  rather,  no,  no !  I  may  be  found  here ;  therefore, 
help  me  back  to  my  room  while  I  have  any  strength.  Who  knows  what 
may  happen,  or  how  long  the  fit  may  last  ? " 

Spite  of  the  magnitude  of  the  misfortune,  Dantes  lost  not  his  pres 
ence  of  mind,  but  descended  into  the  corridor,  dragging  his  unfortunate 
companion  with  him  ;  then,  half  carrying,  half  supporting  him,  he  man- 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  211 

aged  to  reach  the  abbe's  chamber,  when  he  immediately  laid  the  sufferer 
on  his  bed. 

"  Thanks ! "  said  the  poor  abbe,  shivering  in  every  limb  as  though 
emerging  from  freezing  water ;  "  I  am  seized  with  a  fit  of  catalepsy ;  I 
may,  probably,  lie  still  and  motionless,  uttering  neither  sigh  nor  groan. 
I  may  fall  into  convulsions  that  cover  my  lips  with  foam  and  force  from 
me  piercing  shrieks.  Let  no  one  hear  my  cries,  for  if  they  are  heard  I 
should  be  removed  to  another  part  of  the  prison,  and  we  be  separated 
forever.  When  I  become  quite  motionless,  cold,  and  rigid  as  a  corpse, 
then,  and  not  before,  you  understand,  force  open  my  teeth  with  a  chisel, 
pour  from  eight  to  ten  drops  of  the  liquor  contained  in  the  phial  down 
my  throat,  and  I  may  perhaps  revive." 

"  Perhaps ! "  exclaimed  Dantes  in  grief -stricken  tones. 

"  Help !  help ! "  cried  the  abbe,  "  I  —  I  —  die  —  I " 

So  sudden  and  violent  was  the  fit,  that  the  unfortunate  prisoner  was 
unable  to  complete  the  sentence  begun ;  a  cloud  came  over  his  brow, 
dark  as  a  storm  at  sea,  his  eyes  started  from  their  sockets,  his  mouth 
was  drawn  on  one  side,  his  cheeks  became  purple,  he  struggled,  foamed, 
and  uttered  dreadful  cries,  which  Dantes  deadened  by  covering  his  head 
with  the  blanket.  The  fit  lasted  two  hours ;  then,  more  helpless  than  an 
infant,  and  colder  and  paler  than  marble,  more  broken  than  a  reed 
trampled  under  foot,  he  fell,  stiffened  with  a  last  convulsion,  and 
became  livid. 

Edmond  waited  till  life  seemed  extinct  in  the  body  of  his  friend ; 
then,  taking  up  the  chisel,  he  with  difficulty  forced  open  the  closely 
fixed  jaws,  carefully  poured  the  appointed  number  of  drops  down  the 
rigid  throat,  and  anxiously  awaited  the  result.  An  hour  passed  away 
without  the  old  man's  giving  the  least  sign  of  returning  animation. 
Dantes  began  to  fear  he  had  delayed  too  long  ere  he  administered  the 
remedy,  and,  thrusting  his  hands  into  his  hair,  continued  gazing  on  his 
friend  in  an  agony  of  despair.  At  length  a  slight  color  tinged  the 
cheeks,  consciousness  returned  to  the  dull,  open  eyeballs,  a  faint  sigh 
issued  from  the  lips,  and  the  sufferer  made  a  feeble  effort  to  move. 

"  He  is  saved  !  he  is  saved  ! "  cried  Dantes,  in  a  paroxysm  of  delight. 
The  sick  man  was  not  yet  able  to  speak,  but  he  pointed  with  evi 
dent  anxiety  toward  the  door.    Dantes  listened,  and  plainly  distinguished 
the  approaching  steps  of  the  jailer.    It  was  therefore  near  seven  o'clock ; 
but  Edmond's  anxiety  had  put  all  thoughts  of  time  out  of  his  head. 

The  young  man  sprang  to  the  entrance,  darted  through  it,  carefully 
drawing  the  stone  over  the  opening,  and  hurried  to  his  cell.  He  had 
scarcely  done  so  before  the  door  opened  and  disclosed  to  the  jailer's 
inquisitorial  gaze  the  prisoner  seated  as  usual  on  the  side  of  his  bed. 


212  THE    COUNT    OF   MOXTE-CRISTO. 

Almost  before  the  key  had  turned  in  the  lock,  and  before  the  steps  of 
the  jailer  had  died  away  in  the  corridor,  Dantes,  consumed  by  anxiety, 
without  any  desire  to  touch  the  food,  hurried  back  to  the  abbe's  cham 
ber,  and,  raising  the  stone  by  pressing  his  head  against  it,  was  soon 
beside  the  sick  man's  couch.  Faria  had  now  fully  regained  his  con 
sciousness,  but  he  still  lay  helpless  and  exhausted  on  his  miserable  bed. 

"  I  did  not  expect  to  see  you  again,"  said  he,  feebly,  to  Dantes. 

"  And  why  not  ? "  asked  the  young  man.  "  Did  you  fancy  yourself 
dying  ? " 

"No,  I  had  no  such  idea;  "but,  as  all  was  ready  for  your  flight,  I 
considered  you  were  gone." 

The  deep  glow  of  indignation  suffused  the  cheeks  of  Dantes. 

"  And  did  you  really  think  so  meanly  of  me,"  cried  he,  "  as  to  believe 
I  would  depart  without  you  ?  " 

"  At  least,"  said  the  abbe,  "  I  now  see  how  wrong  such  an  opinion 
would  have  been.  Alas,  alas!  I  am  fearfully  exhausted  and  debilitated." 

"Be  of  good  cheer,"  replied  Dantes;  "your  strength  will  return." 
And  as  he  spofce  he  seated  himself  on  the  bed  beside  Faria,  and  tenderly 
chafed  his  chilled  hands.  The  abbe  shook  his  head. 

"  The  former  of  these  fits,"  said  he,  "  lasted  but  half  an  hour,  at  the 
termination  of  which  I  experienced  a  sensation  of  hunger,  and  I  rose 
from  my  bed  without  requiring  help ;  now  I  can  neither  move  my  right 
arm  or  leg,  and  my  head  seems  uncomfortable,  proving  a  rush  of  blood 
to  the  brain.  The  next  of  these  fits  will  either  carry  me  off  or  leave 
me  paraly/ed  for  life." 

"No,  no!"  cried  Dantes;  "you  are  mistaken  —  you  will  not  die! 
And  your  third  attack  (if,  indeed,  you  should  have  another)  will  find 
you  at  liberty.  We  shall  save  you  another  time,  as  we  have  done  this, 
only  with  a  better  chance,  because  we  shall  be  able  to  command  every 
requisite  assistance." 

"  My  good  Edmond,"  answered  the  abbe,  "be  not  deceived.  The  attack 
which  has  just  passed  away  condemns  me  forever  to  the  walls  of  a 
prison.  None  can  fly  from  their  dungeon  but  those  who  can  walk." 

"  Well,  well,  we  can  wait,  say  a  week,  a  month, —  two,  if  necessary ; 
by  that  time  you  will  be  quite  well  and  strong ;  and  as  it  only  remains 
with  us  to  fix  the  hour  and  minute,  we  will  choose  the  first  instant  that 
you  feel  able  to  swim  to  execute  our  project." 

"  I  shall  never  swim  again,"  replied  Faria.  "  This  arm  is  paralyzed ; 
not  for  a  time,  but  forever.  Lift  it,  and  judge  by  its  weight  if  I  am 
mistaken." 

The  young  man  raised  the  arm,  which  fell  back  by  its  own  weight, 
perfectly  inanimate  and  helpless.    A  sigh  escaped  him. 


TIIE    COUNT    OF   MONT  K-CRI8TO. 


213 


"You  are  convinced  now,  Edmond,  are  you  not'?"  asked  the  abbe. 
"  Depend  upon  it,  I  know  what  I  say.  Since  the  first  attack  I  experi 
enced  of  this  malady,  I  have  continually  reflected  on  it.  Indeed,  I 
expected  it,  for  it  is  a  family  inheritance,  both  my  father  and  grand 


father  having  been  taken  off  by  it.  The  physician  who  prepared  for 
me  the  remedy  was  no  other  than  the  celebrated  Cabaiiis,  and  he  pre 
dicted  a  similar  end  for  me." 

"  The  physician  may  be  mistaken ! "  exclaimed  Dantes.     "And  as  for 


214  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 

your  poor  arm,  what  difference  will  that  make  in  our  escape  I   I  can 
take  you  on  my  shoulders  and  swim  for  both  of  us." 

"  My  son,"  said  tin-  al  >!•»'•,  "  you,  \vli«>  an-  a  sail<»r  and  a  swinnin-r,  must 
know  as  well  as  I  do  that  a  man  so  loaded  would  sink  ere  he  had 
advanced  fifty  yards  in  the  sea.  Cease,  then,  to  allow  yourself  to  be 
duped  by  vain  hopes  that  even  your  own  excellent  heart  refuses  to 
believe  in.  Here  I  shall  remain  till  the  hour  of  my  deliverance  arrives; 
and  that,  in  all  human  probability,  will  be  the  hour  of  my  death.  As 
for  you,  who  are  young  and  active,  delay  not  on  my  account,  but  fly  - 
go  —  I  give  you  back  your  promise." 

"  It  is  well,"  said  Dantes.  "  And  now  hear  my  determination  also." 
Then,  rising  and  extending  his  hand  with  an  air  of  solemnity  over  the 
old  man's  head,  he  slowly  added : 

"  Here  I  swear  to  remain  with  you  so  long  as  life  is  spared  to  you." 

Faria  gazed  fondly  on  his  noble-minded  but  single-hearted  young 
friend,  and  read  in  his  honest,  open  countenance  ample  confirmation  of 
truthfulness  as  well  as  sincere,  affectionate,  and  faithful  devotion. 

"  Thanks,  my  child,"  murmured  the  invalid,  extending  the  one  hand 
of  which  he  still  retained  the  use.  "  Thanks  for  your  generous  offer, 
which  I  accept  as  frankly  as  it  was  made."  Then,  after  a  short  pause, 
he  added,  "  You  may  orie  of  these  days  reap  the  reward  of  your  disin 
terested  devotion.  But,  as  I  cannot,  and  you  will  not,  quit  this  place,  it 
becomes  necessary  to  fill  up  the  excavation  beneath  the  soldier's  gal 
lery  ;  he  might,  by  chance,  find  out  the  hollow  sound  above  the  exca 
vated  ground,  and  call  the  attention  of  his  officer  to  the  circumstance. 
We  should  be  discovered  and  separated.  Go,  then,  and  set  about  this 
work,  in  which,  unhappily,  I  can  offer  you  no  assistance ;  keep  at  it 
all  night,  if  necessary,  and  do  not  return  here  to-morrow  till  after  the 
jailer  has  visited  me.  I  shall  have  something  of  the  greatest  importance 
to  communicate  to  you." 

Dantes  took  the  hand  of  the  abbe,  who  smiled  encouragingly  on 
him,  and  retired  to  his  task,  filled  with  a  determination  to  discharge  the 
vow  which  bound  him  to  his  friend. 


CHAPTEE   XVIII 

THE    TREASURE 

HEN  Dantes  returned  next  morning  to  the  chamber  of  his 
companion  in  captivity,  he  found  Faria  seated  and  looking 
composed.  In  the  ray  of  light  which  entered  by  the  nar 
row  window  of  his  cell,  he  held  open  in  his  left  hand,  of 
which  alone,  it  will  be  recollected,  he  retained  the  use,  a  morsel  of 
paper,  which,  from  being  constantly  rolled  into  a  small  compass,  had 
the  form  of  a  cylinder,  and  was  not  easily  kept  open.  He  did  not  speak, 
but  showed  the  paper  to  Dantes. 

"  What  is  that  ?  "  he  inquired. 

"  Look  at  it,"  said  the  abbe,  with  a  smile. 

"  I  have  looked  at  it  with  all  possible  attention,"  said  Dantes,  "  and  I 
only  see  a  half -burned  paper,  on  which  are  traces  of  Gothic  characters, 
traced  with  a  peculiar  kind  of  ink." 

"  This  paper,  my  friend,"  said  Faria,  "  I  may  now  avow  to  you,  since 
I  have  proved  you  —  this  paper  is  my  treasure,  of  which,  from  this  day 
forth,  one-half  belongs  to  you." 

A  cold  damp  started  to  Dantes'  brow.  Until  this  day —  and  what  a 
space  of  time  !  —  he  had  avoided  talking  to  Faria  of  this  treasure,  the 
source  whence  the  accusation  of  madness  against  the  poor  abbe  was 
derived.  With  his  instinctive  delicacy  Edmond  had  preferred  avoiding 
any  touch  on  this  painful  chord,  and  Faria  had  been  equally  silent. 
He  had  taken  the  silence  of  the  old  man  for  a  return  to  reason,  and 
now  these  few  words  uttered  by  Faria,  after  so  painful  a  crisis,  seemed 
to  announce  a  serious  relapse  of  mental  alienation. 

"  Your  treasure  I "  stammered  Dantes.    Faria  smiled. 

"  Yes,"  said  he.  "  You  are,  indeed,  a  noble  heart,  Edmond,  and  I  see 
by  your  paleness  and  your  shudder  what  is  passing  in  your  heart  at 
this  moment.  No ;  be  assured,  I  am  not  mad.  This  treasure  exists, 

215 


216  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

Dantes ;  and  if  I  have  not  been  allowed  to  possess  it,  you  will.  Yes  — 
you.  No  one  would  listen  to  me  or  believe  me,  because  they  thought 
me  mad ;  but  you,  who  must  know  that  I  am  not,  listen  to  me,  and 
believe  me  afterward,  if  you  will." 

"  Alas ! "  murmured  Edmond  to  himself,  "  this  is  a  terrible  relapse ! 
There  was  only  this  blow  wanting." 

Then  he  said  aloud,  "My  dear  friend,  your  attack  has,  perhaps, 
fatigued  you ;  had  you  not  better  repose  awhile  ?  To-morrow,  if  you 
will,  I  will  hear  your  narrative;  but  to-day  I  wish  to  nurse  you  care 
fully.  Besides,"  he  said,  "a  treasure  is  not  a  thing  we  need  hurry 
about." 

"  On  the  contrary,  we  must  hurry,  Edmond ! "  replied  the  old  man. 
"  Who  knows  if  to-morrow,  or  the  next  day  after,  the  third  attack  may 
not  come  on  ?  and  then  must  not  all  be  finished  ?  Yes,  indeed,  I  have 
often  thought  with  a  bitter  joy  that  these  riches,  which  would  make  the 
wealth  of  a  dozen  families,  will  be  forever  lost  to  those  men  who  perse 
cute  me.  This  idea  was  one  of  vengeance  to  me,  and  I  tasted  it  slowly 
in  the  night  of  my  dungeon  and  the  despair  of  my  captivity.  But  now 
I  have  forgiven  the  world  for  the  love  of  you ;  now  I  see  you  young  and 
full  of  hope  and  prospect  —  now  that  I  think  of  all  that  may  result  to 
you  in  the  good  fortune  of  such  a  disclosure,  I  shudder  at  any  delay, 
and  tremble  lest  I  should  not  assure  to  one  as  worthy  as  yourself  the 
possession  of  so  vast  an  amount  of  hidden  treasure." 
Edmond  turned  away  his  head  with  a  sigh. 

"  You  persist  in  your  incredulity,  Edmond,"  continued  Faria.  "  My 
words  have  not  convinced  you.  I  see  you  require  proofs.  Well,  then, 
read  this  paper,  which  I  have  never  shown  to  any  one." 

"  To-morrow,  my  dear  friend,"  said  Edmond,  desirous  of  not  yielding 
to  the  old  man's  madness.  "I  thought  it  was  understood  that  we  should 
not  talk  of  that  till  to-morrow." 

"  Then  we  will  not  talk  of  it  until  to-morrow ;  but  read  this  paper 
to-day." 

"  I  will  not  irritate  him,"  thought  Edmond,  and  taking  the  paper,  of 
which  half  was  wanting,  having  been  burned,  no  doubt,  by  some  acci 
dent,  he  read : 

" '  This  treasure,  which  may  amount  to  two 
of  Roman  crowns  in  the  most  distant  a 
of 'the  second  open  hi  (/  irh 
declare  to  belong  to  him  alo 
heir. 

"'25th  April,  149'" 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  217 

"  Well ! "  said  Faria,  when  the  young  man  had  finished  reading  it. 

"  Why,"  replied  Dantes,  "  I  see  nothing  but  broken  lines  and  uncon 
nected  words,  which  are  rendered  illegible  by  fire." 

"  Yes,  to  you,  my  friend,  who  read  them  for  the  first  time ;  but  not 
for  me  who  have  grown  pale  over  them  by  many  nights'  study,  and 
have  reconstructed  every  phrase,  completed  every  thought." 

"  And  do  you  believe  you  have  discovered  the  concealed  sense  ? " 

"I  am  sure  I  have,  and  you  shall  judge  for  yourself;  but,  first  listen 
to  the  history  of  this  paper." 

"  Silence ! "  exclaimed  Dantes.     "  Steps  approach  —  I  go  —  adieu !  " 

And  Dantes,  happy  to  escape  the  history  and  explanation  which 
could  not  fail  to  confirm  to  him  his  friend's  malady,  glided  like  a  snake 
along  the  narrow  passage;  whilst  Faria,  restored  by  his  alarm  to  a 
kind  of  activity,  pushed  with  his  foot  the  stone  into  its  place,  and 
covered  it  with  a  mat  in  order  the  more  effectually  to  avoid  discovery. 

It  was  the  governor,  who,  hearing  of  Faria's  accident  from  the 
jailer,  had  come  in  person  to  see  him. 

Faria  sat  up  to  receive  him,  and  continued  to  conceal  from  the 
governor  the  paralysis  that  had  already  half  stricken  him  with  death. 
His  fear  was  lest  the  governor,  touched  with  pity,  might  order  him  to 
be  removed  to  a  prison  more  wholesome,  and  thus  separate  him  from 
his  young  companion.  But,  fortunately,  this  was  not  the  case,  and  the 
governor  left  him,  convinced  that  the  poor  madman,  for  whom  in  his 
heart  he  felt  a  kind  of  affection,  was  only  affected  with  a  slight  indis 
position. 

During  this  time,  Edmond,  seated  on  his  bed  with  his  head  in  his 
hands,  tried  to  collect  his  scattered  thoughts.  All  was  so  rational,  so 
grand,  so  logical  with  Faria,  since  he  had  known  him,  that  he  could 
not  understand  how  so  much  wisdom  on  all  points  could  be  allied  to 
madness  in  any  one.  Was  Faria  deceived  as  to  his  treasure,  or  was  all 
the  world  deceived  as  to  Faria  ? 

Dantes  remained  in  his  cell  all  day,  not  daring  to  return  to  his 
friend,  thinking  thus  to  defer  the  moment  when  he  should  acquire  the 
certainty  that  the  abbe  was  mad  —  such  a  conviction  would  be  so 
terrible ! 

But,  toward  the  evening,  after  the  usual  visitation,  Faria,  not  seeing 
the  young  man  appear,  tried  to  move  and  get  over  the  distance  which 
separated  them.  Edmond  shuddered  when  he  heard  the  painful  efforts 
which  the  old  man  made  to  drag  himself  along ;  his  leg  was  inert,  and 
he  could  no  longer  make  use  of  one  arm.  Edmond  was  compelled  to 
draw  him  toward  himself,  for  otherwise  he  could  not  enter  by  the  small 
aperture  which  led  to  Dantes'  chamber. 


THE   COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

••  Hen-  I  tun,  pur-Hill-  you  n-morsrh'ssly,"  li«-  >;ii»I.  with  ;t 
smile.  "You  thought  to  escape  my  munificence,  but  it  is  in  vain. 
Listen  to  me."  Edmond  saw  there  was  no  escape,  and,  placing  the  old 
man  on  his  bed,  he  seated  himself  on  the  stool  beside  him. 

"  You  know,"  said  the  abb6,  "  that  I  was  the  secretary  and  intimate 
friend  of  Cardinal  Spada,  the  last  of  the  princes  of  that  name.  I  owe 
to  this  worthy  lord  all  the  happiness  I  ever  knew.  He  was  not  rich, 
although  the  wealth  of  his  family  had  passed  into  a  proverb,  and  I 
heard  the  phrase  very  often,  'As  rich  as  a  Spada.'  But  he,  like  public 
rumor,  lived  on  this  reputation  for  wealth.  His  palace  was  my  para 
dise  ;  I  instructed  his  nephews,  who  are  dead ;  and  when  he  was  alone 
in  the  world,  I  returned  to  him,  by  an  absolute  devotion  to  his  will,  all 
he  had  done  for  me  during  ten  years.  The  house  of  the  cardinal  had 
no  secrets  for  me.  I  had  often  seen  my  noble  patron  annotating  ancient 
volumes,  and  eagerly  searching  amongst  dusty  family  manuscripts. 
One  day  when  I  was  reproaching  him  for  his  unavailing  searches,  and 
the  kind  of  prostration  of  mind  that  followed  them,  he  looked  at  me, 
and,  smiling  bitterly,  opened  a  volume  relating  to  the  History  of  the 
City  of  Rome.  There,  in  the  twenty-ninth  chapter  of  the  Life  of  Pope 
Alexander  VI.,  were  the  following  lines,  which  I  can  never  forget : 

"  '  The  great  wars  of  Romagna  had  ended;  Caesar  Borgia,  who  had  completed  his  con 
quest,  had  need  of  money  to  purchase  all  Italy.  The  pope  had  also  need  of  money  to 
conclude  with  Louis  XII.  of  France,  formidable  still,  in  spite  of  his  recent  reverses ;  and 
it  was  necessary,  therefore,  to  have  recourse  to  some  profitable  speculation,  which  was  a 
matter  of  great  difficulty  in  exhausted  Italy.  His  Holiness  had  an  idea.  He  determined 
to  make  two  cardinals.' 

"  By  choosing  two  of  the  greatest  personages  of  Rome,  especially  rich 
men  —  t his  was  the  return  the  Holy  Father  looked  for  from  his  specula 
tion.  In  the  first  place,  he  had  to  sell  the  great  appointments  and 
splendid  offices  which  the  cardinals  already  held ;  and  then  he  had  the 
two  hats  to  sell  besides.  There  was  a  third  view  in  the  speculation, 
which  will  appear  hereafter. 

"  The  pope  and  Caesar  Borgia  first  found  the  two  future  cardinals ; 
they  were  Juan  Rospigliosi,  who  held  four  of  the  highest  dignities  of 
the  holy  seat,  and  Caesar  Spada,  one  of  the  noblest  and  richest  of  the 
Roman  nobility ;  both  felt  the  high  honor  of  such  a  favor  from  the  pope. 
They  were  ambitious ;  and  these  found,  Ccesar  Borgia  soon  found  pur 
chasers  for  their  appointments.  The  result  was,  that  Rospigliosi  and 
Spada  paid  for  being  cardinals,  and  eight  other  persons  paid  for  the 
offices  the  cardinals  held  before  their  elevation,  and  thus  eight  hundred 
thousand  crowns  entered  into  the  coffers  of  the  speculators. 

"  It  is  time  now  to  proceed  to  the  last  part  of  the  speculation.    The 


THE    COUNT    OF   MON  T  E-CRISTO. 


219 


pope,  having  almost  smothered  Rospigliosi  and  Spada  with  caresses 
having  bestowed  upon  them  the  insignia  of  cardinal,  and  induced  them 
to  realize  their  fortunes,  and  fix  themselves  at  Rome,  the  pope  and  Csesar 
Borgia  invited  the  two  cardinals  to  dinner.    This  was  a  matter  of  con- 


Marco  Spada. 


test  between  the  Holy  Father  and  his  son.  Csesar  thought  they  could 
make  use  of  one  of  the  means  which  he  always  had  ready  for  his  friends ; 
that  is  to  say,  in  the  first  place  the  famous  key  with  which  they  requested 
certain  persons  to  go  and  open  a  particular  cupboard.  This  key  was 


220  THE    COUXT   OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 

furnished  with  a  small  iron  point, —  a  negligence  on  the  part  of  the  lock 
smith.  When  this  was  pressed  to  effect  the  opening  of  the  cupboard,  <>t 
which  the  lock  was  difficult,  the  person  was  pricked  by  this  small  point, 
and  died  next  day.  Then  there  was  the  ring  with  the  lion's  head,  which 
Ca»sar  wore  when  he  meant  to  give  certain  squeezes  of  the  hand.  The 
lion  bit  the  hand  thus  favored,  and  at  the  end  of  twenty-four  hours  the 
bite  was  mortal. 

"  Cffisar  then  proposed  to  his  father,  either  to  ask  the  cardinals  to 
open  the  cupboard,  or  to  give  each  a  cordial  squeeze  of  the  hand;  but 
Alexander  VI.  replied  to  him :  *  Whilst  we  are  thinking  of  those 
worthy  cardinals,  Spada  and  Rospigliosi,  let  us  ask  both  of  them  to  a 
dinner.  Something  tells  me  that  we  shall  regain  this  money.  Besides, 
you  forget,  Caesar,  an  indigestion  declares  itself  immediately,  whilst  a 
prick  or  a  bite  occasions  a  day  or  two's  delay.'  Caesar  gave  way  before 
such  cogent  reasoning ;  and  the  cardinals  were  consequently  invited  to 
dinner. 

"  The  table  was  laid  in  a  vineyard  belonging  to  the  pope,  near  Saint 
Peter  ad  Vincula,  a  charming  retreat  which  the  cardinals  knew  very 
well  by  report.  Rospigliosi,  quite  giddy  with  his  dignity,  prepared  his 
stomach,  and  assumed  his  best  looks.  Spada,  a  prudent  man,  and 
greatly  attached  to  his  only  nephew,  a  young  captain  of  highest  prom 
ise,  took  paper  and  peji,  and  made  his  will.  He  then  sent  to  his  nephew 
to  await  him  in  the  vicinity  of  the  vineyard ;  but  it  appeared  the  servant 
did  not  find  him. 

u  Spada  knew  the  nature  of  these  invitations ;  since  Christianity,  so 
eminently  civilizing,  had  made  progress  in  Rome,  it  was  no  longer  a 
centurion  who  came  from  the  tyrant  with  a  message,  '  Caesar  wills  that 
you  die,'  but  it  was  a  legate  a  latcre,  who  came  with  a  smile  on  his  lips 
to  say  from  the  pope,  '  His  Holiness  requests  you  will  dine  with  him.' 

"  Spada  set  out  about  two  o'clock  to  Saint  Peter  ad  Vincula.  The 
pope  awaited  him.  The  first  figure  that  struck  the  eyes  of  Spada  was 
that  of  his  nephew,  in  full  costume,  and  Caesar  Borgia  paying  him  most 
marked  attentions.  Spada  turned  pale,  as  Caesar  looked  at  him  with  an 
ironical  air,  which  proved  that  he  had  anticipated  all,  and  that  the  snare 
was  well  spread. 

"  They  began  dinner,  and  Spada  was  only  able  to  inquire  of  his 
nephew  if  he  had  received  his  message.  The  nephew  replied  no,  per 
fectly  comprehending  the  meaning  of  the  question.  It  was  too  late, 
for  he  had  already  drunk  a  glass  of  excellent  wine,  placed  for  him 
expressly  by  the  pope's  butler.  Spada  at  the  same  moment  saw  another 
bottle  approach  him,  which  he  was  pressed  to  taste.  An  hour  afterward 
a  physician  declared  they  were  both  poisoned  through  eating  mush- 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO.  221 

rooms.     Spada  died  on  the  threshold  of  the  villa ;  the  nephew  expired 
at  his  own  door,  making  signs  which  his  wife  could  not  comprehend. 

"  Then  Caesar  and  the  pope  hastened  to  lay  hands  on  the  heritage, 
under  pretense  of  seeking  for  the  papers  of  the  dead  man.  But  the 
inheritance  consisted  in  this  only,  a  scrap  of  paper  on  which  Spada  had 
written : 

"  1 1  bequeath  to  my  beloved  nephew  my  coffers,  my  books,  and,  amongst  other,  my 
breviary  with  gold  corners,  which  I  beg  he  will  preserve  in  remembrance  of  his  affec 
tionate  uncle.' 

"  The  heirs  sought  everywhere,  admired  the  breviary,  laid  hands  on 
the  furniture,  and  were  greatly  astonished  that  Spada,  the  rich  man, 
was  really  the  most  miserable  of  uncles  —  no  treasures — unless  they 
were  those  of  science,  composed  in  the  library  and  laboratories.  This 
was  all:  Caesar  and  his  father  searched,  examined,  scrutinized,  but 
found  nothing,  or,  at  least,  very  little  —  not  exceeding  a  few  thousand 
crowns  in  plate,  and  about  the  same  in  ready  money ;  but  the  nephew 
had  time  to  say  to  his  wife  before  he  expired : 
" '  Look  well  among  my  uncle's  papers ;  there  is  a  will.' 

"  They  sought  even  more  thoroughly  than  the  august  heirs  had  done, 
but  it  was  fruitless.  There  were  two  palaces  and  a  villa  behind  the 
Palatine  Hill ;  but  in  these  days  landed  property  had  not  much  value, 
and  the  two  palaces  and  the  villa  remained  to  the  family  as  beneath  the 
rapacity  of  the  pope  and  his  son.  Months  and  years  rolled  on.  Alex 
ander  VI.  died  poisoned, — you  know  by  what  mistake.  Caesar,  poisoned 
at  the  same  time,  escaped  with  changing  his  skin  like  a  snake,  and 
assumed  a  new  cuticle,  on  which  the  poison  left  spots,  like  those  we  see 
on  the  skin  of  a  tiger ;  then,  compelled  to  quit  Rome,  he  went  and  got 
himself  killed  in  obscurity  in  a  night  skirmish,  scarcely  noticed  in 
history. 

"  After  the  pope's  death  and  his  son's  exile,  it  was  supposed  the  Spada 
family  would  again  make  the  splendid  figure  they  had  before  the  cardi 
nal's  time ;  but  this  was  not  the  case.  The  Spadas  remained  in  doubt 
ful  ease ;  a  mystery  hung  over  this  dark  affair,  and  the  public  rumor 
was  that  Caesar,  a  better  politician  than  his  father,  had  carried  off  from 
the  pope  the  fortune  of  the  cardinals.  I  say  the  two,  because  Cardi 
nal  Rospigliosi,  who  had  not  taken  any  precaution,  was  completely 
despoiled. 

"  Up  to  this  time,"  said  Faria,  interrupting  the  thread  of  his  narra 
tive,  "  this  seems  to  you  very  ridiculous,  no  doubt,  eh  ? " 

"  Oh,  my  friend,"  cried  Dantes,  "  on  the  contrary,  it  seems  as  if  I  were 
reading  a  most  interesting  narrative ;  go  on,  I  pray  of  you." 

"  I  will.  The  family  began  to  feel  accustomed  to  this  obscurity.  Years 


222  THE    COUNT    OF    MONTE-CRI8TO. 

rolled  on,  and  amongst  the  descendants  some  weiv  soldiers,  others  diplo 
matists;  some  churchmen,  some  bankers;  some  grew  rich,  and  SOUK-  wov 
ruined.  I  come  now  to  the  last  of  the  family,  whose  secretary  I  was  — 
the  Comte  do  Spada.  I  had  often  heard  him  complain  of  the  disproportion 
of  his  rank  with  his  fortune ;  and  I  advised  him  to  sink  all  he  had  in  an 
annuity.  He  did  so,  and  thus  doubled  his  income.  The  celebrated 
breviary  remained  in  the  family,  and  was  in  his  possession.  It  had  been 
handed  down  from  father  to  son ;  for  the  singular  clause  of  the  only  will 
that  had  been  found  had  rendered  it  a  real  reliquc,  preserved  in  the 
family  with  superstitious  veneration.  It  was  an  illuminated  book,  with 
beautiful  Gothic  characters,  and  so  weighty  with  gold  that  a  servant 
always  earned  it  before  the  cardinal  on  days  of  great  solemnity. 

"  At  the  sight  of  papers  of  all  sorts, —  titles,  contracts,  parchments, 
which  were  kept  in  the  archives  of  the  family,  all  descending  from  the 
poisoned  cardinal, —  I,  like  twenty  servitors,  stewards,  secretaries  before 
me,  in  my  turn  examined  the  immense  bundles  of  documents ;  but  in 
spite  of  the  most  accurate  researches,  I  found  —  nothing.  Yet  I  had 
read,  I  had  even  written  a  precise  history  of  the  Borgia  family,  for  the 
sole  purpose  of  assuring  myself  whether  any  increase  of  fortune  had 
occurred  to  them  on  the  death  of  the  Cardinal  Caesar  Spada ;  but  could 
only  trace  the  acquisition  of  the  property  of  the  Cardinal  Rospigliosi, 
his  companion  in  misfortune. 

"  I  was  then  almost  assured  that  the  inheritance  had  neither  profited 
the  Borgias  nor  the  family,  but  had  remained  unpossessed  like  the  treas 
ures  of  the  Arabian  Nights,  which  slept  in  the  bosom  of  the  earth  under 
the  eyes  of  a  genie.  I  searched,  ransacked,  counted,  calculated  a  thou 
sand  and  a  thousand  times  the  income  and  expenditure  of  the  family  for 
three  hundred  years.  It  was  useless.  I  remained  in  my  ignorance,  and 
the  Comte  de  Spada  in  his  poverty. 

"My  patron  died.  He  had  reserved  from  his  annuity  his  family 
papers,  his  library,  composed  of  five  thousand  volumes,  and  his  famous 
breviary.  Ah1  these  he  bequeathed  to  me,  with  a  thousand  Roman 
crowns,  which  he  had  in  ready  money,  on  condition  that  I  would  have 
said  anniversary  masses  for  the  repose  of  his  soul,  and  that  I  would 
draw  up  a  genealogical  tree  and  history  of  his  house.  All  this  I  did 
scrupulously.  Be  easy,  my  dear  Edmond,  we  are  near  the  conclusion. 

"  In  1807,  a  month  before  I  was  arrested,  and  fifteen  days  after  the 
death  of  Comte  de  Spada,  on  the  25th  of  December  (you  will  see  pres 
ently  how  the  date  became  fixed  in  my  memory),  I  was  reading,  for 
the  thousandth  time,  the  papers  I  was  arranging,  for  the  palace  was  sold 
to  a  stranger,  and  I  was  going  to  leave  Rome  and  settle  at  Florence, 
intending  to  take  with  me  twelve  thousand  francs  I  possessed,  my 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO.  223 

library,  and  famous  breviary,  when,  tired  with  my  constant  labor  at  the 
same  thing,  and  overcome  by  a  heavy  dinner  I  had  eaten,  my  head 
dropped  on  my  hands,  and  I  fell  asleep  about  three  o'clock  in  the  after 
noon. 


\ 


"  I  awoke  as  the  clock  was  striking  six.  I  raised  my  head ;  all  was  in 
darkness.  I  rang  for  a  light,  but,  as  no  one  came,  I  determined  to  find 
one  for  myself.  It  was  indeed  the  habit  of  a  philosopher  which  I  should 
soon  be  under  the  necessity  of  adopting.  I  took  a  wax-candle  in  one 
hand,  and  with  the  other  groped  about  for  a  piece  of  paper  (my  match- 


2*24  THE    COVXT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

lx>x  being  empty),  witli  whicli  I  proposed  to  produce  a  light  from  tin- 
small  flame  still  playing  on  the  embers.  Fearing,  however,  to  make  use 
of  any  valuable  piece  of  paper,  I  hesitated  for  a  moment,  then  recol 
lected  that  I  had  seen  in  the  famous  .breviary,  which  was  on  the  table 
beside  me,  an  old  paper  quite  yellow  with  age,  and  which  had  served  as 
a  marker  for  centuries,  kept  there  by  the  superstition  of  the  heirs.  I  felt 
for  it,  found  it,  twisted  it  up  together,  and,  putting  it  into  the  expiring 
flame,  set  light  to  it. 

"But  beneath  my  fingers,  as  if  by  magic,  in  proportion  as  tin-  lin- 
ascended,  I  saw  yellowish  characters  appear  on  the  paper.  I  grasped  it 
in  my  hand,  put  out  the  flame  as  quickly  as  I  could,  lighted  my  taper  in 
the  fire  itself,  and  opened  the  crumpled  paper  with  inexpressible  emo 
tion,  recognizing,  when  I  had  done  so,  that  these  characters  had  been 
traced  in  mysterious  and  sympathetic  ink,  only  appearing  when  exposed 
to  the  fire:  nearly  one-third  of  the  paper  had  been  consumed  by  tin- 
flame.  It  was  that  paper  you  read  this  morning;  read  it  again,  Danl- '-. 
and  then  I  will  complete  for  you  the  incomplete  words  and  unconnected 
sense." 

.  Faria,  with  an  air  of  triumph,  offered  the  paper  to  Dantes,  who  this 
time  read  the  following  words,  traced  with  an  ink  of  a  color  which 
most  nearly  resembled  rust : 

"'This  25M  day  of  April,  1498,  le  .  .  . 
Alexander  VI.  atod  fearing  that  not  .  .  . 
he  way  desire  to  become  my  heir,  and  re  .  .  . 
and  BentivoyUo,  who  were  poisoned  .  .  . 
my  sole  heir,  that  1  have  bu  .  .  . 
and  has  visited  with  me,  that  is  in  .  .  . 
island  of  Monte -Cristo  all  I  poss  .  .  . 
jewels,  diamonds,  yenis ;  that  I  alone  .  .  . 
may  amount  to  nearly  two  mil  ... 
icill  find  on  raisin-f)  the  twentieth  ro  .  .  . 
creek  to  the  east  in  a  right  line.     Two  open  .  .  . 
in  these  caves ;  the  treasure  is  in  the  furthest  a  .  .  . 
which  treasure  I  bequeath  and  leave  en  .  .  . 
as  my  sole  heir. 

M'25J*  April,  1498.  "<  Cas  .  .  . 

"  And  now,"  said  the  abbe,  "  read  this  other  paper."  And  he  presented 
to  Dantes  a  second  leaf  with  fragments  of  lines  written  on  it,  which 
Edmoiid  read  as  follows : 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-  CRISTO.  227 

"'.  .  .  ing  invited  to  dine  ly  his  Holiness 

.  .  .  content  with  making  me  pay  for  my  hat 

.  .  .  serves  for  me  the  fate  of  Cardinals  Caprara 

.  .  .  1  declare  to  my  nepheiv  Guido  Spada 

.  .  .  ried  in  a  place  he  knows 

.  .  .  the  caves  of  the  small 

.  .  .  essed  of  ingots,  gold,  money, 

.  .  .  know  of  the  existence  of  this  treasure,  which 

.  .  .  lions  of  Roman  crowns,  and  which  he 

.  .  .  ck  from  the  small 

.  .  .  ings  have  been  made 

.  .  .  ngle  in  the  second; 

.  .  .  tire  to  him 

.  .  .  ar  f  Spada? " 

Faria  followed  him  with  excited  looks. 

"  And  now,"  he  said,  when  he  saw  Dantes  had  read  the  last  line,  "put 
the  two  fragments  together,  and  judge  for  yourself."  Dantes  obeyed, 
and  the  conjoined  pieces  gave  the  following : 

"  This  25th  day  of  April,  1498,  be  ...  ing  invited  to  dine  by  his  Holiness 
Alexander  VI.,  and  fearing  that  not . . .  content  with  making  me  pay  for 
my  hat,  he  may  desire  to  become  my  heir,  and  re  ...  serves  for  me  the 
fate  of  Cardinals  Caprara  and  Bentivoglio,  who  were  poisoned, ...  I 
declare  to  my  nephew,  Guido  Spada,  my  sole  heir,  that  I  have  bu . . .  ried 
in  a  place  he  knows,  and  has  visited  with  me,  that  is,  in  ...  the  caves  of 
the  small  island  of  Monte-Cristo,  all  I  poss  .  .  .  essed  of  ingots,  gold, 
money,  jewels,  diamonds,  gems  ;  that  I  alone . . .  know  of  the  existence  of 
this  treasure,  which  may  amount  to  nearly  two  mil ...  lions  of  Roman 
crowns,  and  which  he  will  find  on  raising  the  twentieth  ro  . . .  ck  from  the 
small  creek  to  the  east  in  a  right  line.  Two  open  . . .  ings  have  been  made 
in  these  caves ;  the  treasure  is  in  the  furthest  a  ...  ngle  in  the  second ; 
which  treasure  I  bequeath  and  leave  en  ...  tire  to  him  as  my  sole  heir. 

"  25th  April,  1498.  "  C^s  . . .  AK  f  SPADA." 

"  Well,  do  you  comprehend  now  1 "  inquired  Faria. 

"  It  is  the  declaration  of  Cardinal  Spada,  and  the  will  so  long  sought 
for,"  replied  Edmond,  still  incredulous. 

"  Of  course ;  what  else  could  it  be  ?  " 

"  And  who  completed  it  as  it  now  is  ? " 

"  I  did.  Aided  by  the  remaining  fragment,  I  guessed  the  rest ;  meas 
uring  the  length  of  the  lines  by  those  of  the  paper,  and  divining  the 


_>_>s  THE   COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

hidden  meaning  by  means  of  what  was  in  part  revealed,  as  we  are 
guided  in  a  cavern  by  the  small  ray  of  light  above  us." 

"  And  what  did  you  do  when  you  arrived  at  this  conclusion  ? " 

"I  resolved  to  set  out,  and  did  set  out,  that  veiy  instant,  carrying 
with  me  the  beginning  of  my  great  work  on  the  unity  of  Italy ;  but  for 
some  time  the  imperial  police  (who  at  this  period,  quite  contrary  to 
what  Napoleon  desired  so  soon  as  he  had  a  son  born  to  him,  wished  for 
a  partition  of  provinces)  had  their  eyes  on  me ;  and  my  hasty  depart 
ure,  the  cause  of  which  they  were  unable  to  guess,  having  aroused  then* 
suspicious,  I  was  arrested  at  the  very  moment  I  was  leaving  Piombino. 

"  Now,"  continued  Faria,  addressing  Dantes  with  an  almost  paternal 
expression ;  "  now,  my  dear  fellow,  you  know  as  much  as  I  do  myself. 
If  we  ever  escape  together,  half  this  treasure  is  yours ;  if  I  die  here, 
and  you  escape  alone,  the  whole  belongs  to  you." 

"  But,"  inquired  Dantes,  hesitating,  "  has  this  treasure  no  more 
legitimate  possessor  in  this  world  than  ourselves?" 

"No,  no,  be  easy  on  that  score;  the  family  is  extinct.  The  last 
Comte  de  Spada,  moreover,  made  me  his  heir ;  bequeathing  to  me  this 
symbolic  breviary,  he  bequeathed  to  me  all  it  contained :  no,  no,  make 
your  mind  satisfied  on  that  point.  If  we  lay  hands  on  this  fortune,  we 
may  enjoy  it  without  remorse." 

"  And  you  say  this  treasure  amounts  to " 

"  Two  millions  of  Eoman  crowns ;  nearly  thirteen  million  francs  of 
our  money." 

"  Impossible ! "  said  Dantes,  staggered  at  the  enormous  amount. 

"  Impossible !  and  why  f  "  asked  the  old  man.  "  The  Spada  family 
was  one  of  the  oldest  and  most  powerful  families  of  the  fifteenth  cen 
tury;  and  in  these  times,  when  all  speculation  and  occupation  were 
wanting,  those  accumulations  of  gold  and  jewels  were  by  no  means 
rare ;  there  are  at  this  day  Roman  families  perishing  of  hunger,  though 
possessed  of  nearly  a  million  in  diamonds  and  jewels,  handed  down  as 
heirlooms,  and  which  they  cannot  touch." 

Edmond  thought  he  was  in  a  dream — he  wavered  between  incredu 
lity  and  joy. 

"  I  have  only  kept  this  secret  so  long  from  you,"  continued  Faria, 
"that  I  might  prove  you,  and  then  surprise  you.  Had  we  escaped 
before  my  attack  of  catalepsy,  I  should  have  conducted  you  to  Monte- 
Cristo ;  now,"  he  added,  with  a  sigh,  "  it  is  you  who  will  conduct  me 
thither.  "  Well !  Dantes,  you  do  not  thank  me  T  " 

"  This  treasure  belongs  to  you,  my  dear  friend,"  replied  Dantes,  "  and 
to  you  only.  I  have  no  right  to  it.  I  am  no  relation  of  yours." 

"  You  are  my  son,  Dantes,"  exclaimed  the  old  man.    "  You  are  the 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  229 

child  of  my  captivity.  My  profession  condemns  me  to  celibacy.  God 
has  sent  you  to  me  to  console,  at  one  and  the  same  time,  the  man  who 
could  not  be  a  father  and  the  prisoner  who  could  not  get  free." 

And  Faria  extended  the  arm  of  which  alone  the  use  remained  to 
him  to  the  young  man,  who  threw  himself  around  his  neck  and  wept 
bitterly. 


CHAPTER  XIX 

THE    THIRD    ATTACK 

OW  that  this  treasure,  which  had  so  long  been  the  object  of 
the  abbe's  meditations,  could  insure  the  future  happiness  of 
him  whom  Faria  really  loved  as  a  son,  it  had  doubled  its 
value  in  his  eyes,  and  every  day  he  expatiated  on  the  amount, 
explaining  to  Dantes  all  the  good  which,  with  thirteen  or  fourteen  mil 
lions  of  francs,  a  man  could  do  in  these  days  to  his  friends ;  and  then 
Dantes'  countenance  became  gloomy,  for  the  oath  of  vengeance  he  had 
taken  recurred  to  his  memory,  and  he  reflected  how  much  ill,  in  these 
times,  a  man  with  thirteen  or  fourteen  millions  could  do  to  his  enemies. 

The  abbe  did  not  know  the  isle  of  Monte-Cristo ;  but  Dantes  knew 
it,  and  had  often  passed  it,  situated  twenty-five  miles  from  Pianosa, 
between  Corsica  and  the  isle  of  Elba,  and  had  once  touched  at  it.  This 
island  was,  always  had  been,  and  still  is,  completely  deserted.  It  is  a 
rock  of  almost  conical  form,  which  seems  as  though  elevated  by  some 
volcanic  effort  from  the  depth  to  the  surface  of  the  ocean. 

Dantes  traced  a  plan  of  the  island  to  Faria,  and  Faria  gave  DanK-s 
advice  as  to  the  means  he  should  employ  to  recover  the  treasure.  But 
Dantes  was  far  from  being  as  enthusiastic  and  confident  as  the  old  man. 
It  was  past  a  question  now  that  Faria  was  not  a  lunatic,  and  the  way 
in  which  he  had  achieved  the  discovery,  which  had  given  rise  to  the 
suspicion  of  his  madness,  increased  the  young  man's  admiration  of 
him ;  but  at  the  same  time  he  could  not  believe  that  that  deposit,  sup 
posing  it  had  ever  existed,  still  existed ;  and  though  he  considered  the 
treasure  as  by  no  means  chimerical,  he  yet  believed  it  was  no  longer 
there. 

However,  as  if  fate  resolved  on  depriving  the  prisoners  of  their  last 
chance,  and  making  them  understand  that  they  were  condemned  to  per 
petual  imprisonment,  a  new  misfortune  befell  them :  the  gallery  on  the 

230 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CR18TO.  231 

sea  side,  which  had  long  been  in  ruins,  was  rebuilt.  They  had  repaired 
it  completely,  and  stopped  up  with  vast  masses  of  stone  the  hole  Dantes 
had  partly  filled  in.  But  for  this  precaution,  which,  it  will  be  remem 
bered,  the  abbe  had  suggested  to  Edmond,  the  misfortune  would  have 
been  still  greater,  for  their  attempt  to  escape  would  have  been  detected, 
and  they  would  unfortunately  have  been  separated.  Thus  a  fresh  and 
even  stronger  door  was  closed  upon  them. 

"  You  see,"  said  the  young  man,  with  an  air  of  sorrowful  resignation, 
to  Faria,  "  that  Grod  deems  it  right  to  take  from  me  even  what  you  call 
my  devotion  to  you.  I  have  promised  to  remain  forever  with  you,  and 
now  I  could  not  break  my  promise  if  I  would.  I  shall  no  more  have  the 
treasure  than  you,  and  neither  of  us  will  quit  this  prison.  But  my  real 
treasure  is  not  that,  my  dear  friend,  which  awaits  me  beneath  the  som 
ber  rocks  of  Monte-Cristo,  but  it  is  your  presence,  our  living  together 
five  or  six  hours  a  day,  in  spite  of  our  jailers  ;  it  is  those  rays  of  intelli 
gence  you  have  poured  into  my  brain,  the  languages  you  have  implanted 
in  my  memory,  and  which  spring  there  with  all  their  philological  rami 
fications.  These  different  sciences  that  you  have  made  so  easy  to  me  by 
the  depth  of  the  knowledge  you  possess  of  them,  and  the  clearness  of 
the  principles  to  which  you  have  reduced  them  —  this  is  my  treasure, 
my  beloved  friend,  and  with  this  you  have  made  me  rich  and  happy. 
Believe  me,  and  take  comfort,  this  is  better  for  me  than  tons  of  gold  and 
cases  of  diamonds,  even  were  they  not  as  problematical  as  the  clouds  we 
see  in  the  morning  floating  over  the  sea,  which  we  take  for  terra  firma, 
and  which  evaporate  and  vanish  as  we  draw  near  to  them.  To  have 
you  as  long  as  possible  near  me,  to  hear  your  eloquent  voice,  which 
embellishes  my  mind,  strengthens  my  soul,  and  makes  my  whole  frame 
capable  of  great  and  terrible  things,  if  I  should  ever  be  free,  so  fills  my 
whole  existence,  that  the  despair  to  which  I  was  just  on  the  point  of 
yielding  when  I  knew  you,  has  no  longer  any  hold  over  me ;  and  this  — 
this  is  my  fortune  —  not  chimerical,  but  actual.  I  owe  you  my  real 
good,  my  present  happiness ;  and  all  the  sovereigns  of  the  earth,  were 
they  Caesar  Borgias,  could  not  deprive  me  of  this." 

Thus,  if  not  actually  happy,  yet  the  days  these  two  unfortunates 
passed  together  went  quickly.  Faria,  who  for  so  long  a  time  had  kept 
silence  as  to  the  treasure,  now  perpetually  talked  of  it.  As  he  had  said, 
he  remained  paralyzed  in  the  right  arm  and  the  left  leg,  and  had  given 
up  all  hope  of  ever  enjoying  it  himself.  But  he  was  continually  think 
ing  over  some  means  of  escape  for  his  young  companion,  and  he  enjoyed 
it  for  him.  For  fear  the  letter  might  be  some  day  lost  or  abstracted,  he 
compelled  Dantes  to  learn  it  by  heart ;  and  he  thus  knew  it  from  one 
end  to  the  other.  Then  he  destroved  the  second  portion,  assured  that 


232  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

if  the  first  were  seized,  no  one  would  be  able  to  penetrate  its  real  mean 
ing.  Whole  hours  sometimes  passed  whilst  Faria  was  giving  instruc 
tions  to  Dantes  —  instructions  which  were  to  serve  him  when  he  was  at 
liberty.  Then,  once  free,  from  the  day  and  hour  and  moment  when  he 
was  s«..  In-  i-miltl  havr  l.iit  oin-  <>nly  1  In  mirlit,  which  was,  to  irain  M«»ntf- 
Cristo  by  some  means,  and  remain  there  alone  under  some  pretext  which 
would  give  no  suspicions ;  and  once  there,  to  endeavor  to  find  the  won 
derful  caverns,  and  search  in  the  appointed  spot.  The  appointed  spot, 
be  it  remembered,  being  the  farthest  angle  in  the  second  opening. 

In  the  meanwhile  the  hours  passed,  if  not  rapidly,  at  least  tolerably. 
Faria,  as  we  have  said,  without  having  recovered  the  use  of  his  hand 
and  foot,  had  resumed  all  the  clearness  of  his  understanding ;  and  had 
gradually,  besides  the  moral  instructions  we  have  detailed,  taught  his 
youthful  companion  the  patient  and  sublime  duty  of  a  prisoner,  who 
learns  to  make  something  from  nothing.  They  were  thus  perpetually 
employed, —  Faria,  that  he  might  not  see  himself  grow  old ;  Dantes,  for 
fear  of  recalling  the  almost  extinct  past  which  now  only  floated  in  his 
memory  like  a  distant  light  wandering  in  the  night.  All  went  on  as  if 
in  existences  in  which  misfortune  has  deranged  nothing,  and  which  glide 
on  mechanically  and  tranquilly  beneath  the  eye  of  Providence. 

But  beneath  this  superficial  calm  there  were  in  the  heart  of  the  young 
man,  and  perhaps  in  that  of  the  old  man,  many  repressed  desires,  many 
stifled  sighs,  which  found  vent  when  Faria  was  left  alone,  and  when 
Edmond  returned  to  his  cell. 

One  night  Edmond  awoke  suddenly,  believing  he  heard  some  one 
calling  him.  He  opened  his  eyes  and  tried  to  pierce  through  the  gloom. 
His  name,  or  rather  a  plaintive  voice  which  essayed  to  pronounce  his 
name,  reached  him.  He  sat  up,  the  sweat  of  anguish  on  his  brow,  and 
listened.  Beyond  all  doubt  the  voice  came  from  the  cell  of  his  comrade. 
"  Alas ! n  murmured  Edmond,  "  can  it  be  I " 

He  moved  his  bed,  drew  up  the  stone,  rushed  into  the  passage,  and 
reached  the  opposite  extremity ;  the  secret  entrance  was  open.  By  the 
light  of  the  wretched  and  wavering  lamp,  of  which  we  have  spoken, 
Dantes  saw  the  old  man,  pale,  but  yet  erect,  clinging  to  the  bedstead. 
His  features  were  writhing  with  those  horrible  symptoms  which  he 
already  knew,  and  which  had  so  seriously  alarmed  him  when  he  saw 
them  for  the  first  time. 

"  Alas  !  my  dear  friend,"  said  Faria  in  a  resigned  tone,  "  you  under 
stand,  do  you  not ;  and  I  need  not  attempt  to  explain  to  you  f " 

Edmond  uttered  a  cry  of  agony,  and,  quite  out  of  his  senses,  rushed 
toward  the  door,  exclaiming, — "  Help !  help ! " 

Faria  had  just  sufficient  strength  to  retain  him. 


THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO.  233 

"  Silence !  "  he  said,  "  or  you  are  lost.  Think  now  of  yourself ;  only, 
my  dear  friend,  act  so  as  to  render  your  captivity  supportable  or  your 
flight  possible.  It  would  require  years  to  renew  only  what  I  have  done 
here,  and  which  would  be  instantly  destroyed  if  our  jailers  knew  we  had 
communicated  with  each  other.  Besides,  be  assured,  my  dear  Edmond 
the  dungeon  I  am  about  to  leave  will  not  long  remain  empty;  some 
other  unfortunate  being  will  soon  take  my  place,  and  to  him  you  will 
appear  like  an  angel  of  salvation.  Perhaps  he  will  be  young,  strong, 
and  enduring,  like  yourself,  and  will  aid  you  in  your  escape ;  whilst  I 
have  been  but  a  hindrance.  You  will  no  longer  have  half  a  dead  body 
tied  to  you  to  paralyze  all  your  movements.  At  length  Providence  has 
done  something  for  you ;  he  restores  to  you  more  than  he  takes  away, 
and  it  was  time  I  should  die." 

Edmond  could  only  clasp  his  hands  and  exclaim, — "  Oh,  my  friend ! 
my  friend!  speak  not  thus!"  and  then  resuming  all  his  presence  of 
mind,  which  had  for  a  moment  staggered  under  this  blow,  and  his 
strength,  which  had  failed  at  the  words  of  the  old  man,  he  said : 

"  Oh !  I  have  saved  you  once,  and  I  will  save  you  a  second  time." 

And  raising  the  foot  of  the  bed,  he  drew  out  the  phial,  still  a  third 
filled  with  the  red  liquor. 

"  See ! "  he  exclaimed,  "  there  remains  still  some  of  this  saving  draught. 
Quick,  quick !  tell  me  what  I  must  do  this  time, —  are  there  any  fresh 
instructions  ?  Speak,  my  friend,  I  listen." 

"  There  is  not  a  hope,"  replied  Faria,  shaking  his  head ;  "  but  no  mat 
ter,  God  wills  it  that  man,  whom  he  has  created,  and  in  whose  heart  he 
has  so  profoundly  rooted  the  love  of  life,  should  do  all  in  his  power  to 
preserve  that  existence,  which,  however  painful  it  may  be,  is  yet  always 
so  dear." 

"  Oh  !  yes,  yes ! "  exclaimed  Dantes,  "  and  I  tell  you  you  shall  yet  be 
saved ! " 

"  Well,  then,  try.  The  cold  gains  upon  me.  I  feel  the  blood  flowing 
toward  my  brain.  This  horrible  trembling,  which  makes  my  teeth 
chatter,  and  seems  to  dislocate  my  bones,  begins  to  pervade  my  whole 
frame ;  in  five  minutes  the  malady  will  reach  its  height,  and  in  a  quarter 
of  an  hour  there  will  be  nothing  left  of  me  but  a  corpse." 

"  Oh ! "  exclaimed  Dantes,  his  heart  wrung  with  anguish. 

"  Do  as  you  did  before,  only  do  not  wait  so  long.  All  the  springs  of 
life  are  now  exhausted  in  me,  and  death,"  he  continued,  looking  at  his 
paralyzed  arm  and  leg,  "  has  but  half  its  work  to  do.  If,  after  having 
made  me  swallow  twelve  drops  instead  of  ten,  you  see  that  I  do  not 
recover,  then  pour  the  rest  down  my  throat.  Now  lift  me  on  my  bed, 
for  I  can  no  longer  support  myself." 


234  THE    COUNT   OF   MOXTE-CRISTO. 

Edmond  took  the  old  man  in  his  arms,  and  laid  him  on  the  bed. 

"And  now,  my  dear  friend,"  said  Faria,  "sole  consolation  of  my 
wretched  existence, — you  whom  Heaven  gave  me  somewhat  late,  Imt 
still  gave  me,  a  priceless  gift,  and  for  which  I  am  most  grateful,  at  tin- 
moment  of  separating  from  you  forever,  I  wish  you  all  the  happiness 
and  all  the  prosperity  you  so  well  deserve.  My  son,  I  bless  thee  ! " 

The  young  man  cast  himself  on  his  knees,  leaning  his  head  again-' 
the  old  man's  bed. 

"  Listen,  now,  to  what  I  say  in  this  my  dying  moment.  The  tre:isuiv 
of  the  Spadas  exists.  God  grants  me  that  there  no  longer  exists  for  me 
distance  or  obstacle.  I  see  it  in  the  depths  of  the  inner  cavern.  My 
eyes  pierce  the  inmost  recesses  of  the  earth,  and  are  dazzled  at  the  sight 
of  so  much  riches.  If  you  do  escape,  remember  that  the  poor  abbe, 
whom  all  the  world  called  mad,  was  not  so.  Hasten  to  Monte-Cristo  - 
avail  yourself  of  the  fortune  —  for  you  have  indeed  suffered  lony; 
enough." 

A  violent  shock  interrupted  the  old  man.  Dantes  raised  his  In -ad 
and  saw  Faria's  eyes  injected  with  blood.  It  seemed  as  if  a  flow  of 
blood  had  ascended  from  the  chest  to  the  head. 

"Adieu!  adieu!"  murmured  the  old  man,  clasping  Edmond's  hand 
convulsively  — "  adieu ! " 

"  Oh,  no  —  no,  not  yet,"  he  cried ;  "  do  not  forsake  me !  Oh !  succor 
him!  Help!  help!  help!" 

"  Hush !  hush ! "  murmured  the  dying  man,  "  that  they  may  not 
separate  us  if  you  save  me ! " 

"  You  are  right.  Oh,  yes,  yes !  be  assured  I  shall  save  you !  Besides, 
although  you  suffer  much,  you  do  not  seem  in  such  agony  as  before." 

"  Do  not  mistake !  I  suffer  less  because  there  is  in  me  less  strength 
to  endure  it.  At  your  age  we  have  faith  in  life ;  it  is  the  privilege  of 
youth  to  believe  and  hope,  but  old  men  see  death  more  clearly.  Oh! 
'tis  here — 'tis  here  —  'tis  over — my  sight  is  gone  —  my  reason  escapes! 
Your  hand,  Dantes !  Adieu !  adieu ! " 

And  raising  himself  by  a  final  effort,  in  which  he  summoned  all  his 
faculties,  he  said :  "  Moute-Cristo !  forget  not  Monte-Cristo ! "  and  fell 
back  in  his  bed. 

The  crisis  was  terrible ;  his  twisted  limbs,  his  swollen  eyelids,  a  foam 
of  blood  and  froth  in  his  lips,  a  frame  quite  rigid,  was  soon  extended  on 
this  bed  of  agony,  in  'place  of  the  intellectual  being  who  was  there  but 
so  lately. 

Dantes  took  the  lamp,  placed  it  on  a  projecting  stone  above  the  bed, 
whence  its  tremulous  light  fell  with  strange  and  fantastic  ray  on  thi- 
discomposed  countenance  and  this  motionless  and  stiffened  body.  With 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  235 

fixed  eyes  he  awaited  boldly  the  moment  for  administering  the  hoped- 
for  restorative. 

When  he  believed  the  instant  had  arrived,  he  took  the  knife,  unclosed 
the  teeth,  which  offered  less  resistance  than  before,  counted,  one  after 


the  other,  twelve  drops,  and  watched ;  the  phial  contained,  perhaps, 
twice  as  much  more.  He  waited  ten  minutes,  a  quarter  of  an  hour,  half 
an  hour ;  nothing  moved.  Trembling,  his  hair  erect,  his  brow  bathed 
with  perspiration,,  he  counted  the  seconds  by  the  beatings  of  his  heart. 
Then  he  thought  it  was  time  to  make  the  last  trial,  and  he  put  the  phial 
to  the  violet  lips  of  Faria,  and  without  having  occasion  to  force  open 
his  jaws,  which  had  remained  extended,  he  poured  the  whole  of  the 
liquid  down  his  throat. 


236  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 


The  draught  produced  a  galvanic  effect,  a  violent  trembling  per 
vaded  the  old  man's  limbs,  his  eyes  opened  until  it  was  fearful  to  gaze 
upon  them,  he  heaved  a  sigh  which  resembled  a  shriek,  and  then  all 
this  vibrating  frame  returned  gradually  to  its  state  of  immobility,  <>nl\ 
the  eyes  remained  open. 

Half  an  hour,  an  hour,  an  hour  and  a  half  elapsed,  and  during  this 
time  of  anguish,  Edmond  leaned  over  his  friend,  his  hand  applied  to  his 
heart,  and  felt  the  body  gradually  grow  cold,  and  the  heart's  pulsa 
tion  become  more  and  more  deep  and  dull,  until  at  length  all  stopped  ; 
the  last  movement  of  the  heart  ceased,  the  face  became  livid,  the  eyes 
remained  open,  but  the  look  was  glazed. 

It  was  six  o'clock  in  the  morning,  the  dawn  was  just  breaking,  and 
its  weak  ray  came  into  the  dungeon,  and  paled  the  ineffectual  light  of 
the  lamp.  Singular  shadows  passed  over  the  countenance  of  the  dead 
man,  which  at  times  gave  it  the  appearance  of  life.  Whilst  this  strug 
gle  between  day  and  night  lasted,  Dantes  still  doubted ;  but  as  soon  as 
the  daylight  gained  the  preeminence,  he  saw  that  he  was  alone  with  a 
corpse.  Then  an  invincible  and  extreme  terror  seized  upon  him,  and 
he  dared  not  again  press  the  hand  that  hung  out  of  bed,  he  dared  no 
longer  to  gaze  on  those  fixed  and  vacant  eyes  which  he  tried  many  times 
to  close,  but  in  vain  —  they  opened  again  as  soon  as  shut.  He  extin 
guished  the  lamp,  carefully  concealed  it,  and  then  went  away,  closing  as 
well  as  he  could  the  entrance  to  the  secret  passage  by  the  large  stone  as 
he  descended. 

It  was  time,  for  the  jailer  was  coming.  On  this  occasion  he  began 
his  rounds  at  Dantes'  cell,  and  on  leaving  him  he  went  on  to  Faria's 
dungeon,  where  he  was  taking  breakfast  and  some  linen.  Nothing 
betokened  that  the  man  knew  anything  of  what  had  occurred.  He  went 
on  his  way. 

Dantes  was  then  seized  with  an  indescribable  desire  to  know  what 
was  going  on  in  the  dungeon  of  his  unfortunate  friend.  He  therefore 
returned  by  the  subterraneous  gallery,  and  arrived  in  time  to  hear  the 
exclamations  of  the  turnkey,  who  called  out  for  help.  Other  turnkeys 
came,  and  then  was  heard  the  regular  tramp  of  soldiers  even  when  not 
on  duty  —  behind  them  came  the  governor. 

Edmond  heard  the  noise  of  the  bed  in  which  they  were  moving  the 
corpse,  heard  the  voice  of  the  governor,  who  desired  them  to  throw 
water  on  the  face;  and  seeing  that,  in  spite  of  this  application,  the 
prisoner  did  not  recover,  sent  for  the  doctor.  The  governor  then  went 
out,  and  some  words  of  pity  fell  on  Dantes'  listening  ears,  mingled  with 
brutal  laughter. 

"Well!  well!"  said  one,  "the  madman  has  gone  to  look  after  his 
treasure.    Good  journey  to  him !  " 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  237 

"  With  all  his  millions,  he  will  not  have  enough  to  pay  for  his  shroud ! » 
said  another. 

"  Oh ! "  added  a  third  voice,  "  the  shrouds  of  the  Chateau  d'lf  are  not 
dear ! " 


"  Perhaps,"  said  one  of  the  previous  speakers,  "  as  he  was  a  church 
man,  they  may  go  to  some  expense  in  his  behalf." 

"  They  may  give  him  the  honors  of  the  sack." 

Edmond  did  not  lose  a  word,  but  comprehended  very  little  of  what 
was  said.  The  voices  soon  ceased,  and  it  seemed  to  him  as  if  the  per 
sons  had  all  left  the  cell.  Still  he  dared  not  to  enter,  as  they  might 


238  THE    COUXT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

have  left  some  turnkey  to  watch  the  dead.  He  remained,  therefore, 
mute  and  motionless,  restraining  even  his  respiration.  At  the  end  « >f 
an  hour,  he  heard  a  faint  noise,  which  increased.  It  was  the  governor, 
who  returned,  followed  by  the  doctor  and  other  attendants.  There  was 
a  moment's  silence, —  it  was  evident  that  the  doctor  was  examining  the 
dead  body.  The  inquiries  soon  commenced. 

The  doctor  analyzed  the  symptoms  of  the  malady  under  which  the 
prisoner  had  sunk,  and  declared  he  was  dead.  Questions  and  answers 
followed  in  a  manner  that  made  Dantes  indignant,  for  he  felt  that  all 
the  world  should  experience  for  the  poor  abbe  the  love  he  bore  him. 

"  I  am  veiy  sorry  for  what  you  tell,"  said  the  governor,  replying  to 
the  assurance  of  the  doctor,  "  that  the  old  man  is  really  dead ;  for  he  was 
a  quiet,  inoffensive  prisoner,  happy  in  his  folly,  and  required  no  wat<-h- 
ing." 

"  Ah ! "  added  the  turnkey,  "  there  was  no  occasion  for  watching  him ; 
he  would  have  stayed  here  fifty  years,  I'll  answer  for  it,  without  any 
attempt  to  escape." 

"  Still,"  said  the  governor,  "  I  believe  it  will  be  requisite,  notwith 
standing  your  certainty,  and  not  that  I  doubt  your  science,  but  for  my 
own  responsibility's  sake,  that  we  should  be  perfectly  assured  that  the 
prisoner  is  dead." 

There  was  a  moment  of  complete  silence,  during  which  Dantes,  still 
listening,  felt  assured  that  the  doctor  was  examining  and  touching  the 
corpse  a  second  time. 

"  You  may  make  your  mind  easy,"  said  the  doctor ;  "  he  is  dead.  I 
will  answer  for  that." 

"  You  know,  sir,"  said  the  governor,  persisting,  "  that  we  are  not  con 
tent  in  such  cases  as  this  with  such  a  simple  examination.  In  spite  of 
all  appearances,  be  so  kind,  therefore,  as  to  finish  your  duty  by  fulfilling 
the  formalities  prescribed  by  law." 

"  Let  the  irons  be  heated,"  said  the  doctor ;  "  but  really  it  is  a  useless 
precaution." 

This  order  to  heat  the  irons  made  Dantes  shudder.  He  heard  hasty 
steps,  the  creaking  of  a  door,  people  going  and  coming,  and  some  minutes 
afterward  a  turnkey  entered,  saying : 

"  Here  is  the  brazier,  lighted." 

There  was  a  moment's  silence,  and  then  was  heard  the  noise  made 
by  burning  flesh,  of  which  the  peculiar  and  nauseous  smell  penetrated 
even  behind  the  wall  where  Dantes  was  listening  horrified.  At  tliis 
smell  of  human  flesh  carbonized,  the  damp  came  over  the  young  man'* 
brow,  and  he  felt  as  if  he  should  faint. 

"  You  see,  sir,  he  is  really  dead,"  said  the  doctor;  "this  burn  in  th<> 


THE    COUNT    OF    MONTE -VRItiTO. 


239 


heel  is  decisive.    The  poor  fool  is  cured  of  his  folly,  and  delivered  from 
his  captivity." 

"  Wasn't  his  name  Faria  f "  inquired  one  of  the  officers  who  accompa 
nied  the  governor. 


"  Yes,  sir ;  and,  as  he  said,  it  was  an  ancient  name.  He  was,  too,  very 
learned,  and  rational  enough  on  all  points  which  did  not  relate  to  his 
treasure ;  but  on  that,  indeed,  he  was  obstinate." 

"  It  is  the  sort  of  malady  which  we  call  monomania,"  said  the  doctor. 


040  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CKISTO. 

"  You  had  never  anything  to  complain  of?"  said  the  governor  to  the 
jailer  who  had  charge  of  the  abbe. 

"  Never,  sir,"  replied  the  jailer,  "  never ;  on  the  contrary,  he  sometimes 
amused  me  very  much  by  telling  me  stories.  One  day,  too,  when  my 
wife  was  ill,  he  gave  me  a  prescription  which  cured  her." 

"  Ah,  ah ! "  said  the  doctor,  "  I  was  ignorant  that  I  had  a  colleagin  : 
but  I  hope,  M.  le  Gouverneur,  that  you  will  show  him  all  proper  respect 
in  consequence." 

"  Yes,  yes,  make  your  mind  easy ;  he  shall  be  decently  interred  in  the 
newest  sack  we  can  find.  Will  that  satisfy  you  !  " 

"  Must  we  do  this  last  formality  in  your  presence,  sir  ? "  inquired  a 
turnkey. 

"  Certainly.  But  make  haste  —  I  cannot  stay  here  ah1  day."  Fresh 
footsteps,  going  and  coming,  were  now  heard,  and  a  moment  afterward 
the  noise  of  cloth  being  rubbed  reached  Dantes'  ears,  the  bed  creaked  on 
its  hinges,  and  the  heavy  foot  of  a  man  who  lifts  a  weight  resounded  on 
the  floor ;  then  the  bed  again  creaked  under  the  weight  deposited  upon  it. 

"  In  the  evening ! "  said  the  governor. 

"  Will  there  be  any  mass  I "  asked  one  of  the  attendants. 

"  That  is  impossible,"  replied  the  governor.  The  chaplain  of  the  chateau 
came  to  me  yesterday  to  beg  for  leave  of  absence,  in  order  to  take  a  trip 
to  Hyeres  for  a  week.  I  told  him  I  would  attend  to  the  prisoners  in  his 
absence.  If  the  poor  abbe  had  not  been  in  such  a  hurry,  he  might 
have  had  his  requiem." 

"  Pooh  !  pooh ! "  said  the  doctor,  with  the  accustomed  impiety  of  per 
sons  of  his  profession,  "  he  is  a  churchman.  God  will  respect  his  pro 
fession,  and  not  give  the  devil  the  wicked  delight  of  sending  him  a 
priest."  A'  shout  of  laughter  followed  this  brutal  jest.  During  this  time 
the  operation  of  putting  the  body  in  the  sack  was  going  on. 

"  This  evening,"  said  the  governor,  when  the  task  was  ended. 

"  At  what  o'clock  I "  inquired  a  turnkey. 

"  Why,  about  ten  or  eleven  o'clock." 

"  Shall  we  watch  by  the  corpse  f " 

"  Of  what  use  would  it  be  ?  Shut  the  dungeon  as  if  he  were  alive  — 
that  is  all." 

Then  the  steps  retreated,  and  the  voices  died  away  in  the  distance ; 
the  noise  of  the  door,  with  its  creaking  hinges  and  bolts,  ceased,  and  a 
silence  duller  than  any  solitude  ensued  —  the  silence  of  death,  which 
pervaded  all,  and  struck  its  icy  chill  through  the  young  man's  whole 
frame. 

Then  he  raised  the  flag-stone  cautiously  with  his  head,  and  looked 
carefully  round  the  chamber.  It  was  empty ;  and  Dantes,  quitting  the 
passage,  entered  it. 


CHAPTER  XX 


THE  CEMETERY  OF  THE  CHATEAU 


N  the  bed,  at  full  length,  and  faintly  lighted  by  the  pale  ray 
that  penetrated  the  window,  was  visible  a  sack  of  coarse 
cloth,  under  the  large  folds  of  which  were  stretched  a  long 
and  stiffened  form;  it  was  Faria's  last  winding-sheet  — 
a  winding-sheet  which,  as  the  turnkey  said,  cost  so  little.  All,  then, 
was  completed.  A  material  separation  had  taken  place  between  Dantes 
and  his  old  friend;  he  could  no  longer  see  those  eyes  which  had 
remained  open  as  if  to  look  even  beyond  death;  he  could  no  longer 
clasp  that  hand  of  industry  which  had  lifted  for  him  the  veil  that  had 
concealed  hidden  and  obscure  things.  Faria,  the  useful  and  the  good 
companion,  with  whom  he  was  accustomed  to  live  so  intimately,  no 
longer  lived  but  in  his  memory.  He  seated  himself  on  the  edge  of  that 
terrible  bed,  and  fell  into  a  melancholy  and  gloomy  reverie. 

Alone  !  —  he  was  alone  again  !  —  again  relapsed  into  silence  !  —  he 
found  himself  once  again  in  the  presence  of  nothingness!  Alone  !  —  no 
longer  to  see,  no  longer  to  hear  the  voice  of  the  only  human  being  who 
attached  him  to  life  !  "Was  it  not  better,  like  Faria,  to  seek  the  pres 
ence  of  his  Maker,  and  learn  the  enigma  of  life  at  the  risk  of  passing 
through  the  mournful  gate  of  intense  suffering  ? 

The  idea  of  suicide,  driven  away  by  his  friend,  and  forgotten  in  his 
presence  whilst  living,  arose  like  a  phantom  before  him  in  presence  of 
his  dead  body. 

"  If  I  could  die,"  he  said,  "  I  should  go  where  he  goes,  and  should 
assuredly  find  him  again.  But  how  to  die?  It  is  very  easy,"  he  con 
tinued,  with  a  smile  of  bitterness;  "I  will  remain  here,  rush  on  the 
first  person  that  opens  the  door,  will  strangle  him,  and  then  they  will 
guillotine  me." 

But  as  it  happens  that  in  excessive  griefs,  as  in  great  tempests,  the 


241 


042  THE    COUXT   OF   MOXTE-CRI8TO. 

abyss  is  found  between  the  tops  of  the  loftiest  waves,  Dantes  recoiled 
from  the  idea  of  this  infamous  dmtli,  and  passed  suddenly  from  d.^puir 
to  an  ardent  desire  for  life  and  liberty. 

"Die!  oh,  no,"  he  exclaimed — "not  die  now,  after  having  lived  and 
suffered  so  long  and  so  much!  Die!  yes,  had  I  died  years  since;  but 
now  it  would  be,  indeed,  to  give  way  to  my  bitter  destiny.  No,  I  desire 
to  live ;  I  desire  to  struggle  to  the  very  last ;  I  wish  to  reconquer  the 
happiness  of  which  I  have  been  deprived.  Before  I  die  I  must  not  for 
get  that  I  have  my  executioners  to  punish ;  and  perhaps,  too  — who 
knows  ?  —  some  friends  to  reward.  Yet  they  will  forget  me  here,  and  I 
shall  die  in  my  dungeon  like  Faria." 

As  he  said  this,  he  remained  motionless,  his  eyes  fixed  like  a  man 
struck  with  a  sudden  idea,  but  whom  this  idea  fills  with  amazement. 
Suddenly  he  rose,  lifted  his  hand  to  his  brow  as  if  his  brain  were  giddy, 
paced  twice  or  thrice  round  his  chamber,  and  then  paused  abruptly  at 
the  bed. 

"Ah!  ah!"  he  muttered,  "who  inspires  me  with  this  thought?  Is 
it  thou,  gracious  God  ?  Since  none  but  the  dead  pass  freely  from  this 
dungeon,  let  me  assume  the  place  of  the  dead ! " 

Without  giving  himself  time  to  reconsider  his  decision,  and,  indeed, 
that  he  might  not  allow  his  thoughts  to  be  distracted  from  his  desperate 
resolution,  he  bent  over  the  appalling  sack,  opened  it  with  the  knife 
which  Faria  had  made,  drew  the  corpse  from  the  sack,  and  transported 
it  along  the  gallery  to  his  own  chamber,  laid  it  on  his  couch,  passed 
round  its  head  the  rag  he  wore  at  night  round  his  own,  covered  it  with 
his  counterpane,  once  again  kissed  the  ice-cold  brow,  and  tried  vainly 
to  close  the  resisting  eyes,  which  glared  horribly ;  turned  the  head 
toward  the  wall,  so  that  the  jailer  might,  when  he  brought  his  evening 
meal,  believe  that  he  was  asleep,  as  was  his  frequent  custom ;  returned 
along  the  gallery,  pushed  the  bed  against  the  wall,  returned  to  the  other 
cell,  took  from  the  hiding-place  the  needle  and  thread,  flung  off  his  rags, 
that  they  might  feel  naked  flesh  only  beneath  the  coarse  sackcloth,  and 
getting  inside  the  sack,  placed  himself  in  the  posture  in  which  the  dead 
body  had  been  laid,  and  sewed  up  the  mouth  of  the  sack  withinside. 

The  beating  of  his  heart  might  have  been  heard,  if  by  any  mischance 
the  jailers  had  entered  at  that  moment.  Dantes  might  have  waited 
until  the  evening  visit  was  over,  but  he  was  afraid  the  governor  might 
change  his  resolution,  and  order  the  dead  body  to  be  removed  earlier. 
In  that  case  his  last  hope  would  have  been  destroyed. 

Now  his  project  was  settled  under  any  circumstances,  and  he  hoped 
thus  to  cany  it  into  effect.  If  during  the  time  he  was  being  conveyed 
the  grave-diggers  should  discover  that  they  were  conveying  a  live 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


243 


instead  of  a  dead  body,  Dantes  did  not  intend  to  give  them  time  to 
recognize  him,  but,  with  a  sudden  cut  of  the  knife,  he  meant  to  open 
the  sack  from  top  to  bottom,  and,  profiting  by  their  alarm,  escape ;  if 
they  tried  to  catch  him,  he  would  use  his  knife. 


If  they  conducted  him  to  the  cemetery  and  laid  him  in  the  grave,  he 
would  allow  himself  to  be  covered  with  earth,  and  then,  as  it  was  night, 
the  grave-diggers  could  scarcely  have  turned  their  backs,  ere  he  would 
have  worked  his  way  through  the  soft  soil  and  escape,  hoping  that  the 
weight  would  not  be  too  heavy  for  him  to  support.  If  he  was  deceived 


244  THE    COUNT   OF  MOKTE-CRISTO. 

in  this,  and  the  earth  proved  too  heavy,  he  would  be  stifled,  and  then,  so 
mucli  the  better, —  all  would  be  over. 

Dantes  had  not  eaten  since  the  previous  evening,  but  he  had  not 
thought  of  hunger  or  thirst,  nor  did  he  now  think  of  it.  His  position 
was  too  precarious  to  allow  him  even  time  to  reflect  on  any  thought 
but  one. 

The  first  risk  that  Dantes  ran  was,  that  the  jailer,  when  he  brought 
him  his  supper  at  seven  o'clock,  might  perceive  the  substitution  he  had 
effected:  fortunately,  twenty  times  at  least,  from  misanthropy  or 
fatigue,  Dantes  had  received  his  jailer  in  bed,  and  then  the  man  place.  1 
his  bread  and  soup  on  the  table,  and  went  away  without  saying  a  word. 
This  time  the  jatter  might  not  be  silent  as  usual,  but  speak  to  Dantes, 
and  seeing  that  he  received  no  reply,  go  to  the  bed,  and  thus  discover  all. 
When  seven  o'clock  came,  Dantes'  agony  really  commenced.  His 
hand  placed  upon  his  heart  was  unable  to  repress  its  throbbings,  whilst, 
with  the'  other,  he  wiped  the  perspiration  from  his  temples.  From  time 
to  time  shudderings  ran  through  his  whole  frame,  and  compressed  his 
heart  as  if  it  were  in  an  icy  vise.  Then  he  thought  he  was  going  to  die. 
Yet  the  hours  passed  on  without  any  stir  in  the  chateau,  and  Dantes  felt 
he  had  escaped  the  first  danger :  it  was  a  good  augury. 

At  length,  about  the  hour  the  governor  had  appointed,  footsteps 
were  heard  on  the  stairs.  Edmond  felt  that  the  moment  had  arrived, 
and  summoning  up  all  his  courage,  held  his  breath,  happy  if  at  the 
same  time  he  could  have  repressed  in  like  manner  the  hasty  pulsa 
tion  of  his  arteries.  They  stopped'  at  the  door —  there  were  two  steps, 
and  DaHtes  guessed  it  was  the  two  grave-diggers  who  came  to  seek 
him.  This  idea  was  soon  converted  into  certainty,  when  he  heard  the 
noise  they  made  in  putting  down  the  hand-bier. 

The  door  opened,  and  a  dim  light  reached  Dantes'  eyes  through  the 
coarse  sack  that  covered  him ;  he  saw  two  shadows  approach  his  bed,  a 
third  remaining  at  the  door  with  a  torch  in  his  hand.  Each  of  these 
two  men,  approaching  the  ends  of  the  bed;  took  the  sack  by  its 
extremities. 

"  He's  heavy,  though,  for  an  old  and  thin  man,"  said  one,  as  he  raised 
the  head. 

"  They  say  every  year  adds  half  a  pound  to  the  weight  of  the  bones," 
said  another,  lifting  the  feet. 

"  Have  you  tied  the  knot  ?  "  inquired  the  first  speaker. 

;<  What  would  be  the  use  of  carrying  so  much  more  weight  ? "  was  the 
reply ;  "  I  can  do  that  when  we  get  there." 

"  Yes,  you're  right,"  replied  the  companion. 

"  What's  the  knot  for  f  "  thought  Dantes. 


THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO.  245 

They  deposited  the  supposed  corpse  on  the  bier.  Edmond  stiffened 
himself  in  order  to  play  his  part  of  a  dead  man,  and  then  the  party, 
lighted  by  the  man  with  the  torch,  who  went  first,  ascended  the  stairs. 
Suddenly  he  felt  the  fresh  and  sharp  night  air,  and  Dantes  recognized 
the  Mistral.  It  was  a  sudden  sensation,  at  the  same  time  replete  with 
delight  and  agony. 

The  bearers  advanced  twenty  paces,  then  stopped,  putting  their  bier 
down  on  the  ground.  One  of  them  went  away,  and  Dantes  heard  his 
shoes  on  the  pavement. 

"  Where  am  I  then  ? "  he  asked  himself. 

"  Really,  he  is  by  no  means  a  light  load ! "  said  the  other  bearer,  sit 
ting  on  the  edge  of  the  hand-barrow. 

Dantes'  first  impulse  was  to  escape,  but  fortunately  he  did  not 
attempt  it. 

"  Light  me,  you  sir,"  said  the  other  bearer,  "  or  I  shall  not  find  what  I 
am  looking  for." 

The  man  with  the  torch  complied,  although  not  asked  in  the  most 
polite  terms. 

"What  can  he  be  looking  for?"  thought  Edmond.    "The  spade, 
perhaps." 

An  exclamation  of  satisfaction  indicated  that  the  grave-digger  had 
found  the  object  of  his  search.  "  Here  it  is  at  last,"  he  said,  "  not 
without  some  trouble,  though." 

"  Yes,"  was  the  answer,  "  but  it  has  lost  nothing  by  waiting." 

As  he  said  this,  the  man  came  toward  Edmond,  who  heard  a  heavy 
and  sounding  substance  laid  down  beside  him,  and  at  the  same  moment 
a  cord  was  fastened  round  his  feet  with  sudden  and  painful  violence. 

"  Well,  have  you  tied  the  knot  f "  inquired  the  grave-digger,  who  was 
looking  on. 

"  Yes,  and  pretty  tight  too,  I  can  tell  you,"  was  the  answer. 

"Move  on,  then."    And  the  bier  was  lifted  once  more,  and  they 
proceeded. 

They  advanced  fifty  paces  farther,  and  then  stopped  to  open  a  door, 
then  went  forward  again.  The  noise  of  the  waves  dashing  against  the 
rocks  on  which  the  chateau  is  built  reached  Dantes'  ear  distinctly  as 
they  progressed. 

"  Bad  weather ! "  observed  one  of  the  bearers ;  "  not  a  pleasant  night 

for  a  dip  in  the  sea." 

"  Why,  yes,  the  abbe  runs  a  chance  of  being  wet,"  said  the  other;  and 
then  there  was  a  burst  of  brutal  laughter. 

Dantes  did  not  comprehend  the  jest,  but  his  hair  stood  erect  on  his 
head. 


246 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


"  Well,  here  we  are  at  last,"  said  one  of  them. 
"A  little  farther — a  little  farther,"  said  the  other.    "  You  know  vei 
well  that  the  last  was  stopped  on  his  way,  dashed  on  the  rocks,  and  tl 
governor  told  us  next  day  that  we  were  careless  fellows." 

They  ascended  five  or  six  more  steps,  and  then  Dantes  felt  that  th( 
took  him  one  by  the  head  and  the  other  by  the  heels,  and  swung  him 
and  fro. 

"  One ! "  said  the  grave-diggers,  "  two !  three,  and  away ! " 

And  at  the  same  instant  Dantes  felt  himself  flung  into  the  air  like 
wounded  bird,  falling,  falling,  with  a  rapidity  that  made  his  blood 
curdle.  Although  drawn  downward  by  the  same  heavy  weight  whi<-h 
hastened  his  rapid  descent,  it  seemed  to  him  as  if  the  time  were  a  cent 
ury.  At  last,  with  a  terrific  dash,  he  entered  the  ice-cold  water,  and 
he  did  so  he  uttered  a  shrill  cry,  stifled  in  a  moment  by  his  immersic 
beneath  the  waves. 

Dantes  had  been  flung  into  the  sea,  into  whose  depths  he  was  dragge 
by  a  thirty-six  pound  shot  tied  to  his  feet. 
The  sea  is  the  cemetery  of  the  Chateau  d'If. 


CHAPTER   XXI 

THE     ISLE     OF     TIBOULEN 


ANTES,  although  giddy  and  almost  suffocated,  had  yet  suffi 
cient  presence  of  mind  to  hold  his  breath ;  and  as  his  right 
hand  (prepared  as  he  was  for  every  chance)  held  his  knife 
open,  he  rapidly  ripped  up  the  sack,  extricated  his  arm,  and 
then  his  body ;  but,  in  spite  of  all  his  efforts  to  free  himself  from  the 
bullet,  he  felt  it  dragging  him  down  still  lower.  He  then  bent  his  body, 
and  by  a  desperate  effort  severed  the  cord  that  bound  his  legs,  at  the 
moment  he  was  suffocating.  With  a  vigorous  spring  he  rose  to  the  sur 
face  of  the  sea,  whilst  the  bullet  bore  to  its  depths  the  sack  that  had  so 
nearly  become  his  shroud. 

Dantes  merely  paused  to  breathe,  and  then  dived  again,  in  order  to 
avoid  being  seen.  When  he  arose  a  second  time,  he  was  fifty  paces 
from  where  he  had  first  sunk.  He  saw  overhead  a  black  and  tempestu 
ous  sky,  over  which  the  wind  was  driving  the  fleeting  vapors  that  occa 
sionally  suffered  a  twinkling  star  to  appear ;  before  him  was  the  vast 
expanse  of  waters,  somber  and  terrible,  whose  waves  foamed  and  roared 
as  if  before  the  approach  of  a  storm.  Behind  him,  blacker  than  the 
sea,  blacker  than  the  sky,  rose,  like  a  threatening  phantom,  the  giant  of 
granite,  whose  projecting  crags  seemed  like  arms  extended  to  seize 
their  prey;  and  on  the  highest  rock  was  a  torch  that  lighted  two 
figures. 

He  fancied  these  two  forms  were  looking  at  the  sea ;  doubtless 
these  strange  grave-diggers  had  heard  his  cry.  Dantes  dived  again, 
and  remained  a  long  time  beneath  the  water.  This  manoBuvre  was 
already  familiar  to  him,  and  usually  attracted  a  crowd  of  spectators  in 
the  bay  before  the  lighthouse  at  Marseilles  who,  with  one  accord,  pro 
nounced  him  the  best  swimmer  in  the  port.  When  he  re-appeared  the 
light  had  disappeared. 

249 


250  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 

It  was  necessary  to  lay  out  a  course.  Ratonneau  and  Pomegue  are 
the  nearest  isles  of  all  those  that  surround  the  Chateau  d'lf ;  but  Raton 
neau  and  Pomegue  are  inhabited,  together  with  the  islet  of  Dauine ; 
Tiboulen  or  Lemaire  were  the  most  secure.  The  isles  of  Tiboulen  and 
Lemaire  are  a  league  from  the  Chateau  d'lf;  Dant&s,  nevertheless, 
determined  to  make  for  them.  But  how  could  he  find  his  way  in  the 
darkness  of  the  night  f 

At  this  moment  he  saw  before  him,  like  a  brilliant  star,  the  light 
house  of  Planter.  By  swimming  straight  to  this  light,  he  kept  the  isle 
of  Tiboulen  a  little  on  the  left ;  by  turning  to  the  left,  therefore,  he 
would  find  it.  But,  as  we  have  said,  it  was  at  least  a  league  from  the 
Chateau  d'lf  to  this  island.  Often  in  prison  Faria  had  said  to  him, 
when  he  saw  him  idle  and  inactive : 

"  Dantes,  you  must  not  give  way  to  this  listlessness ;  you  will  be 
drowned  if  you  seek  to  escape,  and  your  strength  has  not  been  properly 
exercised  and  prepared  for  exertion." 

These  words  rang  in  Dantes'  ears,  even  beneath  the  waves;  he 
hastened  to  cleave  his  way  through  them  to  see  if  he  had  not  lost  his 
strength.  He  found  with  pleasure  that  his  captivity  had  taken  away 
nothing  of  his  power,  and  that  he  was  still  master  of  that  element  on 
whose  bosom  he  had  so  often  sported  as  a  boy. 

Fear,  that  relentless  pursuer,  doubled  Dantes'  efforts.  He  listened 
if  any  noise  was  audible;  each  time  that  he  rose  over  the  waves  his 
looks  scanned  the  horizon,  and  strove  to  penetrate  the  darkness. 
Every  wave  seemed  a  boat  in  his  pursuit,  and  he  redoubled  exertions 
that  increased  his  distance  from  the  chateau,  but  the  repetition  of  which 
weakened  his  strength.  He  swam  on  still,  and  already  the  terrible 
chateau  had  disappeared  in  the  darkness.  He  could  not  see  it,  but  he 
felt  its  presence. 

An  hour  passed,  during  which  Dantes,  excited  by  the  feeling  of  free 
dom,  continued  to  cleave  the  waves. 

"  Let  us  see,"  said  he,  "  I  have  swum  above  an  hour,  but,  as  the  wind 
is  against  me,  that  has  retarded  my  speed ;  however,  if  I  am  not  mis 
taken,  I  must  be  close  to  the  isle  of  Tiboulen.  But  what  if  I  were 
mistaken  I " 

A  shudder  passed  over  him.  He  sought  to  tread  water,  in  order  to 
rest  himself ;  but  the  sea  was  too  violent,  and  he  felt  that  he  could  not 
make  use  of  this  means  of  repose. 

"  Well,"  said  he, "  I  will  swim  on  until  I  am  worn  out,  or  the  cramp 
seizes  me,  and  then  I  shall  sink."  And  he  struck  out  with  the  energy 
of  despair. 

Suddenly  the  sky  seemed  to  him  to  become  darker  and  more  dense, 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  251 

and  compact  clouds  lowered  toward  him ;  at  the  same  time  he  felt  a 
violent  pain  in  his  knee.  His  imagination,  with  its  inconceivable  rapidity, 
told  him  a  ball  had  struck  him,  and  that  in  a  moment  he  would  hear  the 
report;  but  he  heard  nothing.  Dantes  put  out  his  hand,  and  felt  resist 
ance  ;  he  then  drew  up  his  leg,  and  felt  the  land,  and  in  an  instant 
guessed  the  nature  of  the  object  he  had  taken  for  a  cloud. 

Before  him  rose  a  mass  of  strangely  formed  rocks,  that  resembled 
nothing  so  much  as  a  vast  fire  petrified  at  the  moment  of  its  most  fer 
vent  combustion.  It  was  the  isle  of  Tiboulen.  Dantes  rose,  advanced  a 
few  steps,  and,  with  a  fervent  prayer  of  gratitude,  stretched  himself  on 
the  granite,  which  seemed  to  him  softer  than  down.  Then,  in  spite  of 
the  wind  and  rain,  he  fell  into  the  deep  sweet  sleep  of  those  worn  out 
by  fatigue ;  whose  soul  is  still  awake  with  the  consciousness  of  unex 
pected  good  fortune.  At  the  expiration  of  an  hour  Edmond  was 
awakened  by  the  roar  of  the  thunder.  The  tempest  was  unchained  and 
let  loose  in  all  its  fury ;  from  time  to  time  a  flash  of  lightning  stretched 
across  the  heavens  like  a  fiery  serpent,  lighting  up  the  clouds  that  rolled 
on  like  the  waves  of  an  immense  chaos. 

Dantes  with  his  sailor's  eye  had  not  been  deceived  —  he  had  reached 
the  first  of  the  two  isles,  which  was,  in  reality,  Tiboulen.  He  knew  that 
it  was  barren  and  without  shelter ;  but  when  the  sea  became  more  calm, 
he  resolved  to  plunge  into  its  waves  again,  and  swim  to  Lemaire,  equally 
arid,  but  larger,  and  consequently  better  adapted  for  concealment. 

An  overhanging  rock  offered  him  a  temporary  shelter,  and  scarcely 
had  he  availed  himself  of  it  when  the  tempest  burst  forth  in  all  its  fury. 
Edinond  felt  the  rock  beneath  which  he  lay  tremble ;  the  waves,  dashing 
themselves  against  the  granite  rock,  wetted  him  with  their  spray.  In 
safety,  as  he  was,  he  felt  himself  become  giddy  in  the  midst  of  this  war 
of  the  elements  and  the  dazzling  brightness  of  the  lightning.  It  seemed 
to  him  that  the  island  trembled  to  its  base,  and  that  it  would,  like  a 
vessel  at  anchor,  break  her  moorings,  and  bear  him  off  into  the  center 
of  the  storm. 

He  then  recollected  that  he  had  not  eaten  or  drunk  for  four  and 
twenty  hours.  He  extended  his  hands,  and  drank  greedily  of  the  rain 
water  that  had  lodged  in  a  hollow  of  the  rock.  As  he  rose,  a  flash  of 
lightning,  that  seemed  as  if  the  whole  of  the  heavens  were  opened, 
illumined  the  darkness.  By  its  light,  between  the  isle  of  Lemaire  and 
Cape  Ooiselle,  a  quarter  of  a  league  distant,  Dantes  saw,  like  a  specter, 
a  fishing-boat  driven  rapidly  on  by  the  force  of  the  winds  and  waves.  A 
second  after,  he  saw  it  again,  approaching  nearer  with  terrible  speed. 
Dantes  cried  at  the  top  of  his  voice  to  warn  them  of  their  danger,  but 
they  saw  it  themselves.  Another  flash  showed  him  four  men  clinging 


252  THE    COUNT   OF  MOXTE-CRISTO. 

to  the  shattered  mast  and  the  rigging,  while  a  fifth  clung  to  the  broken 
rudder.  The  men  he  beheld  saw  him,  doubtless,  for  their  cries  were  car 
ried  to  his  ears  by  the  wind.  Above  the  splintered  mast  a  sail  rent  to 
tatters  was  flapping ;  suddenly  the  ropes  that  still  held  it  gave  way,  and 
it  disappeared  in  the  darkness  of  the  night  like  a  vast  sea-bird. 

At  the  same  moment  a  violent  crash  was  heard,  and  cries  of  distress. 
[YivhtMl  liken  sphinx  on  bhe  .-immiii  of  tin-  n-'-k.  hjint.'-s  >a\v.  l.\-  tin- 
lightning,  the  vessel  in  pieces;  and  amongst  the  fragments  were  visible 
the  agonized  features  of  the  unhappy  sailors.  Then  all  became  dark  again. 
The  dreadful  spectacle  had  lasted  only  the  time  of  the  lightning-flash. 

Dautes  ran  down  the  rocks  at  the  risk  of  being  himself  dashed  to 
pieces ;  he  listened,  he  strove  to  examine,  but  he  heard  and  saw  nothing 
—  all  human  cries  had  ceased,  and  the  tempest  alone  continued  to  rage 
a  n<  I  foam.  By  degrees  the  wind  abated,  vast  gray  clouds  rolled  toward 
the  west,  and  the  blue  firmament  appeared  studded  with  bright  stars. 
Soon  a  red  streak  toward  the  east  became  visible  in  the  horizon,  the  waves 
whitened,  a  light  played  over  them,  and  gilded  their  foaming  crest  with 
gold.  It  was  day. 

Dantes  stood  silent  and  motionless  before  this  vast  spectacle,  as  if 
he  saw  it  for  the  first  time,  for  since  his  captivity  he  had  forgotten  it. 
He  turned  toward  the  fortress,  and  looked  both  at  the  sea  and  the  land. 
The  gloomy  building  rose  from  the  bosom  of  the  ocean  with  that  impos 
ing  majesty  of  inanimate  objects  that  seems  at  once  to  watch  and  to 
command.  It  was  about  five  o'clock.  The  sea  continued  to  grow  calmer. 
"  In  two  or  three  hours,"  thought  Dantes,  "  the  turnkey  will  enter  my 
chamber,  find  the  body  of  my  poor  friend,  recognize  it,  seek  for  me  in 
vain,  and  give  the  alarm.  Then  the  passage  will  be  discovered ;  the 
men  who  cast  me  into  the  sea,  and  who  must  have  heard  the  cry  I 
uttered,  will  be  questioned.  Then  boats  filled  with  armed  soldiers  will 
pursue  the  wretched  fugitive.  The  cannon  will  warn  every  one  to 
refuse  shelter  to  a  man  wandering  about  naked  and  famished.  The 
I>olice  of  Marseilles  will  be  on  the  alert  by  land,  whilst  the  governor 
pursues  me  by  sea.  I  am  cold,  I  am  hungry.  I  have  lost  even  the 
knife  that  saved  me.  I  am  at  the  mercy  of  the  first  boor  who  would 
like  to  make  twenty  francs  by  giving  me  up ;  I  have  neither  strength, 
ideas,  nor  courage.  O  my  God !  I  have  suffered  enough,  surely.  Have 
pity  on  me,  and  do  for  me  what  I  am  unable  to  do  for  myself." 

As  Dantes  (his  eyes  turned  in  the  direction  of  the  Chateau  d'lf) 
uttered  this  prayer  in  a  kind  of  delirium,  he  saw  appear,  at  the  extrem 
ity  of  the  isle  of  Pomegue,  like  a  bird  skimming  over  the  sea,  a  small 
bark,  with  its  lateen  sail,  that  the  eye  of  a  sailor  alone  could  recognize 
as  a  Genoese  tartan.  She  was  coming  out  of  Marseilles  harbor,  and 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  253 

was  standing  out  to  sea  rapidly,  her  sharp  prow  cleaving  through  the 
waves. 

"  Oh ! "  cried  Edmond,  "  to  think  that  in  half  an  hour  I  could  join 
her,  did  I  not  fear  being  questioned,  detected,  and  conveyed  back  to 
Marseilles !  What  can  I  do  ?  What  story  can  I  invent  I  Under  pre 
text  of  trading  along  the  coast,  these  men,  who  are  in  reality  smugglers, 
will  prefer  selling  me  to  doing  a  good  action.  I  must  wait.  But  I  can 
not —  I  am  starving.  In  a  few  hours  my  strength  will  be  utterly 
exhausted;  besides,  perhaps  I  have  not  been  missed  at  the  fortress; 
the  alarm  has  not  been  given.  I  can  pass  as  one  of  the  sailors  wrecked 
last  night.  This  story  will  pass  current,  for  there  is  no  one  left  to 
contradict  me." 

As  he  spoke,  Dantes  looked  toward  the  spot  where  the  fishing  vessel 
had  been  wrecked,  and  started.  The  red  cap  of  one  of  the  sailors  hung 
lo  a  point  of  the  rock,  and  some  beams  that  had  formed  part  of  the 
vessel's  keel  floated  at  the  foot  of  the  crags.  In  an  instant  Dantes' 
plan  was  formed.  He  swam  to  the  cap,  placed  it  on  his  head,  seized  one 
of  the  beams,  and  struck  out  so  as  to  cross  the  line  the  vessel  was 
taking. 

"  I  am  saved ! "  murmured  he.  And  this  conviction  restored  his 
.strength. 

He  soon  perceived  the  vessel,  which,  having  the  wind  right  ahead, 
was  tacking  between  the  Chateau  d'lf  and  the  tower  of  Planier.  For 
an  instant  he  feared  lest  the  bark,  instead  of  keeping  in  shore,  should 
stand  out  to  sea,  as  she  would  have  done  if  bound  for  Corsica  or  Sar 
dinia;  but  he  soon  saw  by  her  manoeuvres  that  she  wished  to  pass, 
like  most  vessels  bound  for  Italy,  between  the  islands  of  Jaros  and 
•Calaseraigne. 

However,  the  vessel  and  the  swimmer  insensibly  neared  one  another, 
and  in  one  of  its  tacks  the  bark  approached  within  a  quarter  of  a  mile  of 
him.  He  rose  on  the  waves,  making  signs  of  distress ;  but  no  one  on 
board  perceived  him,  and  the  vessel  stood  on  another  tack.  Dantes 
would  have  cried  out,  but  he  reflected  that  the  wind  and  the  dash  of  the 
waves  would  drown  his  voice. 

It  was  then  he  rejoiced  at  his  precaution  in  taking  the  beam,  for 
without  it  he  would  have  been  unable,  perhaps,  to  reach  the  vessel  — 
certainly  to  return  to  shore,  should  he  be  unsuccessful  in  attracting 
attention. 

Dantes,  although  almost  sure  as  to  what  course  the  bark  would  take, 
had  yet  watched  it  anxiously  until  it  tacked  and  stood  toward  him. 
Then  he  advanced;  but  before  they  had  met,  the  vessel  again  changed 
ler  direction.  By  a  violent  effort  he  rose  half  out  of  the  water,  waving 


054  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

his  cap,  and  uttering  a  loud  shout  of  distress  peculiar  to  sailors,  that 
seems  the  cry  of  some  spirit  of  the  deep.  This  time  he  was  both  seen 
and  heard,  and  the  tartan  instantly  steered  toward  him.  At  the  same 
time,  he  saw  they  were  about  to  lower  the  boat. 

Ail  instant  after,  the  boat,  rowed  by  two  men,  advanced  rapidly 
toward  him.  Dantes  abandoned  the  beam,  which  he  thought  now  use 
less,  and  swam  vigorously  to  meet  them.  But  he  had  reckoned  too 
much  upon  his  strength,  and  then  he  felt  how  serviceable  the  beam  had 
been  to  him.  His  arms  grew  stiff,  his  legs  had  lest  their  flexibility,  and 
he  was  almost  breathless. 

He  uttered  a  second  cry.  The  two  sailors  redoubled  their  efforts, 
and  one  of  them  cried  in  Italian,  "  Courage ! " 

The  word  reached  his  ear  as  a  wave  which  he  no  longer  had  the 
strength  to  surmount  passed  over  his  head.  He  rose  again  to  the  sur 
face,  supporting  himself  by  one  of  those  desperate  efforts  a  drowning 
man  makes,  littered  a  third  cry,  and  felt  himself  sink  again,  as  if  the 
fatal  bullet  were  again  tied  to  his  feet.  The  water  passed  over  his  head, 
and  through  it  the  sky  seemed  livid.  A  violent  effort  again  brought 
him  to  the  surface.  He  felt  as  if  something  seized  him  by  the  hair,  but 
he  saw  and  heard  nothing.  He  had  fainted. 

When  he  opened  his  eyes,  Dantes  found  himself  on  the  deck  of  the 
tartan.  His  first  care  was  to  see  what  direction  they  were  pursuing. 
They  were  rapidly  leaving  the  Chateau  d'lf  behind.  Dantes  was  so 
exhausted  that  the  exclamation  of  joy  he  uttered  was  mistaken  for  a 
sigh. 

As  we  have  said,  he  was  lying  on  the  deck.  A  sailor  was  rubbing 
his  limbs  with  a  woolen  cloth ;  another,  whom  he  recognized  as  the  one 
who  had  cried  out  "  Courage  ! "  held  a  gourd  full  of  rum  to  his  mouth ; 
whilst  the  third,  an  old  sailor,  at  once  the  pilot  and  captain,  looked  on 
with  that  egotistical  pity  men  feel  for  a  misfortune  that  they  have 
escaped  yesterday  and  which  may  overtake  them  to-morrow. 

A  few  drops  of  rum  restored  suspended  animation,  whilst  the  fric 
tion  of  his  limbs  restored  their  elasticity. 
"  Who  are  you  f  "  said  the  pilot,  in  bad  French. 

"  I  am,"  replied  Dantes,  in  bad  Italian,  "  a  Maltese  sailor.    W«  were 
coming  from  Syracuse  laden  with  grain.    This  storm  of  last  night  over 
took  us  at  Cape  Morgiou,  and  we  were  wrecked  on  these  rocks." 
"  Where  do  you  come  from  ?  " 

"  From  these  rocks  that  I  had  the  good  luck  to  cling  to  whilst  our 
captain  was  lost.  My  three  comrades  are  drowned,  and  I  am  the  sole 
survivor.  I  saw  your  ship,  and  fearful  of  being  left  to  perish  on  the 
desolate  island,  I  swam  off  on  a  fragment  of  the  vessel  in  order  to  try 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  255 

and  gain  your  bark.  You  have  saved  my  life,  and  I  thank  you,"  con 
tinued  Dantes.  "  I  was  lost  when  one  of  your  sailors  caught  hold  of 
my  hair." 

"  It  was  I,"  said  a  sailor  of  a  frank  and  manly  appearance ;  "  and  it 
was  time,  for  yon  were  sinking." 

"  Yes,"  returned  Dantes,  holding  out  his  hand,  "  I  thank  you  again." 

"I  almost  hesitated  though,"  replied  the  sailor;  "you  looked  more 
like  a  brigand  than  an  honest  man,  with  your  beard  six  inches  and  your 
hair  a  foot  long." 

Dantes  recollected  that  his  hair  and  beard  had  not  been  cu\  all  the 
time  he  was  at  the  Chateau  d'lf . 

"  Yes,"  said  he,  "  I  made  a  vow  to  our  Lady  del  Pie  de  la  Grotto  not 
to  cut  my  hair  or  beard  for  ten  years  if  I  were  saved  in  a  moment  of 
danger ;  but  to-day  the  vow  expires." 

"  Now,  what  are  we  to  do  with  you  ? "  said  the  captain. 

"  Alas !  anything  you  please.  My  captain  is  dead ;  I  have  barely 
escaped ;  but  I  am  a  good  sailor.  Leave  me  at  the  first  port  you  make ; 
I  shall  be  sure  to  find  employment." 

"  Do  you  know  the  Mediterranean  ? " 

"  I  have  sailed  over  it  since  my  childhood." 

"  You  know  the  best  harbors  I " 

"  There  are  few  ports  that  I  could  not  enter  or  leave  with  my  eyes 
blinded." 

"  I  say,  captain,"  said  the  sailor  who  had  cried  " Courage!"  to  Dantes, 
"  if  what  he  says  is  true,  what  hinders  his  staying  with  us?" 

"  If  he  says  true,"  said  the  captain  doubtingly.  "  But  in  his  present 
condition  he  will  promise  anything,  and  take  his  chance  of  keeping  it 
afterward." 

"  I  will  do  more  than  I  promise,"  said  Dantes. 

"  We  shall  see,"  returned  the  other,  smiling. 

"  Where  are  you  going  to  1 "  asked  Dantes. 

"  To  Leghorn." 

"  Then,  why,  instead  of  tacking  so  frequently,  do  you  not  sail  nearer 
the  wind  ? " 

"  Because  we  should  run  straight  on  to  the  island  of  Rion." 

"  You  shall  pass  it  by  twenty  fathoms." 

"  Take  the  helm,  and  let  us  see  what  you  know." 

The  young  man  took  the  helm,  ascertaining  by  a  slight  pressure  if 
the  vessel  answered  the  rudder,  .and  seeing  that,  without  being  a  first- 
rate  sailer,  she  yet  was  tolerably  obedient. 

"  To  the  braces,"  said  he.  The  four  seamen,  who  composed  the  crew, 
obeyed,  whilst  the  pilot  looked  on.  "  Haul  taut." 


956  THE    COUNT   OF  MOXTE-CR ISTO. 


They  obeyed. 

"Belay."  This  order  was  also  executed;  and  the  vessel  passed, as 
Dantes  had  predicted,  twenty  fathoms  to  the  right. 

"  Bravo ! "  said  the  captain. 

"Bravo!"  repeated  the  sailors.  And  they  all  regarded  with  aston 
ishment  this  man,  whose  eye  had  recovered  an  intelligence  and  his  body 
a  vigor  they  were  far  from  suspecting. 

"  You  see,"  said  Dantes,  quitting  the  helm,  "  I  shall  be  of  some  use  to 
you,  at  least,  during  the  voyage.     If  you  do  not  want  me  at  Leghorn, 
you  can' leave  me  there ;  and  I  will  pay  you  out  of  the  first  wages  1 1; 
for  my  food  and  the  clothes  you  lend  me." 

"  Ah,"  said  the  captain,  "  we  can  agree  very  well,  if  you  are  reason 
able." 

"  Give  me  what  you  give  the  others,  and  all  will  be  arranged,* 
returned  Dantes. 

"  That's  not  fair,"  said  the  seaman  who  had  saved  Dantes ;  "  for  you 
know  more  than  we  do." 

"  What  is  that  to  you,  Jacopo  ? "  returned  the  captain.  "  Every  one 
is  free  to  ask  what  he  pleases." 

"  That's  true,"  replied  Jacopo ;  "  I  only  made  a  remark." 

"  Well,  you  would  do  much  better  to  lend  him  a  jacket  and  a  pair  of 
trousers,  if  you  have  them." 

"  No,"  said  Jacopo ;  "  but  I  have  a  shirt  and  a  pair  of  trousers." 

"  That  is  all  I  want,"  interrupted  Dantes.  Jacopo  dived  into  the  hold 
and  soon  returned  with  what  Edmond  wanted. 

"  Now,  then,  do  you  wish  for  anything  else  ? "  said  the  patron. 

"  A  piece  of  bread  and  another  glass  of  the  capital  rum  I  tasted,  for 
I  have  not  eaten  or  drunk  for  a  long  time."  He  had  not  tasted  food  for 
forty  hours.  A  piece  of  bread  was  brought,  and  Jacopo  offered  him  the 
gourd. 

"  Port  your  helm,"  cried  the  captain  to  the  steersman.  Dantes  glanced 
to  the  same  side  as  he  lifted  the  gourd  to  his  mouth;  but  his  hand 
stopped. 

"  Halloa !  what's  the  matter  at  the  Chateau  d'lf  ? "  said  the  captain. 

A  small  white  cloud,  which  had  attracted  Dantes'  attention,  crowned 
the  summit  of  the  bastion  of  the  Chateau  d'lf.  At  the  same  moment 
the  faint  report  of  a  gun  was  heard.  The  sailors  looked  at  one 
another. 

"  What  is  this  ? "  asked  the  captain. 

"  A  prisoner  has  escaped  from  the  Chateau  d'lf ;  and  they  are  firing 
the  alarm  gun,"  replied  Dantes. 

The  captain  glanced  at  him ;  but  he  had  lifted  the  rum  to  his  lips, 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-GRISTO. 


259 


and  was  drinking  it  with  so  much  composure,  that  his  suspicions,  if  he 
had  any,  died  away. 

"  Pretty  strong  rum ! "  said  Dantes,  wiping  his  brow  with  his  sleeve. 

"  At  any  rate,"  murmured  the  captain,  "if  it  be,  so  much  the  better,  for 
I  have  made  a  rare  acquisition." 


Jacopo. 


Under  pretense  of  being  fatigued,  Dantes  asked  to  take  the  helm ; 
the  steersman,  enchanted  to  be  relieved,  looked  at  the  captain,  and  the 
latter  by  a  sign  indicated  that  he  might  abandon  it  to  his  new  comrade. 
Dantes  could  thus  keep  his  eyes  on  Marseilles. 


260  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  What  is  the  day  of  the  month ! "  asked  he  of  Jacopo,  who  sat  down 
beside  him. 

"  The  28th  of  February ! » 

"  In  what  year  I " 

"  In  wliat  year !  you  ask  me  in  what  year  ? " 

"  Yes,"  replied  the  young  man,  "  I  ask  you  in  what  year  ? " 

"  You  have  forgotten,  then  f " 

"  I  have  been  so  frightened  last  night,"  replied  Dantes,  smiling,  "  that 
I  liave  almost  lost  my  memory.    I  ask  you  what  year  is  it  f  " 

"  The  year  1829,"  returned  Jacopo. 

It  was  fourteen  years,  day  for  day,  since  Dantes'  arrest.  He  was 
nineteen  when  he  entered  the  Chateau  d'lf ;  he  was  thirty-three  when 
he  escaped.  A  sorrowful  smile  passed  over  his  face ;  he  asked  himself 
what  had  become  of  Mercedes,  who  must  believe  him  dead.  Then  his 
eyes  lighted  up  with  hatred  as  he  thought  of  the  three  men  who  had 
caused  him  so  long  and  wretched  a  captivity.  He  renewed  against 
Danglars,  Femand,  and  Villefort  the  oath  of  implacable  vengeance  he 
had  made  in  his  dungeon. 

This  oath  was  no  longer  a  vain  menace ;  for  the  fastest  sailer  in  the 
Mediterranean  would  have  been  unable  to  overtake  the  little  tartan 
that,  with  every  stitch  of  canvas  set,  was  flying  before  the  wind  to 
Leghorn. 


CHAPTER  XXII 

THE    SMUGGLERS 


ANTES  had  not  been  a  day  on  board  before  he  had  an  insight 
into  the  persons  with  whom  he  sailed.  Without  having  been 
in  the  school  of  the  Abbe  Faria,  the  worthy  master  of  La 
Jeune  Amelie  (the  name  of  the  Genoese  tartan)  knew  a 
smattering  of  all  the  tongues  spoken  on  the  shores  of  that  large  lake 
called  the  Mediterranean,  from  the  Arabic  to  the  Provencal ;  and  this, 
whilst  it  spared  him  interpreters,  persons  always  troublesome  and  fre 
quently  indiscreet,  gave  him  great  facilities  of  communication,  either 
with  the  vessels  he  met  at  sea,  with  the  small  barks  sailing  along  the 
coast,  or  with  those  persons  without  name,  country,  or  apparent  calling 
who  are  always  seen  on  the  quays  of  seaports,  and  who  live  by  those 
hidden  and  mysterious  means  which  we  must  suppose  come  in  a  right 
line  from  Providence,  as  they  have  no  visible  means  of  existence.  We 
may  thus  suppose  that  Dantes  was  on  board  a  smuggling  lugger. 

In  the  first  instance  the  master  had  received  Dantes  on  board  with  a 
certain  degree  of  mistrust.  He  was  very  well  known  to  the  custom 
house  officers  of  the  coast;  and  as  there  was  between  these  worthies 
and  himself  an  exchange  of  the  most  cunning  stratagems,  he  had  at  first 
thought  that  Dantes  might  be  an  emissary  of  these  illustrious  executors 
of  rights  and  duties,  who  employed  this  ingenious  means  of  penetrating 
some  of  the  secrets  of  his  trade.  But  the  skillful  manner  in  which  Dan 
tes  had  manoeuvred  the  little  bark  had  entirely  re-assured  him ;  and  then, 
when  he  saw  the  light  smoke  floating  like  a  plume  above  the  bastion  of 
the  Chateau  d'lf,  and  heard  the  distant  explosion,  he  was  instantly  struck 
with  the  idea  that  he  had  on  board  his  vessel  one  for  whom,  like  the 
goings  in  and  comings  out  of  kings,  they  accord  salutes  of  cannons. 
This  made  him  less  uneasy,  it  must  be  owned,  than  if  the  new-comer 
had  proved  a  custom-house  officer ;  but  this  latter  supposition  also  dis- 

261 


L>,;_>  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

Hpp«>ariMl  likr  the  first,  when  be  beheld  tin-  jH-rtVH  iniiKiuillily.it'  his 
recruit. 

Edmond  thus  had  the  advantage  of  knowing  what  the  owner  was, 
without  the  owner  knowing  who  he  was ;  and  however  the  old  sailor 
and  his  crew  tried  to  "  pump  "  him,  they  extracted  nothing  more  from 
him ;  giving  accurate  descriptions  of  Naples  and  Malta,  which  he  knew 
as  well  as  Marseilles,  and  persisting  stoutly  in  his  first  statement.  Thus 
the  Genoese,  subtle  as  he  was,  was  duped  by  Edmond,  in  whose  favor 
his  mild  demeanor,  his  nautical  skill,  and  his  admirable  dissimulation 
pleaded.  Moreover,  it  is  possible  that  the  Genoese  was  one  of  those 
shrewd  persons  who  know  nothing  but  what  they  should  know,  and 
believe  nothing  but  what  they  should  believe. 

It  was  thus,  in  this  reciprocal  position,  that  they  reached  Leghorn. 
Here  Edmond  was  to  undergo  another  trial ;  it  was  to  see  if  he  should 
recognize  himself,  never  having  beheld  his  own  features  for  fourteen 
years.  He  had  preserved  a  tolerably  good  remembrance  of  what  the 
youth  had  been,  and  was  now  to  find  what  the  man  had  become.  His 
comrades  believed  that  his  vow  was  fulfilled.  As  he  had  twenty  times 
touched  at  Leghorn  before,  he  remembered  a  barber  in  the  Rue  Saint- 
Ferdinand  ;  he  went  there  to  have  his  beard  and  hair  cut.  The  barber 
gazed  in  amazement  at  this  man  with  the  long  hair  and  beard,  thick 
and  black  as  it  was,  and  resembling  one  of  Titian's  glorious  heads.  At 
this  period  it  was  not  the  fashion  to  wear  so  large  a  beard  and  hair  so 
long ;  now  a  barber  would  only  be  surprised  if  a  man  gifted  with  such 
advantages  should  consent  voluntarily  to  deprive  himself  of  them.  The 
Leghorn  barber  went  to  work  without  a  single  observation. 

When  the  operation  was  concluded,  when  Edmond  felt  his  chin  was 
completely  smooth,  and  his  hair  reduced  to  its  usual  length,  he  requested 
a  looking-glass  in  which  he  might  see  himself.  He  was  now,  as  we  have 
said,  three-and-thirty  years  of  age,  and  his  fourteen  years'  imprisonment 
had  produced  a  great  moral  change  in  his  appearance. 

Dantes  had  entered  the  Chateau  d'lf  with  the  round,  open,  smiling 
face  of  a  young  and  happy  man  with  whom  the  early  paths  of  life  have 
been  smooth,  and  who  relies  on  the  future  as  a  natural  deduction  of  the 
past.  This  was  now  all  changed.  His  oval  face  was  lengthened,  his 
smiling  mouth  had  assumed  the  firm  and  marked  lines  which  betoken 
resolution ;  his  eyebrows  were  arched  beneath  a  large  and  thoughtful 
wrinkle ;  his  eyes  were  full  of  melancholy ;  and  from  their  depths  occa 
sionally  sparkled  gloomy  fires  of  misanthropy  and  hatred;  his  com 
plexion,  so  long  kept  from  the  sun,  had  now  that  pale  color  which 
produces,  when  the  features  are  encircled  with  black  hair,  the  aristo 
cratic  beauty  of  the  man  of  the  north;  the  deep  learning  he  had  acquired 


THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 


263 


had  besides  diffused  over  his  features  the  rays  of  extreme  intellect ;  and 
he  had  also  acquired,  although  previously  a  tall  man,  that  vigor  which 
a  frame  possesses  which  has  so  long  concentrated  all  its  force  within 
itself. 


To  the  elegance  of  a  nervous  and  slight  form  had  succeeded  the 
solidity  of  a  rounded  and  muscular  figure.  As  to  his  voice,  prayers, 
sobs,  and  imprecations  had  changed  it  now  into  a  soft  and  singularly 
touching  tone,  and  now  into  a  sound  rude  and  almost  hoarse. 

Moreover,  being  perpetually  in  twilight  or  darkness,  his  eyes  had 
acquired  that  singular  faculty  of  distinguishing  objects  in  the  night 
common  to  the  hyena  and  the  wolf.  Edmond  smiled  when  he  beheld 


264  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

himself ;  it  was  impossible  that  his  best  friend  —  if,  indeed,  he  had  any 
friend  left  —  could  recognize  him;  he  could  not  recognize  himself. 

The  master  of  La  Jeune  Amelie,  who  was  very  desirous  of  retaining 
amongst  his  crew  a  man  of  Edmond's  value,  had  offered  to  him  some 
advances  out  of  his  future  profits,  which  Edinond  had  accepted.  His 
next  care  on  leaving  the  barber's  who  had  achieved  his  first  metamor 
phosis  was  to  enter  a  shop  and  buy  a  complete  sailor's  suit  —  a  garb,  as 
we  all  know,  very  simple,  and  consisting  of  white  trousers,  a  striped 
shirt,  and  a  cap. 

It  was  in  this  costume,  and  bringing  back  to  Jacopo  the  shirt  and 
trousers  he  had  lent  him,  that  Edmond  re-appeared  before  the  patron  of 
La  Jeune  Amelie,  who  had  made  him  tell  his  story  over  and  over  again 
before  he  could  believe  him,  or  recognize  in  the  neat  and  trim  sailor 
the  man  with  thick  and  matted  beard,  his  hair  tangled  with  sea-weed, 
and  his  body  soaking  in  sea-brine,  whom  he  had  picked  up  naked  and 
nearly  drowned.  Attracted  by  his  prepossessing  appearance,  he  renewed 
his  offers  of  an  engagement  to  Dantes ;  but  Dantes,  who  had  his  own 
projects,  would  not  agree  for  a  longer  time  than  three  months. 

La  Jeune  Amelie  had  a  very  active  crew,  very  obedient  to  their 
captain,  who  lost  as  little  time  as  possible.  He  had  scarcely  been  a 
week  at  Leghorn  before  the  hold  of  his  vessel  was  filled  with  painted 
muslins,  prohibited  cottons,  English  powder,  and  tobacco  on  which  the 
crown  had  forgotten  to  put  its  mark.  The  master  was  to  get  all  this 
out  of  Leghorn  free  of  duties,  and  land  it  on  the  shores  of  Corsica, 
where  certain  speculators  undertook  to  forward  the  cargo  to  France. 

They  sailed ;  Edmond  was  again  cleaving  the  azure  sea  which  had 
been  the  first  horizon  of  his  youth,  and  which  he  had  so  often  dreamed 
of  in  prison.  He  left  Gorgone  on  his  right  and  La  Pianosa  on  his  left, 
and  went  toward  the  country  of  Paoli  and  Napoleon. 

The  next  morning  going  on  deck,  which  he  always  did  at  an  early 
hour,  tho  patron  found  Dantes  leaning  against  the  bulwarks  gazing  with 
intense  earnestness  at  a  pile  of  granite  rocks,  which  the  rising  sun 
tinged  with  rosy  light.  It  was  the  isle  of  Monte-Cristo. 

La  Jeune  Amelie  left  it  three-quarters  of  a  league  to  the  larboard 
and  kept  on  for  Corsica.  Dantes  thought,  as  they  passed  thus  closely 
the  island  whose  name  was  so  interesting  to  him,  that  he  had  only  to 
leap  into  the  sea  and  in  half  an  hour  he  would  be  on  the  promised  land. 
But  then  what  could  he  do  without  instruments  to  discover  his  treasure, 
without  aims  to  defend  himself  ?  Besides,  what  would  the  sailors  say  T 
What  would  the  patron  think  ?  He  must  wait. 

Fortunately,  Dantes  had  learned  how  to  wait ;  he  had  waited  four 
teen  years  for  his  liberty,  and  now  he  was  free  he  could  wait  at  least 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


265 


six  months  or  a  year  for  wealth.  Would  he  not  have  accepted  liberty 
without  riches  if  it  had  been  offered  to  him  ?  Besides,  were  not  those 
riches  chimerical  ?  —  offspring  of  the  diseased  brain  of  the  poor  Abbe 
Faria,  had  they  not  died  with  him?  It  is  true,  this  letter  of  the  Cardinal 


Spada  was  singularly  circumstantial,  and  Dantes  repeated  to  himself, 
from  one  end  to  the  other,  the  letter,  of  which  he  had  not  forgotten 
a  word. 

The  evening  came  on,  and  Edmond  saw  the  island  pass  through 
every  change  of  tint  that  twilight  brings  with  it,  and  disappear  in  the 


066  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

darkness  from  all  eyes ;  but  he,  with  his  gaze  accustomed  to  the  gloom 
of  a  prison,  continued  to  see  it  after  all  the  others,  for  he  remained  last 
upon  deck.  The  next  morn  broke  off  the  coast  of  Aleria;  all  day  tin -y 
coasted,  and  in  the  evening  saw  some  fires  lighted  on  land;  by  the 
arrangement  of  these  fires  they  no  doubt  recognized  the  signals  for 
landing,  for  a  ship's  lantern  was  hung  up  at  the  mast-head  instead  of 
the  streamer,  and  they  neared  the  shore  within  gunshot.  Dant*> 
remarked  that  at  this  time,  too,  the  patron  of  La  Jeune  Amelie  had,  aa 
he  neared  the  land,  mounted  two  small  culverines,  which,  without  mak 
ing  much  noise,  can  throw  a  ball,  of  four  to  the  pound,  a  thousand 
paces  or  so. 

But  on  this  occasion  the  precaution  was  superfluous,  and  everything 
proceeded  with  the  utmost  smoothness  and  politeness.  Four  shallops 
came  off  with  very  little  noise  alongside  the  bark,  which,  no  doubt,  in 
acknowledgment  of  the  compliment,  lowered  her  own  shallop  into  the 
sea,  and  the  five  boats  worked  so  well  that  by  two  o'clock  in  the  morn 
ing  all  the  cargo  was  out  of  La  Jeune  Amelie  and  safe  on  shore.  The 
same  night,  such  a  man  of  regularity  was  the  master  of  La  Jeune  Amelie 
that  the  profits  were  shared  out,  and  each  man  had  a  hundred  Tuscan 
livres,  or  about  fifteen  dollars. 

But  the  voyage  was  not  ended.  They  turned  the  bowsprit  toward 
Sardinia,  where  they  intended  to  take  in  a  cargo,  which  was  to  replace 
what  had  been  discharged.  The  second  operation  was  as  successful  as 
the  first.  La  Jeune  Amelie  was  in  luck.  This  new  cargo  was  destined 
for  the  coast  of  the  Duchy  of  Lucca,  and  consisted  almost  entirely  of 
Havana  cigars,  sherry,  and  Malaga  wines. 

There  they  had  a  bit  of  a  skirmish  with  the  custom-house;  the 
ffalelle  was,  in  truth,  the  everlasting  enemy  of  La  Jeune  Amelie.  A  cus 
tom-house  officer  was  laid  low,  and  two  sailors  were  wounded;  Dam-  - 
was  one  of  the  latter,  a  ball  having  touched  him  in  the  left  shoulder. 
Dantes  was  almost  glad  of  this  affray,  and  almost  pleased  at  beini: 
wounded,  for  they  were  rude  lessons  which  taught  him  with  what  eye 
he  could  view  danger,  and  with  what  endurance  he  could  bear  suffering. 

He  had  contemplated  danger  with  a  smile,  and  when  wounded 
had  exclaimed  with  the  great  philosopher,  "Pain,  thou  art  not  an 
evil." 

He  had,  morepver,  looked  upon  the  custom-house  officer  wounded  to 
death,  and,  whether  from  heat  of  blood  produced  by  the  rencontre,  or 
the  chill  of  human  sentiment,  this  sight  had  made  but  slight  impression 
upon  him ;  Dantes  was  on  the  way  he  desired  to  follow,  and  was  mov 
ing  toward  the  end  he  wished  to  achieve ;  his  heart  was  in  a  fair  way  of 
petrifying  in  his  bosom.  Jacopo,  seeing  him  fall,  had  believed  him 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTfl-CRISTO.  267 

killed,  and  rushing  toward  him  raised  him  up,  and  then  attended  to 
him  with  all  the  kindness  of  an  attached  comrade. 

This  world  was  not  then  so  good  as  Voltaire's  Doctor  Pangloss 
believed  it,  neither  was  it  so  wicked  as  Dantes  thought  it,  since  this 
man,  who  had  nothing  to  expect  from  his  comrade  but  the  inheritance 
of  his  share  of  the  prize-money,  testified  so  much  sorrow  when  he  saw 
him  fall.  Fortunately,  as  we  have  said,  Edmond  was  only  wounded, 
and  with  certain  herbs  gathered  at  certain  seasons,  and  sold  to  the 
smugglers  by  the  old  Sardinia  women,  the  wound  soon  closed.  Edmond 
then  resolved  to  try  Jacopo,  and  offered  him  in  return  for  his  attention 
a  share  of  his  prize-money,  but  Jacopo  refused  it  indignantly. 

It  resulted,  therefore,  from  this  kind  of  sympathetic  devotion  which 
Jacopo  had  bestowed  on  Edmond  from  the  first  time  he  saw  him,  that 
Edmond  felt  for  Jacopo  a  certain  degree  of  affection.  But  this  sufficed 
for  Jacopo,  who  already  instinctively  felt  that  Edmond  had  a  right  to 
superiority  of  position  —  a  superiority  which  Edmond  had  concealed 
from  all  others.  And  from  this  time  the  kindness  which  Edmond 
showed  him  was  enough  for  the  brave  seaman. 

Then  in  the  long  days  on  board  ship,  when  the  vessel,  gliding  on 
with  security  over  the  azure  sea,  required  nothing,  thanks  to  the  favor 
able  wind  that  swelled  her  sails,  but  the  hand  of  the  helmsman,  Edmond, 
with  a  chart  in  his  hand,  became  the  instructor  of  Jacopo,  as  the  poor 
Abbe  Faria  had  been  his  tutor.  He  pointed  out  to  him  the  bearings  of 
the  coast,  explained  to  him  the  variations  of  the  compass,  and  taught 
him  to  read  in  that  vast  book  opened  over  our  heads  which  they  call 
heaven,  and  where  GTod  writes  in  azure  with  letters  of  diamonds. 

And  when  Jacopo  inquired  of  him,  "  What  is  the  use  of  teaching 
all  these  things  to  a  poor  sailor  like  me  ? "  Edmond  replied :  "  Who 
knows?  You  may  one  day  be  the  captain  of  a  vessel.  Your  fellow- 
countryman,  Bonaparte,  became  emperor."  We  had  forgotten  to  say 
that  Jacopo  was  a  Corsican. 

Two  months  and  a  half  elapsed  in  these  trips,  and  Edmond  had 
become  as  skillful  a  coaster  as  he  had  been  a  hardy  seaman ;  he  had 
formed  an  acquaintance  with  all  the  smugglers  on  the  coast,  and  learned 
all  the  masonic  signs  by  which  these  half -pirates  recognize  each  other. 
He  had  passed  and  repassed  his  isle  of  Monte-Cristo  twenty  times,  but 
not  once  had  he  found  an  opportunity  of  landing  there. 

He  then  formed  a  resolution.  This  was,  as  soon  as  his  engagement 
with  the  master  of  La  Jeune  Amelie  ended,  he  would  hire  a  small  bark 
on  his  own  account  — for  in  his  several  voyages  he  had  amassed  a  hun 
dred  piastres  —  and  under  some  pretext  land  at  the  isle  of  Monte-Cristo. 
Then  he  would  be  free  to  make  his  researches,  not  perhaps  entirely  at 


>,;s  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

liberty,  for  he  would  be  doubtless  watched  by  those  who  accompanied 
Kim.  But  in  this  world  we  must  risk  something.  Prison  had  made 
Edmorid  prudent,  and  he  was  desirous  of  running  no  risk  whatever. 
But  in  vain  did  he  rack  his  imagination  ;  fertile  as  it  was,  he  could  not 
devise  any  plan  for  reaching  the  wished-for  isle  without  being  accom 
panied  thither. 

Dautes  was  tossed  about  on  these  doubts  and  wishes,  when  the 
skipi>er,  who  had  great  confidence  in  him,  and  was  very  desirous  of 
retaining  him  in  his  service,  took  him  by  the  arm  one  evening  and  led 
him  to  a  tavern  on  the  Via  del'  Oglio,  where  the  leading  smugglers  of 
Leghorn  used  to  congregate.  It  was  here  they  discussed  the  affairs  of 
the  coast.  Already  Dantes  had  visited  this  maritime  bourse  two  or 
three  times,  and  seeing  all  these  hardy  free-traders,  who  supplied  the 
whole  coast  for  nearly  two  hundred  leagues  in  extent,  he  had  asked 
himself  what  power  might  not  that  man  attain  who  should  give  the 
impulse  of  his  will  to  all  these  contrary  and  diverging  links.  This  time 
it  was  a  great  matter  that  was  under  discussion,  connected  with  a  vessel 
laden  with  Turkey  carpets,  stuffs  of  the  Levant,  and  cashmeres.  It 
was  requisite  to  find  some  neutral  ground  on  which  an  exchange  could 
be  made,  and  then  to  try  and  land  these  goods  on  the  coast  of  France. 
If  successful,  the  profit  would  be  enormous ;  there  would  be  a  gain  of 
fifty  or  sixty  piastres  each  for  the  crew. 

The  master  of  La  Jeime  Amelle  proposed  as  a  place  of  landing  the 
isle  of  Monte-Cristo,  which,  being  completely  deserted,  and  having  nei 
ther  soldiers  nor  revenue  officers,  seemed  to  have  been  placed  in  the 
midst  of  the  ocean  since  the  time  of  the  heathen  Olympus  by  Mercury, 
the  god  of  merchants  and  robbers,  classes  which  we  in  modern  times 
have  separated,  if  not  made  distinct,  but  which  antiquity  appears  t « > 
have  included  in  the  same  category. 

At  the  mention  of  Monte-Cristo  Dantes  started  with  joy ;  he  rose, 
to  conceal  his  emotion,  and  took  a  turn  round  the  smoky  tavern,  where 
all  the  languages  of  the  known  world  were  jumbled  in  the  lingua  franca. 

When  he  again  joined  the  two  persons  who  had  been  discussing,  it 
had  been  decided  that  they  should  touch  at  Monte-Cristo,  and  set  out 
on  the  following  night.  Edmond,  being  consulted,  was  of  opinion  that 
the  island  offered  every  possible  security,  and  that  great  enterprises  to 
be  well  done  should  be  done  quickly. 

Nothing  then  was  altered  in  the  plan  aiTanged,  and  orders  were 
given  to  get  under  weigh  next  night,  and,  wind  and  weather  permitting, 
to  gain,  the  day  after,  the  waters  of  the  neutral  isle. 


THE  ISLE  OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 


CHAPTER   XXIII 


THE    ISLE    OF    MONTE-CRISTO 


HITS,  at  length,  by  one  of  those  pieces  of  unlooked-for  good 
fortune  which  sometimes  occur  to  those  on  whom  misfort 
une  has  for  a  long  time  pressed  heavily,  Dantes  was  about 
to  arrive  at  his  wished-for  opportunity  by  simple  and  natural 
means,  and  land  in  the  island  without  incurring  any  suspicion.  One 
night  only  separated  him  from  his  departure  so  ardently  wished  for. 

The  night  was  one  of  the  most  feverish  that  Dantes  had  ever  passed, 
and  during  its  progress  all  the  charms,  good  and  evil,  passed  in  turn 
through  his  brain.  If  he  closed  his  eyes,  he  saw  the  letter  of  Cardinal 
Spada  written  on  the  wall  in  characters  of  flame;  if  he  slept  for 
'  a  moment,  the  wildest  dreams  haunted  his  fancy.  He  descended  into 
grottoes  paved  with  emeralds,  with  panels  of  rubies,  and  the  roof  glowing 
with  diamond  stalactites.  Pearls  fell  drop  by  drop,  as  subterranean 
waters  filter  in  their  caves.  Edmond,  amazed,  wonderstruck,  filled  his 
pockets  with  the  radiant  gems  and  then  returned  to  daylight,  when  he 
discovered  that  his  prizes  were  all  converted  into  common  pebbles.  He 
then  endeavored  to  reenter  these  marvelous  grottoes,  but  then  beheld 
them  only  in  the  distance ;  and  now  the  way  wound  in  endless  spirals, 
and  then  the  entrance  became  invisible,  and  in  vain  did  he  tax  his  mem 
ory  for  the  magic  arid  mysterious  word  which  opened  the  splendid 
caverns  of  Ali  Baba  to  the  Arabian  fisherman.  All  was  useless ;  the 
treasure  disappeared,  and  had  again  reverted  to  the  genii  from  whom 
for  a  moment  he  had  hoped  to  carry  it  off. 

The  day  came  at  length,  and  was  almost  as  feverish  as  the  night  had 
been,  but  it  brought  reason  to  aid  his  imagination,  and  Dantes  was  then 
enabled  to  arrange  a  plan  which  had  hitherto  been  vague  and  unsettled 
in  his  brain.  Night  came,  and  with  it  the  preparation  for  departure,  and 
these  preparations  served  to  conceal  Dantes'  agitation.  He  had  by 

271 


272  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

degrees  assumed  such  authority  over  his  companions  that  he  was  almost 
like  a  commander  on  board ;  and  as  his  orders  were  always  clear,  dis 
tinct,  and  easy  of  execution,  his  comrades  obeyed  him  with  promptitude 
and  pleasure. 

The  old  captain  did  not  interfere,  for  he  too  had  recognized  the 
superiority  of  Dantes  over  the  crew  and  himself.  He  saw  in  the  young 
mini  his  natural  successor,  and  regretted  that  he  had  not  a  daughter, 
that  he  might  have  bound  Edmond  to  him  by  a  distinguished  alliance. 

At  seven  o'clock  in  the  evening  all  was  ready,  and  at  ten  minutes 
past  seven  they  doubled  the  lighthouse  just  as  the  beacon  was  kindled. 
The  sea  was  calm,  and,  with  a  fresh  breeze  from  the  south-east,  they 
sailed  beneath  a  bright  blue  sky,  in  which  God  also  lighted  up  in  turn 
his  beacon-lights,  each  of  which  is  a  world.  Dantes  told  them  that  all 
hands  might  turn  in,  and  he  would  take  the  helm.  When  the  Maltese 
(for  so  they  called  Dantes)  had  said  this,  it  was  sufficient,  and  all  went 
to  their  cots  contentedly. 

This  frequently  happened.  Dantes,  flung  back  from  solitude  into 
the  world,  frequently  experienced  a  desire  for  solitude ;  and  what  soli 
tude  is  at  the  same  time  more  complete,  more  poetical,  than  that  of  a 
bark  floating  isolated  on  the  sea  during  the  obscurity  of  the  night,  in 
the  silence  of  immensity,  and  under  the  eye  of  Heaven  f 

Now,  on  this  occasion  the  solitude  was  peopled  with  his  thoughts, 
the  night  lighted  up  by  his  illusions,  and  the  silence  animated  by  his 
anticipations.  When  the  master  awoke,  the  vessel  was  hurrying  on 
with  all  her  canvas  set,  and  every  sail  full  with  the  breeze.  They 
were  making  nearly  ten  knots  an  hour.  The  isle  of  Monte-Cristo 
loomed  large  in  the  horizon.  Edmond  resigned  the  bark  to  the  mas 
ter's  care,  and  went  and  lay  down  in  his  hammock ;  but,  in  spite  of  a 
sleepless  night,  he  could  not  close  his  eyes  for  a  moment. 

Two  hours  afterward  he  came  on  deck,  as  the  boat  was  about  to 
double  the  isle  of  Elba.  They  were  just  abreast  of  Mareciana,  and 
beyond  the  flat  but  verdant  isle  of  La  Pianosa.  The  peak  of  Monte- 
Cristo,  reddened  by  the  burning  sun,  was  seen  against  the  azure  sky. 
Dantes  desired  the  helmsman  to  put  down  his  helm,  in  order  to  leave 
La  Pianosa  on  the  right  hand,  as  he  knew  that  he  should  thus  decrease 
the  distance  by  two  or  three  knots.  About  five  o'clock  in  the  evening 
the  island  was  quite  distinct,  and  everything  on  it  was  plainly  percep 
tible,  owing  to  that  clearness  of  the  atmosphere  which  is  peculiar  to  the 
light  which  the  rays  of  the  sun  cast  at  its  setting. 

Edmond  gazed  most  earnestly  at  the  mass  of  rocks,  which  gave  out 
all  the  variety  of  twilight  colors,  from  the  brightest  rose  to  the  deepest 
blue ;  and  from  time  to  time  his  cheeks  flushed,  his  brow  became  purple, 


THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO.  273 

and  a  mist  passed  over  his  eyes.  Never  did  gamester  whose  whole  fort 
une  is  staked  on  one  cast  of  the  die  experience  the  anguish  which 
Edmond  felt  in  his  paroxysms  of  hope. 

Night  came,  and  at  ten  o'clock  they  anchored.  La  Jeune  Amelie 
was  the  first  at  the  rendezvous.  In  spite  of  his  usual  command  over 
himself,  Dantes  could  not  restrain  his  impetuosity.  He  was  the  first 
who  jumped  on  shore ;  and  had  he  dared,  he  would,  like  Lucius  Brutus, 
have  "  kissed  his  mother  earth."  It  was  dark ;  but  at  eleven  o'clock  the 
moon  rose  in  the  midst  of  the  ocean,  whose  every  wave  she  silvered,  and 
then,  "  ascending  high,"  played  in  floods  of  pale  light  on  the  rocky  hills 
of  this  second  Pelion. 

The  island  was  familiar  to  the  crew  of  La  Jeune  Amelie, —  it  was  one 
of  her  halting-places.  As  to  Dantes,  he  had  passed  it  on  his  voyages  to 
and  from  the  Levant,  but  never  touched  at  it.  He  questioned  Jacopo. 

"  Where  shall  we  pass  the  night  I "  he  inquired. 

"  Why,  on  board  the  tartan,"  replied  the  sailor. 

"  Should  we  not  be  better  in  the  grottoes." 

"  What  grottoes  1 " 

"  Why,  the  grottoes  —  caves  of  the  island." 

"  I  do  not  know  of  any  grottoes,"  replied  Jacopo. 
A  cold  damp  sprang  to  Dantes'  brow. 

"  What !  are  there  no  grottoes  at  Monte-Cristo  I "  he  asked. 

"  None." 

For  a  moment  Dantes  was  speechless;  then  he  remembered  that 
these  caves  might  have  been  filled  up  by  some  accident,  or  even  stopped 
up,  for  the  sake  of  greater  security,  by  Cardinal  Spada.  The  point  was, 
then,  to  discover  the  lost  opening.  It  was  useless  to  search  at  night,  and 
Dantes  therefore  delayed  all  investigation  until  the  morning.  Besides, 
a  signal  made  half  a  league  out  at  sea,  to  which  La  Jeune  Amelie  replied 
by  a  similar  signal,  indicated  that  the  moment  had  arrived  for  business. 
The  boat  that  now  arrived,  assured  by  the  answering  signal  that  all 
was  right,  soon  came  in  sight,  white  and  silent  as  a  phantom,  and  cast 
anchor  within  a  cable's  length  of  shore. 

Then  the  landing  began.  Dantes  reflected  as  he  worked  on  the 
shout  of  joy  which,  with  a  single  word,  he  could  produce  from  amongst 
all  these  men,  if  he  gave  utterance  to  the  one  unchanging  thought  that 
was  whispering  in  his  ear  and  in  his  heart ;  but,  far  from  disclosing  this 
precious  secret,  he  almost  feared  that  he  had  already  said  too  much, 
and  by  his  restlessness  and  continual  questions,  his  minute  observa 
tions  and  evident  preoccupation,  had  aroused  suspicions.  Fortunately, 
as  regarded  this  circumstance  at  least,  with  him  the  painful  past 
reflected  on  his  countenance  an  indelible  sadness;  and  the  glimmer- 


274  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

ings  of  gayety  seen  beneath  this  cloud  were  indeed  but  Iran-limy 
flashes. 

No  one  had  the  slightest  suspicion ;  and  when  next  day,  taking  a 
fowling-piece,  powder,  and  shot,  Dantes  testified  a  desire  to  go  and 
kill  some  of  the  wild  goats  that  were  seen  springing  from  rock  to  rock, 
his  excursion  was  construed  into  a  love  of  sport  or  a  desire  for  solitude. 
However,  Jacopo  insisted  on  following  him;  and  Dantes  did  not  oppose 
this,  feaiing  if  he  did  so  that  he  might  incur  distrust.  Sram-ly.  how 
ever,  had  he  gone  a  quarter  of  a  league  than,  having  killed  a  kid,  he 
begged  Jacopo  to  take  it  to  his  comrades,  and  request  them  to  cook  it, 
and  when  ready  to  let  him  know  by  firing  a  gun.  This  and  some  dri«-«l 
fruits,  and  a  flask  of  the  wine  of  Monte  Pulciano,  was  the  bill  of  fare. 

Dantes  went  forward,  looking  behind  and  round  about  him  from 
time  to  time.  Having  reached  the  summit  of  a  rock,  he  saw,  a  thousand 
feet  beneath  him,  his  companions,  whom  Jacopo  had  rejoined,  and  who 
were  all  busy  preparing  the  repast  which  Edmond's  skill  as  a  mark  — 
man  had  augmented  with  a  capital  dish. 

Edmond  looked  at  them  for  a  moment  with  the  sad  and  soft  smile 
of  a  man  superior  to  his  fellows. 

"  In  two  hours'  time,"  said  he,  "  these  persons  will  depart  richer  by 
fifty  piastres  each,  to  go  and  risk  their  lives  again  by  endeavoring  to 
gain  fifty  more  such  pieces ;  then  they  will  return  with  a  fortune  of  six 
hundred  francs,  and  waste  this  treasure  in  some  city  with  the  pride  of 
sultans  and  the  insolence  of  nabobs.  At  this  moment  Hope  makes  me 
despise  their  riches,  which  seem  to  me  contemptible.  Yet  perchance 
to-morrow  deception  will  so  act  on  me,  that  I  shall,  on  compulsion,  con 
sider  such  a  contemptible  possession  as  the  utmost  happiness.  Oh, 
no ! "  exclaimed  Edmond,  "  that  will  not  be.  The  wise,  unerring  Faria 
could  not  be  mistaken  in  this  one  thing.  Besides,  it  were  better  to  die 
than  to  continue  to  lead  this  low  and  wretched  life." 

Thus  Dantes,  who  but  three  months  before  had  no  desire  but 
liberty,  had  now  not  liberty  enough,  and  panted  for  wealth.  The  cause 
was  not  in  Dantes,  but  in  Providence,  who,  whilst  limiting  the  power 
of  man,  has  filled  him  with  boundless  desires. 

Meanwhile,  by  a  way  between  two  walls  of  rock,  following  a  path 
worn  by  a  torrent,  and  which,  in  all  probability,  human  foot  had  never 
before  trod,  Dantes  approached  the  spot  where  he  supposed  the  grottoes 
must  have  existed.  Keeping  along  the  coast,  and  examining  the  small 
est  object  with  serious  attention,  he  thought  he  could  trace  on  certain 
rocks  marks  made  by  the  hand  of  man. 

Time,  which  incrusts  all  physical  substances  with  its  mossy  mantle, 
as  it  invests  all  things  moral  with  its  mantle  of  f  orgetf  ulness,  seemed  to 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CBISTO. 


275 


have  respected  these  signs,  traced  with  a  certain  regularity,  and  prob 
ably  with  the  design  of  leaving  traces.  Occasionally  these  marks  dis 
appeared  beneath  tufts  of  myrtle,  which  spread  into  large  bushes  laden 
with  blossoms,  or  beneath  parasitical  lichen.  It  was  thus  requisite  that 


Edmond  should  push  the  branches  on  one  side  or  remove  the  mosses  in 
order  to  retrace  the  indicating  marks  which  were  to  be  his  guides  in 
this  labyrinth.  These  signs  had  renewed  the  best  hopes  in  Edmond's 
mind.  Why  should  it  not  have  been  the  cardinal  who  had  first  traced 


276  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

them,  in  order  that  they  might,  in  the  event  of  a  catastrophe,  which  he 
could  not  foresee  would  have  been  so  complete,  serve  as  a  guide  for  his 
nephew  ?  This  solitary  place  was  precisely  suited  for  a  man  desirous 
of  burying  a  treasure.  Only,  might  not  these  betraying  marks  have 
attracted  other  eyes  than  those  for  whom  they  were  made  ?  and  had  the 
dark  and  wondrous  isle  indeed  faithfully  guarded  its  precious  secret! 

It  seemed,  however,  to  Edmond,  who  was  hidden  from  his  comrades 
by  the  inequalities  of  the  ground,  that  at  sixty  paces  from  the  harbor  the 
marks  ceased ;  nor  did  they  terminate  at  any  grotto.  A  large  round 
rock,  placed  solidly  on  its  base,  was  the  only  spot  to  which  they  seemed 
to  lead.  Edmond  reflected  that  perhaps  instead  of  having  reached  the 
end  he  might  have  only  touched  on  the  beginning,  and  he  therefore 
turned  round  and  retraced  his  steps. 

During  this  time  his  comrades  had  prepared  the  repast,  had  got 
some  water  from  a  spring,  spread  out  the  fruit  and  bread,  and  cooked 
the  kid.  Just  at  the  moment  when  they  were  taking  it  from  the  spit, 
they  saw  Edmond,  who,  light  and  daring  as  a  chamois,  was  springing 
from  rock  to  rock,  and  they  fired  a  musket  to  give  the  signal  agreed 
upon.  The  sportsman  instantly  changed  his  direction,  and  ran  quickly 
toward  them.  But  at  the  moment  when  they  were  all  following  with 
their  eyes  his  agile  bounds  with  a  rashness  which  gave  them  alarm, 
Edmond's  foot,  as  if  to  justify  their  fears,  slipped,  and  they  saw  him 
stagger  on  the  edge  of  a  rock  and  disappear.  They  all  rushed  toward 
him,  for  all  loved  Edmond,  in  spite  of  his  superiority ;  yet  Jacopo  reached 
him  first. 

He  found  Edmond  stretched  bleeding  and  almost  senseless.  He  had 
rolled  down  a  height  of  twelve  or  fifteen  feet.  They  poured  some  drops 
of  rum  down  his  throat,  and  this  remedy,  which  had  before  been  so 
beneficial  to  him,  produced  the  same  effect  as  formerly.  Edmond 
opened  his  eyes,  complained  of  great  pain  in  his  knee,  a  feeling  of 
heaviness  in  his  head,  and  severe  pains  in  his  loins.  They  wished  to 
carry  him  to  the  shore,  but  when  they  touched  him,  although  under 
Jacopo's  directions,  he  declared,  with  heavy  groans,  that  he  could  not 
bear  to  be  moved. 

It  may  be  supposed  that  Dantes  did  not  now  think  of  his  dinner, 
but  he  insisted  that  his  comrades,  who  had  not  his  reasons  for  fasting, 
should  have  their  meal.  As  for  himself,  he  declared  that  he  had  only 
need  of  a  little  rest,  and  that  when  they  returned  he  should  be  easier. 
The  sailors  did  not  require  much  urging.  They  were  hungry,  and  the 
smell  of  the  roasted  kid  was  very  savory,  and  your  tars  are  not  very 
ceremonious.  An  hour  afterward  they  returned.  All  that  Edmond 
had  been  able  to  do  was  to  drag  himself  about  a  dozen  paces  forward  to 
lean  against  a  moss-grown  rock. 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  277 

But,  far  from  being  easier,  Dantes'  pains  had  appeared  to  increase  in 
violence.  The  old  skipper,  who  was  obliged  to  sail  in  the  morning  in 
order  to  land  his  cargo  on  the  frontiers  of  Piedmont  and  France, 
between  Nice  and  Frejus,  urged  Dantes  to  try  and  rise.  Edmond 
made  great  exertions  in  order  to  comply;  but  at  each  effort  he  fell 
back,  moaning  and  turning  pale. 

"  He  has  broken  his  ribs,"  said  the  commander,  in  a  low  voice.  "  No 
matter ;  he  is  an  excellent  fellow,  and  we  must  not  leave  him.  We  will 
try  and  carry  him  on  board  the  tartan." 

Dantes  declared,  however,  that  he  would  rather  die  where  he  was 
than  undergo  the  agony  caused  by  the  slightest  movement  he  made. 

"  Well,"  said  the  master,  "  let  what  may  happen,  it  shall  never  be  said 
that  we  deserted  a  good  comrade  like  you.  We  will  not  go  till  evening." 
This  very  much  astonished  the  sailors,  although  not  one  opposed  it. 
The  master  was  so  strict  that  this  was  the  first  time  they  had  ever  seen 
him  give  up  an  enterprise,  or  even  delay  an  arrangement.  Dantes  would 
not  allow  that  any  such  infraction  of  regular  and  proper  rules  should  be 
made  in  his  favor. 

"  No,  no,"  he  said  to  the  master,  "  I  was  awkward,  and  it  is  just  that 
I  pay  the  penalty  of  my  clumsiness.  Leave  me  a  small  supply  of  bis 
cuit,  a  gun,  powder,  and  balls  to  kill  the  kids  or  defend  myself  at  need, 
and  a  pickaxe  to  build  me  something  like  a  shed  if  you  delay  in  coming 
back  for  me." 

"  But  you'll  die  of  hunger,"  said  the  sailor. 

"  I  would  rather  do  so,"  was  Edmond's  reply,  "  than  suffer  the  inex 
pressible  agonies  which  the  slightest  motion  brings  on." 

The  captain  turned  toward  his  vessel,  which  was  undulating  in  the 
small  harbor,  and,  with  her  sails  partly  set,  was  ready  for  sea  when  all 
her  toilette  should  be  completed. 

"  What  are  we  to  do,  Maltese  !  "  asked  the  captain.  "  We  cannot  leave 
you  here  so,  and  yet  we  cannot  stay." 

"  Go,  go ! "  exclaimed  Dantes. 

"  We  shall  be  absent  at  least  a  week,"  said  the  patron,  "  and  then  we 
must  run  out  of  our  course  to  come  here  and  take  you  up  again." 

"  Why,"  said  Dantes,  "'if  in  two  or  three  days  you  hail  any  fishing- 
boat,  desire  them  to  come  here  to  me.  I  will  pay  twenty-five  piastres 
for  my  passage  back  to  Leghorn.  If  you  do  not  come  across  one,  return 
for  me."  The  captain  shook  his  head. 

"  Listen,  Captain  Baldi ;  there's  one  way  of  settling  this,"  said  Jacopo. 
"  Do  you  go,  and  I  will  stay  and  take  care  of  the  wounded  man." 

"  And  give  up  your  share  of  the  venture,"  said  Edmond,  "to  remain 

with  me  I " 

"  Yes,"  said  Jacopo,  "  and  without  any  hesitation." 


278  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  You  are  a  good  fellow,"  replied  Edmond,  "  and  Heaven  will  recom 
pense  you  for  your  generous  intentions;  but  I  do  not  wish  any  one  to 
stay  with  me.  A  day  or  two's  rest  will  set  me  up,  and  I  hope  I  shall 
find  amongst  the  rocks  certain  herbs  most  excellent  for  contusions." 

A  singular  smile  passed  over  Dantes'  lips ;  he  squeezed  Jacopo's  hand 
warmly;  but  nothing  could  shake  his  determination  to  remain  —  and 
remain  alone. 

The  smugglers  left  with  Edmond  what  he  had  requested  and  set  sail ; 
but  not  without  turning  about  several  times,  and  cadi  time  making 
signs  of  a  cordial  leave-taking,  to  which  Edmond  replied  with  his  hand 
only,  as  if  he  could  not  move  the  rest  of  his  body. 

When  they  had  disappeared,  he  said  with  a  smile :  "  'Tis  strange  that 
it  should  be  amongst  such  men  that  we  find  proofs  of  friendship  and 
devotion."  Then  he  dragged  himself  cautiously  to  the  top  of  a  rock, 
from  which  he  had  a  full  view  of  the  sea,  and  thence  he  saw  the  tartan 
complete  her  preparations  for  sailing,  weigh  anchor,  and,  balancing  her 
self  as  gracefully  as  a  water-fowl  ere  it  takes  to  the  wing,  set  sail. 

At  the  end  of  an  hour  she  was  completely  out  of  sight ;  at  least,  it 
was  impossible  for  the  wounded  man  to  see  her  any  longer  from  the 
spot  where  he  was.  Then  Dantes  rose  more  agile  and  light  than  the  kid 
amongst  the  myrtles  and  shrubs  of  these  wild  rocks,  took  his  gun  in  one 
hand,  his  pickaxe  in  the  other,  and  hastened  toward  the  rock  on  which 
the  marks  he  had  noted  terminated. 

"  And  now,"  he  exclaimed,  remembering  the  tale  of  the  Arabian  fisher 
man,  which  Faria  had  related  to  him,  "  now,  Open  Sesame ! " 


CHAPTEE  XXIV 

THE    SECRET    CAVE 

HE  sun  had  nearly  reached  the  third  of  his  course,  and  his 
warm  and  vivifying  rays  fell  full  on  the  rocks,  which  seemed 
themselves  sensible  of  the  heat.  Thousands  of  grasshoppers, 
hidden  in  the  bushes,  chirped  with  a  monotonous  and  •  con 
tinuous  note ;  the  leaves  of  the  myrtle  and  olive  trees  waved  and  rustled 
in  the  wind.  At  every  step  that  Edmond  took  on  the  burning  granite, 
he  disturbed  the  lizards  glittering  with  the  hues  of  the  emerald ;  afar  off 
he  saw  the  wild  goats,  which  sometimes  attracted  sportsmen,  bounding 
from  crag  to  crag.  In  a  word,  the  isle  was  inhabited,  yet  Edmond  felt 
himself  alone,  guided  by  the  hand  of  God. 

He  felt  an  indescribable  sensation  somewhat  akin  to  dread  —  that 
dread  of  the  daylight  which  even  in  the  desert  makes  us  fear  we  are 
watched  and  observed. 

This  feeling  was  so  strong,  that  at  the  moment  when  Edmond  was 
about  to  commence  his  labor,  he  stopped,  laid  down  his  pickaxe,  seized 
his  gun,  mounted  to  the  summit  of  the  highest  rock,  and  from  thence 
gazed  round  in  every  direction. 

But  it  was  not  upon  poetic  Corsica,  the  very  houses  of  which  he 
could  distinguish ;  nor  on  almost  unknown  Sardinia ;  nor  on  the  isle  of 
Elba,  with  its  historical  associations ;  nor  upon  the  imperceptible  line 
that  to  the  experienced  eye  of  a  sailor  alone  revealed  the  coast  of  Genoa 
the  proud,  and  Leghorn  the  commercial,  that  he  gazed.  It  was  at  the 
brigantine  that  had  left  in  the  morning,  and  the  tartan  that  had  just  set 
sail,  that  Edmond  fixed  his  eyes. 

The  first  was  just  disappearing  in  the  straits  of  Bonifacio ;  the  other, 
following  an  opposite  direction,  was  about  to  round  the  island  of  Corsica. 

This  sight  re-assured  him.  He  then  looked  at  the  objects  near  him. 
He  saw  himself  on  the  highest  point  of  the  cone-like  isle,  a  statue  on 

279 


•JSO  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

this  vast  pedestal, — on  land  not  a  human  being,  on  sea  not  a  sail;  whilst 
the  blue  ocean  beat  against  the  base  of  the  island  and  covered  it  with  a 
fringe  of  foam.  Then  he  descended  with  cautious  and  slow  step,  for 
he  dreaded  lest  an  accident  similar  to  that  he  had  so  adroitly  feigned 
should  happen  in  reality. 

Dantes,  as  we  have  said,  had  traced  back  the  marks  in  the  rock ; 
and  he  had  noticed  that  they  led  to  a  small  creek,  hidden  like  the  bnth 
of  some  ancient  nymph.  This  creek  was  sufficiently  wide  at  its  mouth, 
and  deep  in  the  center,  to  admit  of  the  entrance  of  a  small  vessel  of  the 
speronare  class,  which  would  be  perfectly  concealed  from  observation. 

Then,  following  the  clew  that,  in  the  hands  of  the  Abbe  Faria,  had 
been  so  skillfully  used  to  guide  him  through  the  Daedalian  labyrinth 
of  probabilities,  he.  thought  that  the  Cardinal  Spada,  anxious  not  to  be 
watched,  had  entered  the  creek,  concealed  his  little  bark,  followed  the 
line  marked  by  the  notches  in  the  rock,  and  at  the  end  of  it  had  buried 
his  treasure.  It  was  this  idea  that  had  brought  Dantes  back  to  the  cir 
cular  rock.  One  thing  only  perplexed  Edmond,  and  destroyed  his 
theory.  How  could  this  rock,  which  weighed  several  tons,  have  been 
lifted  to  this  spot  without  the  aid  of  many  men  ? 

Suddenly  an  idea  flashed  across  his  mind.  Instead  of  raising  it, 
thought  he,  they  have  lowered  it.  And  he  sprang  upon  the  rock  in  order 
to  look  for  the  base  on  which  it  had  formerly  stood. 

He  soon  perceived  that  a  slope  had  been  formed,  and  the  rock  had 
slid  along  this  until  it  stopped  at  the  spot  it  now  occupied.  A  stone  of 
ordinary  size  had  served  as  a  wedge ;  flints  and  pebbles  had  been  scat 
tered  around  it,  so  as  to  conceal  the  break :  this  species  of  masonry  had 
been  covered  with  earth,  and  gras^  and  weeds  had  grown  there,  moss 
had  clung  to  the  stones,  myrtle-bushes  had  taken  root,  and  the  old  rock 
seemed  fixed  to  the  earth. 

Dantes  raised  the  earth  carefully,  and  detected,  or  fancied  he 
detected,  the  ingenious  artifice.  He  attacked  this  wall,  cemented  by 
the  hand  of  Time,  with  his  pickaxe.  After  ten  minutes'  labor  the  wall 
gave  way,  and  a  hole  large  enough  to  insert  the  arm  was  opened. 

Dantes  went  and  cut  the  strongest  olive-tree  he  could  find,  stripped 
off  its  branches,  inserted  it  in  the  hole,  and  used  it  as  a  lever.  But  the 
rock  was  too  heavy  and  too  firmly  wedged  to  be  moved  by  any  one 
man,  were  he  Hercules  himself.  Dantes  reflected  that  he  must  attack 
this  wedge.  But  how  ? 

He  cast  his  eyes  around,  and  saw  the  horn  full  of  powder  which  his 
friend  Jacopo  had  left  him.  He  smiled ;  the  infernal  invention  would 
serve  him  for  this  purpose. 

With  the  aid  of  his  pickaxe  Dantes  dug,  between  the  upper  rock 


\ 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CEISTO.  281 

and  the  one  that  supported  it,  a  mine  similar  to  .those  formed  bv 
pioneers  when  they  wish  to  spare  human  labor,  filled  it  with  powder 
then  made  a  fuse,  by  pulling  threads  from  his  handkerchief  and  rolling 
them  m  the  powder.  He  lighted  it  and  retired. 


The  explosion  was  instantaneous :  the  upper  rock  was  lifted  from 
its  base  by  the  terrific  force  of  the  powder ;  the  lower  one  flew  into 
pieces;  thousands  of  insects  escaped  from  the  aperture  Dantes  had 
previously  formed,  and  a  huge  snake,  like  the  guardian  demon  of  the 


l>Si>  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

treasure,  rolled  himself  along  on  his  blue  convolutions  and 
peared.  Dantes  approached  the  upper  rock,  which  now,  without  any 
support,  leaned  toward  the  sea.  The  intrepid  treasure-seeker  walked 
round  it,  and,  selecting  the  spot  from  whence  it  appeared  most  easy  to 
attack  it,  placed  his  lever  in  one  of  the  crevices,  and  strained  every 
nerve  to  move  the  mass. 

The  rock,  already  shaken  l»y  the  explosion,  tottered  on  its  hase. 
Dantes  redoubled  his  efforts ;  he  seemed  like  one  of  the  ancient  Titans, 
who  uprooted  the  mountains  to  hurl  against  the  father  of  the  gods. 
The  rock  yielded,  rolled,  bounded,  and  finally  disappeared  in  the  ocean. 

On  the  spot  it  had  occupied  was  visible  a  circular  place,  and  which 
exposed  an  iron  ring  let  into  a  square  flag-stone. 

Dantes  uttered  a  cry  of  joy  and  surprise ;  never  had  a  first  attempt 
been  crowned  with  more  perfect  success.  He  would  fain  have  continued, 
but  his  knees  trembled,  his  heart  beat  so  violently,  and  his  eyes  became 
so  dim,  that  he  was  forced  to  pause. 

This  feeling  lasted  but  for  the  time  of  a  flash.  Edmond  inserted 
his  lever  in  the  ring,  and  exerting  all  his  strength,  the  flag-stone 
yielded,  and  disclosed  a  kind  of  stair  that  descended  until  it  was  lost  in 
the  increasing  obscurity  of  a  subterraneous  grotto. 

Any  one  else  would  have  rushed  on  with  a  cry  of  joy.  Dantes 
turned  pale,  hesitated,  and  reflected. 

"  Come,"  said  he  to  himself,  "  be  a  man.  I  am  accustomed  to  adver 
sity.  I  must  not  be  cast  down  by  the  discovery  that  I  have  been 
deceived.  What,  then,  would  be  the  use  of  all  I  have  suffered  f  The 
heart  breaks  when,  after  having  been  extravagantly  elated  by  the  wann 
breath  of  hope,  it  relapses  into  cold  reality.  Faria  has  dreamed  this; 
the  Cardinal  Spada  buried  no  treasure  here;  perhaps  he  never  came 
here,  or  if  he  did,  Caesar  Borgia,  the  intrepid  adventurer,  the  stealthy 
and  indefatigable  plunderer,  has  followed  him,  discovered  his  traces, 
pursued  as  I  have  done,  like  me  raised  the  stone,  and  descending  before 
me,  has  left  me  nothing." 

He  remained  motionless  and  pensive,  his  eyes  fixed  on  the  somber 
aperture  that  was  open  at  his  feet. 

"Now  that  I  expect  nothing,  now  that  I  no  longer  entertain  the 
slightest  hopes,  the  end  of  this  adventure  becomes  a  simple  matter  of 
curiosity." 

And  he  remained  again  motionless  and  thoughtful. 

"Yes,  yes;  this  is  an  adventure  worthy  a  place  in  the  lights  aiul 

shades  of  the  life  of  this  royal  bandit,  in  the  tissue  of  strange  events 

that  compose  the  checkered  web  of  his  existence ;  this  fabulous  event 

has  formed  but  a  link  of  a  vast  chain.    Yes,  Borgia  has  been  here,  a 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE- CRIXTO. 


283 


torch  in  one  hand,  a  sword  in  the  other,  whilst  within  twenty  paces,  at 
the  foot  of  this  rock,  perhaps  two  guards  kept  watch  on  land,  sea,  and 
sky,  whilst  their  master  descended  as  I  am  about  to  descend,  dispelling 
the  darkness  before  his  terrible  and  naming  arm." 


"  But  what  was  the  fate  of  these  guards  who  thus  possessed  his  secret  ?" 
asked  Dantes  of  himself. 

"  The  fate,"  replied  he,  smiling,  "  of  those  who  buried  Alaric,  and  were 
interred  with  the  corpse." 


L>S4  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  Yet,  had  he  coine,"  thought  Dantes,  "  he  would  have  found  the  treas 
ure,  aud  Borgia,  he  who  compared  Italy  to  an  artichoke,  which  he  could 
devour  leaf  by  leaf,  knew  too  well  the  value  of  time  to  waste  it  in  replac 
ing  this  rock.  I  will  go  down." 

Then  he  descended —  a  smile  on  his  lips,  and  murmuring  that  last 
word  of  human  philosophy,  "  Perhaps ! " 

But  instead  of  the  darkness  and  the  thick  and  mephitic  atmosphere 
he  had  expected  to  find,  Dantes  saw  a  dim  and  bluish  light,  which,  as 
well  as  the  air,  entered,  not  merely  by  the  aperture  he  had  just  formed, 
but  by  the  interstices  and  crevices  of  the  rock  which  were  invisible  from 
without,  and  through  which  he  could  distinguish  the  blue  sky  and  the 
waving  branches  of  the  evergreen  oaks,  and  the  tendrils  of  the  creepers 
that  grew  from  the  rocks. 

After  having  stood  a  few  minutes  in  the  cavern,  the  atmosphere  of 
which  was  rather  warm  than  damp,  and  free  from  earthy  smell,  Dantes' 
eye,  habituated  as  it  was  to  darkness,  could  pierce  even  to  the  remotest 
angles  of  the  cavern,  which  was  of  granite  that  sparkled  like  diamonds. 
"  Alas ! "  said  Edmond,  smiling,  "  these  are  the  treasures  the  cardinal 
has  left ;  and  the  good  abbe,  seeing  in  a  dream  these  glittering  walls,  has 
indulged  in  fallacious  hopes." 

But  he  called  to  mind  the  words  of  the  will,  which  he  knew  by  heart : 
"  In  the  farthest  angle  of  the  second  opening,"  said  the  cardinal's  will. 

He  had  only  found  the  first  grotto ;  he  had  now  to  seek  the  second. 
Dantes  commenced  his  search.  He  reflected  that  this  second  grotto 
must,  doubtless,  penetrate  deeper  into  the  isle ;  he  examined  the  stones, 
and  sounded  one  part  of  the  wall  where  he  fancied  the  opening  existed, 
masked  for  precaution's  sake. 

The  pickaxe  sounded  for  a  moment  with  a  dull  sound  that  covered 
Dantes'  forehead  with  large  drops  of  perspiration.  At  last  it  seemed  to 
him  that  one  part  of  the  wall  gave  forth  a  more  hollow  and  deeper  echo ; 
he  eagerly  advanced,  and  with  the  quickness  of  perception  that  no  one 
but  a  prisoner  possesses,  saw  that  it  was  there,  in  all  probability,  that 
the  opening  must  be. 

However,  he,  like  Cassar  Borgia,  knew  the  value  of  time ;  and,  in 
order  to  avoid  a  fruitless  toil,  he  sounded  all  the  other  walls  with  his 
pickaxe,  struck  the  earth  with  the  butt  of  his  gun,  and  finding  nothing 
that  appeared  suspicious,  returned  to  that  part  of  the  wall  whence  issued 
the  consoling  sound  he  had  before  heard. 

He  again  struck  it,  and  with  greater  force.  Then  a  singular  sight 
presented  itself.  As  he  struck  the  wall,  a  species  of  stucco  similar  t « > 
that  used  as  the  ground  of  frescoes  detached  itself,  and  fell  to  the  ground 
in  flakes,  exposing  a  large  white  stone  like  common  ashlar.  The  aperture 


THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO.  285 

of  the  rock  had  been  closed  with  another  sort  of  stones,  then  this  stucco 
had  been  applied,  and  painted  to  imitate  granite.  Dantes  struck  with 
the  sharp  end  of  his  pickaxe,  which  entered  some  way  between  the 
interstices  of  the  stone. 

It  was  there  he  must  dig. 

But  by  some  strange  phenomenon  of  the  human  organization,  in 
proportion  as  the  proofs  that  Faria  had  not  been  deceived  became 
stronger,  so  did  his  heart  give  way,  and  a  feeling  of  discouragement 
steal  over  him.  This  last  proof,  instead  of  giving  him  fresh  strength, 
deprived  him  of  it;  the  pickaxe  descended,  or  rather  fell;  he  placed  it 
on  the  ground,  passed  his  hand  over  his  brow,  and  remounted  the  stairs, 
alleging  to  himself,  as  an  excuse,  a  desire  to  be  assured  that  no  one  was 
watching  him,  but  in  reality  because  he  felt  he  was  ready  to  faint. 

The  isle  was  deserted,  and  the  sun  seemed  to  cover  it  with  its  fiery 
glance ;  afar  off  a  few  small  fishing-boats  studded  the  bosom  of  the  blue 
ocean. 

Dantes  had  tasted  nothing,  but  he  thought  not  of  hunger  at  such  a 
moment ;  he  hastily  swallowed  a  few  drops  of  rum,  and  again  entered 
the  cavern. 

The  pickaxe  that  had  seemed  so  heavy,  was  now  like  a  feather  in 
his  grasp ;  he  seized  it  and  attacked  the  wall.  After  several  blows  he 
perceived  that  the  stones  were  not  cemented,  but  merely  placed  one 
upon  the  other,  and  covered  with  stucco ;  he  inserted  the  point  of  his 
pickaxe,  and  using  the  handle  as  a  lever,  soon  saw  with  joy  the  stone 
turn  as  if  on  hinges,  and  fall  at  his  feet. 

He  had  nothing  more  to  do  now,  but  with  the  iron  tooth  of  the 
pickaxe  to  draw  the  stones  toward  him  one  by  one.  The  first  aperture 
was  sufficiently  large  to  enter,  but  by  waiting,  he  could  still  cling  to 
hope,  and  retard  the  certainty  of  deception.  At  last,  after  fresh  hesita 
tion,  Dantes  entered  the  second  grotto. 

The  second  grotto  was  lower  and  more  gloomy  than  the  former; 
the  air  that  could  only  enter  by  the  newly  formed  opening  had  that 
mephitic  smell  Dantes  was  surprised  not  to  find  in  the  first.  He  waited 
in  order  to  allow  pure  air  to  revive  this  dead  atmosphere,  and  then 
entered. 

At  the  left  of  the  opening  was  a  dark  and  deep  angle.  But  to 
Dantes'  eye  there  was  no  darkness.  He  glanced  round  this  second 
grotto ;  it  was,  like  the  first,  empty. 

The  treasure,  if  it  existed,  was  buried  in  this  corner.  The  time  had 
at  length  arrived ;  two  feet  of  earth  to  remove  was  all  that  remained 
for  Dantes  between  supreme  joy  and  supreme  despair. 

He  advanced  toward  the  angle,  and  summoning  all  his  resolution, 


286  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

attacked  the  ground  with  the  pickaxe.  At  the  fifth  or  sixth  blow  the 
pickaxe  struck  against  an  iron  substance.  Never  did  funeral  knell, 
never  did  alarm-bell  produce  a  greater  effect  on  the  hearer.  Had 
Dantes  found  nothing  he  could  not  have  become  more  ghastly  pale. 

He  again  struck  his  pickaxe  into  the  earth,  and  encountered  the 
same  resistance,  but  not  the  same  sound. 

"  It  is  a  casket  of  wood  bound  with  iron,"  thought  he. 

At  this  moment  a  shadow  passed  rapidly  before  the  opening ;  Dani  •  s 
seized  his  gun,  sprang  through  the  opening,  and  mounted  the  stair.  A 
wild  goat  had  passed  before  the  mouth  of  the  cave,  and  was  feeding  at 
a  little  distance.  This  would  have  been  a  favorable  occasion  to  secure 
his  dinner ;  but  Dantes  feared  lest  the  report  of  his  gun  should  attract 
attention. 

He  reflected  an  instant,  cut  a  branch  of  a  resinous  tree,  lighted  it  at 
the  fire  at  which  the  smugglers  had  prepared  their  breakfast,  and 
descended  with  this  torch. 

He  wished  to  see  all.  He  approached  the  hole  he  had  formed  with 
the  torch,  and  saw  that  he  was  not  deceived,  and  his  pickaxe  had  in 
reality  struck  against  iron  and  wood. 

In  an  instant  a  space  three  feet  long  by  two  feet  broad  was  cleared, 
and  Dantes  could  see  an  oaken  coffer,  bound  with  cut  steel;  in  the 
midst  of  the  lid  he  saw  engraved  on  a  silver  plate,  which  was  still  untar 
nished,  the  arms  of  the  Spada  family  —  viz.,  a  sword,  en  pale,  on  an 
oval  shield,  like  all  the  Italian  armorial  bearings,  and  surmounted  by  a 
cardinal's  hat. 

Dantes  easily  recognized  them,  Faria  had  so  often  drawn  them  for 
him.  There  was  no  longer  any  doubt  the  treasure  was  there ;  no  one 
would  have  been  at  such  pains  to  'conceal  an  empty  casket.  In  an 
instant  he  had  cleared  every  obstacle  away,  and  he  saw  successively 
the  lock,  placed  between  two  padlocks,  and  the  two  handles  at  each 
end,  all  carved  as  things  were  carved  at  that  epoch,  when  art  rendered 
the  commonest  metals  precious. 

Dantes  seized  the  handles,  and  strove  to  lift  the  coffer;  it  was 
impossible. 

He  sought  to  open  it ;  lock  and  padlock  were  closed :  these  faithful 
guardians  seemed  unwilling  to  surrender  their  trust. 

Dantes  inserted  the  sharp  end  of  the  pickaxe  between  the  coffer  and 
the  lid,  and,  pressing  with  all  his  force  on  the  handle,  burst  open  the 
fastenings  with  a  crash.  The  hinges  yielded  in  their  turn,  and  fell,  still 
holding  in  their  grasp  fragments  of  the  planks,  and  all  was  open. 

A  vertigo  seized  Edmond;  he  cocked  his  gun  and  laid  it  beside 
him.  He  then  closed  his  eyes  as  children  do  in  order  to  perceive  in  the 


u 

z 
p 

H 
= 
of 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  289 

shining  night  of  their  own  imagination  more  stars  than  are  visible  in 
the  firmament;  then  he  re-opened  them,  and  stood  motionless  with 
amazement. 

Three  compartments  divided  the  coffer.  In  the  first,  blazed  piles  of 
golden  coin ;  in  the  second,  bars  of  unpolished  gold,  which  possessed 
nothing  attractive  save  their  value,  were  ranged ;  in  the  third,  half-full, 
Edmond  grasped  handfuls  of  diamonds,  pearls,  and  rubies,  which  as 
they  fell  on  one  another  in  a  glittering  cascade,  sounded  like  hail 
against  glass. 

After  having  touched,  felt,  examined  these  treasures  of  gold  and 
gems,  Edmond  rushed  through  the  caverns  like  a  man  seized  with 
frenzy ;  he  leaped  on  a  rock,  from  whence  he  could  behold  the  sea.  He 
was  alone.  Alone  with  these  countless,  these  unheard-of  fabulous 
treasures !  Was  he  awake,  or  was  it  but  a  dream  ?  Was  it  a  transient 
vision,  or  was  he  face  to  face  with  reality  ? 

He  would  fain  have  gazed  upon  his  gold,  and  yet  he  felt  that  he 
had  not  strength  enough;  for  an  instant  he  leaned  his  head  in  his 
hands  as  if  to  prevent  his  senses  from  leaving  him,  and  then  rushed 
madly  about  the  rocks  of  Monte-Cristo  without  following  —  not  a  road, 
for  there  is  no  road  in  the  island —  any  definite  course,  terrifying  the 
wild  goats  and  scaring  the  sea-fowls  with  his  wild  cries  and  gestures ; 
then  he  returned,  and,  still  unable  to  believe  the  evidence  of  his  senses, 
rushed  through  the  first  grotto  into  the  second,  and  found  himself  before 
this  mine  of  gold  and  jewels. 

This  time  he  fell  on  his  knees,  and,  clasping  his  hands  convulsively, 
uttered  a  prayer  intelligible  to  God  alone.  He  soon  felt  himself  calmer 
and  more  happy,  for  now  only  he  began  to  credit  his  felicity. 

He  then  set  himself  to  work  to  count  his  fortune.  There  were  a 
thousand  ingots  of  gold,  each  weighing  from  three  pounds ;  then  he  piled 
up  twenty-five  thousand  crowns,  each  worth  about  twenty  dollars  of 
our  money,  and  bearing  the  effigies  of  Alexander  VI.  and  his  predeces 
sors;  and  he  saw  that  the  compartment  was  not  half  empty.  And 
he  measured  ten  double-handfuls  of  precious  stones,  many  of  which, 
mounted  by  the  most  famous  workmen,  were  valuable  for  their 
execution. 

Dantes  saw  the  light  gradually  disappear ;  and  fearing  to  be  sur 
prised  in  the  cavern,  left  it,  his  gun  in  his  hand. '  A  piece  of  biscuit  and 
a  small  quantity  of  wine  formed  his  supper;  then  he  replaced  the  stone, 
stretched  himself  upon  it,  and  snatched  a  few  hours'  sleep,  lying  over 
the  mouth  of  the  cave. 

This  night  was  one  of  those  delicious  and  yet  terrible  ones,  of  which 
this  man  of  paralyzing  emotions  had  already  passed  two  or  three  in  his 
lifetime. 


CHAPTER  XXV 


THE    UNKNOWN 


AYLIGHT,  for  which  Dantes  had  so  waited  with  open  eyes, 
again  dawned.    With  the  first  beams  of  day  Dantes  rose, 
climbed,  as  on  the  previous  evening,  up  the  most  elevated 
precipices  of  the  island,  to  search  the  horizon  around,  but, 
as  on  previous  evening,  all  was  deserted. 

Returning  to  the  entrance  of  the  cave,  he  raised  the  stone,  filled  his 
pockets  with  precious  stones,  put  the  box  together  as  well  as  he  could,, 
covered  with  earth  which  he  trod  down,  sprinkled  fresh  sand  over  the 
spot  to  give  it  everywhere  a  similar  appearance;  then,  quitting  the 
grotto,  he  replaced  the  stone,  heaping  on  it  large  and  small  rocks,  filling 
the  interstices  with  earth,  into  which  he  planted  wild  myrtle  and 
flowering  thorn;  then  carefully  watering  these  new  plantations,  he 
scrupulously  effaced  every  trace  of  foot-mark  and  impatiently  awaited 
the  return  of  his  companions.  To  wait  at  Monte-Cristo  for  the  purpose 
of  watching,  as  a  dragon  watches  a  useless  treasure,  over  the  most  incal 
culable  riches  that  had  thus  fallen  into  his  possession  satisfied  not  the 
cravings  of  his  heart,  which  yearned  to  return  to  dwell  among  mankind, 
and  to  assume  the  rank,  power,  and  influence  which  wealth,  the  first 
and  greatest  force  at  the  disposal  of  man,  alone  can  bestow. 

On  the  sixth  day  the  smugglers  returned.  From  a  distance  Dantes 
recognized  the  cut  and  manner  of  sailing  of  La  Jeune  Amelie,  and  drag 
ging  himself,  like  wounded  Philoctetes,  toward  the  landing-place,  he 
met  his  companions  with  an  assurance  that,  although  considerably  bet 
ter,  he  still  suffered.  He  then  inquired  how  they  had  fared  in  their  trip. 
The  smugglers  had,  indeed,  been  successful  in  landing  their  cargo,  but 
they  had  scarcely  done  so  when  they  received  intelligence  that  a  guard- 
ship  had  just  quitted  the  port  of  Toulon,  and  was  crowding  all  sail 
toward  them ;  this  obliged  them  to  fly  with  all  speed ;  when  they  could 

290 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


291 


but  lament  the  absence  of  Dantes,  whose  superior  skill  in  the  manage 
ment  of  a  vessel  would  have  availed  them  so  materially.  In  fact,  the 
chasing  vessel  had  almost  overtaken  them  when  night  came  on,  and,  by 
doubling  the  Cape  of  Corsica,  they  eluded  pursuit.  Upon  the  whole, 


however,  the  trip  had  been  sufficiently  successful ;  *»> 
particularly  Jacopo,  expressed  regrets  at  Dantes  not  having been  wrth 
them  so  as  to  be  an  equal  sharer  with  themselves  in  the  profits,  amount 
ing  to  no  less  a  sum  than  fifty  piastres  each. 

Edmond  preserved  his  self-command,  not  even  smiling 


292  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

meration  of  all  the  benefits  he  would  have  reaped  had  he  been  able  to  quit 
the  isle;  but,  as  La  Jeune  Amelie  had  merely  come  to  Monte-Cristo  to 
fetch  him  away,  he  embarked  that  same  evening,  and  proceeded  with 
the  captain  to  Leghorn. 

Arrived  at  Leghorn,  he  repaired  to  the  house  of  a  Jew,  a  dealer  in 
precious  stones,  to  whom  he  disposed  of  four  of  his  smallest  diamonds, 
for  five  thousand  francs  each.  The  Jew  might  have  asked  how  a  sailor 
became  possessor  of  such  objects ;  but  he  took  good  care  not  to  do  so, 
as  he  made  a  thousand  francs  on  each. 

The  following  day  Dantes  presented  Jacopo  with  an  entirely  new 
vessel,  accompanying  the  gift  by  one  hundred  piastres,  that  he  might 
provide  himself  with  a  crew,  upon  conditions  of  his  going  to  Marseilles 
for  the  purpose  of  inquiring  after  an  old  man  named  Louis  DanK's, 
residing  in  the  Allees  de  Meilhan,  and  also  a  young  female  called  Mer 
cedes,  an  inhabitant  of  the  Catalan  village. 

Jacopo  could  scarcely  believe  his  senses,  but  Dantes  told  him  that 
he  had  merely  been  a  sailor  from  whim,  because  his  family  did  not 
allow  him  the  money  necessary  for  his  support;  but  that  on  his  arrival 
at  Leghorn  he  had  come  into  possession  of  a  large  fortune,  left  him  by 
an  uncle,  whose  sole  heir  he  was.  The  superior  education  of  Dantes 
gave  an  air  of  such  probability  to  this  statement  that  it  never  once 
occurred  to  Jacopo  to  doubt  its  accuracy. 

The  term  for  which  Edmond  had  engaged  to  serve  on  board  La 
Jeune  Amelie  having  expired,  Dantes  took  leave  of  the  captain,  who 
at  first  tried  to  retain  him  as  one  of  the  crew,  but,  having  been  told  the 
history  of  the  legacy,  he  ceased  to  importune  him  further. 

The  succeeding  morning  Jacopo  set  sail  for  Marseilles,  with  direc 
tions  from  Dantes  to  join  him  at  the  island  of  Monte-Cristo. 

The  same  day  Dantes  departed  without  saying  where  he  was  going ; 
he  took  leave  of  the  crew  of  La  Jeune  Amelie  after  distributing  a 
splendid  gratuity,  and  of  the  captain  with  a  promise  to  let  him  hear  of 
him  some  day  or  other.  Dantes  went  to  Genoa. 

At  the  moment  of  his  arrival  a  small  yacht  was  being  tried  in  the 
bay,  by  order  of  an  Englishman,  who,  having  heard  that  the  Geno 
ese  were  the  best  builders  of  the  Mediterranean,  wanted  a  yacht  built 
there.  The  price  agreed  upon  with  the  Englishman  was  forty  thou 
sand  francs.  Dantes  offered  sixty  thousand  francs,  upon  condition  of 
being  allowed  to  take  immediate  possession  of  it.  The  Englishman 
had  gone  upon  a  tour  through  Switzerland,  and  was  not  expected  back 
in  less  than  three  weeks  or  a  month,  by  which  time  the  builder  reckoned 
upon  being  able  to  complete  another.  Dantes  led  the  builder  to  a  Jew, 
retired  to  a  small  back  parlor,  and  the  Jew  counted  out  to  the  shipbuilder 
the  sum  of  sixty  thousand  francs. 


THE    COUNT    OF   HONTE-CRI8TO.  293 

The  builder  then  offered  his  services  in  providing  a  crew,  but  this 
Dantes  declined  with  many  thanks,  saying  he  was  accustomed  to  cruise 
about  quite  alone ;  the  only  thing  the  builder  would  oblige  him  in  would 
be  to  contrive  a  secret  closet  in  the  cabin  at  his  bed's  head,  the  closet  to 


contain  three  divisions,  so  constructed  as  to  be  concealed  from  all  but 
himself.  He  gave  the  size  of  these  divisions,  which  were  executed  next 
day. 

Two  hours  afterward  Dantes  sailed  from  the  port  of  Genoa,  amid 
the  gaze  of  a  crowd  curious  to  see  the  Spanish  nobleman  who  preferred 


294  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

managing  his  vessel  himself.  He  acquitted  himself  admirably ;  without 
quitting  the  tiller,  he  made  his  little  vessel  perform  every  movement  he 
chose  to  direct:  his  bark  seemed,  indeed,  possessed  of  intelligence,  so 
promptly  did  it  obey  the  slightest  impulse  given ;  and  Dantes  confessed 
to  himself  that  the  Genoese  deserved  their  high  reputation  in  the  art 
of  ship-building. 

The  spectators  followed  the  little  vessel  with  their  eyes  so  long  as  it 
remained  visible ;  they  then  turned  their  conjectures  upon  her  probable 
destination.  Some  insisted  she  was  making  for  Corsica ;  others,  the  isle 
of  Elba;  others  offered  bets  to  any  amount  that  she  was  bound  I'or 
Spain ;  others,  to  Africa ;  but  no  one  thought  of  Monte-Cristo. 

He  arrived  at  the  close  of  the  second  day ;  his  bark  had  proved  her 
self  a  first-class  sailer,  and  had  come  the  distance  from  Genoa  in  thirt  \  - 
five  hours.  Dantes  had  carefully  noted  the  general  appearance  of  the 
shore,  and,  instead  of  lauding  at  the  usual  place,  he  dropped  anchor  in 
the  little  creek.  The  isle  was  utterly  deserted,  no  one  seemed  to  have 
landed  since  he  left  it :  his  treasure  was  just  as  he  had  left  it. 

On  the  following  morning  he  commenced  the  removal  of  his  riches, 
and  deposited  it  in  the  secret  compartments  of  his  hidden  closet. 

A  week  passed  by.  Dantes  employed  it  in  manoeuvring  his  yacht 
round  the  island,  studying  it  as  a  horseman  studies  his  horse,  till  at 
the  end  of  that  time  he  was  perfectly  conversant  with  its  good  and 
bad  qualities.  The  former  Dantes  proposed  to  augment,  the  latter  to 
remedy. 

Upon  the  eighth  day  of  his  being  on  the  island  he  discerned  a 
small  vessel  crowding  all  sail  toward  Monte-Cristo.  He  recognized  the 
bark  of  Jacopo.  He  immediately  signaled  it.  His  signal  was  returned, 
and  m  two  hours  afterward  the  bark  lay  beside  his  yacht. 

A  mournful  answer  awaited  each  of  Edmond's  eager  inquiries.  Old 
Dantes  was  dead,  and  Mercedes  had  disappeared. 

Dantes  listened  to  these  tidings  with  calmness;  but,  leaping  ashore. 
he  signified  his  desire  to  be  quite  alone.  In  a  couple  of  hours  In- 
returned.  Two  of  the  men  from  Jacopo'.s  bark  came  on  board  the  yacht 
to  assist  in  navigating  it,  and  he  commanded  she  should  be  steered 
direct  to  Marseilles.  For  his  father's  death  he  was  prepared ;  but  what 
became  of  Mercedes  I 

Without  divulging  his  secret,  Dantes  could  not  give  sufficiently 
clear  instructions  to  an  agent.  There  were,  besides,  other  particular- 
he  was  desirous  of  ascertaining,  and  those  were  of  a  nature  he  alone 
could  investigate.  His  looking-glass  had  assured  him,  during  his  stay 
at  Leghorn,  that  he  ran  no  risk  of  recognition ;  added  to  which,  he  had 
now  the  means  of  adopting  any  disguise  he  thought  proper.  One  fine 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  095 

morning,  then,  his  yacht,  followed  by  the  little  bark,  boldly  entered  the 
port  of  Marseilles,  and  anchored  exactly  opposite  the  memorable  spot 
from  whence,  on  a  never-to-be-forgotten  night,  he  had  been  put  on 
board  the  boat  for  the  Chateau  d'If. 


Dantes  could  not  view  without  a  shudder  the  gendarme  who  accom 
panied  the  health  officers  ;  but  with  that  perfect  self -possession  he  had 
acquired,  Dantes  presented  an  English  passport  he  had  obtained  at  Leg 
horn,  and,  by  means  of  this  document,  found  no  difficulty  in  landing. 

The  first  object  that  attracted  the  attention  of  Dantes,  as  he  landed 
on  the  Cannebiere,  was  one  of  the  crew  belonging  to  the  PJiaraon.  This 


296  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

inau  had  served  under  him,  and  furnished  a  sure  test  of  the  ehan-. 
in  his  appearance.  Going  straight  toward  him,  he  commenced  a  variety 
of  questions,  to  which  the  man  replied  without  a  word  or  look  implying 
his  having  the  slightest  idea  of  ever  having  seen  before  the  individual 
with  whom  he  was  then  conversing. 

Giving  the  sailor  a  piece  of  money  in  return  for  his  civility,  Dai  it.  - 
proceeded  onward;  but  ere  he  had  gone  many  steps  he  heard  the  man 
loudly  calling  him  to  stop. 

Dantes  instantly  turned  to  meet  him. 

"  I  beg  your  pardon,  sir,"  said  the  honest  fellow,  "  but  I  believe  you 
made  a  mistake :  you  intended  to  give  me  a  two-franc  piece,  and  see,  you 
gave  me  a  double  Napoleon." 

"  Thank  you,  my  good  friend.  I  see  that  I  have  made  a  mistake ;  but 
by  way  of  rewarding  your  honest  spirit,  I  give  you  another  doulilr 
Napoleon,  that  you  may  drink  to  my  health,  with  your  messmates." 

So  extreme  was  the  surprise  of  the  sailor,  that  he  was  unable  even 
to  thank  Edmond,  whose  receding  figure  he  continued  to  gaze  after, 
saying  to  himself,  "  Ah,  that's  one  of  those  nabobs  from  India." 

Dantes,  meanwhile,  continued  his  route.  Each  step  he  trod 
oppressed  his  heart  with  fresh  emotion :  his  first  and  most  indelible 
recollections  were  there :  not  a  corner,  not  a  street,  not  a  crossing  that  he 
passed  but  seemed  filled  with  dear  and  cherished  reminiscences.  At  1  lit- 
end  of  the  Rue  de  Noailles,  a  view  of  the  Allees  de  Meilhan  was  obtained. 
At  this  spot  his  knees  tottered  under  him,  he  had  almost  fallen  beneath 
the  wheels  of  a  vehicle.  Finally,  he  found  himself  at  the  door  of  the 
house  in  which  his  father  had  lived. 

The  nasturtiums  and  other  plaints,  which  his  parent  had  delighted 
to  train  before  his  window,  had  all  disappeared  from  the  upper  part  of 
the  house. 

Leaning  against  a  tree,  he  remained  long  gazing  on  those  windows, 
then  he  advanced  to  the  door,  and  inquired  whether  there  were  any 
chambers  to  be  let.  Though  answered  in  the  negative,  he  begged  so 
earnestly  to  be  permitted  to  visit  those  on  the  fifth  floor,  that  the  con 
cierge  went  up  to  the  present  possessors  and  asked  permission  for  a  gen 
tleman  to  be  allowed  to  look  at  them.  The  tenants  of  the  humble  lodg 
ing  were  a  young  couple  who  had  been  scarcely  married  a  week,  and 
the  sight  sent  a  pang  through  his  heart. 

Nothing  in  the  two  small  chambers  recalled  his  father;  the  very 
paper  was  different,  while  the  articles  of  antiquated  furniture  with  which 
the  rooms  had  been  filled  in  Edmond's  time  had  all  disappeared;  tin- 
four  walls  alone  remained  as  he  had  left  them. 

The  bed  was  placed  as  the  former  owner  had  been  accustomed  to 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRItiTO. 


297 


have  his ;  and,  spite  of  his  efforts  to  prevent  it,  the  eyes  of  Edmond 
were  suffused  in  tears  as  he  reflected  that  on  that  spot  his  parent  had 
expired,  calling  for  his  son. 

The  young  couple  gazed  with  astonishment  at  the  sight  of  their 


visitor's  emotion,  and  the  large  tears  which  streamed  down  his  immov 
able  features;  but  they  felt  the  sacredness  of  his  grief,  and  kindly 
refrained  from  questioning  him  as  to  its  cause,  while,  with  instinctive 
delicacy,  they  left  him  to  indulge  his  sorrow  alone.  When  he  withdrew 
from  the  scene  of  his  painful  recollections,  they  both  accompanied  him 


098  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

down  -stairs,  telling  him  that  he  could  come  again  whenever  he  pleased, 
and  that  their  poor  dwelling  should  ever  be  open  to  him. 

As  Edmond  passed  the  door  of  similar  rooms  on  the  fourth  floor,  In- 
paused  to  inquire  whether  Caderousse  the  tailor  still  dwelt  there ;  but  he 
received  for  reply,  that  the  man  in  question  had  got  into  difficulties,  and 
at  the  present  time  kept  a  small  inn  on  the  route  from  Bellegarde  to 
Beaucaire. 

Having  obtained  the  address  of  the  person  to  whom  the  house  in  the 
Allees  de  Meilhan  belonged,  Dantes  next  proceeded  thither,  and,  under 
the  name  of  Lord  Wihnore  (the  same  appellation  as  that  contained  in 
his  passport),  purchased  the  smah1  dwelling  for  the  sum  of  25,000  francs, 
at  least  10,000  more  than  it  was  worth;  but  had  its  owner  asked  t«-n 
times  the  sum  he  did,  it  would  unhesitatingly  have  been  given. 

The  very  same  day  the  occupants  of  the  apartments  on  the  fifth  floor 
of  the  house  were  informed  by  the  notary  who  had  arranged  the  transfer, 
that  the  new  landlord  gave  them  their  choice  of  any  of  the  rooms  in  the 
house,  without  the  least  increase  of  rent,  upon  condition  of  their  giving 
liini  possession  of  the  two  chambers  they  inhabited. 

This  strange  event  occupied  for  a  whole  week  the  inhabitants  of  il it- 
Alices  de  Meilhan,  and  caused  a  thousand  guesses,  not  one  of  which  came 
near  the  truth.  But  that  which  puzzled  the  brains  of  all  was  the  cir 
cumstance  of  the  same  stranger  who  had  visited  the  Allees  de  Meilhan 
being  seen  in  the  evening  walking  in  the  little  village  of  the  Catalan >. 
and  afterward  observed  to  enter  a  poor  fisherman's  hut,  and  to  pass  more 
than  an  hour  in  inquiring  after  persons  who  had  either  been  dead  or 
gone  away  for  more  than  fifteen  or  sixteen  years. 

But  on  the  following  day  the  family  from  whom  all  these  particulars 
had  been  asked  received  a  handsome  present,  consisting  of  an  entirely 
new  fishing-boat,  with  a  full  supply  of  excellent  nets. 

The  honest  fellows  would  gladly  have  poured  out  their  thanks  to  tin  -ir 
benefactor;  but  they  had  seen  him,  on  quitting  the  hut,  merely  giv«- 
some  orders  to  a  sailor,  and  then,  springing  lightly  on  horseback,  quit 
Marseilles  by  the  Porte  d'Aix. 


s. 


CHAPTER  XXVI 

THE  AUBEKGE  OF  PONT  DU  GAKD 

UCH  of  my  readers  as  have  made  a  pedestrian  excursion  to 
the  south  of  France  may  perchance  have  noticed,  midway 
between  the  town  of  Beaucaire  and  the  village  of  Bellegarde, 
a  small  roadside  inn,  from  the  front  of  which  hung,  creak 
ing  and  flapping  in  the  wind,  a  sheet  of  tin  covered  with  a  caricature 
resemblance  of  the  Pont  du  Q-ani.  This  little  inn  stood  on  the  left-hand 
side  of  the  grand  route,  turning  its  back  on  the  Ehone.  It  also  boasted 
of  what  in  Languedoc  is  styled  a  garden,  consisting  of  a  small  plot  of 
ground,  a  full  view  of  which  might  be  obtained  from  a  door  immedi 
ately  opposite  the  grand  portal  by  which  travelers  were  ushered  in. 
In  this  garden  the  few  dingy  olives  and  stunted  fig-trees  spread  their 
dusty  foliage.  Between  them  grew  a  scanty  supply  of  garlic,  tomatoes, 
and  schalots ;  while,  like  a  forgotten  sentinel,  a  tall  pine  raised  its  melan 
choly  head  in  one  of  the  corners,  while  its  head,  spreading  out  like  a 
fan,  was  burned  by  the  scorching  sun  of  thirty  degrees. 

Ah1  these  trees,  great  or  small,  were  turned  in  the  direction  to  which 
the  Mistral  blows,  one  of  the  three  curses  of  Provence,  the  others  being 
the  Durance  and  the  Parliament. 

In  the  surrounding  plain,  which  resembled  a  dusty  lake,  were  scat 
tered  a  few  stalks  of  wheat,  raised,  no  doubt,  out  of  curiosity  by  the 
agriculturists,  serving  each  one  as  a  perch  for  a  grasshopper,  who  fol 
lows,  with  his  shrill,  monotonous  cry  the  travelers  lost  in  the  desert. 

For  nearly  the  last  eight  years  the  small  auberge  had  been  kept  by 
a  man  and  his  wife,  with  two  servants ;  one,  answering  to  the  name  of 
Trinette,  was  the  chambermaid,  while  the  other,  named  Pecaud,  was 
the  stableman.  This  staff  was  quite  large  enough,  for  a  canal  recently 
made  between  Beauclaire  and  Aiguemortes  superseded  the  heavy  wag 
ons  by  the  towed  barge,  and  the  diligence  by  the  packet-boat.  And,  as 

301 


302  THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

though  to  add  to  the  daily  misery  which  this  prosperous  canal  inflicted 
on  the  unfortunate  aubergiste,  whose  utter  ruin  it  was  fast  accomplish 
ing,  it  was  situated  not  a  hundred  steps  from  the  forsaken  inn,  of  which 
we  have  given  so  faithful  a  description. 

The  aubergiste  himself  was  a  man  of  from  forty  to  fifty-five  years  of 
age,  tall,  strong,  and  bony,  a  perfect  specimen  of  the  natives  of  tl in- 
southern  latitudes.  He  had  the  dark,  sparkling,  and  deep-set  eye,  cur\ ••  <l 
nose,  and  teeth  white  as  those  of  a  carnivorous  animal ;  his  hair,  which, 
spite  of  the  light  touch  time  had  as  yet  left  on  it,  seemed  as  though  it 
refused  to  assume  any  other  color  than  its  own,  was  like  his  beard. 
which  he  wore  under  his  chin,  thick  and  curly,  and  but  slightly  mingled 
with  a  few  silvery  threads.  His  naturally  dark  complexion  had  assumed 
a  still  further  shade  of  brown  from  the  habit  the  unfortunate  man  had 
acquired  of  stationing  himself  from  morn  till  eve  at  the  threshold  of  his 
door,  in  eager  hope  that  some  traveler,  either  equestrian  or  pedestrian, 
might  bless  his  eyes ;  but  his  expectations  were  useless.  Yet  there  he 
stood,  day  after  day,  exposed  to  the  rays  of  the  sun,  with  no  other 
protection  for  his  head  than  a  red  handkerchief  twisted  around  it, 
after  the  manner  of  the  Spanish  muleteers.  This  aubergiste  was  our 
old  acquaintance  Caderousse. 

His  wife,  on  the  contrary,  whose  maiden  name  had  been  Madeleine 
Radelle,  was  pale,  meagre,  and  sickly-looking.  Born  in  the  neighbor 
hood  of  Aries,  she  had  shared  in  the  beauty  for  which  its  females  are 
proverbial ;  but  that  beauty  had  gradually  withered  beneath  the  influ 
ence  of  one  of  those  slow  fevers  so  prevalent  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
waters  of  the  Aiguemortes  and  the  marshes  of  Cainargue.  She  remain*  •<  1 
nearly  always  sitting  shivering  in  her  chamber,  situated  on  the  first 
floor ;  either  lolling  in  her  chair,  'or  extended  on  her  bed,  while  her 
husband  kept  his  daily  watch  at  the  door  —  a  duty  he  performed  with 
so  much  greater  willingness,  since  his  helpmate  never  saw  him  without 
breaking  out  into  bitter  invectives  against  her  lot,  to  all  of  which  her 
husband  would  calmly  return  an  unvarying  reply,  couched  in  these 
philosophic  words : 

"  Cease  to  grieve  about  it,  La  Carconte.    It  is  G-od's  pleasure." 

The  sobriquet  of  La  Carconte  had  been  bestowed  on  Madeleine 
Radelle  from  the  circumstance  of  her  having  been  born  in  a  village  so 
called,  situated  between  Salon  and  Lanbese ;  and  as  a  custom  existed 
among  the  inhabitants  of  that  part,  of  calling  every  one  by  a  nickname 
in  place  of  a  name,  her  husband  had  bestowed  on  her  the  name  of  La 
Carconte  in  place  of  Madeleine,  too  sweet  and  euphonious  for  him  to 
pronounce. 

Still,  let  it  not  be  supposed  that  amid  this  affected  resignation  to  the 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-VRI8TO.  303 

will  of  Providence,  the  unfortunate  aubergiste  did  not  writhe  under  the 
double  misery  of  seeing  the  hateful  canal  carry  off  alike  his  customers 
and  profits,  and  the  daily  implication  of  his  peevish  partner's  murmurs 
and  lamentations. 


Like  other  dwellers  of  the  south,  he  was  a  man  of  sober  habits  and 
moderate  desires,  but  fond  of  external  show.  During  the  days  of  his 
prosperity,  not  a  fete,  festivity,  or  ceremonial  took  place  without  himself 
and  wife  being  there  in  the  picturesque  costume  of  the  men  of  the  south 


•{04  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRTSTO. 

of  France,  bearing  equal  resemblance  to  the  style  of  the  Catalans  ami 
of  the  Andalusians ;  while  La  Carconte  displayed  the  charming  lash- 
ion  prevalent  among  the  females  of  Aries,  a  mode  of  attire  borrowed 
equally  from  Greece  and  Arabia.  But,  by  degrees,  watch-chains,  neck 
laces,  many-colored  scarfs,  embroidered  bodices,  velvet  vests,  elegant  ly- 
worked  stockings,  striped  gaiters,  and  silver  buckles  for  the  shoes,  all 
disappeared;  and  (iaspard  Caderousse,  nnaMe  t"  appear  al.mad  in  his 
pristine  splendor,  had  given  up  any  further  participation  in  tli.-e 
pomps  and  vanities,  both  for  himself  or  wife,  although  a  bitter  feel  in-- .  >i 
envious  discontent  filled  his  mind  as  the  sound  of  mirth  and  merry  music 
from  the  joyous  revelers  reached  even  the  miserable  hostelry  to  which 
he  still  clung,  more  for  the  shelter  than  the  profit  it  afforded. 

On  the  present  day,  Caderousse  was,  as  usual,  at  his  place  of  obser 
vation  before  the  door,  his  eyes  glancing  listlessly  from  a  piece  of  closely- 
shaven  grass  on  which  some  fowls  were  pecking,  to  the  deserted  road, 
the  two  extremities  of  which  pointed  respectively  north  and  south, 
when  he  was  roused  by  the  shrill  voice  of  his  wife.  He  proceeded, 
grumbling,  to  the  floor  above  —  taking  care  to  set  the  entrance-door 
wide  open,  as  it  were,  to  invite  travelers  not  to  pass  by. 

At  the  moment  Caderousse  went  in,  the  road  on  which  he  so  eagerly 
strained  his  sight  was  void  and  lonely  as  a  desert  at  midday.  Then-  it 
lay  stretched  out,  white  and  endless,  and  one  could  understand  that  n«> 
traveler,  free  to  choose  his  own  time,  would  venture  into  that  frightful 
Sahara,  with  its  sides  bordered  by  meagre  trees. 

Nevertheless,  had  Caderousse  but  retained  his  post  a  few  minutes 
longer,  he  might  have  seen  approaching  from  the  direction  of  Belle- 
garde  a  man  and  horse,  between  whom  the  kindest  and  most  amiabli- 
understanding  appeared  to  exist.  The  horse  was  of  Hungarian  breed. 
and  ambled  along  with  that  easy  pace  peculiar  to  that  race  of  animals. 
His  rider  was  a  priest,  dressed  in  black,  and  wearing  a  three-cornered 
hat;  and,  spite  of  the  ardent  rays  of  a  noonday  sun,  the  pair  came  <»n 
at  a  tolerably  smart  trot. 

Having  arrived  before  the  door,  the  horse  stopped,  but  whether  for 
his  own  pleasure  or  that  of  his  rider  would  have  been  difficult  to  say. 
In  either  case,  the  priest,  dismounting,  led  his  steed  by  the  bridle,  which 
he  prepared  to  hitch  to  a  handle  that  projected  from  a  half -fallen  door ; 
then  with  a  red  cotton  handkerchief  from  his  pocket  he  wiped  away  the 
perspiration  that  streamed  from  his  brow,  and,  advancing  to  the  door, 
struck  thrice  with  the  end  of  his  iron-shod  stick. 

At  this  unusual  sound,  a  huge  black  dog  came  rushing  to  meet  the 
daring  assailant  of  his  ordinarily  tranquil  abode,  snarling  and  display 
ing  his  sharp  white  teeth  with  a  determined  hostility  that  abundantly 


THE    COUNT    OF   MON  TE-CEI8TO. 


305 


proved  how  little  he  was  accustomed  to  society.    At  that  moment  a 
heavy  footstep  shook  the  wooden  staircase,  down  which  the  host,  bow 
ing  and  scraping,  descended  to  the  door  where  the  priest  stood. 
"  You  are  welcome,  sir,"  cried  the  astonished  Caderousse.  "  Now,  then 


Margotin,  will  you  be  quiet  ?  Pray  don't  heed  him,  sir ! — he  only  barks, 
he  never  bites !  I  make  no  doubt  a  glass  of  good  wine  would  be  accept 
able  this  dreadfully  hot  day ! "  Then  perceiving  for  the  first  time  the 
description  of  traveler  he  had  to  entertain,  Caderousse  hastily  exclaimed : 
"  A  thousand  pardons,  your  reverence  !  I  really  did  not  observe  whom  I 

• 


306  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

had  the  honor  to  receive  under  my  poor  roof.    What  would  you  picas.' 
to  have,  M.  1'Abbef    I  am  at  your  service." 

The  priest  gazed  on  him  with  a  searching  gaze — there  even  seemed 
a  disposition  to  court  a  similar  scrutiny  on  the  part  of  the  aubergiste ; 
then,  remarking  in  the  countenance  of  the  latter  no  other  expression 
than  surprise  at  receiving  no  answer,  he  deemed  it  as  well  to  termi 
nate  this  dumb  show,  and  therefore  said,  speaking  with  a  strong  Italian 
accent : 

"  You  are,  I  presume,  M.  Caderousse  ? " 

"  Your  reverence  is  quite  correct,"  answered  the  host,  even  more  sur 
prised  at  the  question  than  he  had  been  by  the  silence ;  "  I  am  Gaspard 
Caderousse,  at  your  service." 

"Gaspard Caderousse!"  rejoined  the  priest.  "Yes,  that  agrees  both 
with  the  baptismal  appellation  and  surname  of  the  individual  I  allude 
to.  You  formerly  lived,  I  believe,  in  the  Allees  de  Meilhan,  on  the  fourth 
floor  of  a  small  house  situated  there ! n 

"I  did." 

"  Where  you  followed  the  business  of  a  tailor  !  " 

"  True,  till  the  trade  fell  off.  Then,  it  is  so  very  hot  at  Marseilles, 
that  people  will  end  in  not  wearing  clothes  at  all.  But,  talking  of  heat, 
is  there  nothing  I  can  offer  you  by  way  of  refreshment ! " 

"  Yes,  let  me  have  a  bottle  of  your  best  wine,  and  then,  with  your 
permission,  we  will  resume  our  conversation  where  we  left  off." 

"  As  you  please,  M.  1'Abbe,"  said  Caderousse,  who,  anxious  not  to  lose 
the  present  opportunity  of  finding  a  customer  for  one  of  the  few  bottles 
of  vin  de  Cahors  still  remaining  in  his  possession,  hastily  raised  a  trap 
door  in  the  floor  of  the  apartment  they  were  in,  which  served  both  as 
parlor  and  kitchen. 

Upon  his  returning,  at  the  expiration  of  five  minutes,  he  found  the 
abbe  seated  on  a  species  of  stool,  leaning  his  elbow  on  a  table,  while 
Margotin,  whose  animosity  seemed  appeased  by  the  traveler  having  pro 
nounced  the  unusual  command  for  refreshments,  had  crept  up  to  him, 
his  long,  skinny  neck  resting  on  his  lap,  while  his  dim  eye  was  fixed  on 
his  face. 

"Are  you  quite  alone?"  inquired  the  guest,  as  Caderousse  placed 
before  him  the  bottle  of  wine  and  a  glass. 

"Quite,  quite  alone,"  replied  the  man — "or  at  least  all  but  so,  M. 
1'Abbe ;  for  my  poor  wife,  who  is  the  only  person  in  the  house  besides 
myself,  is  laid  up  with  illness,  and  unable  to  render  me  the  least  assist 
ance,  poor  thing!" 

"  You  are  married,  then  ? "  said  the  priest,  with  a  species  of  interest, 
glancing  round  as  he  spoke  at  the  scanty  style  of  the  fittings-up  of 
the  apartment. 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 


307 


Ah,  M.  1'Abbe,"  said  Caderousse,  with  a  sigh,  "it  is  easy  to  perceive 

I  am  not  a  rich  man ;  but  in  this  world  a  man  does  not  thrive  the  better 

for  being  honest."   The  abbe  fixed  on  him  a  searching,  penetrating  glance. 

"  I  can  say  that,"  replied  the  aubergiste,  sustaining  the  abbe's  gaze' 


with  one  hand  on  his  heart  and  nodding  his  head ;  "  I  can  boast  with 
truth  of  being  an  honest  man  ;  and  that  is  more  than  every  one  can  say 
nowadays." 

"  So  much  the  better  for  you,  if  what  you  assert  be  true,"  said  the 
abbe ;  "  for  I  am  firmly  persuaded  that,  sooner  or  later,  the  good  will  be 
rewarded,  and  the  wicked  punished." 

"  Such  words  as  those  belong  to  your  profession,  M.  1'Abbe,"  answered 


308  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-VRISTO. 

Caderousse,  "  and  you  do  well  to  repeat  them ;  but,"  added  he,  with  a 
bitter  expression,  "  one  is  not  forced  to  believe  them,  all  the  same." 

"  You  are  wrong  to  speak  thus,"  said  the  abbe ;  "  and  perhaps  I  may. 
in  my  own  person,  be  able  to  prove  to  you  what  I  assert." 

"  What  mean  you  f  "  inquired  Caderousse,  with  a  look  of  surprise. 

"  In  the  first  place,  it  is  requisite  I  should  be  satisfied  you  are  the  per 
son  I  am  in  search  of." 

"  What  proofs  do  you  require  ?  " 

"  Did  you,  in  the  year  1814  or  1815,  know  a  sailor  named  Edmond 
Dantes?" 

"  Did  I  ?  I  should  think  I  did.  Poor  dear  Edmond !  Why,  Edmond 
Dantes  and  myself  were  intimate  friends !  "  exclaimed  Caderousse,  whose 
countenance  assumed  an  almost  purple  hue,  as  he  caught  the  penetrat 
ing  gaze  of  the  abbe  fixed  on  him,  while  the  clear,  calm  eye  of  the  ques 
tioner  seemed  to  cover  him  with  confusion. 

"  Yes,"  said  the  priest,  "  the  young  man  did  bear  the  name  of  Edmond." 

"  Bear  the  name ! "  repeated  Caderousse,  becoming  excited  and  eager. 
"  Why,  he  was  so  called  as  truly  as  I  bear  that  of  G-aspard  Caderousse ; 
but,  M.  1'Abbe,  tell  me,  I  pray,  what  has  become  of  poor  Edmond.  Did 
you  know  him?  Is  he  alive  and  at  liberty!  Is  he  prosperous  and 
happy  ?  " 

"  He  died  a  more  wretched,  hopeless,  heart-broken  prisoner  than  the 
felons  who  pay  the  penalty  of  their  crimes  at  the  galleys  of  Toulon." 

A  deadly  paleness  succeeded  the  deep  suffusion  which  had  before 
spread  itself  over  the  countenance  of  Caderousse,  who  turned  away,  and 
the  priest  observed  him  wiping  away  the  tears  from  his  eyes  with  the 
corner  of  the  red  handkerchief  twisted  round  his  head. 

"  Poor  fellow !  poor  fellow ! "  murmured  Caderousse.  "  Well,  there, 
M.  1'Abbe,  is  another  proof  that  none  but  the  wicked  prosper.  Ah," 
continued  Caderousse,  speaking  in  the  highly-colored  language  of  the 
South,  "  the  world  grows  worse  and  worse.  Let  heaven  rain  down  two 
days  of  powder  and  one  hour  of  fire,  and  let  all  be  ended ! " 

"  You  speak  as  though  you  had  loved  this  young  Dantes,"  observed 
the  abbe. 

"  And  so  I  did,"  replied  Caderousse ;  "  though  once,  I  confess,  I  envied 
him  his  good  fortune.  But  I  swear  to  you,  M.  1'Abbe,  I  swear  to  you, 
by  everything  a  man  holds  dear,  I  have,  since  then,  deeply  and  sinceivly 
lamented  his  unhappy  fate." 

There  was  a  brief  silence,  during  which  the  fixed,  searching  eye  of 
the  abbe  was  employed  in  scrutinizing  the  agitated  features  of  the 
aubergiste. 

"  You  knew  the  poor  lad,  then  ! "  continued  Caderousse. 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-GRISTO.  309 

"  I  was  merely  called  to  see  him  when  on  his  dying-bed,  that  I  miirht 
administer  to  him  the  consolations  of  religion." 

^  And  of  what  did  he  die  ?  "  asked  Caderousse  in  a  choking  voice. 
"  Of  what,  think  you,  do  men  die  in  prison,  when  they  die  in  their 


thirtieth  year,  unless  it  be  of  the  prison  itself  I "  Caderousse  wiped 
away  the  large  beads  of  perspiration  that  gathered  on  his  brow. 

"  But  the  strangest  part  of  the  story  is,"  resumed  the  abbe,  that  Dantes, 
even  in  his  dying  moments,  swore  by  his  crucified  Redeemer  that  he 
was  utterly  ignorant  of  the  cause  of  his  imprisonment." 

"And  so  he  was,"  murmured  Caderousse.     "How  should  he  have 


310  THE    COUNT  'OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

been    otherwise?     Ah!    M.  1'Abbe,  the    poor   fellow    told    you    tin- 
truth." 

"  And  for  that  reason,  he  besought  me  to  clear  up  the  mystery  he 
had  never  been  able  to  penetrate,  and  to  rehabilitate  his  memory  should 
any  foul  spot  have  fallen  on  it." 

And  here  the  look  of  the  abbe,  becoming  more  and  more  fixed, 
semed  to  rest  on  the  gloomy  depression  which  spread  over  the  coun 
tenance  of  Caderousse. 

"  A  rich  Englishman,'1  continued  the  abbe,  "  his  companion  in  mis 
fortune,  who  had  been  released  from  prison  during  the  Second  Restora 
tion,  was  possessed  of  a  diamond  of  immense  value  :  this  precious  jewel 
he  bestowed  on  Dantes  upon  quitting  the  prison,  as  a  mark  of  his 
gratitude  for  the  care  with  which  Dantes  had  nursed  him  in  a  severe 
illness.  Instead  of  employing  this  diamond  in  attempting  to  bribe  his 
jailers,  who  might  only  have  taken  it  and  then  betrayed  him  to  the 
governor,  Dantes  carefully  preserved  it,  for,  in  the  event  of  his  getting  out 
of  prison,  the  produce  of  such  a  diamond  would  have  sufficed  to  make 
his  fortune." 

"  Then,  I  suppose,"  asked  Caderousse,  with  eager,  glowing  looks,  "  that 
it  was  a  stone  of  immense  value  f  " 

"  Why,  everything  is  relative,"  answered  the  abbe.  "  To  one  in 
Edmond's  position  the  diamond  certainly  was  of  great  value.  It  was 
estimated  at  50,000  francs." 

"Fifty  thousand  francs!  "  exclaimed  Caderousse,  "why  it  must  have 
been  as  large  as  a  nut." 


"No,"  replied  the  abbe,  "but  you  shall  judge  for  yourself;  I 
it  with  me." 

The  sharp  gaze  of  Caderousse  was  instantly  directed  toward  the 
priest's  garments,  as  though  hoping  to  discover  the  talked-of  treasure. 

Calmly  drawing  forth  from  his  pocket  a  small  box  covered  with 
black  shagreen,  the  abbe  opened  it,  and  displayed  to  the  delighted  eyes 
of  Caderousse  the  sparkling  jewel  it  contained,  set  in  a  ring  of  admi 
rable  workmanship. 

"And  that  diamond,"  cried  Caderousse,  "you  say,  is  worth  50,000 
francs  !  " 

"  It  is,  without  the  setting,  which  is  also  valuable,"  replied  the  abbe, 
as  he  closed  the  box,  and  returned  it  to  his  pocket,  while  its  brilliant 
hues  seemed  to  dance  in  Caderousse's  imagination. 

"  But  how  comes  this  diamond  in  your  possession,  M.  1'Abbe  ?  Did 
Edmond  make  you  his  heir  ?  » 

"No,  merely  his  testamentaiy  executor.  When  dying,  the  unfortu 
nate  youth  said  to  me,  'I  once  possessed  three  dear  friends,  besides 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 


311 


the  maiden  to  whom  I  was  betrothed;  and  I  feel  convinced  all  four 
unf eignedly  grieved  over  my  loss.  The  name  of  one  of  the  four  friends 
I  allude  to  is  Caderousse.' "  The  aubergiste  shivered. 

'Another  of  the  number,'"  continued  the  abbe,  without  seeming  to 
notice  the  emotion  of  Caderousse,  "4s  called  Danglars;  and  the  third, 
spite  of  being  my  rival,  entertained  a  very  sincere  affection  for  me.' " 

A  fiendish  smile  played  over  the  features  of  Caderousse,  who  was 
about  to  break  in  upon  the  abbe's  speech,  when  the  latter,  waving  his 
hand,  said :  "  Allow  me  to  finish  first,  and  then,  if  you  have  any  observa 
tions  to  make,  you  can  do  so  afterward.  '  The  third  of  my  friends, 
although  my  rival,  was  much  attached  to  me,—  his  name  was  Fernand  ; 

that  of  my  betrothed  was '    Stay,  stay,"  continued  the  abbe,  "I 

have  forgotten  what  he  called  her." 

"  Mercedes,"  cried  Caderousse. 

"  True,"  said  the  abbe,  with  a  stifled  sigh,  "  Mercedes  it  was." 

"  Go  on,"  urged  Caderousse. 

"  Bring  me  a  carafe  of  water,"  said  the  abbe. 

Caderousse  quickly  performed  the  stranger's  bidding;  and  after 
pouring  some  into  a  glass  and  slowly  swallowing  its  contents,  the  abbe 
said,  as  he  placed  his  glass  on  the  table : 

"  Where  did  we  leave  off  ?  " 

"  Oh,  that  the  betrothed  of  Edmond  was  called  Mercedes." 

"To  be  sure.  'Well,  then,'  said  Dantes, —  for  you  understand,  I 
repeat  his  words  just  as  he  uttered  them  — '  you  will  go  to  Marseilles.' 
Do  you  understand  ?  " 

"Perfectly." 

" '  For  the  purpose  of  selling  this  diamond ;  the  produce  of  which  you 
will  divide  into  five  equal  parts,  and  give  an  equal  portion  to  the  only 
persons  who  have  loved  me  upon  earth.' " 

"  But  why  into  five  parts  ? "  asked  Caderousse ;  "  you  only  mentioned 
four  persons." 

"  Because  the  fifth  is  dead,  as  I  hear.  The  fifth  sharer  in  Edmond's 
bequest  was  his  own  father." 

"  Too  true,  too  true ! "  ejaculated  Caderousse,  almost  suffocated  by 
the  contending  passions  which  assailed  him,  "  the  poor  old  man  did  die." 

"  I  learned  so  much  at  Marseilles,"  replied  the  abbe,  making  a  strong 
effort  to  appear  indifferent ;  "  but  from  the  length  of  time  that  has 
elapsed  since  the  death  of  the  elder  Dantes,  I  was  unable  to  obtain  any 
particulars  of  his  end.  Do  you  know  anything  about  his  death  I " 

"  I  do  not  know  who  could  if  I  could  not,"  said  Caderousse.  "  Why, 
I  lived  almost  on  the  same  floor  with  the  poor  old  man.  Ah,  yes! 
about  a  year  after  the  disappearance  of  his  son  the  old  man  died." 


312  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRI8TO. 

"Of  what  did  he  die  I » 

"  Why,  the  doctors  called  his  complaint  an  internal  inflammation,  I 
believe ;  his  acquaintances  say  he  died  of  grief ;  but  I,  who  saw  him  in 

his  dying  moments,  I  say  he  died  of " 

Caderousse  paused. 

"  Of  what  I "  asked  the  priest,  anxiously  and  eagerly. 

"  Why,  of  downright  starvation." 

"  Starvation ! "  exclaimed  the  abbe,  springing  from  his  seat.  "  Why, 
the  vilest  animals  are  not  suffered  to  die  by  such  a  death  as  that.  The 
very  dogs  that  wander  houseless  and  homeless  in  the  streets  find  some 
pitying  hand  to  cast  them  a  mouthful  of  bread;  and  that  a  man,  a 
Christian,  should  be  allowed  to  perish  of  hunger  in  the  midst  of  other 
men  equally  Christians  with  himself,  is  too  horrible  for  belief.  Oh,  it 
is  impossible  !  —  utterly  impossible !  " 

"  What  I  have  said,  I  have  said,"  answered  Caderousse. 

"  And  you  are  a  fool  for  having  said  anything  about  it,"  said  a  voice 
from  the  top  of  the  stairs.  "  Why  should  you  meddle  with  what  does 
not  concern  you  ?  " 

The  two  male  speakers  turned  round  quickly,  and  perceived  the 
sickly  countenance  of  La  Carconte  leaning  over  the  rail  of  the  stair 
case  ;  —  attracted  by  the  sound  of  voices,  she  had  feebly  dragged  herself 
down  the  stairs,  and,  seated  on  the  lower  step,  she  had  listened  to  the 
foregoing  conversation. 

"  Mind  your  own  business,  wife,"  replied  Caderousse,  sharply.  "  This 
gentleman  asks  me  for  information,  which  common  politeness  will  not 
permit  me  to  refuse." 

"  Prudence  requires  you  to  refuse,"  retorted  La  Carconte.  "  How  do 
you  know  the  motives  that  person  may  have  for  trying  to  extract  all 
he  can  from  you  I  " 

"  I  assure  you,  madame,"  said  the  abbe,  "  that  my  intentions  are  good, 
and  that  your  husband  can  incur  no  risk,  provided  he  answers  me 
candidly." 

"  Ah,  that's  all  very  fine,"  retorted  the  woman.  "  Nothing  is  easier 
than  to  begin  with  fair  promises  and  assurances  of  nothing  to  fear; 
then,  some  fine  day  trouble  comes  on  the  unfortunate  wretches,  without 
one  knowing  whence." 

"  Nay,  nay,  my  good  woman.  No  evils  will  be  occasioned  by  me,  I 
promise  you." 

Some  inarticulate  sounds  escaped  La  Carconte,  then  letting  her 
head,  which  she  had  raised,  again  droop  on  to  her  lap,  she  commenced 
her  usual  aguish  trembling,  leaving  the  two  speakers  to  resume  the 
conversation,  but  still  remaining  herself  so  placed  as  to  be  able  to  hear 


THE    COUNT    OF    MONTE-GRISTO.  313 

every  word.    Again  the  abbe  had  been  obliged  to  swallow  a  draught  of 
water  to  calm  his  emotions. 

"  It  appears,  then,"  he  resumed,  "  that  the  miserable  old  man  you  were 
telling  me  of  was  forsaken  by  every  one,  as  he  perished  by  so  dreadful  a 
death." 

"  Why,  I  do  not  mean,"  continued  Caderousse,  "  that  Mercedes  the 
Catalan  and  M.  Morrel  forsook  him ;  but  somehow  the  poor  old  man 
had  contracted  a  profound  hatred  of  Fernand  —  the  very  person," 
added  Caderousse,  with  a  bitter  smile,  "  that  you  named  just  now  as 
being  one  of  Dantes'  friends." 

"  And  was  he  not  so  1 "  asked  the  abbe. 

"  Gaspard !  Gaspard  ! "  murmured  the  woman,  from  her  seat  on  the 
stairs,  "  mind  what  you  are  saying ! " 

Caderousse  made  no  reply  to  these  words,  but  addressing  the  abbe, 
said: 

"  Can  a  man  be  faithful  to  another  whose  wife  he  covets  ?  But  Dantes 
had  a  heart  of  gold ;  he  believed  everybody's  professions  of  friendship. 
Poor  Edmond !  but  it  was  a  happy  thing  he  never  knew  it,  or  he  might 
have  found  it  more  difficult,  when  on  his  deathbed,  to  pardon  them. 
And,  whatever  people  may  say,"  continued  Caderousse,  in  his  native 
language,  which  was  not  altogether  devoid  of  rude  poetry,  "  I  cannot 
help  being  more  frightened  at  the  idea  of  the  malediction  of  the  dead 
than  the  hatred  of  the  living." 

"  Weak-minded  coward ! "  exclaimed  La  Carconte. 

"Do  you,  then,  know  in  what  manner  Fernand  injured  Dantes?" 
inquired  the  abbe  of  Caderousse. 

"  Do  I  f    No  one  better." 

"  Speak  out  then ;  say  what  it  was ! " 

"  Gaspard ! "  cried  La  Carconte,  "  do  as  you  like,  you  are  the  master ; 
but,  if  you  are  guided  by  me,  you  will  have  nothing  to  say." 

"  Well,  well,  wife,"  replied  Caderousse,  "  I  do  not  know  but  what  you 
are  right ! " 

"  Then  you  are  determined  to  say  nothing  I "  said  the  abbe." 

"  Why,  what  good  would  it  do  ?  "  asked  Caderousse.  "  If  the  poor 
lad  were  living,  and  came  to  me  to  beg  I  would  candidly  tell  which 
were  his  true  and  which  his  false  friends,  why,  perhaps  I  should  not 
hesitate.  But  you  tell  me  he  is  no  more,  and  therefore  can  have  noth 
ing  to  do  with  hatred  or  revenge ;  so  let  all  such  feelings  be  buried  with 
him." 

"You  prefer,  then,"  said  the  abbe,  "allowing  me  to  bestow  on  men 
you  say  are  false  and  treacherous,  the  reward  intended  for  faithful 
friendship  1 " 


314  THE    COUXT   OF   MOXTE-CRI8TO. 

"That  is  true  enough,"  returned Caderousse ;  "besides,  what  would  it 
IM«  to  them  ?  no  more  than  a  drop  of  water  in  the  ocean." 

"And  remember,  husband,"  chimed  in  La  Carconte,  "that  these  two 
men  could  crush  you  with  a  wave  of  the  hand ! " 

"  How  so  ?  "  inquired  the  abbe.  "Are  these  persons,  then,  so  rich  and 
powerful  ? " 

"  Do  you  not  know  their  history  ?  " 

"  I  do  not.    Pray  relate  it  to  me ! " 
Caderousse  seemed  to  reflect  for  a  few  instants,  then  said : 

"  No,  truly ;  it  would  take  up  too  much  time." 

"  Well,  my  good  friend,"  returned  the  abbe,  in  a  tone  that  indicated 
utter  indifference  on  his  part,  "just  as  you  please;  I  respect  your 
scruples,  so  let  the  matter  end.  I  had  a  simple  formality  to  discharge ; 
I  shall  sell  the  diamond." 

So  saying,  the  abbe  again  drew  the  small  box  from  his  pocket, 
opened  it,  and  flashed  the  stone  before  the  dazzled  gaze  of  Caderousse. 

"  Wife,  wife ! "  cried  he,  in  a  hoarse  voice,  "  come  and  see  it." 

"  Diamond ! "  exclaimed  La  Carconte,  rising  and  descending  to  the 
chamber  with  a  tolerably  firm  step ;  "  what  diamond  are  you  talking 
about  f " 

"  Why,  did  you  not  hear  all  we  said  ? "  inquired  Caderousse.  "  It  is  a 
beautiful  diamond  left  by  poor  Edmond  Dantes,  to  be  sold,  and  the 
money  divided  among  his  father,  Mercedes,  his  betrothed  bride,  Fer- 
i lam  1.  Dauglars,  and  myself.  The  jewel  is  worth  at  least  50,000  francs." 

"  Oh,  what  a  splendid  jewel ! "  cried  the  astonished  woman. 

"  The  fifth  part  of  the  produce  of  this  stone  belongs  to  us,  then,  does 
it  not  ? "  asked  Caderousse. 

"  It  does,"  replied  the  abbe ;  "  with  the  addition  of  an  equal  division 
of  that  part  intended  for  the  elder  Dantes,  which  I  conceive  myself  at 
liberty  to  share  equally  with  the  four  surviving  persons." 

"  And  wherefore  among  us  four  f "  inquired  Caderousse. 

"  As  being  the  four  friends  of  Edmond." 

"  I  dont  call  those  friends  who  betray  and  ruin  you,"  murmured  the 
wife,  in  her  turn,  in  a  low,  muttering  voice. 

"  Of  course  not ! "  rejoined  Caderousse,  quickly ;  "  no  more  do  I ;  and 
that  was  what  I  was  observing  just  now.  It  is  a  sacrilegious  profana 
tion  to  reward  treachery,  perhaps  crime." 

"  Remember,"  answered  the  abbe,  calmly,  as  he  replaced  the  jewel  in 
the  pocket  of  his  cassock,  "  it  is  your  fault,  not  mine.  You  will  have 
the  goodness  to  furnish  me  with  the  address  of  both  the  friends  of  Ed 
mond,  in  order  that  I  may  execute  his  last  wishes." 

The  agitation  of  Caderouse  became  extreme,  and  large  drops  of 


THE    COUNT    OF   MOXTE-CRISTO. 


315 


perspiration  rolled  from  his  heated  brow.  As  he  saw  the  abbe  rise 
from  his  seat  and  go  toward  the  door,  as  though  to  ascertain  if  his 
horse  were  sufficiently  refreshed  to  continue  his  journey,  Caderousse 
and  his  wife  exchanged  looks  of  deep  meaning  with  each  other. 


"  There,  you  see,  wife,"  said  the  former,  "  this  splendid  diamond  might 
all  be  ours,  if  we  chose ! " 

"  Do  you  believe  it ! " 

"  WhV,  surely  a  man  of  his  holy  profession  would  not  deceive  us ! 

"  Well,"  replied  La  Carconte,  "  do  as  you  like.    For  my  part,  I 
my  hands  of  the  affair." 


316  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-VRI8TO. 

So  saying,  she  once  more  climbed  the  staircase  leading  to  her  cham 
ber,  all  shivering,  and  her  teeth  rattling,  spite  of  the  intense  heat  of  the 
weather.  Arrived  at  the  top  stair,  she  turned  round  and  called  out  in  a 
warning  tone,  to  her  husband.  "  Gaspard,  consider  well  what  you  are 
about  to  do!" 

"  I  have  both  reflected  and  decided,"  answered  he. 

La  Carconte  then  entered  her  chamber,  the  floor  of  which  creaked 
beneath  her  heavy,  uncertain  tread,  as  she  proceeded  toward  her  arm 
chair,  into  which  she  fell  as  though  exhausted. 

"  Well,"  asked  the  abbe,  as  he  returned  to  the  apartment  below,  "what 
have  you  made  up  your  mind  to  do  ?  " 

"  To  tell  you  all  I  know,"  was  the  reply. 

"  I  certainly  think  you  act  wisely  in  so  doing,"  said  the  priest.  "Not 
because  I  have  the  least  desire  to  learn  anything  you  may  desire  to 
conceal  from  me,  but  simply  if,  through  your  assistance,  I  could  distrib 
ute  the  legacy  according  to  the  wishes  of  the  testator,  why,  so  much  the 
better,  —  that  is  all." 

"  I  trust,  indeed,  such  will  be  the  case,"  replied  Caderousse,  his 
eyes  sparkling  and  his  face  flushed  with  the  hope  of  obtaining  all 
himself. 

"  Now,  then,  begin,  if  you  please,"  said  the  abbe ;  "  I  am  all  attention." 

" Stop  a  minute,"  answered  Caderousse;  "we  might  be  interrupted 
in  the  most  interesting  part  of  my  recital,  which  would  be  a  pity ; 
and  it  is  as  well  that  your  visit  hittyer  should  be  made  known  only  to 
ourselves." 

With  these  words  he  went  stealthily  to  the  door,  which  he  closed, 
and  by  way  of  still  greater  precaution,  bolted  and  barred  it,  as  he  was 
accustomed  to  do  at  night. 

During  this  time  the  abbe  had  chosen  his  place  for  listening  to  the 
tale.  He  removed  his  seat  into  a  corner,  where  he  himself  would  be  in 
deep  shadow,  while  the  light  would  be  fully  thrown  on  the  narrator ; 
then,  with  head  bent  down  and  hands  clasped,  or  rather  clenched 
together,  he  prepared  to  give  his  whole  attention  to  Caderousse,  who 
seated  himself  on  the  little  stool,  exactly  opposite  to  him. 

"  Remember,  I  did  not  urge  you  to  this,"  said  the  trembling  voice  of 
La  Carconte,  as  though  through  the  flooring  of  her  chamber  she  viewed 
the  scene  that  was  enacting  below. 

"  Enough,  enough ! "  replied  Caderousse ;  "  say  no  more  about  it ;  I 
will  take  all  the  consequences  upon  myself." 
He  then  commenced  as  follows : 


CHAPTER    XXVII 

THE     RECITAL 

IRST,"  said  Caderousse,  "  sir,  I  must  ask  you  to  make  me  a 
promise." 

"  What  is  that  ?  "  inquired  the  abbe. 

"  Why,  if  you  ever  make  use  of  the  details  I  am  about  to 
give  you,  that  you  will  never  let  any  one  know  that  it  was  I  who  sup 
plied  them ;  for  the  persons  of  whom  I  am  about  to  talk  are  rich  and 
powerful,  and  if  they  only  laid  the  tips  of  their  fingers  on  me,  I  should 
break  to  pieces  like  glass." 

"  Make  yourself  easy,  my  friend,"  replied  the  abbe.  "  I  am  a  priest, 
and  confessions  die  in  my  breast.  Recollect,  our  only  desire  is  to  carry 
out,  in  a  fitting  manner,  the  last  wishes  of  our  friend.  Speak,  then, 
without  reserve,  as  without  hatred ;  tell  the  truth,  the  whole  truth.  I  do 
not  know,  never  may  know,  the  persons  of  whom  you  are  about  to 
speak ;  besides,  I  am  an  Italian,  and  not  a  Frenchman,  and  belong  to 
God,  and  not  to  man ;  and  I  retire  to  my  convent,  which  I  have  only 
quitted  to  fulfill  the  last  wishes  of  a  dying  man." 

This  last  assurance  seemed  to  give  Caderousse  courage. 

"  Well,  then,  under  these  circumstances,"  said  Caderousse,  "  I  will, 
indeed  I  ought  to,  undeceive  you  as  to  the  friendship  which  poor  Edmond 
believed  so  sincere  and  unquestionable." 

"  Begin  with  his  father,  if  you  please,"  said  the  abbe ;  "  Edmond 
talked  to  me  a  great  deal  about  the  old  man,  for  whom  he  had  the 
deepest  love." 

"  The  history  is  a  sad  one,  sir,"  said  Caderousse,  shaking  his  head ; 
"  perhaps  you  know  all  the  earlier  part  of  it  ? " 

"  Yes,"  answered  the  abbe ;  "  Edmond  related  to  me  everything  until 
the  moment  when  he  was  arrested  in  a  small  cabaret  close  to  Mar 
seilles." 

317 


318  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

"  At  La  Reserve  !    Oh,  yes !  I  can  see  it  all  before  me  this  moment ." 

"  Was  it  not  his  betrothal  feast  ? " 

"  It  was ;  and  the  feast  that  began  so  gayly  had  a  very  sorrowful  end 
ing  :  a  commissaiy  of  police,  followed  by  four  soldiers,  entered,  and 
Dantes  was  arrested." 

"  Yes,  and  up  to  this  point  I  know  all,"  said  the  priest.  "  Dantes 
himself  only  knew  that  which  personally  concerned  him,  for  he  never 
beheld  again  the  five  persons  I  have  named  to  you,  nor  heard  mention 
of  any  one  of  them." 

"  Well,  when  Dantes  was  arrested,  M.  Morrel  hastened  to  obtain  the 
particulars,  and  they  were  very  sad.  The  old  man  returned  alone  to 
his  home,  folded  up  his  wedding  suit  with  tears  in  his  eyes,  and  paced 
up  and  down  his  chamber  the  whole  day,  and  would  not  go  to  bed  at 
all,  for  I  was  underneath  him  and  heard  him  walking  the  whole  night ; 
and  for  myself,  I  assure  you  I  could  not  sleep  either,  for  the  grief  of  the 
poor  father  gave  me  great  uneasiness,  and  every  step  he  took  went  to 
my  heart  as  really  as  if  his  foot  had  pressed  against  my  breast. 

"  The  next  day  Mercedes  came  to  implore  the  protection  of  M.  de  Ville- 
fort.  She  did  not  obtain  it,  however,  and  went  to  visit  the  old  man  ;  — 
when  she  saw  him  so  miserable  and  heart-broken,  having  passed  a  sl< '••]>- 
less  night,  and  not  touched  food  since  the  previous  day,  she  wished  him 
to  go  with  her  that  she  might  take  care  of  him ;  but  the  old  man  would 
not  consent.  *  No,'  was  the  old  man's  reply,  '  I  will  not  leave  this  house, 
for  my  poor  dear  boy  loves  me  better  than  anything  in  the  world ;  and 
if  he  gets  out  of  prison  he  will  conle  and  see  me  the  first  thing,  and 
what  would  he  think  if  I  did  not  wait  here  for  him  I '  I  heard  all  this 
from  the  window,  for  I  was  anxious  that  Mercedes  should  persuade  the 
old  man  to  accompany  her,  for  his  footsteps  over  my  head  night  and 
day  did  not  leave  me  a  moment's  repose." 

"  But  did  you  not  go  upstairs  and  try  to  console  the  poor  old  man  f " 
asked  the  abbe. 

"Ah,  sir,"  replied  Caderousse,  "  we  cannot  console  those  who  will  not 
be  consoled,  and  he  was  one  of  these ;  besides,  I  know  not  why,  but  he 
seemed  to  dislike  seeing  me.  One  night,  however,  I  heard  his  sobs,  and 
I  could  not  resist  my  desire  to  go  up  to  him,  but  when  I  reached  his 
door  he  was  no  longer  weeping,  but  praying.  I  cannot  now  repeat  to 
you,  sir,  all  the  eloquent  words  and  piteous  supplications  ho  nunlr  use 
of ;  it  was  more  than  piety,  it  was  more  than  grief ;  and  I,  who  am  no 
canter,  and  hate  the  Jesuits,  said  then  to  myself,  l  It  is  really  well  tlmt 
I  am  all  alone,  and  I  am  very  glad  that  I  have  not  any  children ;  for  i  t 
I  were  a  father,  and  felt  such  excessive  grief  as  the  old  man  docs,  ,-nnl 
did  not  find  in  my  memory  or  heart  all  he  is  now  saying,  I  should 
throw  myself  into  the  sea  at  once,  for  I  could  not  bear  it.' " 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  319 

"  Poor  father  ! "  murmured  the  priest. 

"  From  day  to  day  he  lived  on  alone,  and  more  and  more  solitary. 
Often  M.  Morrel  and  Mercedes  came  to  see  him,  but  his  door  was  closed; 
and,  although  I  was  certain  he  was  at  home,  he  would  not  make  any  an 
swer.  One  day,  when,  contrary  to  his  custom,  he  had  admitted  Mercedes, 
and  the  poor  girl,  in  spite  of  her  own  grief  and  despair,  endeavored  to 
console  him,  he  said  to  her.  *  Be  assured,  my  dear  daughter,  he  is  dead ; 
and  instead  of  our  awaiting  him,  it  is  he  who  is  awaiting  us ;  I  am  quite 
happy,  for  I  am  the  oldest,  and  of  course  shall  see  him  first.' 

"  However  well  disposed  a  person  may  be,  why,  you  see,  we  leave  off 
after  a  time  seeing  persons  who  make  one  melancholy,  and  so  at  last 
old  Dantes  was  left  all  to  himself,  and  I  only  saw  from  time  to  time 
strangers  go  up  to  him  and  come  down  again  with  some  bundle  they 
tried  to  hide ;  but  I  guessed  what  these  bundles  were,  and  he  sold  by 
degrees  what  he  had  to  pay  for  his  subsistence.  At  length,  the  poor 
old  fellow  reached  the  end  of  all  he  had ;  he  owed  three-quarters'  rent, 
and  they  threatened  to  turn  him  out ;  he  begged  for  another  week, 
which  was  granted  to  him.  I  know  this,  because  the  landlord  came 
into  my  apartment  when  he  left  his. 

"  For  the  three  first  days  I  heard  him  walking  about  as  usual,  but  on 
the  fourth  I  heard  him  no  longer.  I  then  resolved  to  go  up  to  him,  at 
all  risks.  The  door  was  closed,  but  I  looked  through  the  keyhole,  and 
saw  him  so  pale  and  haggard,  that  believing  him  very  ill,  I  went  and 
told  M.  Morrel,  and  then  ran  on  to  Mercedes.  They  both  came  immedi 
ately,  M.  Morrel  bringing  a  doctor,  and  the  doctor  said  it  was  an  affec 
tion  of  the  stomach,  and  ordered  him  a  limited  diet.  I  was  there  too, 
and  I  never  shall  forget  the  old  man's  smile  at  this  prescription. 

"  From  that  time  he  opened  his  door ;  he  had  an  excuse  for  not  eating 
any  more,  as  the  doctor  had  put  him  on  a  diet. " 
The  abbe  uttered  a  kind  of  groan. 

"  The  story  interests  you,  does  it  not,  sir  ? "  inquired  Caderousse. 

"  Yes,"  replied  the  abbe  ;  "  it  is  very  affecting." 

"Mercedes  came  again,  and  she  found  him  so  altered  that  she  was 
even  more  anxious  than  before  to  have  him  taken  to  her  own  abode. 
This  was  M.  MorrePs  wish  also,  who  would  fain  have  conveyed  the  old 
man  against  his  consent ;  but  the  old  man  resisted,  and  cried  so,  that 
they  were  actually  frightened.  Mercedes  remained,  therefore,  by  his 
bedside,  and  M.  Morrel  went  away,  making  a  sign  to  the  Catalane  that 
he  had  left  his  purse  on  the  chimney-piece ;  but,  availing  himself  of  the 
doctor's  order,  the  old  man  would  not  take  any  sustenance.  At  length 
(after  nine  days'  despair  and  fasting)  the  old  man  died,  cursing  those 
who  had  caused  his  misery,  and  saying  to  Mercedes,—'  If  you  ever  see 
my  Edmond  again,  tell  him  I  die  blessing  him.'" 


320  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

The  abbe  rose  from  his  chair,  made  two  turns  round  the  chamber, 
and  pressed  his  trembling  hand  against  his  parched  throat. 

"  And  you  believe  he  died " 

"  Of  hunger,  sir,  of  hunger,"  said  Caderousse.  "  I  am  as  certain  of  it 
as  that  we  two  are  Christians." 

The  abbe,  with  a  shaking  hand,  seized  a  glass  of  water  that  was 
standing  by  him  half  full,  swallowed  it  at  one  gulp,  arid  then  resumed 
his  seat  with  red  eyes  and  pale  cheeks. 

"  This  was,  indeed,  a  horrid  event,"  said  he^  in  a  hoarse  voice. 

"  The  more  so,  sir,  as  it  was  men's  and  not  God's  doing." 

"  Tell  me  of  those  men,"  said  the  abbe,  "  and  remember  too,"  he  added, 
in  a  voice  that  was  nearly  menacing  in  its  tone,  "  you  have  promised  to 
tell  me  everything.  Tell  me,  therefore,  who  are  these  men  who  have 
killed  the  son  with  despair,  and  the  father  with  famine ! " 

"  Two  men  jealous  of  him,  sir:  one  from  love,  and  the  other  ambition, — 
Fernand  and  Danglars." 

"  Say,  how  was  this  jealousy  manifested  ? " 

"  They  denounced  Edmond  as  a  Bonapartist  agent." 

"  Which  of  the  two  denounced  him  ?  Which  was  the  real  delinquent  ? " 

"  Both,  sir ;  one  with  a  letter,  and  the  other  put  it  in  the  post." 

"  And  where  was  this  letter  written  ?  " 

"  At  La  Reserve,  the  day  before  the  festival  of  the  betrothing." 

"  'Twas  so,  then  —  'twas  so,  then,"  murmured  the  abbe.  "  Oh,  Faria, 
Faria !  how  well  did  you  judge  men  and  things ! " 

"  What  did  you  please  to  say,  siiy  ? "  asked  Caderousse. 

"  Nothing,  nothing,"  replied  the  priest ;  "  go  on." 

"  It  was  Danglars  who  wrote  the  denunciation  with  his  left  hand,  that 
his  writing  might  not  be  recognized,  and  Fernand  who  put  it  in  the 
post." 

"  But,"  exclaimed  the  abbe,  suddenly,  "  you  were  there  yourself." 

"  I ! "  said  Caderousse,  astonished ;  "  who  told  you  I  was  there  ?  " 
The  abbe  saw  he  had  overshot  the  mark,  and  he  added,  quickly : 

"  No  one ;  but  in  order  to  have  known  everything  so  well,  you  must 
have  been  an  eye-witness." 

"  True,  true ! "  said  Caderousse,  in  a  choking  voice,  "  I  was  there." 

"  And  did  you  not  remonstrate  against  such  infamy  ? "  asked  the 
abb6 ;  "  if  not,  you  were  an  accomplice." 

"  Sir,"  replied  Caderousse,  "  they  had  made  me  drink  to  such  an  excess 
that  I  nearly  lost  all  perception.  I  saw  everything  through  a  cloud.  I 
said  all  that  a  man  in  such  a  state  could  say ;  but  they  both  assured  me 
that  it  was  a  jest  they  were  carrying  on,  and  a  perfectly  harmless  j«->t." 

"  Next  day  —  next  day,  sir,  you  must  have  seen  plain  enough  what 


THE    COUNT    OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

said  nothin&  though 


321 


'<  Yes,  sir,  I  was  there,  and  very  anxious  to  speak  !  but  Bandars 
restrained  me.     '  If  he  should  really  be  guilty,'  said  he,  '  and  did  rf  aUy 


put  in  to  the  isle  of  Elba;  if  he  is  really  charged  with  a  letter  for  the 
Bonapartist  committee  at  Paris,  and  if  they  find  this  letter  upon  him, 
those  who  have  supported  him  will  pass  for  his  accomplices.'  I  confess 
I  had  my  fears  of  the  police  in  the  state  in  which  politics  then  were, 


322  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CEISTO. 

and  I  confess  that  I  held  my  tongue.    It  was  cowardly,  I  confess,  but  it 
was  not  criminal." 

"I  comprehend — you  allowed  matters  to  take  their  course;  that 
was  all." 

"  Yes,  sir,"  answered  Caderousse,  "and  my  remorse  preys  on  me  night 
and  day.  I  often  ask  pardon  of  God,  I  swear  to  you,  because  this 
action,  the  only  one  with  which  I  have  seriously  to  reproach  myself  in 
all  my  life,  is  no  doubt  the  cause  of  my  abject  condition.  I  am  expiat 
ing  a  moment  of  selfishness,  and  thus  it  is  I  always  say  to  my  wife, 
when  she  complains, '  Hold  your  tongue,  woman ;  it  is  the  will  of  God.' " 
And  Caderousse  bowed  his  head  with  every  sign  of  real  repent 
ance. 

"  Well,  sir,"  said  the  abbe,  "  you  have  spoken  unreservedly ;  and  thus 
to  accuse  yourself  is  to  deserve  pardon." 

"  Unfortunately,  Edmond  is  dead,  and  has  not  pardoned  me." 

"  He  was  ignorant,"  said  the  abbe. 

"  But  he  knows  it  all  now,"  interrupted  Caderousse ;  "  they  say  the 
dead  know  everything." 

There  was  a  brief  silence.     The  abbe  rose  and  paced  up  and  down 
pensively,  and  then  resumed  his  seat. 

"  You  have  two  or  three  times  mentioned  a  M.  Morrel,"  he  said ; 
"  who  was  he  ?  " 

"  The  owner  of  the  Pharaon-,  and  patron  of  Dantes." 

"  And  what  part  did  he  play  in  this  sad  drama  ? "  inquired  the  abb6. 

"  The  part  of  an  honest  man,  full  of  courage  and  real  regard.  Twenty 
times  he  interceded  for  Edmond.  When  the  emperor  returned,  he 
wrote,  implored,  threatened,  and  so  energetically  that  on  the  second 
restoration  he  was  persecuted  as  a  Bonapartist.  Ten  times,  as  I  told 
you,  he  came  to  see  Dantes'  father,  and  offered  to  receive  him  in  his  own 
house ;  and  the  night  or  two  before  his  death,  as  I  have  already  said,  he 
left  his  purse  on  the  mantelpiece,  with  which  they  paid  the  old  man's 
debts,  and  buried  him  decently ;  and  then  Edmond's  father  died,  as  he 
had  lived,  without  doing  harm  to  any  one.  I  have  the  purse  still  by 
me  — a  large  one,  made  of  red  silk." 

"  And,"  asked  the  abbe,  "  is  M.  Morrel  still  alive  ? " 

"  Yes,"  replied  Caderousse. 

"  In  this  case,"  replied  the  abbe,  "he  should  be  a  man  blessed  of  God, 
rich,  happy." 

Caderousse  smiled  bitterly.    "  Yes,  happy  as  myself,"  said  he. 

"  What !  M.  Morrel  unhappy ! "  exclaimed  the  abbe. 

"  He  is  reduced  almost  to  the  last  extremity — nay,  he  is  almost  at  the 
point  of  dishonor." 


THE   COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO.  323 

"How?" 

"  Yes,"  continued  Caderousse,  "  and  in  this  way,  after  five-and-twenty 
years  of  labor,  after  having  acquired  a  most  honorable  name  in  the  trade 
of  Marseilles,  M.  Morrel  is  utterly  ruined :  he  has  lost  five  ships  in  two 
years,  has  suffered  by  the  bankruptcy  of  three  large  houses,  and  his 
only  hope  now  is  in  that  very  Pkaraon  which  poor  Dantes  commanded, 
and  which  is  expected  from  the  Indies  with  a  cargo  of  cochineal  and 
indigo.  If  this  ship  founders,  like  the  others,  he  is  a  ruined  man." 

"  And  has  the  unfortunate  man  wife  or  children  ? "  inquired  the  abbe. 

"  Yes,  he  has  a  wife,  who  in  all  this  behaved  like  an  angel ;  he  has  a 
daughter  who  was  about  to  marry  the  man  she  loved,  but  whose  family 
now  will  not  allow  him  to  wed  the  daughter  of  a  ruined  man ;  he  has, 
besides,  a  son,  a  lieutenant  in  the  army;  and,  as  you  may  suppose,  all 
this,  instead  of  soothing,  doubles  his  grief.  If  he  were  alone  in  the 
world  he  would  blow  out  his  brains,  and  there  would  be  an  end." 

"  Horrible  ! "  ejaculated  the  priest. 

"  And  it  is  thus  Heaven  recompenses  virtue,  sir,"  added  Caderousse. 
"  You  see,  I,  who  never  did  a  bad  action  but  that  I  have  told  you  of, 
am  in  destitution ;  after  having  seen  my  poor  wife  die  of  a  fever,  unable 
to  do  anything  in  the  world  for  her,  I  shall  die  of  hunger,  as  old  Dantes 
did,  whilst  Fernand  and  Danglars  are  rolling  in  wealth." 

"How  is  that!" 

"Because  all  their  malpractices  have  turned  to  luck,  while  honest 
men  have  been  reduced  to  misery." 

"  What  has  become  of  Danglars  the  instigator,  and  therefore  the  most 
guilty?" 

"  What  has  become  of  him  ?  Why,  he  left  Marseilles,  and  was  taken, 
on  the  recommendation  of  M.  Morrel,  who  did  not  know  his  crime,  as 
cashier  into  a  Spanish  bank.  During  the  war  with  Spain  he  was 
employed  in  the  commissariat  of  the  French  army,  and  made  a  fortune ; 
then  with  that  money  he  speculated  in  the  funds,  and  trebled  or  quad 
rupled  his  capital ;  and,  having  first  married  his  banker's  daughter,  who 
left  him  a  widower,  he  has  married  a  second  time,  a  widow,  a  Madame 
de  Nargonne,  daughter  of  M.  de  Salvieux,  the  king's  chamberlain,  who 
is  in  high  favor  at  court.  He  is  a  millionaire,  and  they  have  made  him 
a  count,  and  now  he  is  Le  Comte  Danglars,  with  an  hotel  in  the  Eue  de 
Mont  Blanc,  with  ten  horses  in  his  stables,  six  footmen  in  his  ante 
chamber,  and  I  know  not  how  many  hundreds  of  thousands  in  his 
strong-box." 

"  Ah ! "  said  the  abbe,  with  a  peculiar  tone,  "  he  is  happy." 

"  Happy !  who  can  answer  for  that  ?  Happiness  or  unhappiness  is 
the  secret  known  but  to  one's  self  and  the  walls— walls  have  ears,  but 


;:i_>4  THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

no  tongue;  but  if  a  large  fortune  produces  happiness,  Danglars  is 
happy." 

"  And  Fernand  f  " 

"  Fernand !  why,  that  is  another  history." 

"But  how  could  a  poor  Catalan  fisher-boy,  without  education  or 
resources,  make  a  fortune  f  I  confess  this  staggers  me." 

"  And  it  has  staggered  everybody.  There  must  have  been  in  his  life 
some  strange  secret  no  one  knows." 

"  But,  then,  by  what  visible  steps  has  he  attained  this  high  fortune  or 
high  position  ? " 

"  Both,  sir  —  he  has  both  fortune  and  position  —  both." 

"  This  must  be  impossible ! " 

"  It  would  seem  so ;  but  listen,  and  you  will  understand.  Some  days 
before  the  return  of  the  emperor,  Fernand  was  drawn  in  the  conscrip 
tion.  The  Bourbons  left  him  quietly  enough  at  the  Catalans,  but 
Napoleon  returned,  an  extraordinary  muster  was  determined  on,  and 
Fernand  was  compelled  to  join.  I  went  too ;  but  as  I  was  older  than 
Fernand,  and  had  just  married  my  poor  wife,  I  was  only  sent  to  the 
coast.  Fernand  was  enrolled  in  the  active  army,  went  to  the  frontier 
with  his  regiment,  and  was  at  the  battle  of  Ligny.  The  night  after  that 
battle  he  was  sentry  at  the  door  of  a  general  who  earned  on  a  secret 
correspondence  with  the  enemy.  That  same  night  the  general  was  to 
go  over  to  the  English.  He  proposed  to  Fernand  to  accompany  him ; 
Fernand  agreed  to  do  so,  deserted  tyis  post,  and  followed  the  general. 

"  That  which  would  have  brought  Fernand  to  a  court-martial  if 
Napoleon  remained  on  the  throne  served  for  his  recommendation  to  the 
Bourbons.  He  returned  to  France  with  the  epaulette  of  sub-lieutenant, 
and  as  the  protection  of  the  general,  who  is  in  the  highest  favor,  was 
accorded  to  him,  he  was  a  captain  in  1823,  during  the  Spanish  war; 
that  is  to  say,  at  the  time  when  Danglars  made  his  early  speculations. 
Fernand  was  a  Spaniard,  and  being  sent  to  Spain  to  ascertain  the  feel 
ing  of  his  Mlow-countrymen,  found  Danglars  there,  became  on  very 
intimate  terms  with  him,  promised  to  his  general  to  obtain  support  from 
the  royalists  of  the  capital  and  the  provinces,  received  promises  and 
made  pledges  on  his  own  part,  guided  his  regiment  by  paths  known  to 
himself  alone  in  gorges  of  the  mountains  kept  by  the  royalists,  and,  in 
fact,  rendered  such  services  in  this  brief  campaign  that,  after  the  taking 
of  the  Trocadero,  he  was  made  colonel,  and  received  the  title  of  count 
and  the  cross  of  an  officer  of  the  Legion  of  Honor." 

"  Destiny !  destiny  ! "  murmured  the  abbe. 

"  Yes,  but  listen ;  this  was  not  all.  The  war  with  Spain  being  ended, 
Fernand's  career  was  checked  by  the  long  peace  which  seemed  likely  to 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRI8TO. 


endure  throughout  Europe.  Greece  only  had  risen  against  Turkey,  and 
had  begun  her  war  of  independence;  all  eyes  were  turned  toward 
Athens  —  it  was  the  fashion  to  pity  and  support  the  Greeks.  The  French 
Government,  without  protecting  them  openly,  as  you  know,  tolerated 


partial  migrations.     Fernand  sought  and  obtained  leave  to  go  and 
serve  in  Greece,  still  having  his  name  kept,  during  his  sojourn,  u 
ranks  of  the  army. 

"  Some  time  after,  it  was  stated  that  the  Comte  de  Morcerf  (this  was 


326  THE    COUNT   OF   MONTE-CRISTO. 

the  name  he  bore)  had  entered  the  service  of  All  Pacha  with  tin1  rank 
of  instructor-general.  Ali  Pacha  was  killed,  as  you  know ;  but  before 
lie  died  he  recompensed  the  services  of  Fernand  by  leaving  him  a  con- 
videraNe  sum,  with  which  he  returned  t<>  France,  when  his  rank  <>f 
lieutenant-general  was  confirmed." 

"  So  that  now  -    -  f  "  inquired  the  abbe. 

"  So  that  now,"  continued  Caderousse,  "  he  possesses  a  magnificent 
hotel,  No.  27  Eue  du  Helder,  Paris." 

The  abbe  opened  his  mouth,  remained  for  a  moment  like  a  man 
who  hesitates,  then,  making  an  effort  over  himself,  he  said : 

"  And  Mercedes  —  they  tell  me  that  she  has  disappeared  ?  " 

"  Disappeared,"  said  Caderousse,  "  yes,  as  the  sun  disappears,  to  rise 
the  next  day  with  still  more  splendor." 

u  Has  she  made  a  fortune  also  I "  inquired  the  abbe,  with  an  ironical 
smile. 

"Mercedes  is  at  this  moment  one  of  the  greatest  ladies  in  Paris," 
replied  Caderousse. 

"  Go  on,"  said  the  abbe ;  "  it  seems  as  if  I  were  hearing  the  recital  of 
a  dream.  But  I  have  seen  things  so  extraordinary,  that  those  you  men 
tion  to  me  seem  less  astonishing." 

"Mercedes  was  at  first  in  the  deepest  despair  at  the  blow  which 
deprived  her  of  Edinond.  I  have  told  you  of  her  attempts  to  propitiate 
M.  de  Yillefort,  and  of  her  devotion  to  the  father  of  Dantes.  In  the 
midst  of  her  despair,  a  fresh  trouble  overtook  her.  This  was  the 
departure  of  Fernand  —  of  Fernand,  whose  crime  she  did  not  know, 
and  whom  she  regarded  as  her  brother.  Fernand  went,  and  Mercedes 
remained  alone. 

"  Three  months  passed  and  found  her  all  tears, —  no  news  of  Edmond, 
no  news  of  Feriiand,  nothing  before  her  but  an  old  man  who  was  dying 
with  despair.  One  evening,  after  having  been  seated,  as  was  her 
custom,  all  day  at  the  angle  of  two  roads  that  lead  to  Marseilles  from 
the  Catalans,  she  returned  to  her  home  more  depressed  than  ever; 
neither  her  lover  nor  her  friend  returned  by  cither  of  tin-so  roads,  and 
she  had  no  intelligence  of  one  or  the  other.  Suddenly  she  heard  a  step 
she  knew,  turned  round  anxiously,  the  door  opened,  and  Fernand, 
dressed  in  the  uniform  of  a  sub-lieutenant,  stood  before  her. 

"It  was  not  the  half  that  she  bewailed,  but  it  was  a  portion  of  her 
past  life  that  returned  to  her. 

"  Mercedes  seized  Fernand's  hands  with  a  transport  which  he  took  for 
love,  but  which  was  only  joy  at  being  no  longer  alone  in  the  world,  and 
seeing  at  last  a  friend,  after  long  hours  of  solitary  sorrow.  And  thru, 
it  must  be  confessed,  Fernand  had  never  been  hated  —  he  was  only  not 


THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-GRISTO.  327 

precisely  loved.  Another  possessed  all  Mercedes'  heart ;  that  other  was 
absent,  had  disappeared,  perhaps  was  dead.  At  this  last  idea  Mercedes 
burst  into  a  flood  of  tears,  and  wrung  her  hands  in  agony ;  but  this 
idea,  which  she  had  always  repelled  before  when  it  was  suggested  to 
her  by  another,  came  now  in  full  force  upon  her  mind ;  and  then,  too, 
old  Dantes  incessantly  said  to  her,  *  Our  Edmond  is  dead ;  if  he  were 
not,  he  would  return  to  us.' 

"  The  old  man  died,  as  I  have  told  you ;  had  he  lived,  Mercedes,  per 
chance,  had  not  become  the  wife  of  another,  for  he  would  have  been 
there  to  reproach  her  infidelity.  Fernand  saw  this,  and  when  he  learned 
the  old  man's  death,  he  returned.  He  was  now  a  lieutenant.  At  his  first 
coming  he  had  not  said  a  word  of  love  to  Mercedes ;  at  the  second  he 
reminded  her  that  he  loved  her. 

"  Mercedes  begged  for  six  months  more  to  expect  and  bewail  Edmond." 

"  So  that,"  said  the  abbe,  with  a  bitter  smile,  "  that  makes  eighteen 
months  in  all.  What  more  could  the  most  devoted  lover  desire  ? " 

Then  he  murmured  the  words  of  the  English  poet,  "  Frailty,  thy 
name  is  woman ! " 

"  Six  months  afterward,"  continued  Caderousse,  "  the  marriage  took 
place  in  the  Church  of  Accoules." 

"  The  very  church  in  which  she  was  to  have  married  Edmond,"  mur 
mured  the  priest.  "  There  was  a  change  of  bridegroom,  that  was  all." 

"  Well,  Mercedes  was  married,"  proceeded  Caderousse ;  "  but  although 
in  the  eyes  of  the  world  she  appeared  calm,  she  nearly  fainted  as  she 
passed  La  Reserve,  where,  eighteen  months  before,  the  betrothal  had 
been  celebrated  with  him  whom  she  would  have  seen  that  she  still  loved, 
had  she  looked  at  the  bottom  of  her  heart.  Fernand,  more  happy,  but 
not  more  at  his  ease — for  I  saw  at  this  time  he  was  in  constant  dread 
of  Edmond's  return — Fernand  was  very  anxious  to  get  his  wife  away, 
and  to  depart  himself.  There  were  too  many  dangers  and  recollections 
associated  with  the  Catalans,  and  eight  days  after  the  wedding  they  left 
Marseilles." 

"  Did  you  ever  see  Mercedes  again  ? "  inquired  the  priest. 

"  Yes,  during  the  war  of  Spain,  at  Perpignan,  where  Fernand  had  left 
her ;  she  was  attending  to  the  education  of  her  son." 
The  abbe  started.     "  Her  son  ? "  said  he. 

"  Yes,"  replied  Caderousse ;  "  little  Albert." 

"  But,  then,  to  be  able  to  instruct  her  child,"  continued  the  abbe,  "  she 
must  have  received  an  education  herself.    I  understood  from  Edmond 
that  she  was  the  daughter  of  a  simple  fisherman,  beautiful  but  unec 
ucated  " 

"Oh!"  replied  Caderousse,  "did  he  know  so  little  of  his  betrothed? 


328  THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO. 

Mercedes  might  have  been  a  queen,  sir,  if  the  crown  were  to  be  placed 
on  the  head  of  the  loveliest  and  most  intelligent.  Her  fortune  had 
already  become  great,  and  she  became  great  with  her  fortune.  Sli« 
learned  drawing,  music — everything.  Besides,  I  believe,  between  our 
selves,  she  did  this  in  order  to  distract  her  mind,. that  she  might  forget; 
and  she  only  filled  her  head  thus  in  order  to  alleviate  the  weight  on  IHT 
heart.  But  now  everything  must  be  told,"  continued  Caderousse ;  "  no 
doubt  fortune  and  honors  have  comforted  her ;  she  is  rich,  a  countess, 

and  yet " 

Caderousse  paused. 

"And  yet  what  f "  asked  the  abbe". 

"  Yet,  I  am  sure  she  is  not  happy,"  said  Caderousse. 

"  What  makes  you  believe  this  f " 

"  Why,  when  I  have  found  myself  veiy  wretched,  I  have  thought  my 
old  friends  would  perhaps  assist  me.  So  I  went  to  Danglars,  who 
would  not  even  receive  me.  I  called  on  Fernand,  who  sent  me  a  hun 
dred  francs  by.  his  yalet-de-chambre." 

"  Then  you  did  not  see  either  of  them  ?  " 

"  No  ;  but  Madame  de  Morcerf  saw  me." 

"  How  was  that  f " 

"  As  I  went  away,  a  puree  fell  at  my  feet — it  contained  five-and- 
twenty  louis ;  I  raised  my  head  quickly,  and  saw  Mercedes,  who  shut 
the  blind  directly." 

"And  M.  de  Villefort ?"  asked  the  abbe. 

"  Oh,  he  never  was  a  friend  of  mine ;  I  did  not  know  him,  and  1  had 
nothing  to  ask  of  him." 

"Do  you  not  know  what  became  of  him,  and  the  shaiv  h.-  had  in 
Edmond's  misfortunes  f " 

"  No ;  I  only  know  that  some  time  after  having  arrested  him,  he  mar 
ried  Mademoiselle  de  Saint-Meran,  and  soon  after  left  Marseilles ;  no 
doubt  he  has  been  as  lucky  as  the  rest ;  no  doubt  he  is  as  rich  as  Dan 
glars,  as  high  in  station  as  Fernand.  I  only,  as  you  see,  have  remained 
poor,  wretched,  and  forgotten." 

"  You  are  mistaken,  my  friend,"  replied  the  abbe ;  "  God  may  seem 
sometimes  to  forget  for  a  while,  whilst  his  justice  reposes,  but  there 
always  comes  a  moment  when  he  remembers  —  and  behold !  a  proof." 

As  he  spoke,  the  abbe  took  the  diamond  from  his  pocket,  and  giving 
it  to  Caderousse,  said : 

"  Here,  my  friend,  take  this  diamond ;  it  is  yours." 

"What,  for  me  only?"  cried  Caderousse;  "ah!  sir,  do  not  j«'st  with 
me !" 

"This    diamond   was   to  have  been    shared   amongst    his    friends 


EH 

M 

H 

I 

P 

71 


THE    COUNT    OF   MONTE-CRISTO.  331 

Edmond  had  one  friend  only,  and  thus  it  cannot  be  divided.    Take  the 
diamond,  then,  and  sell  it:  it  is  worth  fifty  thousand  francs  ($10000) 
and  I  repeat  my  wish  that  this  sum  may  suffice  to  release  you  from 
your  wretchedness." 


"  Oh,  sir,"  said  Caderousse,  putting  out  one  hand  timidly,  and  with 
the  other  wiping  away  the  perspiration  which  bedewed  his  brow, —  oh, 
sir,  do  not  make  a  jest  of  the  happiness  or  despair  of  a  man." 

"  I  know  what  happiness  and  what  despair  are,  and  I  never  make  a 

jest  of  such  feelings.     Take  it,  then,  but  in  exchange " 

Caderousse,  who  touched  the  diamond,  withdrew  his  hand 


332  THE    COUNT    OF   M OXTK-C KI8TO. 

The  abbe  smiled. 

"  In  exchange,"  he  continued,  "  give  me  the  red  silk  purse  that  M. 
Morrel  left  on  old  Dantes'  chimney-piece,  and  which  you  tell  me  is  still 
in  your  hands." 

Caderousse,  more  and  more  astonished,  went  toward  a  large  oaken 
cupboard,  opened  it,  and  gave  the  abbe  a  long  purse  of  faded  red  silk, 
round  which  were  two  copper  rings  that  had  once  been  gilt. 

The  abbe  took  it,  and  in  return  gave  Caderousse  the  diamond. 
"  Oh !  you  are  a  man  of  God,  sir,"  cried  Caderousse ;  "  for  no  one 
knew  that  Edmond  had  given  you  this  diamond,  and  you  might  have 
kept  it." 

"  Which,"  said  the  abbe  to  himself,  "  you  would  have  done,  it  seems." 

The  abbe  rose,  took  his  hat  and  gloves. 

"  Well,"  he  said,  "  all  you  have  told  me  is  perfectly  true,  then,  and  I 
may  believe  it  in  every  particular." 

"  See,  M.  1'Abbe,"  replied  Caderousse,  "  in  this  corner  is  a  crucifix  in 
holy  wood — here  on  this  shelf  is  the  Gospel  of  my  wife;  open  this  book, 
and  I  will  swear  upon  it  with  my  hand  on  the  crucifix.  I  will  swear  to 
you  by  niy  soul's  salvation,  my  faith  as  a  Christian,  I  have  told  every 
thing  to  you  as  it  occurred,  and  as  the  angel  of  men  will  tell  it  to  the 
ear  of  God  at  the  day  of  the  last  judgment ! " 

"  'Tis  well,"  said  the  abbe,  convinced  by  his  manner  and  tone  that 
Caderousse  spoke  the  truth.  "  'Tis  well,  and  may  this  money  profit  you! 
Adieu !  I  go  far  from  men  who  thus  so  bitterly  injure  each  other." 

The  abbe  with  difficulty  got  away  from  the  enthusiastic  thanks  of 
Caderousse,  opened  the  door  himself,  got  out  and  mounted  his  horse, 
once  more  saluted  the  innkeeper,  who  kept  uttering  his  loud  farewells, 
and  then  returned  by  the  road  he  had  traveled  in  coming. 

When  Caderousse  turned  round,  he  saw  behind  him  La  Carconte, 
paler  and  trembling  more  than  ever. 

"  Is,  then,  all  that  I  have  heard  really  true  ?  "  she  inquired. 
u  What !  that  he  has  given  the  diamond  to  us  only  I "  inquired  Cade 
rousse,  half  bewildered  with  joy. 
"Yes!" 
"  Nothing  more  true  !     See !  here  it  is." 

The  woman  gazed  at  it  a  moment,  and  then  said,  in  a  gloomy  voice, 
"  Suppose  it's  false  f  " 

Caderousse  started,  and  turned  pale. 

"False!"  he  muttered.  "False!  why  should  that  man  give  me  a 
false  diamond  ? " 

'  To  possess  your  secret  without  paying  for  it,  you  blockhead  ! " 
Caderousse  remained  for  a  moment  aghast  under  the  weight  of  such 
an  idea. 


THE    COUNT   OF  MONTE-CRISTO.  333 

"  Oh  ! "  he  said,  taking  up  his  hat,  which  he  placed  on  the  red  hand 
kerchief  tied  round  his  head,  "  we  will  soon  learn  that." 

"  In  what  way ! " 

"  Why,  it  is  the  fair  of  Beaucaire ;  there  are  always  jewelers  from 
Paris  there,  and  I  will  show  it  to  them.  Take  care  of  the  house,  wife, 
and  I  shall  be  back  in  two  hours." 

Caderousse  left  the  house  in  haste,  and  ran  rapidly  in  a  direction 
contrary  to  that  which  the  unknown  had  taken. 

"  Fifty  thousand  francs  ! "  muttered  La  Carconte,when  left  alone ;  "  it 
is  a  large  sum  of  money,  but  it  is  not  a  fortune." 


END   OF   VOLUME   I. 


A  c\  e\ 


"YO.NGSECT.      MAY  4     883 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


PQ 

2226 

A4 

1888 

v.1-5 


Dumas,  Alexandra 

The  Count  of  Monte-Cristo